Wazo 17.12 Documentation¶

Wazo is an application suite based on several free existing components including Asterisk, and our own developments to provide communication services (IPBX, Unified Messaging, ...) to businesses.

Wazo is free software. Most of its distinctive components, and Wazo as a whole, are distributed under the GPLv3 license.

You may also check the Wazo blog for more information.

Wazo documentation is also available as a downloadable HTML, EPUB or PDF file. See the downloads page for a list of available files or use the menu on the lower right.

See Attribution Notice

Table of Contents¶

Introduction¶

Wazo is a PABX application based on several free existant components including Asterisk and our own developments. Wazo provides a solution for enterprises who wish to replace or add telephone services (PABX).

Wazo is free software. Most of its distinctive components, and Wazo as a whole, are distributed under the GPLv3 license.

Wazo History¶

Wazo is a fork of XiVO, which was created in 2005 in France by Sylvain Boily and the company Proformatique. In 2010, Proformatique merged with Avencall, and Avencall acquired the copyright and trademark of XiVO.

Sylvain then moved to Quebec City and founded Proformatique, Inc. where the XiVO core development team worked from 2011 until November 2016.

In November 2016, Proformatique Inc. was shut down and the development team forked XiVO to create Wazo. Its first release, Wazo 16.16, was released in December 2016.

Installation¶

Installing the System¶

Please refer to the section Troubleshooting if ever you have errors during the installation.

There are two official ways to install Wazo:

using the official ISO image
using a minimal Debian installation and the Wazo installation script

Wazo can be installed on both virtual (QEMU/KVM, VirtualBox, ...) and physical machines. That said, since Asterisk is sensitive to timing issues, you might get better results by installing Wazo on real hardware.

Installing from the ISO image¶

Download the ISO image. (latest version) (all versions)
Boot from the ISO image, select Install and follow the instructions. You must select a locale with charset UTF-8.
At the end of the installation, if you are installing version 16.13 or before, you need to configure your system to use the Wazo infrastructure, otherwise some errors might occur.
Continue by running the configuration wizard.

Installing from a minimal Debian installation¶

Wazo can be installed directly over a 32-bit or a 64-bit Debian jessie. When doing so, you are strongly advised to start with a clean and minimal installation of Debian jessie.

The latest installation image for Debian jessie can be found at https://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/debian-installer.

Requirements¶

The installed Debian must:

use the architecture i386 or amd64
have a default locale with charset UTF-8

In case you want to migrate a Wazo from i386 to amd64, see Migrate Wazo from i386 (32 bits) to amd64 (64 bits).

Installation¶

Once you have your Debian jessie properly installed, download the Wazo installation script and make it executable:

wget http://mirror.wazo.community/fai/xivo-migration/wazo_install.sh
chmod +x wazo_install.sh

And run it:

./wazo_install.sh

At the end of the installation, you can continue by running the configuration wizard.

Alternatives versions¶

The installation script can also be used to install an archive version of Wazo. For example, if you want to install Wazo 16.16:

./wazo_install.sh -a 16.16

You may also install development versions of Wazo with this script. These versions may be unstable and should not be used on a production server. Please refer to the usage of the script:

./wazo_install.sh -h

Other installation methods¶

It’s also possible to install Wazo by PXE. More details available on our blog:

Running the Wizard¶

After the system installation, you must go through the wizard before being able to use your Wazo. Open your browser and enter your server’s IP address in the navigation bar. (For example: http://192.168.1.10)

Language¶

You first have to select the language you want to use for the wizard.

Select the language

License¶

You then have to accept the GPLv3 License under which Wazo is distributed.

Accept the license

Configuration¶

Basic configuration

Enter the hostname (Allowed characters are : A-Z a-z 0-9 -)
Enter the domain name (Allowed characters are : A-Z a-z 0-9 - .)
Enter the password for the root user of the web interface,
Configure the IP address and gateway used by the VoIP interface
Finally, modify the DNS server information if needed.

Entities and Contexts¶

Contexts are used for managing various phone numbers that are used by your system.

The Internal calls context manages extension numbers that can be reached internally
The Incalls context manages calls coming from outside of your system
The Outcalls context manages calls going from your system to the outside

Entities and Contexts

Enter the entity name (e.g. your organization name) (Allowed characters are : A-Z a-z 0-9 - .)
Enter the number interval for you internal context. The interval will define the users’s phone numbers for your system (you can change it afterwards)
Enter the DID range and DID length for your system.
You may change the name of your outgoing calls context.

Validation¶

Finally, you can validate your configuration by clicking on the Validate button. Note that if you want to change one of the settings you can go backwards in the wizard by clicking on the Previous button.

Warning

This is the last time the root password will be displayed. Take care to note it.

Congratulations, you now have a fully functional Wazo server.

To start configuring Wazo, see Getting Started.

Post Installation¶

Here are a few configuration options that are commonly changed once the installation is completed. Please note that these changes are optional.

Display called name on internal calls¶

When you call internally another phone of the system you would like your phone to display the name of the called person (instead of the dialed number only). To achieve this you must change the following SIP options:

Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General settings ‣ SIP Protocol ‣ Default:
- Trust the Remote-Party-ID: yes,
- Send the Remote-Party-ID: select PAI

Incoming caller number display¶

The caller ID number on incoming calls depends on what is sent by your operator. You can modify it via the file /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_in_callerid.conf.

Note

The reverse directory lookup use the caller ID number after it has been modified by xivo_in_callerid.conf

Examples:

If you use a prefix to dial outgoing numbers (like a 0) you should add a 0 to all the add = sections,
You may want to display incoming numbers in E.164 format. For example, you can change the [national1] section to:
```
callerid = ^0[1-9]\d{8}$
strip = 1
add = +33
```

To enable the changes you have to restart xivo-agid:

service xivo-agid restart

Time and date¶

Configure your locale and default time zone device template => Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Template Device by editing the default template
Configure the timezone in => Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General settings ‣ Advanced ‣ Timezone
If needed, reconfigure your timezone for the system:
```
dpkg-reconfigure tzdata
```

Codecs¶

You should also select default codecs. It obviously depends on the telco links, the country, the phones, the usage, etc. Here is a typical example for Europe (the main goal in this example is to select only G.711 A-Law instead of both G.711 A-Law and G.711 µ-Law by default):

SIP : Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General settings ‣ SIP Protocol ‣ Signaling:
- Customize codec : enabled
- Codec list:
  G.711 A-Law G.722 G.729A H.264
IAX2 : Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General settings ‣ IAX Protocol ‣ Default:
- Customize : enabled
- Codec list:
  G.711 A-Law G.722 G.729A H.264

Getting Started¶

This section will show you how to create a user with a SIP line. This simple use case covers what a lot of people need to start using a phone. You can use these steps for configuring a phone (e.g a softphone, an Analog-to-Digital switch or a SIP phone).

This tutorial doesn’t cover how to automatically provision a supported device. For this, consult the provisionning section.

We first need to log into the Wazo web interface. The web interface is where you can administer the whole system.

Logging into the Wazo

When logged in, you will see a page with all the status information about your system. This page helps you monitor the health of your system and gives you information about your network. Please note the IP address of your server, you will need this information later on when you will configure your device (e.g. phone)

System informations

To configure a device for a user, start by navigating to the IPBX menu. Hover over the Services tab, a dropdown menu will appear. Click on IPBX.

Menu IPBX

Select the Users setting in the left menu.

Users settings

From here, press on the “plus” sign. A pop up will appear where you can click on Add.

Adding a new line

We now have the form that will allow us to create a new user. The three most important fields are ‘First name’, ‘Last name’ and ‘Language’. Fill in the fields and click on Save at the bottom. For our example, we will create a used called ‘Alice Wonderland’.

User information

Afterwards, click on the “Lines” tab.

Lines menu

Enter a number for your phone. If you click inside the field, you will see the range of numbers you can use. For our example, we will use ‘1000’.

Line information

By default, the selected protocol is SIP, which is what we want for now. Click on Save to create the line.

Save

We now have a user named ‘Alice Wonderland’ with the phone number ‘1000’.

User added information

Now we need to go get the SIP username and password to configure our phone. Go back to the IPBX menu on the left, and click on ‘Lines’.

Lines information

You will see a line associated with the user we just created. Click on the pencil icon to edit the line.

Edit line

We can now see the username and password for the SIP line. you can configure your phone using the IP for your server, the username and the password.

General line information

Upgrading¶

Upgrading a Wazo is done by executing commands through a terminal on the server. You can connect to the server either through SSH or with a physical console.

To upgrade your Wazo to the latest version, you must use the wazo-upgrade script. You can start an upgrade with the command:

wazo-upgrade

Note

You can’t use wazo-upgrade if you have not run the wizard yet
Upgrading from a deprecated version is not supported.
When upgrading Wazo, you must also upgrade all associated XiVO Clients. There is currently no retro-compatibility on older XiVO Client versions. The only exception is Wazo 16.16, which is compatible with XiVO Client 16.13.

This script will update Wazo and restart all services.

There are 2 options you can pass to wazo-upgrade:

-d to only download packages without installing them. This will still upgrade the package containing wazo-upgrade.
-f to force upgrade, without asking for user confirmation

wazo-upgrade uses the following environment variables:

XIVO_CONFD_PORT to set the port used to query the HTTP API of xivo-confd (default is 9486)

Upgrade procedure¶

Consult the roadmaps starting from your current version to the current prod version.
Read all existing Upgrade Notes (see below) starting from your version to the latest version.
For custom setups, follow the required procedures described below (e.g. HA cluster).
To download the packages beforehand, run wazo-upgrade -d. This is not mandatory, but it does not require stopping any service, so it may be useful to reduce the downtime of the server while upgrading.
When ready, run wazo-upgrade which will start the upgrade process. Telephony services will be stopped during the process
When finished, check that all services are running (the list is displayed at the end of the upgrade).
Check that services are correctly working like SIP registration, ISDN link status, internal/incoming/outgoing calls, Wazo Client connections etc.

Version-specific upgrade procedures¶

Upgrading from XiVO 16.13 and before¶

When upgrading from XiVO 16.13 or before, you must use the special XiVO to Wazo upgrade procedure instead of simply running xivo-upgrade.

Upgrading from XiVO 14.01, 14.02, 14.03, 14.04 installed from the ISO¶

In those versions, xivo-upgrade keeps XiVO on the same version. You must do the following, before the normal upgrade:

echo "deb http://mirror.wazo.community/debian/ xivo-five main" > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/xivo-upgrade.list \
&& apt-get update \
&& apt-get install xivo-fai \
&& rm /etc/apt/sources.list.d/xivo-upgrade.list \
&& apt-get update

Upgrading from XiVO 13.24 and before¶

When upgrading from XiVO 13.24 or earlier, you must do the following, before the normal upgrade:

Ensure that the file /etc/apt/sources.list is not configured on archive.debian.org. Instead, it must be configured with a non-archive mirror, but still on the squeeze distribution, even if it is not present on this mirror. For example:
```
deb http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian squeeze main
```

Add archive.debian.org in another file:

cat > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/squeeze-archive.list <<EOF
deb http://archive.debian.org/debian/ squeeze main
EOF

And after the upgrade:

rm /etc/apt/sources.list.d/squeeze-archive.list

Upgrading from XiVO 13.03 and before¶

When upgrading from XiVO 13.03 or earlier, you must do the following, before the normal upgrade:

wget http://mirror.wazo.community/xivo_current.key -O - | apt-key add -

Upgrading a cluster¶

Here are the steps for upgrading a cluster, i.e. two Wazo with High Availability (HA):

On the master : deactivate the database replication by commenting the cron in /etc/cron.d/xivo-ha-master
On the slave, deactivate the xivo-check-master-status script cronjob by commenting the line in /etc/cron.d/xivo-ha-slave
On the slave, start the upgrade:
```
xivo-slave:~$ wazo-upgrade
```
When the slave has finished, start the upgrade on the master:
```
xivo-master:~$ wazo-upgrade
```

When done, launch the database replication manually:

xivo-master:~$ xivo-master-slave-db-replication <slave ip>

Reactivate the cronjobs (see steps 1 and 2)

Upgrading to/from an archive version¶

Upgrade involving archive version of XiVO¶

Introduction¶

What is an archive version?¶

An archive version refers to a XiVO installation whose version is frozen: you can’t upgrade it until you manually change the upgrade server.

What is the point?¶

Using archive versions enable you to upgrade your XiVO to a specific version, in case you don’t want to upgrade to the latest (which is not recommended, but sometimes necessary). You will then be able to upgrade your newer archive version to the latest version or to an even newer archive version.

Prerequisites¶

Warning

These procedures are complementary to the upgrade procedure listed in Version-specific upgrade procedures. You must follow the version-specific procedure before running the following procedures.

Archive package names¶

Archive packages are named as follow:

XiVO version	Archive package name
13.01 to 13.24	xivo-fai-skaro-13.04
13.25 to 14.17	xivo-fai-14.06
14.18+	packages removed

Upgrade from an archive to the latest version¶

Archive version < 13.25:

apt-get update
apt-get install {xivo-fai,xivo-fai-skaro}/squeeze-xivo-skaro-$(cat /usr/share/pf-xivo/XIVO-VERSION)
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list
xivo-upgrade

Archive version >= 13.25 and < 14.18:

apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-fai
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list
xivo-upgrade

Archive version >= 14.18:

xivo-dist xivo-five
xivo-upgrade

As a result, xivo-upgrade will upgrade XiVO to the latest stable version.

Upgrade from an older non-archive version to a newer archive version¶

Non-archive version means any “normal” way of installing XiVO (ISO install, script install over pre-installed Debian, xivo-upgrade).

Downgrades are not supported: you can only upgrade to a greater version.

We only support upgrades to archive versions >= 13.25, e.g. you can upgrade a 13.01 to 14.16, but not 13.01 to 13.16

Current version before 14.18 (here 13.25)¶

apt-get install xivo-fai-13.25
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list

You are now considered in an archived version, see the section Upgrade from an older archive version to a newer archive version below.

Current version after 14.18¶

xivo-dist xivo-15.12
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-upgrade/xivo-15.12
xivo-upgrade

Upgrade from an older archive version to a newer archive version¶

Downgrades are not supported: you can only upgrade to a greater version.

We only support upgrades to archive versions >= 13.25, e.g. you can upgrade a 13.01 to 14.16, but not 13.01 to 13.16

1.2 - 13.24 to 13.25 - 14.17 (here 1.2.3 to 14.16)¶

cat > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/squeeze-archive.list <<EOF
deb http://archive.debian.org/debian/ squeeze main
EOF

apt-get update
apt-get install {xivo-fai,xivo-fai-skaro}/squeeze-xivo-skaro-1.2.3
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-fai-14.16
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-upgrade/xivo-14.16

cat > /etc/apt/preferences.d/50-xivo-14.16.pref <<EOF
Package: *
Pin: release a=xivo-five
Pin-Priority: -10

Package: *
Pin: release a=xivo-14.16
Pin-Priority: 700
EOF

xivo-upgrade
rm /etc/apt/preferences.d/50-xivo-14.16.pref
rm /etc/apt/sources.list.d/squeeze-archive.list
apt-get update

13.25 - 14.16 to 13.25 - 14.17 (here 13.25 to 14.16)¶

apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-fai
apt-get purge xivo-fai-13.25
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-fai-14.16
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-upgrade/xivo-14.16

cat > /etc/apt/preferences.d/50-xivo-five.pref <<EOF
Package: *
Pin: release a=xivo-five
Pin-Priority: -10
EOF

xivo-upgrade
rm /etc/apt/preferences.d/50-xivo-five.pref

13.25 - 14.17 to 14.18+ (here 14.05 to 15.11)¶

apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-fai
sed -i 's/xivo\.fr/xivo.io/g' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-dist
xivo-dist xivo-15.11
apt-get purge 'xivo-fai*'
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-upgrade/xivo-15.11
xivo-upgrade

14.18+ to 14.19+ (here 14.18 to 15.12)¶

xivo-dist xivo-15.12
apt-get update
apt-get install xivo-upgrade/xivo-15.12
xivo-upgrade

Upgrading from i386 (32 bits) to amd64 (64 bits)¶

Migrate Wazo from `i386` (32 bits) to `amd64` (64 bits)¶

There is no fully automated method to migrate Wazo from i386 to amd64.

The procedure is:

Upgrade your i386 machine to XiVO/Wazo >= 15.13
Install a Wazo amd64 using the same version as the upgraded Wazo i386
Make a backup of your Wazo i386 by following the backup procedure
Copy the backup tarballs to the Wazo amd64
Restore the backup by following the restore procedure

Before starting the services after restoring the backup on the Wazo amd64, you should ensure that there won’t be a conflict between the two machines, e.g. two DHCP servers on the same broadcast domain, or both Wazo fighting over the same SIP trunk register. You can disable the Wazo i386 by running:

wazo-service stop

But be aware the Wazo i386 will be enabled again after you reboot it.

Unsupported versions¶

Deprecated Wazo versions¶

General policy¶

On January 1st of every year, Wazo/XiVO versions that are more than 4 years old will be considered as deprecated.

Planned deprecation calendar:

Date	Deprecated versions
2017-01-01	older than 13.01
2018-01-01	older than 14.01
2019-01-01	older than 15.01
2020-01-01	older than 16.01
2021-01-01	older than 17.01

What does it mean to be in a deprecated version?¶

A deprecated Wazo version does not have a supported upgrade path directly to the latest Wazo version. This means that running a straight wazo-upgrade is not guaranteed to succeed.
Asking questions about a deprecated version (e.g. on the forum) will probably get the following answer: “get a newer version first, then come back and ask your question”.
Binaries (ISO images, CTI clients) for deprecated versions are not available for download.

Why are versions being deprecated?¶

Hosting the binaries of older versions is costly and mostly useless: most people install the latest version of Wazo, and the very few cases where an old binary is needed is not worth the cost.
Maintaining the upgrade machinery for older versions is time-consuming for developers: the more versions are supported by the upgrade, the more cases there are to handle; more cases make the code harder to read, understand and modify, bugs become more probable and the latest upgrades are more difficult to write.
There are very few Wazo installed with older versions, as far as we can tell: all software should be upgraded frequently and Wazo is no exception. We consider 4 years to be a reasonable time range to upgrade at least once an IPBX. We do not want to hinder development for the very few who did not take the time to upgrade.

I have a deprecated version. What are my options?¶

There are two main options:

upgrade to a Wazo version that is more recent, but not the latest: you can use the procedures listed in Upgrade involving archive version of XiVO.
install a new server with the latest Wazo version, and reproduce your configuration by using the export/import features of Wazo and copying files

Troubleshooting¶

Postgresql¶

When upgrading Wazo, if you encounter problems related to the system locale, see PostgreSQL localization errors.

wazo-upgrade¶

If wazo-upgrade fails or aborts in mid-process, the system might end up in a faulty condition. If in doubt, run the following command to check the current state of xivo’s firewall rules:

iptables -nvL

If, among others, it displays something like the following line (notice the DROP and 5060):

0     0 DROP       udp  --  *      *       0.0.0.0/0            0.0.0.0/0           udp dpt:5060

Then your Wazo will not be able to register any SIP phones. In this case, you must delete the DROP rules with the following command:

iptables -D INPUT -p udp --dport 5060 -j DROP

Repeat this command until no more unwanted rules are left.

Upgrade Notes¶

17.12¶

Consult the 17.12 Roadmap

Wazo has a new database named mongooseim. The backup-restore procedure has been updated to include this new database.

17.11¶

Consult the 17.11 Roadmap

wazo-plugind REST API version 0.1 has been deprecated and will be removed in Wazo 18.02. See changelog for version 17.12

17.10¶

Consult the 17.10 Roadmap

17.09¶

Consult the 17.09 Roadmap

Codecs can now be customized in the /etc/asterisk/codecs.d/ directory. If you had custom configuration in /etc/asterisk/codecs.conf you will have to create a new file in codecs.d to use your customized configuration. A file named codecs.conf.dpkg-old will be left in /etc/asterisk if this operation is required.
Provd plugins from the addons repository have been merged into the main plugin repository. If you were using the addons repository you can safely switch back to the stable repository. See Alternative plugins repository for more details.
The command xivo-call-logs has been deprecated in favor of wazo-call-logs.
The command xivo-service has been deprecated in favor of wazo-service.
If you have a custom certificate configured, you will need to add a new symlink for the new daemon wazo-webhookd:
```
ln -s "/etc/xivo/custom/custom-certificate.yml" "/etc/wazo-webhookd/conf.d/010-custom-certificate.yml"
```

17.08¶

Consult the 17.08 Roadmap

The call logs has been improved by adding date_end and date_answer informations. If you want to add these new informations to the old call logs, you need to regenerate them. For example, to regenerate the last month of call logs:
```
xivo-call-logs delete -d 30
xivo-call-logs generate -d 30
```
This is only useful if you plan to use the call logs REST API to read calls that have been placed before the upgrade.
If you have setup a custom X.509 certificate for HTTPS (e.g. from Let’s Encrypt), you have to update your config in /etc/xivo/custom/custom-certificate.yml, according to the updated documentation, namely for the config regarding plugind.

17.07¶

Consult the 17.07 Roadmap

17.06¶

Consult the 17.06 Roadmap

Upgrade from version older than 13.01 are not supported anymore.

17.05¶

Consult the 17.05 Roadmap

python-flask-cors has been updated from 1.10.3 to 3.0.2. Configuration files with custom allow_headers will have to be updated to the new syntax. The following command can be used to see if you have a configuration file which needs to be updated.
```
for f in $(find /etc/*/conf.d -name '*.yml'); do grep -H allow_headers $f; done
```
The old config in /etc/xivo-*/conf.d looked like:
```
rest_api:
  cors:
    allow_headers: Content-Type, X-Auth-Token
```
The new config in /etc/xivo-*/conf.d looks like:
```
rest_api:
  cors:
    allow_headers: ["Content-Type", "X-Auth-Token"]
```
See also the reference ticket #6617.

A few more services are now available by default on port TCP/443 (the complete list is documented in the Nginx section). This does not pose any additional security risk by default, but if you have extra strict requirements about security, they can be manually disabled.

17.01¶

Consult the 17.01 Roadmap

16.16¶

Wazo 16.16 is the first public release of the project under the Wazo name. It is also the first release of Wazo under the “phoenix” codename.

Consult the 16.16 Roadmap

A special procedure is required to upgrade from XiVO to Wazo.
Asterisk has been upgraded from version 13.11.2 to 14.2.1, which is a major Asterisk upgrade.
If you are using custom sheets that are stored locally, they must now be readable by the system user xivo-ctid. Make sure that this user has read access to the UI file of your custom sheets.
Switchboard statistics have been removed. The existing statistics data remain in the database for later migration but no more statistics will be collected.
The conference destination type in incalls REST API has been renamed to meetme.
The phonebook has been migrated from the web interface to xivo-dird. The phonebook contacts from the web interface have been moved to new dird-phonebooks. For users with many entities on the same Wazo, this will create one phonebook for each entity. The configuration has been updated to keep the previous behavior. No manual actions are required for installations with only one entity or if one phonebook by entity is the desired configuration. If only one phonebook is desired for all entities, some of the duplicate phonebooks can be deleted from the web interface and their matching configuration can also be removed.
- The list of phonebooks can be modified in Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX services ‣ Phonebook
- The list of phonebooks sources can be modified in:
  - Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Directories
  - Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Definitions
- The selected phonebooks for reverse lookups can be modified in Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Reverse directories
- Direct directories can be modified in Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Direct directories

Please consult the following detailed upgrade notes for more information:

XiVO to Wazo Upgrade Notes¶

The Wazo project is a continuation of the original XiVO project. Programs, filenames, packages, plugins, etc, still use the “xivo” name as to not break backward compatibility. In this regard, upgrading from XiVO 16.13 to Wazo 16.16 is not different from upgrading XiVO 16.10 to XiVO 16.13, for example.

More information about the Wazo project is available on the Wazo blog.

Using the Wazo Infrastructure on your XiVO¶

Since *.xivo.io has been shut down, you may use the infrastructure at *.wazo.community instead of *.xivo.io. This step is only needed if you don’t intend to upgrade to Wazo right away, i.e. you want to continue using your XiVO installation in its current version for some time. The features needing *.xivo.io are:

installing new provisioning plugins
keeping your DHCP configuration up-to-date (for new phones OUI, for example)
upgrading to XiVO <= 16.13, i.e. not Wazo

In this case, you’ll need to run the following commands:

# --no-check-certificate is needed only if you are affected by http://projects.wazo.community/issues/6024
wget --no-check-certificate https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-upgrade/master/bin/use-wazo-infrastructure
chmod +x use-wazo-infrastructure
./use-wazo-infrastructure

The use-wazo-infrastructure script adds lines to the /etc/hosts file such that hostnames that used to refer to the infrastructure of the XiVO project (e.g. mirror.xivo.io) now points to the infrastructure of the Wazo project (e.g. mirror.wazo.community).

The script can be run multiple times. If you want to revert the modification done by the script, just execute it with the --revert option.

This script is compatible with any future upgrade, you don’t have to revert it manually.

Upgrading to Wazo¶

To upgrade your XiVO to Wazo, run the following commands:

# --no-check-certificate is needed only if you are affected by http://projects.wazo.community/issues/6024
wget --no-check-certificate https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-upgrade/master/bin/xivo-to-wazo-upgrade
chmod +x xivo-to-wazo-upgrade
./xivo-to-wazo-upgrade

After the Upgrade¶

You should make sure that you don’t have any reference left to the xivo.io domain on your Wazo. In particular, you should check the /etc directory with the command:

grep -rF xivo.io /etc

There is no release of the Wazo Client 16.16, but Wazo 16.16 is compatible with the XiVO Client 16.13.

Asterisk 13 to 14 Upgrade Notes¶

You might be impacted by the upgrade to Asterisk 14 if you have:

custom Asterisk configuration (other than custom dialplan)
custom application using AMI or ARI
custom Asterisk modules (e.g. codec_g729a.so)

If you find yourself in one of these cases, you should make sure that your customizations still work with Asterisk 14.

In particular, if you are using custom Asterisk modules, you’ll need to either obtain the Asterisk 14 version of these modules or recompile them against Asterisk 14. Not doing so usually leads to major instability issues in Asterisk.

If you are upgrading from Asterisk 11, you should also check the Asterisk 11 to 13 upgrade notes.

Changes Between Asterisk 13 and 14¶

Some of the more common changes to look for:

AMI: The Command action now sends the output from the CLI command as a series of Output headers for each line instead of as a block of text with the --END COMMAND-- delimiter to match the output from other actions.

You can see the complete list of changes from the Asterisk website:

16.13¶

XiVO 16.13 is the last public release of the project under the name XiVO.

Consult the 16.13 Roadmap

Previously, a user’s DND was effective only if this user had DND enabled and the DND extension (*25 by default) was also enabled. Said differently, disabling the DND extension meant that no user could effectively be in DND. Starting from XiVO 16.13, a user’s DND is effective regardless of the state of the DND extension. The following features are impacted in the same way: call recording, incoming call filtering, forward on non-answer, forward on busy and unconditional forward.
If you have manually added nginx configuration files to the /etc/nginx/locations/http directory, you’ll need to move these files to /etc/nginx/locations/http-available and then create symlinks to them in the /etc/nginx/locations/http-enabled directory. This also applies to the https directory. See Nginx.
A regression has been introduced in the switchboard statistics. See issue 6443.

16.12¶

Consult the 16.12 Roadmap

16.11¶

Consult the 16.11 Roadmap

Fax reception: the “log” backend type has been removed. You should remove references to it in your /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_fax.conf if you were using it. Now, every time a fax is processed, a log line is added to /var/log/xivo-agid.log.

16.10¶

Consult the 16.10 Roadmap

The config file /etc/xivo/xivo-confgend.conf has been replaced with /etc/xivo-confgend/config.yml and /etc/xivo-confgend/conf.d. Custom modifications to this file are not migrated automatically, so manual intervention is required to migrate custom values to the conf.d directory. The file /etc/xivo/xivo-confgend/asterisk/contexts.conf has been moved to /etc/xivo-confgend/templates/contexts.conf, but custom modification are left untouched. See also Configuration Files for more details about configuration files in XiVO.

16.09¶

Consult the 16.09 Roadmap

The XiVO Client now uses xivo-ctid-ng to do transfers. Those new transfers cannot be cancelled with the *0 DTMF sequence and there is no interface in the XiVO Client to cancel a transfer for profiles other than the switchboard (bug #6321). This will be addressed in a later version.
Transfers started from the XiVO Client do not respect the Dial timeout on transfer option anymore (bug #6322). This feature will be reintroduced in a later version.

16.08¶

Consult the 16.08 Roadmap

CTI Protocol is now in version 2.2
Some security features have been added to the XiVO provisioning server. To benefit from these new features, you’ll need to update your xivo-provd plugins to meet the system requirements.

If you have many phones that are connected to your XiVO through a NAT equipment, you should review the default configuration to make sure that the IP address of your NAT equipment don’t get banned unintentionally by your XiVO.
Newly created groups and queues now ignore call forward requests from members by default. Previously, call forward requests from members were always followed. This only applies to call forward configured directly on the member’s phone: call forward configured via *21 have always been ignored in these cases.

Note that during the upgrade, the previous behaviour is kept for already existing queues and groups.

This behaviour is now configurable per queue/group, via the “Ignore call forward requests from members” option under the “Application” tab. We recommend enabling this option.

16.07¶

Consult the 16.07 Roadmap

If you were affected by the bug #6213, i.e. if your agent login time statistics were incorrect since your upgrade to XiVO 15.20 or later, and you want to fix your statistics for that period of time, you’ll need to manually apply a fix.

16.06¶

Consult the 16.06 Roadmap

16.05¶

Consult the 16.05 Roadmap

The view, add, edit, delete and deleteall actions of the “lines” web service provided by the web interface have been removed. As a reminder, note that the web services provided by the web interface are deprecated.

16.04¶

Consult the 16.04 Roadmap

CTI Protocol is now in version 2.1
The field Rightcall Code from Services -> IPBX -> IPBX Settings -> Users under Services tab will overwrite all password call permissions for the user.
Faxes stored on FTP servers are now converted to PDF by default. See Using the FTP backend if you want to keep the old behavior of storing faxes as TIFF files.

16.03¶

Consult the 16.03 Roadmap

The new section Services ‣ Statistics ‣ Switchboard in the web interface will only be visible by a non-root administrator after adding the corresponding permissions in the administrator configuration.
Update the switchboard configuration page for the statistics in Configuration for multiple switchboards.
The API for associating a line to a device has been replaced. Consult the xivo-confd REST API changelog for further details
The configuration parameters of xivo_ldap_user plugin of xivo-auth has been changed. See xivo_ldap plugin.
The user’s email is now a unique constraint. Every duplicate email will be deleted during the migration. (This does not apply to the voicemail’s email)

16.02¶

Consult the 16.02 Roadmap

The experimental xivo_ldap_voicemail plugin of xivo-auth has been removed. Use the new xivo_ldap plugin.
Bus messages in the xivo exchange are now sent with the content-type application/json. Some libraries already do the message conversion based the content-type. Kombu users will receive a python dictionnary instead of a string containing json when a message is received.
xivo-ctid encryption is automatically switched on for every XiVO server and XiVO Client >= 16.02. If you really don’t want encryption, you must disable it manually on the server after the upgrade. In that case, XiVO Clients will ask whether to accept the connection the first time.

16.01¶

Consult the 16.01 Roadmap

The page Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Web Services Access ‣ Acces rights has been removed. Consequently, every Web Services Access has now all access rights on the web services provided by the web interface. These web services are deprecated and will be removed soon.
During the upgrade, if no CA certificates were trusted at the system level, all the CA certificates from the ca-certificates package will be added. This is done to resolve an issue with installations from the ISO and PXE. In the (rare) case you manually configured the ca-certificates package to trust no CA certificates at all, you’ll need to manually reconfigure it via dpkg-reconfigure ca-certificates after the upgrade.
xivo-ctid uses xivo-auth to authenticate users. See Authentication.
the service_discovery section of the xivo-ctid configuration has changed. If you have set up Contact and Presence Sharing, you should update your xivo-ctid configuration.
the CTI Protocol is now versioned and a message will be displayed if the server and a client have incompatible protocol versions.

Archives¶

Archived Upgrade Notes¶

2015¶

15.20¶

Consult the 15.20 Roadmap

Debian has been upgraded from version 7 (wheezy) to 8 (jessie).
CSV webservices in the web interface have been removed. Please use the xivo-confd REST API instead.
The CSV import format has been changed. Consult CSV Migration for further details.
xivo-ctid now uses STARTTLS for the client connections.
- For users already using the CTIS protocol the client can be configured to use the default port (5003)

Please consult the following detailed upgrade notes for more information:

Debian 8 (jessie) Upgrade Notes¶

The upgrade to XiVO 15.20 or later will take longer than usual, because the whole Debian system will be upgraded.

The database management system (postgresql) will also be upgraded from version 9.1 to version 9.4 at the same time. This will upgrade the database used by XiVO. This operation should take at most a few minutes.

After the upgrade, the system will need to be rebooted.

Before the upgrade¶

If you are upgrading from XiVO 13.24 or earlier, you’ll need to first upgrade to Debian 7 (wheezy) before being able to upgrade to Debian 8 (jessie). To do so, you’ll have to:
- Run xivo-upgrade a first time, which will upgrade your XiVO to version 15.19 (Debian 7)
- Reboot your system
- Run xivo-upgrade a second time, which will upgrade your XiVO to the latest version (Debian 8)
- Reboot your system
Consult the Debian 7 (wheezy) Upgrade Notes for more information on the first upgrade.
Make sure your have sufficient space for the upgrade. You might run into trouble if you have less than 2 GiB available in the file system that holds the /var and / directories.
If you have customized the Debian system of your XiVO in some nontrivial way, you might want to review the official Debian release notes before the upgrade. Most importantly, you should:
- Make sure you don’t have any unofficial sources in your /etc/apt/sources.list or /etc/apt/sources.list.d directory. If you were using the wheezy-backports source, you must remove it.
- Remove packages that were automatically installed and are not needed anymore, by running apt-get autoremove --purge.
- Purge removed packages. You can see the list of packages in this state by running dpkg -l | awk '/^rc/ { print $2 }' and purge all of them with apt-get purge $(dpkg -l | awk '/^rc/ { print $2 }')
- Remove .dpkg-old, .dpkg-dist and .dpkg-new files from previous upgrade. You can see a list of these files by running find /etc -name '*.dpkg-old' -o -name '*.dpkg-dist' -o -name '*.dpkg-new'.

After the upgrade¶

Check that customization to your configuration files is still effective.

During the upgrade, new version of configuration files are going to be installed, and these might override your local customization. For example, the vim package provides a new /etc/vim/vimrc file. If you have customized this file, after the upgrade you’ll have both a /etc/vim/vimrc and /etc/vim/vimrc.dpkg-old file, the former containing the new version of the file shipped by the vim package while the later is your customized version. You should merge back your customization into the new file, then delete the .dpkg-old file.

You can see a list of affected files by running find /etc -name '*.dpkg-old'. If some files shows up that you didn’t modify by yourself, you can ignore them.
Purge removed packages. You can see the list of packages in this state by running dpkg -l | awk '/^rc/ { print $2 }' and purge all of them with apt-get purge $(dpkg -l | awk '/^rc/ { print $2 }')
If you had customizations in one of these files:
- /etc/default/asterisk
- /etc/default/consul
- /etc/default/xivo-ctid
Then you’ll need to review your customizations to make sure they still work with systemd. This is necessary since these 3 files aren’t read under systemd.

For /etc/default/asterisk, only the CONFD_* options are automatically migrated to /etc/systemd/system/asterisk.service.d/auto-sysv-migration.conf.

For /etc/default/consul, only the WAIT_FOR_LEADER and CONFIG_DIR options are automatically migrated to /etc/systemd/system/consul.service.d/auto-sysv-migration.conf.

For /etc/default/xivo-ctid, only the XIVO_CTID_AMI_PROXY option is automatically migrated to /etc/systemd/system/xivo-ctid.service.d/auto-sysv-migration.conf.
Reboot your system. It is necessary for the upgrade to the Linux kernel and init system (systemd) to be effective.

Changes¶

Here’s a non-exhaustive list of changes that comes with XiVO on Debian 8:

In Debian 7, the halt command powered off the machine. In Debian 8, the command halts the system, but does not power off the machine. To halt the machine and turn it off, use the poweroff or shutdown command.
With the init system switch from SysV to systemd, you should now use the systemctl command to manage services (i.e. start/stop/status) instead of the service command or /etc/init.d/<service>, although these two methods should still work fine.

If you are new to systemd, you can find some basic usage on the systemd page of the Debian Wiki.
The bootlogd package is not installed by default anymore, since it is not needed with systemd. If you want to see the boot messages, use the journalctl -b command instead.
The virtual terminals (tty1 to tty6) now shows up earlier during the boot, before all services have been started.
The way the ami-proxy is configured for xivo-ctid has changed. If your XiVO was using the ami-proxy, the configuration will be automatically upgraded.
Customization to asterisk and consul startup is now done by customizing the systemd unit file (by creating a drop-in file for example) instead of editing the /etc/default/asterisk and /etc/default/consul files. These files are not used anymore.

List of Known Bugs And Limitations¶

If your system is using a swap partition or file and is using more memory than it can fit in the RAM, then system power-off or reboot might hangs indefinitely. This is due to a limitation in the current systemd version.

If you find yourself in this case, you should try allocating more RAM to your system. Otherwise, you can try stopping the xivo services using wazo-service stop before rebooting to lessen the likelihood of this problem.

See http://projects.wazo.community/issues/6016

External Links¶

Official Debian 8 release notes

CSV Migration¶

This page describes how to migrate CSV files from the legacy format to the new format. Consult the API documentation on user imports for further details.

CSV Data¶

Only data encoded as UTF-8 will be accepted

The pipe delimiter (|) has been replaced by a comma (,)

Double-quotes (") must be escaped by writing them twice (e.g Robert ""Bob"" Jenkins)

Field names¶

Fields have been renamed in the new CSV format. Use the following table to rename your fields. Fields marked as N/A are no longer supported.

Old name New name

entityid entity_id

firstname firstname

lastname lastname

language language

outcallerid outgoing_caller_id

mobilephonenumber mobile_phone_number

agentnumber N/A

bosssecretary N/A

callerid N/A

enablehint supervision_enabled

enablexfer call_transfer_enabled

enableclient cti_profile_enabled

profileclient cti_profile_name

username username

password password

phonenumber exten

context context

protocol line_protocol

linename sip_username

linesecret sip_secret

incallexten incall_exten

incallcontext incall_context

incallringseconds incall_ring_seconds

voicemailname voicemail_name

voicemailnumber voicemail_number

voicemailcontext voicemail_context

voicemailpassword voicemail_password

voicemailemail voicemail_email

voicemailattach voicemail_attach_audio

voicemaildelete voicemail_delete_messages

voicemailaskpassword voicemail_ask_password

15.19¶

Consult the 15.19 Roadmap

The sound file /usr/share/asterisk/sounds/fr_FR/une.wav has been moved to /usr/share/asterisk/sounds/fr_FR/digits/1F.wav.
If you would like to use the new “transfer to voicemail” feature from the People Xlet, you’ll need to update your directory definition and your directory display, i.e.:
- edit your “internal” directory definition (Services / CTI server / Directories / Definitions) and add a field “voicemail” with value “voicemail_number”
- edit your display (Services / CTI server / Directories / Display filters) and add a row with title “Voicemail”, field type “voicemail” and field name “voicemail”
- restart xivo-dird
It is now possible to send an email to a user with a configured email address in the people xlet. See Views to add the appropriate field to your configured displays.
The Contacts xlet (aka. Search) has been removed in favor of the People Xlet. You may need to do some manual configuration in the directories for the People Xlet to be fully functional. See the detailed upgrade notes for more details.
If you need context separation in the People Xlet, you will have to manually configure xivo-dird to keep it working, see Context separation. This procedure is only temporary, later versions will handle the context separation automatically.
xivo-agentd now uses mandatory token authentication for its REST API. If you have custom development using this service, update your program accordingly.
Some actions that used to be available in the contact xlets are not implemented in the people xlet yet.
- Cancel transfer is only available using the switchboard xlet
- Hanging up a call is only possible using the switchboard xlet
- Call interception is not available anymore
- Conference room invitation is not available anymore

Please consult the following detailed upgrade notes for more information:

People Xlet features Upgrade Notes¶

When upgrading your XiVO to 15.19, there are some features in the directories that could not be upgraded automatically, because it risked breaking some manual configurations.

After you upgrade your XiVO, your CTI displays in Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Displays may look like this:

You should update your displays to make them look like:

This will give you a Xlet People looking like this:

You can find more details about the field types in Integration of xivo-dird with the rest of Wazo.

Context separation¶

Without context separation, you only need one contact source for all the users of your XiVO.

However, if you need context separation, each context is considered as a separate independant source of contacts, each with a different context filter. For this, you need:

one contact source per context (a file in /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d), so that we have a source containing only the contacts from one context
one profile per context (equivalent to Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Direct directories) so that users in one context only see people from the same context.

Each source should look like this one, e.g. the context is named INSIDE:

confd_config:
  host: localhost
  https: false
  port: 9487
  timeout: 4
  verify_certificate: false
  version: '1.1'
first_matched_columns: [exten]
format_columns:
  directory: "R\xE9pertoire XiVO Interne"
  location: '{description}'
  mobile: '{mobile_phone_number}'
  name: '{firstname} {lastname}'
  number: '{exten}'
  sda: '{userfield}'
  voicemail: '{voicemail_number}'
searched_columns: [firstname, lastname, userfield, description]
type: xivo
unique_column: id
name: internal_INSIDE  # <--- each source has a different name, one per context
extra_search_params:
  context: INSIDE      # <--- each source filters users according to one context

The parameters in this file have the same effect than Configuration ‣ Directories and Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Direct directories put together.

You may generate these config files from xivo-confgen dird/sources.yml. Be sure to have name and extra_search_params correct for each source file.

Now that we have our contact sources, we need our search profiles.

Create a new file to override the profiles generated by xivo-confgen. You only need one file, which will define all your profiles at once.

xivo-confgen dird/services.yml >> /etc/xivo-dird/conf.d/001-context-separation.yml

In this file, there is a list of services (favorites, lookup, ...) where each profile has a set of sources. You need to match one profile to the right internal source for each service. For example, to have context separation between contexts INSIDE and INDOORS:

services:
  favorites:
    __default_phone:
      sources: [xivodir, internal, ldaptest, personal]
    __switchboard_directory:
      sources: [xivodir, ldaptest, personal]
    INSIDE:
      sources: [xivodir, internal_INSIDE, ldaptest, personal]   # <--- profile INSIDE uses the source internal_INSIDE
    INDOORS:
      sources: [xivodir, internal_INDOORS, ldaptest, personal]  # <--- profile INDOORS uses the source internal_INDOORS
  lookup:
    __default_phone:
      sources: [xivodir, internal, ldaptest, personal]
    __switchboard_directory:
      sources: [xivodir, ldaptest, personal]
    INSIDE:
      sources: [xivodir, internal_INSIDE, ldaptest, personal]   # <--- same HERE
    INDOORS:
      sources: [xivodir, internal_INDOORS, ldaptest, personal]  # <--- and HERE

15.18¶

Consult the 15.18 Roadmap

The provd_pycli command (deprecated in 15.06) has been removed in favor of xivo-provd-cli. If you have custom scripts referencing provd_pycli, you’ll need to update them.
The xivo-agentctl command (deprecated in 15.06) has been removed in favor of xivo-agentd-cli. If you have custom scripts referencing xivo-agentctl, you’ll need to update them.
xivo-agentd now uses HTTPS. If you have custom development using this service, update your configuration accordingly. The xivo-agentd-client library, used to interact with xivo-agentd, has also been updated to use HTTPS by default.
xivo-confd ports 50050 and 50051 have been removed. Please use 9486 and 9487 instead

Configuration File Upgrade Notes

The file format of configuration files for daemons exposing an HTTP/S API has changed. The following services have been affected :

xivo-agentd

xivo-amid

xivo-auth

xivo-confd

xivo-ctid

xivo-dird

xivo-dird-phoned

Ports and listening addresses are now organised in the following fashion:

rest_api:
  https:
    enabled: true
    port: 9486
    listen: 0.0.0.0
    certificate: /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt
    private_key: /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.key
    ciphers: "ALL:!aNULL:!eNULL:!LOW:!EXP:!RC4:!3DES:!SEED:+HIGH:+MEDIUM"
  http:
    enabled: true
    port: 9487
    listen: 127.0.0.1

If you have any custom configuration files for these daemons, please modify them accordingly. Consult Network for further details on which network services are available for each daemon.

15.17¶

Consult the 15.17 Roadmap

Online call recording is now done via automixmon instead of automon. This has no impact unless you have custom dialplan that is passing directly the “w” or “W” option to the Dial or Queue application. In these cases, you should modify your dialplan to pass the “x” or “X” option instead.
The remote directory service available from supported phones is now provided by the new unified directory service, i.e. xivo-dird. Additional upgrade steps are required to get the full benefit of the new directory service; see the detailed upgrade notes.
The field enableautomon has been renamed to enableonlinerec in the users web services provided by the web-interface (these web services are deprecated).
The agent status dashboard now shows that an agent is calling or receiving a non ACD call while in wrapup or paused.
SIP endpoints created through the REST API will not appear in the web interface until they have been associated with a line
Due to limitations in the database, only a limited number of optional parameters can be configured on a SIP endpoint. Consult the xivo-confd REST API changelog for further details

Please consult the following detailed upgrade notes for more information:

Phone Remote Directory Upgrade Notes¶

If you are not using the remote directory from your phones, you can safely skip this page.

Starting from XiVO 15.17, the remote directory used by the phones is now provided by the new directory service, composed principally of xivo-dird and xivo-dird-phoned. It was previously provided by the XiVO web interface.

This brings a few changes for the administrators, the biggest one being that lookup from both the XiVO client and phones are now configured at the same place, namely the (incorrectly named) Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories section, with some advanced configuration only available in the configuration files. This means that lookup from the phones can now also display results from CSV or web services directories. For details on how to configure directories, refer to the Directories page.

For users, the biggest change is that they can now consult their personal contacts (that they added from their XiVO client) when doing a search from their phone.

Changes¶

Web Interface - LDAP Filters¶

The following options have been removed from the web interface, in the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ LDAP filters page:

the Phone number type field
the Attributes tab

The phone number type is now configurable on a per source basis (and for all type of source, not just LDAP), in Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories. For example, if you have LDAP records with the attribute telephoneNumber that you want to be displayed on your phone with the suffix “(Office)”, just make sure that your directory definition is configured with a field named phone_office with the value {telephoneNumber}.

By default, the following fields are available:

phone: doesn’t add a suffix
phone_office: add a “(Office)” suffix
phone_mobile: add a “(Mobile)” suffix
phone_home: add a “(Home)” suffix
phone_other: add a “(Other)” suffix

Note

These fields will automatically be added in your LDAP directory definitions during the upgrade, so you may only need to review your directory configuration.

This list of fields and the suffix associated to it is currently only configurable in the xivo-dird configuration files, in the views/displays_phone section.

This is causing 2 functional changes:

Previously, the suffix displayed was translated in function of the phone’s language. This is not possible anymore, and you’ll have to edit the configuration files if you want the suffix to be in a different language than english.
For “custom” phone number type, you’ll have to add a new entry in the configuration files and add the correspond field in the directory definition.

In XiVO 15.16, the Attributes tab would allow a “fallback” mechanism, where if an LDAP attribute for a record was missing/empty, another attribute would be used. In XiVO 15.17, this mechanism is available (for all type of sources) by mapping the first attribute to a field name phone, the second to a field name phone1, etc. The fallback mechanism is available on the fields phone, phone_office, phone_mobile, phone_home, phone_other and display_name.

Web Interface - Phonebook¶

The following options have been removed from the web interface, in the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Phonebook page:

the LDAP filters tab

LDAP sources used for lookup from the phone are now selected in the same place as for the XiVO client, i.e. in Services ‣ CTI Services ‣ Direct directories. A consequence of that is that it’s not possible anymore to have sources only used for lookup from phone and other sources only used for lookup from the XiVO client.

Note

The LDAP filters that were used for phone lookup will be automatically added to all the profiles during the upgrade.

Additional Upgrade Steps¶

After upgrading your XiVO to 15.17 or later, you should do the following steps.

Upgrade Your Provisioning Plugins¶

This step is optional, although strongly recommended.

For the users to be able to search their personal contacts from their phone, the phone configuration needs to be updated. This means:

Installing new xivo-provd plugins or upgrading existing plugins
Restarting all affected phones

See the provisioning section for more information on installing or upgrading plugins.

Here’s the list of plugins which have received modifications to be compatible with the new directory service:

Name	Version
xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP4	1.5
xivo-aastra-4.1.0	1.5
xivo-cisco-sccp-9.0.3	0.8
xivo-cisco-sccp-cipc-2.1.2	0.8
xivo-cisco-sccp-legacy	0.8
xivo-cisco-sccp-wireless-1.4.5	0.8
xivo-cisco-spa-7.5.5	0.12
xivo-cisco-spa-legacy	0.12
xivo-polycom-4.0.4	1.4
xivo-polycom-5.3.0	1.5
xivo-snom-8.7.5.17	1.5
xivo-technicolor-ST2022-4.78-1	0.4
xivo-technicolor-ST2030-2.74	0.3
xivo-technicolor-TB30-1.74.0	0.3
xivo-yealink-v70	1.24
xivo-yealink-v72	1.24
xivo-yealink-v73	1.24
xivo-yealink-v80	1.24

Plugins with greater version number or greater firmware-version number are also compatible.

If the xivo-provd plugins are not updated or the phone are not rebooted, the user will by default only be able to search in the “internal” and “xivodir” directory definitions. If you want to add or remove sources for these phones, you’ll need to edit xivo-dird configuration files. More precisely, you’ll need to edit the sources associated to the profile named default_phone.

Update Your Firewall Rules¶

If there’s a firewall (or a NAT equipement) between your XiVO and your phones, you must know that the port used for the directory lookup from the phone has changed from port TCP/80 to port TCP/9498. The new port is going to be used only by phones which are using a compatible plugins (see list above) and have been rebooted; otherwise, the port TCP/80 will still be used.

Review Your Directory Configuration¶

During the upgrade, new LDAP directory definitions might be created and fields to existing one might be added.

For example, if you had an LDAP filter which was used for directory lookup from your phones, then a corresponding LDAP directory definition will be created if nonexistent, and otherwise be updated to make sure the display_name and phone_office (or another field, depending on the phone number type of your LDAP filter) fields are defined. The directory definition will also be added to all the direct directories entries, i.e. added to all items in the Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Direct directories page.

If you were using LDAP filters with custom phone number types, the custom part will be lost, and to get back the same behaviour, you’ll need to modify xivo-dird configuration files and update the field’s name in your directory definition.

Also, if you have other directory defintions that you now want to use from your phones (e.g. CSV directories), make sure that their configuration is working, i.e. that they have a display_name and phone fields. During the upgrade, these fields are automatically added to the directory defintion “xivodir”, “internal” and for LDAP source, like described above.

15.16¶

Consult the 15.16 Roadmap

The directory column type “mobile” was removed in favor of the new “callable” type. If you have hand-written configuration files for xivo-dird, in section “views”, subsection “displays”, all keys “type” with value “mobile” must be changed to value “callable”.
The xivo-auth backend interface has changed, get_acls is now get_consul_acls. All unofficial back ends must be adapted and updated. No action is required for “normal” installations.
Voicemails can now be deleted even if they are associated to a user.

15.15¶

Consult the 15.15 Roadmap

Voicemail Upgrade Notes

Voicemail webservices in the web interface have been removed. Please use the xivo-confd REST API instead.

Voicemail IMAP configuration has been migrated to the new Advanced tab.

Voicemail option Disable password checking has been converted to Ask password. The value has also been inverted. (e.g. If Disable password checking was false, Ask password is true.) Ask password is activated by default.

After an upgrade, if ever you have errors when searching for voicemails, please try clearing cookies in your web browser.

A voicemail must be dissociated from any user prior to being deleted. Voicemail are dissociated by editing the user and clicking on the Delete voicemail button in the Voicemail tab. This constraint will disappear in future versions.

Deleting a user will dissociate any voicemail that was attached, but will not delete it nor any messages.

Creating a line is no longer necessary when attaching a voicemail to a user.

The following fields have been modified when importing a CSV file:

Old name	New name	Required ?	New default value
voicemailmailbox	voicemailnumber	yes
voicemailskippass	voicemailaskpassword	no	1
	voicemailcontext	yes

Directories

Concatenated fields in directories are now done in the directory definitions instead of the displays

The field column in directory displays are now field names from the directory definition. No more {db-*} are required

In the directory definitions fields can be modified using a python format string with the fields comming from the source.

Most of the configuration for xivo-dird is now generated from xivo-confgen using the values in the web interface.

The remote directory xlet has been removed in favor of the new people xlet.

See Directories and Integration of xivo-dird with the rest of Wazo for more details

15.14¶

Consult the 15.14 Roadmap
Default password for xivo-polycom-4.0.4 plugin version >= 1.3 is now 9486 (i.e. the word “xivo” on a telephone keypad).
Default password for xivo-polycom-5.3.0 plugin version >= 1.4 is now 9486.
Caller id management for users in confd has changed. Consult the xivo-confd REST API changelog.
The Local Directory Xlet is replaced with the People Xlet. Contacts are automatically migrated to the server. Note that the CSV format for importing contacts has changed (see People Xlet for more information).

15.13¶

Consult the 15.13 Roadmap
Asterisk has been upgraded from version 11.17.1 to 13.4.0, which is a major Asterisk upgrade.
An ARI user has been added to /etc/asterisk/ari.conf. If you have configured Asterisk HTTP server to bind on a publicly reachable address (in /etc/asterisk/http.conf), then you should update your configuration to prevent unauthorized access on your Asterisk.
The xivo-dird configuration option source_to_display_columns has been removed in favor of the new option format_columns. All source configuration using the source_to_display_columns must be updated. A migration script will automatically modify source configuration in the /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d directory.

Please consult the following detailed upgrade notes for more information:

Asterisk 11 to 13 Upgrade Notes¶

You might be impacted by the upgrade to Asterisk 13 if you have:

custom dialplan
custom Asterisk configuration
custom application using AGI, AMI or any other Asterisk interface
custom application exploiting CEL or queue_log
custom Asterisk modules (e.g. codec_g729a.so)
customized Asterisk in some other way
DAHDI trunks using SS7 signaling

If you find yourself in one of these cases, you should make sure that your customizations still work with Asterisk 13.

If you are upgrading from Asterisk 1.8, you should also check the Asterisk 1.8 to 11 upgrade notes.

Changes Between Asterisk 11 and 13¶

Some of the more common changes to look for:

SS7 support is not available in the Asterisk package of XiVO between version 15.13 and 16.08 inclusively.
All channel and global variable names are evaluated in a case-sensitive manner. In previous versions of Asterisk, variables created and evaluated in the dialplan were evaluated case-insensitively, but built-in variables and variable evaluation done internally within Asterisk was done case-sensitively.
The SetMusicOnHold dialplan application was deprecated and has been removed. Users of the application should use the CHANNEL function’s musicclass setting instead.
The WaitMusicOnHold dialplan application was deprecated and has been removed. Users of the application should use MusicOnHold with a duration parameter instead.
The SIPPEER dialplan function no longer supports using a colon as a delimiter for parameters. The parameters for the function should be delimited using a comma.
The SIPCHANINFO dialplan function was deprecated and has been removed. Users of the function should use the CHANNEL function instead.
For SIP, the codec preference order in an SDP during an offer is slightly different than previous releases. Prior to Asterisk 13, the preference order of codecs used to be:
1. Our preferred codec
2. Our configured codecs
3. Any non-audio joint codecs
Now, in Asterisk 13, the preference order of codecs is:
1. Our preferred codec
2. Any joint codecs offered by the inbound offer
3. All other codecs that are not the preferred codec and not a joint codec offered by the inbound offer
Queue strategy rrmemory (Round robin memory) now has a predictable order. Members will be called in the order that they are added to the queue. For agents, this means they will be called in the order they are logged.
When performing queue pause/unpause on an interface without specifying an individual queue, the PAUSEALL/UNPAUSEALL event will only be logged if at least one member of any queue exists for that interface. This has an impact on the agent performance statistics; an agent must be a member of at least 1 queue for its pause time to show up in the statistics.

You can see the complete list of changes from the Asterisk website:

The AGI protocol did not change between Asterisk 11 and Asterisk 13; if you have custom AGI applications, you only need to make sure that the dialplan applications and functions you are using from the AGI are still valid.

List of Known Bugs And Limitations¶

List of known bugs and limitations for Asterisk 13 in XiVO:

When direct media is active and DTMF are sent using SIP INFO, DTMF are not working properly. It is also impossible to do an attended transfer from the XiVO client in these conditions.

See http://projects.wazo.community/issues/5692.

15.12¶

Consult the 15.12 Roadmap
The certificate used for HTTPS in the web interface will be regenerated if the default certificate was used. Your browser will complain about the new certificate, and it is safe to accept it (see #3656). See also HTTPS certificate.
If you have an HA configuration, then you should run xivo-sync -i on the master node to setup file synchronization between the master and the slave. File synchronization will then be done automatically every hour via rsync and ssh.
xivo-auth and xivo-dird now use HTTPS, if you have custom development using these services, update your configuration accordingly.

15.11¶

Consult the 15.11 Roadmap
The call records older than 365 days will be periodically removed. The first automatic purge will occur in the night after the upgrade. See xivo-purge-db for more details.

15.10¶

Consult the 15.10 Roadmap

15.09¶

Consult the 15.09 Roadmap

15.08¶

Consult the 15.08 Roadmap
The Dialer Xlet has been integrated in Identity Xlet.

15.07¶

Consult the 15.07 Roadmap

15.06¶

Consult the 15.06 Roadmap
The provd client has been moved into a new python package, xivo_provd_client. If you have custom scripts using this client, you’ll need to update them. See http://projects.wazo.community/issues/5469 for more information.
The provd_pycli command name has been deprecated in favor of xivo-provd-cli. These 2 commands do the same thing, the only difference being the name of the command. The provd_pycli command name will be removed in 15.18, so if you have custom scripts referencing provd_pycli, you’ll need to update them.
The xivo-agentctl command name has been deprecated in favor of xivo-agentd-cli. These 2 commands do the same thing, the only difference being the name of the command. The xivo-agentctl command name will be removed in 15.18, so if you have custom scripts referencing xivo-agentctl, you’ll need to update them.

15.05¶

Consult the 15.05 Roadmap
The Xlet identity has been modified to follow the new XiVO Client design which implies the removal of some details.

15.04¶

Consult the 15.04 Roadmap

15.03¶

Consult the 15.03 Roadmap

15.02¶

Consult the 15.02 Roadmap

15.01¶

Consult the 15.01 Roadmap
The confd REST API is now more restrictive on HTTP headers. Particularly, the headers Accept and Content-Type must be set to (typically) application/json.
The following configuration files have been created:
- /etc/xivo-agid/config.yml
- /etc/xivo-call-logd/config.yml
- /etc/xivo-amid/config.yml
- /etc/xivo-agentd/config.yml

2014¶

14.24¶

Consult the 14.24 Roadmap

The following security vulnerability has been fixed:

XIVO-2014-01: Queues and groups permit callers to make unwanted calls

14.23¶

Consult the 14.23 Roadmap
The “waiting calls / logged agents ratio” queue diversion scenario has been renamed to “number of waiting calls per logged agents”.
A new community section was added to the official documentation for all user-contributed documentation.

14.22¶

Consult the 14.22 Roadmap
The sheet event Dial on queues is now only sent to the ringing agent. The sheet is also sent a little later during the call, when the ringing agent is known.

14.21¶

Consult the 14.21 Roadmap
The confd REST API is now accessible via HTTPS on port 9486 and via HTTP on port 9487 (localhost only). These ports are replacing the 50051 and 50050 ports respectively. It will still be possible to access the confd REST API via the 50051 and 50050 ports for the next year, but you are advised to update your confd REST API clients as soon as possible.
The old (unsupported) ami-proxy is now replaced by an ami-proxy built in xivo-ctid. You must uninstall the old ami-proxy before activating the built-in version. See troubleshooting xivo-ctid to learn how to activate.

14.20¶

Consult the 14.20 Roadmap
Default parameters for all Cisco SPA ATA plugins have changed to be better suited for european faxes.
Following the POODLE attack (CVE-2014-3566), SSL 3.0 has been disabled for the web interface and the xivo-confd REST API.

If you have Aastra phones and are using the remote directory on them, consult the following detailed upgrade notes:

Aastra Remote Directory Upgrade Notes¶

Starting from XiVO 14.20, it is not possible anymore to use SSL 3.0 when connecting to XiVO using HTTPS.

This has the unfortunate consequence of breaking the remote directory on Aastra phones configured by the xivo-aastra provisioning plugins in version 1.2 and earlier.

Upgrade procedure¶

To be able to use the remote directory on your Aastra phones on XiVO 14.20 or later, you’ll need to take one of the following actions:

Upgrade to the Latest Plugin¶

This is the recommended solution. This can be done either before or after the upgrade. You’ll have to:

Upgrade your xivo-aastra plugin to version 1.3 or later
Restart/synchronize all your phones

The correction is only available for plugin xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2 and later. If you are using an older plugin (xivo-aastra-3.2.2-SP3 for example), then you’ll need to install a newer plugin and update all your phones to use the new plugin.

If you were already using custom templates, make sure to update them so that the phones access the remote directory via HTTP instead of HTTPS. This can be done using the following command:

find /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/xivo-aastra* -name '*.tpl' -exec sed -i '/X_xivo_phonebook_ip/s/\bhttps:/http:/' {} \;

Update the Templates¶

If you can’t or don’t want to update to a newer plugin, you can instead update the templates used by the plugin. This can be done either before or after the upgrade. You’ll have to:

Update the templates so that the directory is accessed via HTTP
Restart/synchronize all your phones

In this specific case, it is safe to directly modify the templates used by the plugin instead of creating custom templates. To update the templates, you can use the following command:

find /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/xivo-aastra* -name '*.tpl' -exec sed -i '/X_xivo_phonebook_ip/s/\bhttps:/http:/' {} \;

Re-enable SSL 3.0¶

If you can’t restart/synchronize your phones, the last solution is to re-enable SSL 3.0 on your XiVO. This should only be used as a temporary solution to give you more time to plan a firmware upgrade for your phones. This can be done only after the upgrade. You’ll have to:

Update nginx configuration
Reload nginx

This can be done using the following commands:

sed -i 's/ssl_protocols .*/ssl_protocols SSLv3 TLSv1 TLSv1.1 TLSv1.2;/' /etc/nginx/sites-available/xivo
service nginx reload

14.19¶

Consult the 14.19 Roadmap

14.18¶

Consult the 14.18 Roadmap
xivo-fai packages were replaced with xivo-dist : a new tool to handle repositories sources. Upon upgrade, xivo-dist is installed and run and all xivo-fai packages are purged. Consult xivo-dist use cases

14.17¶

Consult the 14.17 Roadmap
DAHDI configuration file /etc/dahdi/modules is no more created by default and must now be maintained manually. No action is needed upon upgrade but be aware that the upstream sample file is now available in /usr/share/dahdi/modules.sample. See dahdi modules documentation for detailed info.
The new CCSS feature will not be enabled upon upgrade, you must explicitly enable it in the IPBX ‣ IPBX Services ‣ Extensions menu.

14.16¶

Consult the 14.16 Roadmap
See the changelog for xivo-confd’s REST API
DAHDI is upgraded to 2.10.0. If the upgrade process asks about /etc/dahdi/modules, we recommend that you keep the old version of the file.
Asterisk now inserts CEL and queue log entries via the ODBC asterisk modules instead of the pgsql modules.

14.15¶

Consult the 14.15 Roadmap
Duplicate function keys will be deleted upon upgrade. If multiple function keys pointing to the same destination are detected for a given user, only the one with the lowest position will be kept. To see the list of deleted function keys, check the xivo-upgrade log file such as:
```
grep MIGRATE_FK /var/log/xivo-upgrade.log
```

DAHDI 2.9.2 Upgrade Notes¶

These notes only apply to:

Digium TE133/TE131 cards that are in firmware version 780017 or earlier
Digium TE435/TE235 cards that are in firmware version e0017 or ealier

Warning

The system will need to be power cycled after the upgrade. Your cards will not be usable until then.

After the upgrade¶

First, you need to install the latest firmware for your TE133/TE131 or TE435/TE235 cards:

xivo-fetchfw install digium-te133
xivo-fetchfw install digium-te435

Then stop all the services and reload the DAHDI modules. Reloading the DAHDI module might take up to 30 seconds:

wazo-service stop
service dahdi stop
service dahdi start

Following this manipulation, you should see something similar at the end of the /var/log/messages file:

dahdi: Telephony Interface Unloaded
dahdi: Version: 2.9.2
dahdi: Telephony Interface Registered on major 196
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Firmware version 780017 is running, but we require version 780019.
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: firmware: agent loaded dahdi-fw-te133.bin into memory
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Found dahdi-fw-te133.bin (version: 780019) Preparing for flash
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Uploading dahdi-fw-te133.bin. This can take up to 30 seconds.
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Delaying reset. Firmware load requires a power cycle
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Running firmware version: 780017
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Loaded firmware version: 780019 (Will load after next power cycle)
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: FALC version: 5
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Setting up global serial parameters for T1
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: VPM450: firmware dahdi-fw-oct6114-032.bin not available from userspace

For the firmware update to complete, you must halt the machine (a reboot won’t be enough) before restarting it.

14.14¶

Consult the 14.14 Roadmap
See the changelog for REST API
Upon an important freeze of Asterisk, Asterisk will be restarted. See the associated ticket for more information.

14.13¶

Consult the 14.13 Roadmap
See the changelog for REST API
Skills-based routing: for an agent which doesn’t have the skill X, the rule X < 10 was previously evaluated to true, since not having the skill X was equivalent to having it with a value of 0. This behaviour has changed, and the same expression is now evaluated to false. If you are using skills-based routing, you’ll need to check that your rules are still doing what you expect. See skill evaluation for more information.

14.12¶

Consult the 14.12 Roadmap
All provisioning plugins were modified. Although not mandatory, it is strongly advised to update all used plugins.
The function key ‘Activate voicemail’ was removed as it was a duplicate of existing function key ‘Enable voicemail’. All users having the ‘Activate voicemail’ function key will have to be reconfigured with a ‘Enable voicemail’ function key in order to keep the equivalent feature.
Log files have changed for the following daemons (previously in /var/log/daemon.log):
- xivo-provd: /var/log/xivo-provd.log
- xivo-agid: /var/log/xivo-agid.log
- xivo-sysconfd: /var/log/xivo-sysconfd.log

14.11¶

Consult the 14.11 Roadmap
The API URL /lines/<id>/extension is now deprecated. Use /lines/<id>/extensions instead.

14.10¶

Consult the 14.10 Roadmap
Custom MOH have been fixed, but can not be used for playing uploaded files anymore. See Music on Hold.

14.09¶

Consult the 14.09 Roadmap
REST API 1.0 is no more. All code, tests and documentation was removed from XiVO. All code developped for REST API 1.0 must now be adapted to use REST API 1.1.

14.08¶

Consult the 14.08 Roadmap
The xivo database has been merged into the asterisk database. The database schema has also been altered in a way that it might make the upgrade longer than usual.

Please consult the following detailed updated notes for more information:

Databases Merge Upgrade Notes¶

The xivo database has been merged into the asterisk database in XiVO 14.08. This has an impact on:

The restore procedure. There’s only one database to restore now. Also, the procedure to restore the data while keeping the system configuration has been updated.
The data that is replicated between the master and the slave in a high availability cluster.

Previously, all the configuration that was under the “Configuration” menu of the web interface was not replicated between the master and slave. This is now replicated, except for:

HA settings
All the network configuration (i.e. everything under the Configuration ‣ Network section)
All the support configuration (i.e. everything under the Configuration ‣ Support section)

The call center statistics have also been excluded from the replication.

The way the replication is done has also been updated, which makes it faster.

Optional Upgrade Procedure¶

When upgrading to XiVO 14.08, the database schema will be altered.

This will result in a longer upgrade time if you have a lots of rows in the queue_log table.

You can see the number of rows in your queue_log table with:

sudo -u postgres psql -c "SELECT count(*) FROM queue_log" asterisk

On ordinary hardware, you can expect that it will take ~10 minutes for every 2.5 million of rows. So if you have 5 million of rows in your queue_log table, you can expect that the upgrade will take an extra 20 minutes.

It is possible to reduce the amount of additional time the upgrade will take by either removing rows from the table or altering the table before the upgrade.

Both these commands can be run while the XiVO services are up.

For example, if you want to remove all the rows before march 2014, you can use:

sudo -u postgres psql -c "DELETE FROM queue_log WHERE \"time\" < '2014-03-01'" asterisk

If you want to alter the table before the upgrade, you can use:

sudo -u postgres psql -c "ALTER TABLE queue_log ADD COLUMN id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY; GRANT ALL ON SEQUENCE queue_log_id_seq TO asterisk" asterisk

Note

It is recommended to execute this command when there’s no activity on the system.

More Technical Information¶

The way the database is initially provisioned and the way it is altered during an upgrade has also been changed.

In XiVO 14.07 and earlier, the database was provisioned by executing the /usr/share/xivo-manage-db/datastorage/asterisk.sql SQL script. Starting with XiVO 14.08, the xivo-init-db is responsible for provisioning the database. This script should not be used by an administrator in normal circumstance.

Starting with XiVO 14.08, database migration are done with the help of alembic instead of the asterisk-XXX.sql and xivo-XXX.sql scripts. The alembic migration scripts can be found inside the /usr/share/xivo-manage-db directory.

Otherwise, the xivo-check-db and xivo-update-db commands have been updated to work with both the old and the new systems and are still the official way to check the database state and update the database respectively.

14.07¶

Consult the 14.07 Roadmap
Configuration for phones used for the switchboard has changed.

Please consult the following detailed updated notes for more information:

Switchboard Phone Configuration Upgrade Notes¶

The xivo-aastra-switchboard and xivo-snom-switchboard plugins have been removed and their functionalities are now provided by the generic xivo-aastra and xivo-snom plugins respectively.

The upgrade is not done automatically, so please follow the Upgrade Procedure section below.

Although you are strongly advised to upgrade your switchboard phone configuration, backwards compatibility with the old system will be maintained.

Note that if you need to install a switchboard for a previous version of XiVO, the old xivo-aastra-switchboard and xivo-snom-switchboard plugins can be found in the archive repository.

Upgrade Procedure¶

This procedure should be executed after the upgrade to 14.07 or later: the options used in this procedure are not available in versions before 14.07.

The following upgrade procedure suppose that you are using an Aastra phone as your switchboard phone. The same upgrade procedure apply for Snom phones, with the only difference being the different plugin name.

Update the list of installable plugins.
Install the latest xivo-aastra plugin, or upgrade it to the latest version if it is already installed.
Install the needed language files and firmware files.
For each phone used for the switchboard, change the plugin and activate the switchboard option:
- Select the generic xivo-aastra plugin.
- Check the “switchboard” checkbox.
- Synchronize the phone.
Once this is completed, you can uninstall the xivo-aastra-switchboard plugin.

An unofficial script that automates this procedure is also available on github:

cd /tmp
wget --no-check-certificate https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-tools/master/scripts/migrate_switchboard_1407.py
python migrate_switchboard_1407.py

14.06¶

Consult the 14.06 Roadmap
The XiVO client now uses Qt 5 instead of Qt 4. There is nothing to be aware of unless you are building your own version of it.

14.05¶

Consult the 14.05 Roadmap
The CTI Protocol has been updated.
The specification of the ‘answered-rate’ queue statistic has changed to exclude calls on a closed queue
The switchboard can now choose which incoming call to answer
The package versions do not necessarily contain the current XiVO version, it may contain older versions. Only the package xivo is guaranteed to have the current XiVO version.

Please consult the following detailed updated notes for more information:

DAHDI 2.9.0 Upgrade Notes¶

These notes only apply to Digium TE133 or TE134 cards that are in firmware version 770017 or earlier.

Warning

The system will need to be power cycled after the upgrade. Your cards will not be usable until then.

After the upgrade¶

First, you need to install the latest firmware for your TE133 or TE134 cards:

xivo-fetchfw install digium-te133
xivo-fetchfw install digium-te134

Then stop all the services and reload the DAHDI modules. Reloading the DAHDI module might take up to 30 seconds:

wazo-service stop
service dahdi stop
service dahdi start

Following this manipulation, you should see something similar at the end of the /var/log/messages file:

dahdi: Telephony Interface Unloaded
dahdi: Version: 2.9.0
dahdi: Telephony Interface Registered on major 196
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Firmware version 6f0017 is running, but we require version 780017.
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: firmware: agent loaded dahdi-fw-te134.bin into memory
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Found dahdi-fw-te134.bin (version: 780017) Preparing for flash
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Uploading dahdi-fw-te134.bin. This can take up to 30 seconds.
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Delaying reset. Firmware load requires a power cycle
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Running firmware version: 6f0017
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Loaded firmware version: 780017 (Will load after next power cycle)
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: FALC version: 5
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Setting up global serial parameters for T1
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: VPM450: firmware dahdi-fw-oct6114-032.bin not available from userspace
wcte13xp 0000:03:0c.0: Found a Wildcard TE132/TE134 (SN: 1TE134F - DF05132600690 - B1 - 20130702)

For the firmware update to complete, you must halt the machine (a reboot won’t be enough) before restarting it.

SCCP Upgrade Notes¶

Important modification have been made to the internal structure of the SCCP channel driver, xivo-libsccp.

The modifications mostly affect administrators; users are not affected.

Major changes are:

Improved support for live modifications; no more manual intervention in the asterisk CLI is needed.
Improved handling of concurrency; crash and deadlock due to concurrency problems should not occur anymore.

CLI¶

The following commands have been removed because they were not needed:

sccp resync
sccp set directmedia
sccp show lines
sccp update config

The behavior of the following commands have been changed:

module reload chan_sccp reloads the module configuration, without interrupting the telephony service. A device will only be resetted/restarted if needed, and only once the device is idle. Some changes don’t even require the device to be resetted.
sccp show config output format has been changed a little.
sccp show devices only show the connected devices instead of all the devices. This might change in the future. To get a list of all the devices, use sccp show config.

Configuration File¶

The format of the sccp.conf configuration file has been changed. This will only impact you if you are using xivo-libsccp without using XiVO.

The format has been changed because the module is now using the ACO module from asterisk, which expect configuration file to have a specific format.

See sccp.conf.sample for a configuration file example.

Other¶

Each SCCP session/connection now use 3 file descriptors instead of 1 previously. On XiVO, the file descriptor limit for the asterisk process is 8192, which means that the increase in used file descriptors should not be a problem, even on a large installation.

14.04¶

Consult the 14.04 Roadmap
Live reload of the configuration can be enabled and disabled using the REST API
The generation of call logs for unanswered calls from the XiVO client have been improved.

14.03¶

Consult the 14.03 Roadmap
A migration script adds an index on the linkedid field in the cel table. Tests have shown that this operation can last up to 11.5 minutes on a XiVO Corporate with 18 millions CELs. xivo-upgrade will thus be slightly longer.
Two new daemons are now operationnal, xivo-amid and xivo-call-logd:
- xivo-amid constantly reads the AMI and sends AMI events to the RabbitMQ bus
- xivo-call-logd generates call-logs in real time based on AMI LINKEDID_END events read on the bus
An increase in load average is expected with the addition of these two new daemons.
The cron job calling xivo-call-logs now runs once a day at 4:25 instead of every 5 minutes.

14.02¶

Consult the 14.02 Roadmap
PHP Web services has been removed from documentation
REST API 1.0 Web services has been removed from documentation
REST API 1.1 User-Line-Extension service is replaced by User-Line and Line-Extension services

14.01¶

Consult the 14.01 Roadmap
The following paths have been renamed:
- /etc/pf-xivo to /etc/xivo
- /var/lib/pf-xivo to /var/lib/xivo
- /usr/share/pf-xivo to /usr/share/xivo

You must update any dialplan or configuration file using these paths

2013¶

13.25¶

Consult the 13.25 Roadmap
Debian has been upgraded from version 6 (squeeze) to 7 (wheezy).

Please consult the following detailed upgrade notes for more information:

Debian 7 (wheezy) Upgrade Notes¶

Before the upgrade¶

The upgrade will take longer than usual, because the whole Debian system will be upgraded
The system must be restarted after the upgrade, because the Linux kernel will also be upgraded

LDAPS¶

In case XiVO is using a LDAP server through SSL/TLS (LDAPS), the documentation instructed you to append the certificate to /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt. However, this is the wrong way to add a new certificate, because it will be erased by the upgrade.

To keep your certificate installed through the upgrade, you must follow the instructions given in the LDAP documentation.

After the upgrade¶

GRUB (Cloned Virtual Machines only)¶

GRUB installations on cloned virtual machines may lead to unbootable systems, if not fixed properly before restarting the system. If xivo-upgrade detects your system is in a broken state, it will display a few commands to repair the GRUB installation.

13.24¶

Consult the 13.24 Roadmap
Default Quality of Service (QoS) settings have been changed for SCCP. The IP packets containing audio media are now marked with the EF DSCP.

13.23¶

Consult the 13.23 Roadmap
The New call softkey has been removed from SCCP phones in connected state. To start a new call, the user will have to press Hold then New call. This is the same behavior as a Call Manager.
Some softkeys have been moved on SCCP phones. We tried to keep the keys in the same position at any given time. As an example, the transfer key will not become End call while transfering a call. Note that this is a work in progress and some models still need some tweaking.

13.22¶

Consult the 13.22 Roadmap
PostgreSQL will be upgraded from 9.0 to 9.1. The upgrade of XiVO will take longer than usual, depending on the size of the database. Usually, the database grows with the number of calls processed by XiVO. The upgrade will be stopped if not enough space is available on the XiVO server.

13.21¶

Consult the 13.21 Roadmap
It is no more possible to delete a device associated to a line using REST API.

13.20¶

Consult the 13.20 Roadmap
xivo-libsccp now supports direct media on wifi phone 7920 and 7921
xivo-confd now implements a voicemail list

13.19¶

Since XiVO 13.18 was not released, the 13.19 release contains all developments of both 13.18 and 13.19, therefore please consult both Roadmaps :

Consult the 13.19 Roadmap

Consult the 13.18 Roadmap

Call logs are now generated automatically, incrementally and regularly. Call logs generated before 13.19 will be erased one last time.
The database was highly modified for everything related to devices : table devicefeatures does not exist anymore and now relies on information from xivo-provd.

13.17¶

Consult the 13.17 Roadmap
There is a major change to call logs. They are no longer available as a web report but only as a csv export. See the call logs documentation. Furthermore, call logs are now fetched from xivo-confd REST API.
Paging group numbers are now exclusively numeric. All non-numeric paging group numbers are converted to their numeric-only equivalent while upgrading to XiVO 13.17 ( *58 becomes 58, for example).

13.16¶

Consult the 13.16 Roadmap
A migration script modifies the user and line related-tables and the way users, lines and extensions are associated. As a consequence of this script, it is not possible any more to associate a user and a line without extensions. Existing associations between users and one or more lines having no extensions will be removed. Users and lines will still exist unassociated.
The call logs page is able to display partial results of big queries, instead of displaying a blank page.
Two new CEL messages are now enabled : LINKEDID_END and BRIDGE_UPDATE. Those events will only exist in CEL for calls passed after upgrading to XiVO 13.16.
The new REST API now makes possible to associate multiple user to a given line and/or extension. There are currently some limitations on how those users and lines can be manipulated using the web interface.

13.15¶

There was no production release of XiVO 13.15. All 13.15 developments are included in the official 13.16 release.

13.14¶

Consult the 13.14 Roadmap
The latest Polycom plugin enables the phone lock feature with a default user password of ‘123’. All Polycom phones used with XiVO also have a default admin password. In order for the phone lock feature to be secure, one should change every phone’s admin AND user passwords.
WebServices for SIP trunks/lines: field nat: value yes changed to force_rport,comedia
The database has beed updated in order to remove deprecated tables (generalfeatures, extenumbers, extenhash, cost_center).

13.13¶

Consult the 13.13 Roadmap

13.12¶

Consult the 13.12 Roadmap
CTI protocol: Modified values of agent availability. Read CTI Protocol changelog
Clean-up was made related to the minimization of the XiVO Client. Some visual differences have been observed on Mac OS X that do not affect the XiVO Client in a functional way.

13.11¶

Consult the 13.11 Roadmap
Asterisk has been upgraded from version 11.3.0 to 11.4.0

API changes:

Dialplan variable XIVO_INTERFACE_0 is now XIVO_INTERFACE
Dialplan variable XIVO_INTERFACE_NB and XIVO_INTERFACE_COUNT have been removed
The following fields have been removed from the lines and users web services
- line_num
- roles_group
- rules_order
- rules_time
- rules_type

13.10¶

Consult the 13.10 Roadmap

API changes:

CTI protocol: for messages of class getlist and function updateconfig, the config object/dictionary does not have a rules_order key anymore.

13.09¶

Consult the 13.09 Roadmap
The Restart CTI server link has been moved from Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Control to Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Control.
The Agent Status Dashboard has been optimized.
The Directory xlet can now be used to place call.

13.08¶

Consult the 13.08 Roadmap
asterisk has been upgraded from version 1.8.21.0 to 11.3.0, which is a major asterisk upgrade.
The switchboard’s queue now requires the xivo_subr_switchboard preprocess subroutine.
A fix to bug #4296 introduced functional changes due to the order in which sub-contexts are included. Please refer to ticket for details.

Please consult the following detailed upgrade notes for more information:

Asterisk 1.8 to 11 Upgrade Notes¶

Table of modules that were available in the asterisk 1.8 package but that are not available anymore in the asterisk 11 package:

Name	Description	Loaded in AST1.8	Asterisk Status	Replaced By
app_dahdibarge	Barge in on DAHDI channel application	Yes	Deprecated	app_chanspy
app_readfile	Stores output of file into a variable	Yes	Deprecated	func_env (FILE())
app_saycountpl	Say polish counting words	Yes	Deprecated	say.conf
app_setcallerid	Set CallerID Presentation Application	Yes	Deprecated	func_callerid
cdr_sqlite	SQLite CDR Backend	No	Removed	cdr_sqlite3_custom
chan_gtalk	Gtalk Channel Driver	No	Deprecated	chan_motif
chan_jingle	Jingle Channel Driver	No	Deprecated	chan_motif
chan_vpb	Voicetronix API driver	No	Supported
format_sln16	Raw Signed Linear 16KHz Audio support	Yes	Removed	format_sln
res_ais	SAForum AIS	No	Removed	res_corosync
res_jabber	AJI - Asterisk Jabber Interface	No	Deprecated	res_xmpp

List of modules that were loaded in asterisk 1.8 but that are not loaded anymore in asterisk 11 (see modules.conf):

res_calendar.so
res_calendar_caldav.so
res_calendar_ews.so
res_calendar_exchange.so
res_calendar_icalendar.so
res_config_sqlite.so
res_stun_monitor.so

List of debian packages that are not available anymore for asterisk 11:

asterisk-config
asterisk-mysql
asterisk-web-vmail

Note

These packages were not installed by default for asterisk 1.8.

If you are using some custom dialplan or AGIs, it is your responsibility to make sure it still works with asterisk 11. See the External Links for more information.

External Links¶

The switchboard’s queue preprocess subroutine¶

The switchboard’s queue now uses a preprocess subroutine named xivo_subr_switchboard. This preprocess subroutine will be associated with all queues named __switchboard that have no preprocess subroutine defined before the upgrade.

If your switchboard queue is named anything other than __switchboard you should add the preprocess subroutine manually.

If your switchboard queue already has a preprocess subroutine, you should add a Gosub(xivo_subr_switchboard) to you preprocess subroutine.

Warning

This change is only applied to the switchboard distribution queue, not the queue for calls on hold.

13.07¶

Consult the 13.07 Roadmap
Agent Status Dashboard has more features and less limitations. See related agent status dashboard documentation
XiVO call centers have no more notion of ‘disabled agents’. All previously disabled agents in web interface will become active agents after upgrading.
asterisk has been upgraded from version 1.8.20.1 to 1.8.21.0. Please note that in XiVO 13.08, asterisk will be upgraded to version 11.
DAHDI has been upgraded from version 2.6.1 to 2.6.2.
libpri has been upgraded from version 1.4.13 to 1.4.14.
PostgreSQL upgraded from version 9.0.4 to 9.0.13

13.06¶

Consult the 13.06 Roadmap
The new Agent Status Dashboard has a few known limitations. See related dashboard xlet known issues section
Status Since counter in xlet list of agents has changed behavior to better reflect states of agents in queues as seen by asterisk. See Ticket #4254 for more details.

13.05¶

Consult the 13.05 Roadmap
The bug #4228 concerning BS filter only applies to 13.04 servers installed from scratch. Please upgrade to 13.05.
The order of softkeys on SCCP phones has changed, e.g. the Bis button is now at the left.

13.04¶

Consult the 13.04 Roadmap
Upgrade procedure for HA Cluster has changed. Refer to Specific Procedure : Upgrading a Cluster.
Configuration of switchboards has changed. Since the directory xlet can now display any column from the lookup source, a display filter has to be configured and assigned to the __switchboard_directory context. Refer to Directory xlet documenttion.
There is no more context field directly associated with a call filter. Boss and secretary users associated with a call filter must necessarily be in the same context.

XiVO Client¶

What is the XiVO Client¶

The XiVO Client is an application that you install on your computer and is connected to the Wazo server. This application offers the following features:

search contacts and show their presence, phone status
make calls through your phone (the XiVO Client is NOT a softphone, it is complementary to the phone)
access your voicemail through your phone
enable call forwards, call filtering
show the history of your calls
list conference rooms and members
send faxes

It also offers some call center features:

show screen popups or open URLs when you receive/answer a call
list agents, queues, calls in queues
login/logoff, pause/unpause other agents (for supervisors)
listen/whisper to agents through you phone (for supervisors)

A lot of those features are modular and may be enabled for each user by choosing which Xlets they can see.

Getting the XiVO client¶

Binaries of the XiVO Client are available on our mirror. (latest version) (all versions)

Warning

The installed version of the XiVO Client must match the Wazo server’s version installation. With our current architecture, there is no way to guarantee that the Wazo server will be retro-compatible with older versions of the XiVO Client. Non-matching Wazo server and XiVO Clients versions might lead to unexpected behaviour.

Choose the version you want and in the right directory, get :

the .exe file for Windows
the .deb file for Ubuntu or Debian (i386 or amd64, depending on your computer)
the .dmg file for Mac OS

For Windows, double-click on the file and follow the instructions. You can also install it silently:

xivoclient-14.XX-x86.exe /S

For Ubuntu/Debian, double-click on the file or execute the following command:

$ gdebi xivoclient-*.deb

For Mac OS, double-click on the file and drag-and-drop the inner file on the Application entry of the Finder.

The XiVO Client should then be available in the applications menu of each platform.

If you want to build your own XiVO Client, see Building the XiVO Client.

Connection to the server¶

To connect to the server using the XiVO client you need a user name, a password and the server’s address. Optionally, it is possible to login an agent while connecting to the server.

Xlets¶

Xlets are features of the XiVO Client. It is the contraction of XiVO applets. To select which xlets are displayed in your client, see CTI profiles.

Conference Xlet¶

Overview¶

The conference xlet allow the user to join conferences and view conference room statuses.

Usage¶

The Conference room list tab show all available conference rooms configured on the Wazo. The user can click on a conference number to join the conference. When a user joins a conference, his phone will ring and the conference will be joined when the user answers the phone.

When clicking on a conference room a new tab is opened for the selected conference room. The new tab contains information about the members of the conference. The name and number of the member will be displayed when available. Users can also mute and unmute themselves using the microphone icon on the left.

Directory Xlet¶

Overview¶

Warning

This xlet should only be used with a Switchboard profile. It is not meant to be used alone.

The goal of the directory xlet is to allow the user to search through Wazo users, directory entries and arbitrary numbers to be able to call and transfer calls to these destinations.

Usage¶

The list of entries in the xlet is searched using the top field. Entries are filtered by column content. The entry list will initially appear as empty.

If the current search term is a valid number, it will be displayed in the result list with no name to allow transfer to numbers that are not currently in the phonebook or configured on the Wazo.

Legend¶

Users available
Users ringing
Users talking
Users
Mobile phone
External contacts
Current search (not a contact)

Phonebook¶

Phonebook searches are triggered after the user has entered 3 characters. Results from remote directories will appear after 1 second.

If a directory entry as the same number as a mobile or a phone configured on the Wazo, it’s extra columns will be added to the corresponding entry instead of creating a new line in the search result.

For example:

If User 1 has number 1000 and is also in a configured LDAP with a location in “Québec”, if the display filter contains the Location column, the entry for User 1 will show “Québec” in the Location column after the search results are received.

Configuration¶

Context¶

The directory xlet needs a special context named __switchboard_directory. In Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX configuration ‣ Contexts add a new context with the following parameters :

Name : __switchboard_directory
Type of context : Other
Display name : Switchboard

_images/switchboard_directory_context.png

Display filter¶

A new display filter must be created for the directory xlet.

The following fields must be configured with the correct value for the Field type column in order for entries to be displayed in the xlet:

status is the column that will be used to display the status icon, the title can be empty
name is displayed in the Name column of the xlet
number_office is displayed in the Number column with a phone icon in the xlet
number_mobile is displayed in the Number column with a mobile icon in the xlet
number_... any other field starting with number_ will be displayed in the Number column of the xlet with a generic directory icon
Any other field will be displayed in their own column of the directory xlet

The values in the Field name column must contain values that were created in the Directory definition.

The title used for the Number column is the title of the first field whose type starts with number_.

Note

The field title of the first number column will be used for the header title in the xlet.

Warning

Make sure that the fields entered in the display format are also available in the directory definition, otherwise the filter will not return any results

Context and filter association¶

The new Display filter has to be assigned to the __switchboard_directory context

_images/context_directory_association.png

You can then choose which directories will be searched by the Xlet.

Warning

You must not select internal directory, as it is already handled.

Fax Xlet¶

Overview¶

The Fax xlet allows the user to send faxes from his XiVO client.

Usage¶

The Choose a file to send field is used to select which file you want to send. Only PDF documents are supported.

The Choose destination number field is the fax destination, directory search can be used to find the fax number in available directories.

History Xlet¶

Overview¶

The history xlet allow the user to view his last calls. The user can filter by sent, received and missed calls.

Usage¶

The user can click on the number to initiate a new call with a given correspondent.

Warning

The column content is only refreshed when moving from one view to the other.
The Sent calls tab displays only the phone number of the called party (the name column will be void).

Identity Xlet¶

Overview¶

The Identity Xlet allows you to make calls from your computer, via your phone. This means that you can enter the number that you want to dial on your computer, then your phone rings and when you answer it, the called phone will ring.

Usage¶

You can enter the number you want to dial in the text box and then click the button or press enter to dial it.

If you dial an invalid extension (a number is an extension), your phone will ring and you will be told that the extension is not valid.

People Xlet¶

Overview¶

The People XLet lists the people of your company and personal contacts, giving you access to their phone, status and other information configured by the administrator.

Display results of the search
Display favorite contacts
Search contacts
Call a contact
Transfer a call to a contact
Transfer a call to a contact’s voicemail
Chat with a contact
Send an email to a contact
Bookmark/unmark the contact as a favorite

View all personal contacts
Edit or remove a personal contact
Create a personal contact
Import personal contacts from a CSV file
Export personal contacts to a CSV file
Delete all personal contacts

XiVO Client status (see Presence Option)
Phone status (see Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Status ‣ Phone hints page)
Agent status (logged in or logged out)

Note

Most information (e.g. columns displayed, allowed actions, searched directories, etc.) is configurable through the web interface.

Importing contacts via CSV file¶

Imported files should have the following structure:

firstname,lastname,number,email,company,fax,mobile
John,Doe,5555551111,my@email,wazo,5555552222,5555553333

The field order is not important.
The file must be encoded in UTF-8.
Invalid lines of the CSV file will be skipped and an error will be displayed in the import report.

Exporting contacts via CSV file¶

The file has the same structure as the import file, with a supplementary field: id, which is the internal contact ID from Wazo.

The first line (the list of field names) is ordered in alphabetical order.
The file will be encoded in UTF-8.

Copying the number or email address¶

It is possible to copy a contact’s number or email address to the system’s clipboard. To do so, right click on a contact’s action menu and select the value you wish to copy.

Note

When using a mac without a right mouse button use ctrl-Left click to show the copy menu.

Service Xlet¶

Overview¶

The service xlet allows the user to enable and disable telephony services such as call forwarding, call filter and do not disturb.

Configuration¶

The available service list is configured from the web interface in Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ General settings ‣ Profiles.

The right side of the Services section contains services that are available to a given profile.

Configuration¶

The XiVO Client configuration options can be accessed under XiVO Client ‣ Configure.

Connection Configuration¶

This page allows the user to set his network information to connect to the xivo-ctid server.

Server is the IP address of the server.
Backup server is the IP address of the backup server.
Port is the port on which xivo-ctid is listening for connections. (default: 5003)
STARTTLS is used to specify that a secure connect should be used

Note

To use STARTTLS, the server needs to be configured to accept encrypted connection.

Handling callto: and tel: URLs¶

The XiVO Client can handle telephone number links that appear in web pages. The client will automatically dial the number when you click on a link.

Note

You must already be logged in for automatic dialing to work, otherwise the client will simply start up and wait for you to log in.

Warning

The option in the XiVO Client GUI Options ‣ Allow multiple instances of XiVO Client must be disabled, else you will launch one new XiVO Client with every click.

Mac OS¶

callto: links will work out-of-the-box in Safari and other web browsers after installing the client.

tel: links will open FaceTime after installing the client. To make the XiVO Client the default application to open tel: URLs in Safari.

Open the FaceTime application
Connect using your apple account
Open the FaceTime preferences
Change the Default for calls entry to xivoclient.app

Note

The tel: URL works out-of-the-box in versions of mac osx before 10.10.

Windows¶

XiVO Client is associated with callto: and tel: upon installation. Installing other applications afterward could end up overriding these associations. Starting with Windows Vista, it is possible to configure these associations via the Default Programs. Users can access Default Programs from Control Panel or directly from the Start menu.

The following popups might appear when you open a callto: or tel: link for the first time in Internet Explorer:

Simply click on allow to dial the number using the XiVO Client.

Note

If you do not want these warnings to appear each time, do not forget to check/uncheck the checkbox at the bottom of the popups.

Ubuntu¶

Currently, callto: or tel: links are only supported in Firefox. There is no configuration needed.

GNU/Linux Debian¶

Currently, callto: or tel: links are only supported in Firefox. If the XiVO Client is not listed in the proposition when you open the link, browse your files to find /usr/bin/xivoclient.

Manual association in Firefox¶

If, for some reason, Firefox does not recognize callto: or tel: URIs you can manually associate them to the XiVO Client using the following steps:

Type about:config in the URL bar
Click the I’ll be careful, I promise ! button to close the warning
Right-click anywhere in the list and select New -> Boolean
Enter network.protocol-handler.external.callto as preference name
Select false as value
Repeat steps 3 to 6, but replace callto by tel at step 4

The next time that you click on a telephone link, Firefox will ask you to choose an application. You will then be able to choose the XiVO client for handling telephone numbers.

System¶

DHCP Server¶

Wazo includes a DHCP server used for assisting in the provisioning of phones and other devices. (See Basic Configuration for the basic setup). This section contains additional notes on how to configure more advanced options that may be helpful when integrating the server with different VOIP subnets.

Activating DHCP on another interface¶

DHCP Server can be activated through the Wazo Web Interface Configuration ‣ Network ‣ DHCP :

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ DHCP

By default, it will only answer to DHCP requests coming from the VoIP subnet (defined in the Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces section). If you need to activate DHCP on an other interface, you have to fill in the Extra network interfaces field with the interface name , for example : eth0

After saving your modifications, click on Apply system configuration so that the new settings can take effect.

Changing default DHCP gateway¶

By default, the Wazo DHCP server uses the Wazo’s IP address as the routing address. To change this you must create a custom-template:

Create a custom template for the dhcpd_subnet.conf.head file:

mkdir -p /etc/xivo/custom-templates/dhcp/etc/dhcp/
cd /etc/xivo/custom-templates/dhcp/etc/dhcp/
cp /usr/share/xivo-config/templates/dhcp/etc/dhcp/dhcpd_subnet.conf.head .

Edit the custom template:
```
vim dhcpd_subnet.conf.head
```
In the file, replace the string #XIVO_NET4_IP# by the routing address of your VoIP network, for example:
```
option routers 192.168.2.254;
```
Re-generate the dhcp configuration:
```
xivo-update-config
```

DHCP server should have been restarted and should now use the new routing address.

Configuring DHCP server to serve unknown hosts¶

By default, the Wazo DHCP server serves only known hosts. That is:

either hosts which MAC address prefix (the OUI) is known
or hosts which Vendor Identifier is known

Known OUIs and Vendor Class Identifiers are declared in /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_update/* files.

If you want your Wazo DHCP server to serve also unknown hosts (like PCs) follow these instructions:

Create a custom template for the dhcpd_subnet.conf.tail file:

mkdir -p /etc/xivo/custom-templates/dhcp/etc/dhcp/
cd /etc/xivo/custom-templates/dhcp/etc/dhcp/
cp /usr/share/xivo-config/templates/dhcp/etc/dhcp/dhcpd_subnet.conf.tail .

Edit the custom template:
```
vim dhcpd_subnet.conf.tail
```
And add the following line at the head of the file:
```
allow unknown-clients;
```
Re-generate the dhcp configuration:
```
xivo-update-config
```

DHCP server should have been restarted and should now serve all network equipments.

DHCP-Relay¶

If your telephony devices aren’t located on the same site and the same broadcast domain as the Wazo DHCP server, you will have to add the option DHCP Relay to the site’s router. This parameter will allow the DHCP requests from distant devices to be transmitted to the IP address you specify as DHCP Relay.

Warning

Please make sure that the IP address used as DHCP Relay is the same as one of Wazo’s interfaces, and that this interface is configured to listen to DHCP requests (as decribed in previous part). Also verify that routing is configured between the distant router and the choosen interface, otherwise DHCP requests will never reach the Wazo server.

Configuring DHCP server for other subnets¶

This section describes how to configure Wazo to serve other subnets that the VOIP subnet. As you can’t use the Web Interface to declare other subnets (for example to address DATA subnet, or a VOIP subnet that isn’t on the same site that Wazo server), you’ll have to do the following configuration on the Command Line Interface.

Creating “extra subnet” configuration files¶

First thing to do is to create a directory and to copy into it the configuration files:

mkdir /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/
cp /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_subnet.conf /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/dhcpd_siteXXX.conf
cp /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_subnet.conf /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/dhcpd_lanDATA.conf

Note

In this case we’ll create 2 files for 2 differents subnets. You can change the name of the files, and create as many files as you want in the folder /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/. Just adapt this procedure by changing the name of the file in the different links.

After creating one or several files in /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/, you have to edit the file /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_extra.conf and add the according include statement like:

include "/etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/dhcpd_siteXXX.conf";
include "/etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/dhcpd_lanDATA.conf";

Adjusting Options of the DHCP server¶

Once you have created the subnet in the DHCP server, you must edit each configuration file (the files in /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/) and modify the different parameters. In section subnet, write the IP subnet and change the following options (underlined fields in the example):

subnet 172.30.8.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {

subnet-mask:
```
option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
```
broadcast-address:
```
option broadcast-address 172.30.8.255;
```
routers (specify the IP address of the router that will be the default gateway of the site):
```
option routers 172.30.8.1;
```

In section pool, modify the options:

pool {

log (add the name of the site or of the subnet):

log(concat("[", binary-to-ascii(16, 8, ":", hardware), "] POOL VoIP Site XXX"));

range (it will define the range of IP address the DHCP server can use to address the devices of that subnet):
```
range 172.30.8.10 172.30.8.200;
```

Warning

Wazo only answers to DHCP requests from supported devices. In case of you need to address other equipment, use the option allow unknown-clients; in the /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_sites/ files

At this point, you can apply the changes of the DHCP server with the command:

service isc-dhcp-server restart

After that, Wazo will start to serve the DHCP requests of the devices located on other sites or other subnets than the VOIP subnet. You will see in /var/log/daemon.log all the DHCP requests received and how they are handled by Wazo.

Mail¶

This section describes how to configure the mail server shipped with Wazo (Postfix) and the way Wazo handles mails.

In Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Mail, the following options can be configured:

Domain Name messaging : the server’s displayed domain. Will appear in “Received” mail headers.
Source address of the server : domain part of headers “Return-Path” and “From”.
Relay SMTP and FallBack relay SMTP : relay mail servers.
Rewriting shipping addresses : Canonical address Rewriting. See Postfix canonical documentation for more info.

Warning

Postfix, the mail server shipped with Wazo, should be stopped on an installed Wazo with no valid and reachable DNS servers configured. If Postfix is not stopped, messages will bounce in queues and could end up affecting core pbx features.

If you need to disable Postfix here is how you should do it:

systemctl stop postfix
systemctl disable postfix

If you ever need to enable Postfix again:

systemctl enable postfix
systemctl start postfix

Alternatively, you can empty Postfix’s queues by issuging the following commands on the Wazo server:

postsuper -d ALL

Configure Wazo for authenticated SMTP¶

Let’s say we want to send mails from Wazo through the following SMTP server:

SMTP host: smtp.example.com
SMTP port: 587
SMTP user: smtp_user@example.com
SMTP password: smtp_password

In Configuration ‣ Mail:

set Relay SMTP to smtp.example.com:587
set Source address of the server to example.com
set Rewriting shipping addresses to something like asterisk smtp_user\nroot smtp_user\nxivo-agid smtp_user (you must leave the \n verbatim)

Then apply the changed in Configuration ‣ Apply system configuration.

Create a custom template for Postfix configuration:

mkdir -p /etc/xivo/custom-templates/mail/etc/postfix
cp /usr/share/xivo-config/templates/mail/etc/postfix/main.cf /etc/xivo/custom-templates/mail/etc/postfix/main.cf

Then, add at the end of the file /etc/xivo/custom-templates/mail/etc/postfix/main.cf:

smtp_sasl_auth_enable = yes
smtp_sasl_password_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/sasl_passwd
smtp_sasl_security_options = noanonymous

Create the file /etc/postfix/sasl_passwd:

smtp.example.com:587 smtp_user@example.com:smtp_password

The SMTP hostname must be the exact same value than Configuration ‣ Mail ‣ Relay SMTP.

The file containing the credentials must have specific permissions:

chmod 400 /etc/postfix/sasl_passwd

Then tell Postfix about this new config file:

postmap /etc/postfix/sasl_passwd

Then regenerate the Postfix configuration (this does the same thing than Configuration ‣ Apply system configuration):

update-xivo-config

Network¶

This section describes how to configure additional network devices that may be used to better accommodate more complex network infrastructures. Network interfaces are managed in the Wazo web interface via the page Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces.

Wazo offers 2 types of interfaces: VoIP and Data. The VoIP interface is used by the DHCP server, provisioning server, and phone devices connected to your Wazo. These services will use the information provided on the VoIP interface for their configuration. For example, the DHCP server will only listen on the VoIP interface by default.

To change these settings, you must either create a new interface or edit an existing one and change its type. When adding a new VoIP interface, the type of the old one will automatically be changed to Data.

Configuring a physical interface¶

In this example, we’ll add and configure the eth1 network interface on our Wazo.

First, we see there’s already an unconfigured network interface named eth1 on our system:

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces

To add and configure it, we click on the small plus button next to it, and we get to this page:

_images/netiface_edit_physical_empty.png

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces ‣ eth1 ‣ Add

In our case, since we want to configure this interface with static information (i.e. not via DHCP), we fill the following fields:

_images/netiface_edit_physical_filled.png

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces ‣ eth1 ‣ Add

Note that since our eth0 network interface already has a default gateway, we do not enter information in the Default gateway field for our eth1 interface.

Once the changes have been saved, the action Apply network configuration will appear in bold. This action must be clicked in order for the changes to take effect.

Apply after modify interface

Adding a VLAN interface¶

In this example, the Wazo already has 2 network interfaces configured:

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces

Listing the network interfaces

To add and configure a new VLAN interface, we click on the small plus button in the top right corner,

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces ‣ Add button

and we get to this page:

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces ‣ Add

In our case, since we want to configure this interface with static information:

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces ‣ Add

Click on Save list the network interfaces:

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ Interfaces

The new virtual interface has been successfully created.

Note

Do not forget after you finish the configuration of the network to apply it with the button: Apply network configuration

After applying the network configuration:

_images/netiface_list_virtual_after_apply.png

Network configuration successfully apply

Add static network routes¶

Static routes cannot be added via the web interface. However, you may add static routes to your Wazo by following following the steps described below. This procedure will ensure that your static routes are applied at startup (i.e. each time the network interface goes up).

Create the file /etc/network/if-up.d/xivo-routes:

touch /etc/network/if-up.d/xivo-routes
chmod 755 /etc/network/if-up.d/xivo-routes

Insert the following content:

#!/bin/sh

if [ "${IFACE}" = "<network interface>" ]; then
    ip route add <destination> via <gateway>
    ip route add <destination> via <gateway>
fi

Fields <network interface>, <destination> and <gateway> should be replaced by your specific configuration. For example, if you want to add a route for 192.168.50.128/25 via 192.168.17.254 which should be added when eth0 goes up:
```
#!/bin/sh

if [ "${IFACE}" = "eth0.2" ]; then
    ip route add 192.168.50.128/25 via 192.168.17.254
fi
```

Note

The above check is to ensure that the route will be applied only if the correct interface goes up. This check should contain the actual name of the interface (i.e. eth0 or eth0.2 or eth1 or ...). Otherwise the route won’t be set up in every cases.

Change interface MTU¶

Warning

Manually changing the MTU is risky. Please only proceed if you are aware of what you are doing.

These steps describe how to change the MTU:

#. Create the file :file:`/etc/network/if-up.d/xivo-mtu`::

touch /etc/network/if-up.d/xivo-mtu chmod 755 /etc/network/if-up.d/xivo-mtu

Insert the following content:

#!/bin/sh

# Set MTU per iface
if [ "${IFACE}" = "<data interface>" ]; then
    ip link set ${IFACE} mtu <data mtu>
elif [ "${IFACE}" = "<voip interface>" ]; then
    ip link set ${IFACE} mtu <voip mtu>
fi

Change the <data interface> to the name of your interface (e.g. eth0), and the <data mtu> to the new MTU (e.g. 1492),
Change the <voip interface> to the name of your interface (e.g. eth1), and the <voip mtu> to the new MTU (e.g. 1488)

Note

In the above example you can set a different MTU per interface. If you don’t need a per-interface MTU you can simply write:

#!/bin/sh

ip link set ${IFACE} mtu <my mtu>

Backup¶

Periodic backup¶

A backup of the database and the data are launched every day with a logrotate task. It is run at 06:25 a.m. and backups are kept for 7 days.

Logrotate task:

/etc/logrotate.d/xivo-backup

Logrotate cron:

/etc/cron.daily/logrotate

Retrieve the backup¶

You can retrieve the backup from the web-interface in Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX Configuration ‣ Backup Files page.

Otherwise, with shell access, you can retrieve them in /var/backups/xivo. In this directory you will find db.tgz and data.tgz files for the database and data backups.

Backup scripts:

/usr/sbin/xivo-backup

Backup location:

/var/backups/xivo

What is actually backed-up?¶

Data¶

Here is the list of folders and files that are backed-up:

/etc/asterisk/
/etc/consul/
/etc/crontab
/etc/dahdi/
/etc/dhcp/
/etc/hostname
/etc/hosts
/etc/ldap/
/etc/mongooseim/
/etc/network/if-up.d/xivo-routes
/etc/network/interfaces
/etc/ntp.conf
/etc/profile.d/xivo_uuid.sh
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/ssl/
/etc/systemd/
/etc/wanpipe/
/etc/wazo-admin-ui/
/etc/wazo-plugind/
/etc/wazo-webhookd/
/etc/xivo-agentd/
/etc/xivo-agid/
/etc/xivo-amid/
/etc/xivo-auth/
/etc/xivo-call-logd/
/etc/xivo-confd/
/etc/xivo-confgend-client/
/etc/xivo-ctid/
/etc/xivo-ctid-ng/
/etc/xivo-dird/
/etc/xivo-dird-phoned/
/etc/xivo-dxtora/
/etc/xivo-purge-db/
/etc/xivo-websocketd/
/etc/xivo/
/usr/local/bin/
/usr/local/sbin/
/usr/share/xivo/XIVO-VERSION
/var/lib/asterisk/
/var/lib/consul/
/var/lib/xivo-provd/
/var/lib/xivo/
/var/log/asterisk/
/var/spool/asterisk/
/var/spool/cron/crontabs/

The following files/folders are excluded from this backup:

folders:
- /var/lib/consul/checks
- /var/lib/consul/raft
- /var/lib/consul/serf
- /var/lib/consul/services
- /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/*/var/cache/*
- /var/spool/asterisk/monitor/
- /var/spool/asterisk/meetme/
files
- /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/xivo-polycom*/var/tftpboot/*.ld
log files, coredump files
audio recordings
and, files greater than 10 MiB or folders containing more than 100 files if they belong to one of these folders:
- /var/lib/xivo/sounds/
- /var/lib/asterisk/sounds/custom/
- /var/lib/asterisk/moh/
- /var/spool/asterisk/voicemail/
- /var/spool/asterisk/monitor/

Database¶

The following databases from PostgreSQL are backed up:

asterisk: all the configuration done via the web interface (exceptions: High Availability, Provisioning, Certificates)
mongooseim: chat history

Creating backup files manually¶

Warning

A backup file may take a lot of space on the disk. You should check the free space on the partition before creating one.

Database¶

You can manually create a database backup file named db-manual.tgz in /var/tmp by issuing the following commands:

xivo-backup db /var/tmp/db-manual

Files¶

You can manually create a data backup file named data-manual.tgz in /var/tmp by issuing the following commands:

xivo-backup data /var/tmp/data-manual

Restore¶

Introduction¶

A backup of both the configuration files and the database used by a Wazo installation is done automatically every day. These backups are created in the /var/backups/xivo directory and are kept for 7 days.

Limitations¶

You must restore a backup on the same version of Wazo that was backed up (though the architecture – i386 or amd64 – may differ)
You must restore a backup on a machine with the same hostname and IP address
Be aware that this procedure applies only to XiVO/Wazo >= 14.08 (see 14.08).

Before Restoring the System¶

Warning

Before restoring a Wazo on a fresh install you have to setup Wazo using the wizard (see Running the Wizard section).

Stop monit and all the Wazo services:

wazo-service stop

Restoring System Files¶

System files are stored in the data.tgz file located in the /var/backups/xivo directory.

This file contains for example, voicemail files, musics, voice guides, phone sets firmwares, provisioning server configuration database.

To restore the file

tar xvfp /var/backups/xivo/data.tgz -C /

Once the database and files have been restored, you can finalize the restore

Restoring the Database¶

Warning

This will destroy all the current data in your database.
You have to check the free space on your system partition before extracting the backups.

Database backups are created as db.tgz files in the /var/backups/xivo directory. These tarballs contains a dump of the database used in Wazo.

In this example, we’ll restore the database from a backup file named db.tgz placed in the home directory of root.

First, extract the content of the db.tgz file into the /var/tmp directory and go inside the newly created directory:

tar xvf db.tgz -C /var/tmp
cd /var/tmp/pg-backup

Drop the asterisk database and restore it with the one from the backup:

sudo -u postgres dropdb asterisk
sudo -u postgres pg_restore -C -d postgres asterisk-*.dump

Drop the mongooseim database and restore it with the one from the backup:

sudo -u postgres dropdb mongooseim
sudo -u postgres pg_restore -C -d postgres mongooseim-*.dump

Once the database and files have been restored, you can finalize the restore

Troubleshooting¶

When restoring the database, if you encounter problems related to the system locale, see PostgreSQL localization errors.

Alternative: Restoring and Keeping System Configuration¶

System configuration like network interfaces is stored in the database. It is possible to keep this configuration and only restore Wazo data.

Rename the asterisk database to asterisk_previous:

sudo -u postgres psql -c 'ALTER DATABASE asterisk RENAME TO asterisk_previous'

Restore the asterisk database from the backup:

sudo -u postgres pg_restore -C -d postgres asterisk-*.dump

Restore the system configuration tables from the asterisk_previous database:

sudo -u postgres pg_dump -c -t dhcp -t netiface -t resolvconf asterisk_previous | sudo -u postgres psql asterisk

Drop the asterisk_previous database:

sudo -u postgres dropdb asterisk_previous

Warning

Restoring the data.tgz file also restores system files such as host hostname, network interfaces, etc. You will need to reapply the network configuration if you restore the data.tgz file.

Drop the mongooseim database and restore it with the one from the backup:

sudo -u postgres dropdb mongooseim
sudo -u postgres pg_restore -C -d postgres mongooseim-*.dump

Once the database and files have been restored, you can finalize the restore

After Restoring The System¶

Resynchronize the xivo-auth keys:
```
xivo-update-keys
```
You may reboot the system, or execute the following steps.

Update systemd runtime configuration:

source /etc/profile.d/xivo_uuid.sh
systemctl set-environment XIVO_UUID=$XIVO_UUID
systemctl daemon-reload

Restart the services you stopped in the first step:
```
wazo-service start
```

HTTPS certificate¶

X.509 certificates are used to authorize and secure communications with the server. They are mainly used for HTTPS, but can also be used for SIPS, CTIS, WSS, etc.

There are two categories of certificates in Wazo:

the default certificate, used for HTTPS in the web interface, REST APIs and WebSockets
the certificates created and managed via the web interface

This article is about the former. For the latter, see Telephony certificates.

Default certificate¶

Wazo uses HTTPS where possible. The certificates are generated at install time (or during the upgrade to 15.12+). The main certificate is placed in /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt.

However, this certificate is self-signed, and HTTP clients (browser or REST API client) will complain about this default certificate because it is not signed by a trusted Certification Authority (CA).

The default certificate is untrusted¶

To make the HTTP client accept this certificate, you have two choices:

configure your HTTP client to trust the self-signed Wazo certificate by adding a new trusted CA. The CA certificate (or bundle) is the file /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt.
replace the self-signed certificate with your own trusted certificate.

Use your own certificate¶

For this, follow these steps:

Replace the following files with your own private key/certificate pair:
- Private key: /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.key
- Certificate: /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt
Those files must be readable by the group www-data. You can check with the following command:
```
sudo -u www-data cat /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.{key,crt}
```

Change the hostname of Wazo for each Wazo component: the different processes of Wazo heavily use HTTPS for internal communication, and for these connection to establish successfully, all hostnames used must match the Common Name (CN) of your certificate. Basically, you must replace all occurrences of localhost (the default hostname) with your CN in the configuration of the Wazo services. For example:

mkdir /etc/xivo/custom
cat > /etc/xivo/custom/custom-certificate.yml << EOF
consul:
  host: wazo.example.com
agentd:
  host: wazo.example.com
ajam:
  host: wazo.example.com
amid:
  host: wazo.example.com
auth:
  host: wazo.example.com
confd:
  host: wazo.example.com
call_logd:
  host: wazo.example.com
ctid_ng:
  host: wazo.example.com
dird:
  host: wazo.example.com
plugind:
  host: wazo.example.com
EOF
for config_dir in /etc/{xivo,wazo}-*/conf.d/ ; do
    ln -s "/etc/xivo/custom/custom-certificate.yml" "$config_dir/010-custom-certificate.yml"
done

Also, you must replace localhost in the definition of your directories in the web interface under Configuration ‣ Directories.

If your certificate is not self-signed, and you obtained it from a third-party CA that is trusted by your system, you must enable the system-based certificate verification. By default, certificate verification is set to consider /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt as the only CA certificate.

The options are the following:
- Consul: verify: True
- Other Wazo services: verify_certificate: True
The procedure is the same as 2. with more configuration for each service. For example:
```
cat > /etc/xivo/custom/custom-certificate.yml << EOF
consul:
  host: wazo.example.com
  verify: True
agentd:
  host: wazo.example.com
  verify_certificate: True
ajam:
  host: wazo.example.com
  verify_certificate: True
...
```
Setting verify_certificate to False will disable the certificate verification, but the connection will still be encrypted. This is pretty safe as long as Wazo services stay on the same machine, however, this is dangerous when Wazo services are separated by an untrusted network, such as the Internet.
You need an entry in /etc/hosts resolving your CN to 127.0.0.1. For this, do not edit the file manually, because your modifications will be rewritten when you “Apply system configuration” from the web interface. Instead, create a custom template for /etc/hosts, and this template will be used when generating /etc/hosts:
```
mkdir -p /etc/xivo/custom-templates/system/etc
sed 's/127\.0\.1\.1/127.0.0.1/' /usr/share/xivo-config/templates/system/etc/hosts > /etc/xivo/custom-templates/system/etc/hosts
xivo-update-config
```
You can check the configuration with the following command, it should give you 127.0.0.1:
```
getent ahosts wazo.example.com
```
Restart all Wazo services:
```
wazo-service restart all
```

Troubleshooting¶

Here are a few commands that can help find what is wrong:

# Tell me curl, what is the problem with my certificate?
curl https://localhost:443

# Check that nginx has the right certificate loaded
grep -R ssl /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/

# See the certificate returned by nginx
openssl s_client -connect localhost:443 </dev/null

# See the certificate chain returned by nginx
openssl s_client -connect localhost:443 </dev/null 2>/dev/null | sed -ne '/Certificate chain/,/---/p'

Note that you can replace 443 with the ports of the Wazo daemons, e.g. 9497 for xivo-auth. See the full list in Network.

Configuration Files¶

This section describes some of the Wazo configuration files.

Configuration priority¶

Usually, the configuration is read from two locations: a configuration file config.yml and a configuration directory conf.d.

Files in the conf.d extra configuration directory:

are used in alphabetical order and the first one has priority
are ignored when their name starts with a dot
are ignored when their name does not end with .yml

For example:

.01-critical.yml:

log_level: critical

02-error.yml.dpkg-old:

log_level: error

10-debug.yml:

log_level: debug

20-nodebug.yml:

log_level: info

The value that will be used for log_level will be debug since:

10-debug.yml comes before 20-nodebug.yml in the alphabetical order.
.01-critical.yml starts with a dot so is ignored
02-error.yml.dpkg-old does not end with .yml so is ignored

File configuration structure¶

Configuration files for every service running on a Wazo server will respect these rules:

Default configuration directory in /etc/xivo-{service}/conf.d (e.g. /etc/xivo-agentd/conf.d/)
Default configuration file in /etc/xivo-{service}/config.yml (e.g. /etc/xivo-agentd/config.yml)

The files /etc/xivo-{service}/config.yml should not be modified because they will be overridden during upgrades. However, they may be used as examples for creating additional configuration files as long as they respect the Configuration priority. Any exceptions to these rules are documented below.

xivo-agentd¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-agentd/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-agentd/config.yml

xivo-amid¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-amid/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-amid/config.yml

xivo-auth¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-auth/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-auth/config.yml

xivo-confgend¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-confgend/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-confgend/config.yml
Default templates directory: /etc/xivo-confgend/templates

xivo-ctid¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-ctid/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-ctid/config.yml

xivo-dao¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-dao/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-dao/config.yml

This configuration is read by many Wazo programs in order to connect to the Postgres database of Wazo.

xivo-dird-phoned¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-dird-phoned/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-dird-phoned/config.yml

xivo-websocketd¶

Default configuration directory: /etc/xivo-websocketd/conf.d
Default configuration file: /etc/xivo-websocketd/config.yml

xivo_ring.conf¶

Path: /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_ring.conf
Purpose: This file can be used to change the ringtone played by the phone depending on the origin of the call.

Warning

Note that this feature has not been tested for all phones and all call flows. This page describes how you can customize this file but does not intend to list all validated call flows or phones.

This file xivo_ring.conf consists of :

profiles of configuration (some examples for different brands are already included: [aastra], [snom] etc.)
one section named [number] where you apply the profile to an extension or a context etc.

Here is the process you should follow if you want to use/customize this feature :

Create a new profile, e.g.:
```
[myprofile-aastra]
```
Change the phonetype accordingly, in our example:
```
[myprofile-aastra]
phonetype = aastra
```
Chose the ringtone for the different type of calls (note that the ringtone names are brand-specific):
```
[myprofile-aastra]
phonetype = aastra
intern = <Bellcore-dr1>
group = <Bellcore-dr2>
```
Apply your profile, in the section [number]

to a given list of extensions (e.g. 1001 and 1002):
1001@default = myprofile-aastra
1002@default = myprofile-aastra
or to a whole context (e.g. default):
@default = myprofile-aastra

Restart xivo-agid service:
```
service xivo-agid restart
```

ipbx.ini¶

Path: /etc/xivo/web-interface/ipbx.ini
Purpose: This file specifies various configuration options and paths related to Asterisk and used by the web interface.

Here is a partial glimpse of what can be configured in file ipbx.ini :

Enable/Disable modification of SIP line username and password:
```
[user]
readonly-idpwd = "true"
```

When editing a SIP line, the username and password fields cannot be modified via the web interface. Set this option to false to enable the modification of both fields. This option is set to “true” by default.

Warning

This feature is not fully tested. It should be used only when absolutely necessary and with great care.

Consul¶

The default consul installation in Wazo uses the configuration file in /etc/consul/xivo/*.json. All files in this directory are installed with the package and should not be modified by the administrator. To use a different configuration, the adminstrator can add it’s own configuration file at another location and set the new configuration directory by creating a systemd unit drop-in file in the /etc/systemd/system/consul.service.d directory.

The default installation generates a master token that can be retrieved in /var/lib/consul/master_token. This master token will not be used if a new configuration is supplied.

Variables¶

The following environment variables can be overridden in a systemd unit drop-in file:

CONFIG_DIR: the consul configuration directory
WAIT_FOR_LEADER: should the “start” action wait for a leader ?

Example, in /etc/systemd/system/consul.service.d/custom.conf:

[Service]
Environment=CONFIG_DIR=/etc/consul/agent
Environment=WAIT_FOR_LEADER=no

Agent mode¶

It is possible to run consul on another host and have the local consul node run as an agent only.

To get this kind of setup up and running, you will need to follow the following steps.

Downloading Consul¶

For a 32 bits system

wget --no-check-certificate https://releases.hashicorp.com/consul/0.5.2/consul_0.5.2_linux_386.zip

For a 64 bits system

wget --no-check-certificate https://releases.hashicorp.com/consul/0.5.2/consul_0.5.2_linux_amd64.zip

Installing Consul on a new host¶

unzip consul_0.5.2_linux_386.zip

Or

unzip consul_0.5.2_linux_amd64.zip

mv consul /usr/bin/consul
mkdir -p /etc/consul/xivo
mkdir -p /var/lib/consul
adduser --quiet --system --group --no-create-home \
        --home /var/lib/consul consul

Copying the consul configuration from the Wazo to a new host¶

On the new consul host, modify /etc/consul/xivo/config.json to include to following lines.

"bind_addr": "0.0.0.0",
"client_addr": "0.0.0.0",
"advertise_addr": "<consul-host>"

# on the consul host
scp root@<wazo-host>:/lib/systemd/system/consul.service /lib/systemd/system
systemctl daemon-reload
scp -r root@<wazo-host>:/etc/consul /etc
scp -r root@<wazo-host>:/usr/share/xivo-certs /usr/share
consul agent -data-dir /var/lib/consul -config-dir /etc/consul/xivo/

Note

To start consul with the systemd unit file, you may need to change owner and group (consul:consul) for all files inside /etc/consul, /usr/share/xivo-certs and /var/lib/consul

Adding the agent configuration¶

Create the file /etc/consul/agent/config.json with the following content

{
    "acl_datacenter": "<node_name>",
    "datacenter": "xivo",
    "server": false,
    "bind_addr": "0.0.0.0",
    "advertise_addr": "<wazo_address>",
    "client_addr": "127.0.0.1",
    "bootstrap": false,
    "rejoin_after_leave": true,
    "data_dir": "/var/lib/consul",
    "enable_syslog": true,
    "disable_update_check": true,
    "log_level": "INFO",
    "ports": {
        "dns": -1,
        "http": -1,
        "https": 8500
    },
    "retry_join": [
        "<remote_host>"
    ],
    "cert_file": "/usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt",
    "key_file": "/usr/share/xivo-certs/server.key"
}

node_name: Arbitrary name to give this node, wazo-paris for example.
remote_host: IP address of your new consul. Be sure the host is accessible from your Wazo and check the firewall. See the documentation here.
wazo_address: IP address of your Wazo.

This file should be owned by consul user.

chown -R consul:consul /etc/consul/agent

Enabling the agent configuration¶

Add or modify /etc/systemd/system/consul.service.d/custom.conf to include the following lines:

[Service]
Environment=CONFIG_DIR=/etc/consul/agent

Restart your consul server.

service consul restart

Updating the consul section of xivo-ctid¶

Add a file in /etc/xivo-ctid/conf.d/remote_consul.yml with the following content

rest_api:
  http:
    listen: 0.0.0.0

service_discovery:
  advertise_address: <xivo-ctid-host>
  check_url: http://<xivo-ctid-host>:9495/0.1/infos

xivo-ctid-host: Hostname to reach xivo-ctid

Log Files¶

Every Wazo service has its own log file, placed in /var/log.

asterisk¶

The Asterisk log files are managed by logrotate.

It’s configuration files /etc/logrotate.d/asterisk and /etc/asterisk/logger.conf

The message log level is enabled by default in logger.conf and contains notices, warnings and errors. The full log entry is commented in logger.conf and should only be enabled when verbose debugging is required. Using this option in production would produce VERY large log files.

Files location: /var/log/asterisk/*
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

wazo-upgrade¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-upgrade.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-upgrade
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-agentd¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-agentd.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-agentd
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-agid¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-agid.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-agid
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-amid¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-amid.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-amid
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-auth¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-auth.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-auth
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

wazo-call-logd¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-call-logd.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/wazo-call-logd
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-confd¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-confd.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-confd
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-confgend¶

The xivo-confgend daemon output is sent to the file specified with the --logfile parameter when launched with twistd.

The file location can be changed by customizing the xivo-confgend.service unit file.

File location: /var/log/xivo-confgend.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-confgend
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-ctid¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-ctid.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-ctid
Number of archived log files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-ctid-ng¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-ctid-ng.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-ctid-ng
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-dird¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-dird.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-dird
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-dird-phoned¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-dird-phoned.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-dird-phoned
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-dxtora¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-dxtora.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-dxtora
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-provd¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-provd.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-provd
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-purge-db¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-purge-db.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-purge-db
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-stat¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-stat.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-stat
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-sysconfd¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-sysconfd.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-sysconfd
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-web-interface¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-web-interface/*.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-web-interface
Number of archived files: 21
Rotation frequence: Daily

xivo-websocketd¶

File location: /var/log/xivo-websocketd.log
Rotate configuration: /etc/logrotate.d/xivo-websocketd
Number of archived files: 15
Rotation frequence: Daily

Nginx¶

Wazo use nginx as a web server and reverse proxy.

In its default configuration, the nginx server listens on port TCP/80 and TCP/443 and allows these services to be used:

The agent management server (xivo-agentd)
The authentication server (xivo-auth)
The configuration server (xivo-confd)
The telephony service interface (xivo-ctid-ng)
The directory service (xivo-dird)
The AMI HTTP interface (xivo-amid)
web interface (xivo-web-interface)
API documentation (xivo-swagger-doc)
The websocket interface (xivo-websocketd)
Asterisk WebSocket (xivo-config)

An administrator can easily modify the configuration to allow or disallow some services.

To do so, an administrator only has to create a symbolic link inside the /etc/nginx/locations/http-enabled directory to the corresponding file in the /etc/nginx/locations/http-available directory, and then reload nginx with systemctl reload nginx. A similar operation must be done for HTTPS.

For example, to enable all the available services:

ln -sf /etc/nginx/locations/http-available/* /etc/nginx/locations/http-enabled
ln -sf /etc/nginx/locations/https-available/* /etc/nginx/locations/https-enabled
systemctl reload nginx

To disable all the services other than the web interface:

rm /etc/nginx/locations/http-enabled/* /etc/nginx/locations/https-enabled/*
ln -s /etc/nginx/locations/http-available/xivo-web-interface /etc/nginx/locations/http-enabled
ln -s /etc/nginx/locations/https-available/xivo-web-interface /etc/nginx/locations/https-enabled
systemctl reload nginx

NTP¶

Wazo has a NTP server, that must be synchronized to a reference server. This can be a public one or customized for specific target networking architecture. Wazo’s NTP server is used by default as NTP server for the devices time reference.

Usage¶

Show NTP service status:

service ntp status

Stop NTP service:

service ntp stop

Start NTP service:

service ntp start

Restart NTP service:

service ntp restart

Show NTP synchronization status:

ntpq -p

Configuring NTP service¶

Edit /etc/ntp.conf

Give your NTP reference servers:

server 192.168.0.1                           # LAN existing NTP Server
server 0.debian.pool.ntp.org iburst dynamic  # default in ntp.conf
server 1.debian.pool.ntp.org iburst dynamic  # default in ntp.conf

If no reference server to synchronize to, add this to synchronize locally:

server 127.127.1.0              # local clock (LCL)
fudge 127.127.1.0 stratum 10    # LCL is not very reliable

Restart NTP service
Check NTP synchronization status.

Warning

If #5 shows that NTP doesn’t use NTP configuration in /etc/ntp.conf, maybe have you done a dhclient for one of your network interface and the dhcp server that gave the IP address also gave a NTP server address. Thus you might check if the file /var/lib/ntp/ntp.conf.dhcp exists, if yes, this is used for NTP configuration prior to /etc/ntp.conf. Remove it and restart NTP, check NTP synchronization status, then it should work.

Proxy Configuration¶

If you use Wazo behind an HTTP proxy, you must do a couple of manipulations for it to work correctly.

apt¶

Create the /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/90proxy file with the following content:

Acquire::http::Proxy "http://domain\username:password@proxyip:proxyport";

provd¶

Proxy information is set via the Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ General page.

dhcp-update¶

This step is needed if you use the DHCP server of the Wazo. Otherwise the DHCP configuration won’t be correct.

Proxy information is set via the /etc/xivo/dhcpd-update.conf file.

Edit the file and look for the [proxy] section.

xivo-fetchfw¶

This step is not needed if you don’t use xivo-fetchfw.

Proxy information is set via the /etc/xivo/xivo-fetchfw.conf file.

Edit the file and look for the [proxy] section.

Service Discovery¶

Overview¶

Wazo uses consul for service discovery. When a daemon is started, it registers itself on the configured consul node.

Consul template may be used to generate the configuration files for each daemons that requires the availability of another service. Consul template can also be used to reload the appropriate service.

Service Authentication¶

Wazo services expose more and more resources through REST API, but they also ensure that the access is restricted to the authorized programs. For this, we use an authentication daemon who delivers authorizations via tokens.

Call flow¶

Here is the call flow to access a REST resource of a Wazo service:

Create a username/password (also called service_id/service_key) with the right ACLs, via Web Services Access.
Create a token with these credentials and the backend xivo-service.
Use this token to access the REST resource defined by the ACL.

_images/service_authentication_workflow.png

Call flow of service authentication

Service: Service who needs to access a REST resource.
xivo-{daemon}: Server that exposes a REST resource. This resource must have an attached ACL.
xivo-auth: Server that authenticates the Service and validates the required ACL with the token.

Wazo services directly use this system to communicate with each other, as you can see in their Web Services Access.

wazo-service¶

Wazo has many running services. To restart the whole stack, the wazo-service command can be used to make sure the service is restarted in the right order.

Usage¶

Show all services status:

wazo-service status

Stop XiVO services:

wazo-service stop

Start XiVO services:

wazo-service start

Restart XiVO services:

wazo-service restart

The commands above will only act upon Wazo services. Appending an argument all will also act upon nginx and postgresql. Example:

wazo-service restart all

UDP port 5060 will be closed while services are restarting.

wazo-webhookd¶

wazo-webhookd is the microservice responsible for webhooks: it manages the list of webhooks and triggers them when an event occurs.

How to add a new webhookd type (a.k.a service)¶

Here is an example of a webhook type that does nothing. Actually, it is very busy and sleeps for N seconds :) You may of course change this behaviour for something more suited to your needs.

Files:

setup.py
example_service/plugin.py

setup.py:

from setuptools import setup
from setuptools import find_packages

setup(
    name=wazo-webhookd-service-example,
    version='1.0',
    packages=find_packages(),
    entry_points={
    'wazo_webhookd.services': [
            # * "example" is the name of the service.
            #   It will be used when creating a subscription.
            # * "example_service" is the name of the directory above,
            #   the one that contains plugin.py
            # * "plugin" is the name of the above file "plugin.py"
            # * "Service" is the name of the class shown below
            'example = example_service.plugin:Service',
        ]
    }
)

example/plugin.py:

import time

class Service:

    def load(self, dependencies):
        celery_app = dependencies['celery']

        @celery_app.task
        def example_callback(options, event):
            '''
            * "options" contains the options configured by the subscription,
              e.g. for http: the url, the method, the body, etc.
            * "event" contains the Wazo event that triggered the webhook.
              "event" is of the form:
              {
                  "name": "user_created",
                  "origin_uuid": "the UUID of the Wazo server that sent the event",
                  "data": {
                    "id": 12,  # the ID of the user that was created
                  }
              }
            '''
            tired = options['sleep_time']
            time.sleep(tired)

        self._callback = example_callback

    def callback(self):
        return self._callback

To install this Python plugin, run:

python setup.py install

Once installed, you may create subscriptions with the type example:

POST /subscriptions
{
  "name": "Example webhook",
  "service": "example",
    "config": {
    "time_sleep": 10
  },
  "events": ["user_created"],
}

xivo-auth¶

xivo-auth is a scalable, extendable and configurable authentication service. It uses an HTTP interface to emit tokens to users who can then use those tokens to identify and authenticate themselves with other services compatible with xivo-auth.

The HTTP API reference is at http://api.wazo.community.

xivo-auth HTTP API Changelog¶

17.02¶

A new resource has been added to manage ACL policies
- POST /0.1/polices
- GET /0.1/policies
- GET /0.1/policies/<policy_uuid>
- PUT /0.1/policies/<policy_uuid>
- DELETE /0.1/policies/<policy_uuid>
- PUT /0.1/policies/<policy_uuid>/acl_templates/<template>
- DELETE /0.1/policies/<policy_uuid>/acl_templates/<template>

16.16¶

The token data in the response of POST and GET on /0.1/token now include the following new fields
- utc_expires_at
- utc_issued_at
- xivo_uuid

16.02¶

POST /0.1/token, field expiration: only integers are accepted, floats are now invalid.
Experimental backend ldap_user_voicemail has been removed.
New backend ldap_user has been added.

15.19¶

POST /0.1/token do not accept anymore argument backend_args

15.17¶

New backend ldap_user_voicemail has been added. WARNING this backend is EXPERIMENTAL.

15.16¶

HEAD and GET now take a new scope query string argument to check ACLs
Backend interface method get_acls is now named get_consul_acls
Backend interface method get_acls now returns a list of ACLs
HEAD and GET can now return a 403 if an ACL access is denied

15.15¶

POST /0.1/token accept new argument backend_args
Signature of backend method get_ids() has a new argument args
New method get_acls for backend has been added
New backend service has been added

xivo-auth Developer’s Guide¶

Architecture¶

xivo-auth contains 4 major components, an HTTP interface, a celery worker, authentication backends and a storage module. All operations are made through the HTTP interface, tokens are stored in postgres as well as the persistence for some of the data attached to tokens. The celery worker is used to schedule tasks that outlive the lifetime of the xivo-auth process. Backends are used to test if a supplied username/password combination is valid and provide the xivo-user-uuid.

xivo-auth is made of the following modules and packages.

plugins¶

the plugin package contains the xivo-auth backends that are packaged with xivo-auth.

http¶

The http module is the implementation of the HTTP interface.

Validate parameters
Calls the backend the check the user authentication
Forward instructions to the token_manager
Handle exceptions and return the appropriate status_code

controller¶

The controller is the plumbin of xivo-auth, it has no business logic.

Start the HTTP application
Start the celery worker
Load all enabled plugins
Instanciate the token_manager

token¶

The token modules contains the business logic of xivo-auth.

Creates and delete tokens
Creates ACLs for Wazo
Schedule token expiration

tasks¶

The tasks module contains implementation of celery tasks that are executed by the worker.

Called by the celery worker
Forwards instructions to the token manager

extension¶

This is a place holder for a global variable for the celery app. It will be removed and should not be used.

Other modules that should not need documentation are helpers, config, interfaces

Plugins¶

xivo-auth is meant to be easy to extend. This section describes how to add features to xivo-auth.

Backends¶

xivo-auth allows its administrator to configure one or many sources of authentication. Implementing a new kind of authentication is quite simple.

Create a python module implementing the backend interface.
Install the python module with an entry point xivo_auth.backends

An example backend implementation is available here.

Stock Plugins Documentation¶

Backends Plugins¶

xivo_admin¶

Backend name: xivo_admin

Purpose: Authenticate a Wazo administrator. The login/password is configured in Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Users.

Supported policy variables¶

entity: The entity of the administrator

Note

The entity variable can be None which usually mean that this administrator has access to all entities.

xivo_service¶

Backend name: xivo_service

Purpose: Authenticate a Wazo Web Services Access. The login/password is configured in Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Web Service Access.

xivo_user¶

Backend name: xivo_user

Purpose: Authenticate a Wazo user. The login/password is configured in IPBX ‣ Services ‣ PBX Settings ‣ Users in the CTI client section.

Supported policy variables¶

id: The ID of the user authenticating
uuid: The UUID of the user authenticating
voicemails: a list of voicemail ID associated to this user
lines: a list of line ID associated to this user
extensions: a list of extension ID associated to this user
endpoint_sip: a list of SIP endpoint ID associated to this user
endpoing_sccp: a list of SCCP endpoint ID associated to this user
endpoint_custom: a list of custum endpoint ID associated to this user
agent: a dictionnary containing the agent’s property, may be none and should be tested with an if before accessing its fields
agent.id: an agent id if the user is an agent
agent.number: an agent number if the user is an agent

LDAP¶

Backend name: ldap_user

Purpose: Authenticate with an LDAP user.

For example, with the given configuration:

ldap:
    uri: ldap://example.org
    bind_dn: cn=wazo,dc=example,dc=org
    bind_password: bindpass
    user_base_dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
    user_login_attribute: uid
    user_email_attribute: mail

When an authentication request is received for username alice and password userpass, the backend will:

Connect to the LDAP server at example.org
Do an LDAP “bind” operation with bind DN cn=wazo,dc=example,dc=org and password bindpass
Do an LDAP “search” operation to find an LDAP user matching alice, using:
- the base DN ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
- the filter (uid=alice)
- a SUBTREE scope
If the search returns exactly 1 LDAP user, do an LDAP “bind” operation with the user’s DN and the password userpass
If the LDAP “bind” operation is successful, search in Wazo a user with an email matching the mail attribute of the LDAP user
If a Wazo user is found, success

To use an anonymous bind instead, the following configuration would be used:

ldap:
    uri: ldap://example.org
    bind_anonymous: True
    user_base_dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
    user_login_attribute: uid
    user_email_attribute: mail

The backend can also works in a “no search” mode, for example with the following configuration:

ldap:
    uri: ldap://example.org
    user_base_dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
    user_login_attribute: uid
    user_email_attribute: mail

When the server receives the same authentication request as above, it will directly do an LDAP “bind” operation with the DN uid=alice,ou=people,dc=example,dc=org and password userpass, and continue at step 5.

Note

User’s email and voicemail’s email are two separate things. This plugin only use the user’s email.

Configuration¶

uri: the URI of the LDAP server. Can only contain the scheme, host and port of an LDAP URL.
user_base_dn: the base dn of the user
user_login_attribute: the attribute to login a user
user_email_attribute (optional): the attribute to match with the Wazo user’s email (default: mail)
bind_dn (optional): the bind DN for searching for the user DN.
bind_password (optional): the bind password for searching for the user DN.
bind_anonymous (optional): use anonymous bind for searching for the user DN (default: false)

Supported policy variables¶

id: The ID of the user authenticating
uuid: The UUID of the user authenticating
voicemails: a list of voicemail ID associated to this user
lines: a list of line ID associated to this user
extensions: a list of extension ID associated to this user
endpoint_sip: a list of SIP endpoint ID associated to this user
endpoing_sccp: a list of SCCP endpoint ID associated to this user
endpoint_custom: a list of custum endpoint ID associated to this user
agent: a dictionnary containing the agent’s property, may be none and should be tested with an if before accessing its fields
agent.id: an agent id if the user is an agent
agent.number: an agent number if the user is an agent

Usage¶

xivo-auth is used through HTTP requests, using HTTPS. Its default port is 9497. As a user, the most common operation is to get a new token. This is done with the POST method.

Alice retrieves a token using her username/password:

$ # Alice creates a new token, using the xivo_user backend, expiring in 10 minutes
$ curl -k -X POST -H 'Content-Type: application/json' -u 'alice:s3cre7' "https://localhost:9497/0.1/token" -d '{"backend": "xivo_user", "expiration": 600}';echo
{"data": {"issued_at": "2015-06-05T10:16:58.557553", "utc_issued_at": "2015-06-05T15:16:58.557553", "token": "1823c1ee-6c6a-0cdc-d869-964a7f08a744", "auth_id": "63f3dc3c-865d-419e-bec2-e18c4b118224", "xivo_user_uuid": "63f3dc3c-865d-419e-bec2-e18c4b118224", "expires_at": "2015-06-05T11:16:58.557595", "utc_expires_at": "2015-06-05T16:16:58.557595"}}

In this example Alice used here Wazo CTI client login alice and password s3cre7. The authentication source is determined by the backend in the POST data.

Alice could also have specified an expiration time on her POST request. The expiration value is the number of seconds before the token expires.

After retrieving her token, Alice can query other services that use xivo-auth and send her token to those service. Those services can then use this token on Alice’s behalf to access her personal storage.

If Alice wants to revoke her token before its expiration:

$ curl -k -X DELETE -H 'Content-Type: application/json' "https://localhost:9497/0.1/token/1823c1ee-6c6a-0cdc-d869-964a7f08a744"

See http://api.wazo.community for more details about the HTTP API.

See Service Authentication for details about the authentication process.

Usage for services using xivo-auth¶

A service that requires authentication and identification can use xivo-auth to externalise the burden of authentication. The new service can then accept a token as part of its operations to authenticate the user using the service.

Once a service receives a token from one of its user, it will need to check the validity of that token. There are 2 forms of verification, one that only checks if the token is valid and the other returns information about this token’s session if it is valid.

Checking if a token is valid:

$ curl -k -i -X HEAD -H 'Content-Type: application/json' "https://localhost:9497/0.1/token/1823c1ee-6c6a-0cdc-d869-964a7f08a744"
HTTP/1.1 204 NO CONTENT
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Content-Length: 0
Date: Fri, 05 Jun 2015 14:49:50 GMT
Server: pcm-dev-0

$ # get more information about this token
$ curl -k -X GET -H 'Content-Type: application/json' "https://localhost:9497/0.1/token/1823c1ee-6c6a-0cdc-d869-964a7f08a744";echo
{"data": {"issued_at": "2015-06-05T10:16:58.557553", "utc_issued_at": "2015-06-05T15:16:58.557553", "token": "1823c1ee-6c6a-0cdc-d869-964a7f08a744", "auth_id": "63f3dc3c-865d-419e-bec2-e18c4b118224", "xivo_user_uuid": "63f3dc3c-865d-419e-bec2-e18c4b118224", "expires_at": "2015-06-05T11:16:58.557595", "utc_expires_at": "2015-06-05T16:16:58.557595"}}

Launching xivo-auth¶

usage: xivo-auth [-h] [-c CONFIG_FILE] [-u USER] [-d] [-f] [-l LOG_LEVEL]

optional arguments:
  -h, --help            show this help message and exit
  -c CONFIG_FILE, --config-file CONFIG_FILE
                        The path to the config file
  -u USER, --user USER  User to run the daemon
  -d, --debug           Log debug messages
  -f, --foreground      Foreground, don't daemonize
  -l LOG_LEVEL, --log-level LOG_LEVEL
                        Logs messages with LOG_LEVEL details. Must be one of:
                        critical, error, warning, info, debug. Default: None

Configuration¶

Policies¶

Policies can be assigned to backends in order to generate the appropriate permissions for a token created with this backend.

To change to policy associated to a backend, add a new configuration file in /etc/xivo-auth/conf.d with the following content:

backend_policies:
  <backend_name>: <policy_name>

backend_name: The name of the backend to associate to a new policy
policy_name: The name of the policy to assign to the backend

Note

Each backend may support different variables. A policy tailored for a user oriented backend will probably not be usable if assigned to an administrator backend.

Policies¶

A policy is a list of ACL templates that is used to generate the ACL of a token. Policies can be created, deleted or modified using the REST API.

ACL templates¶

ACL templates use jinja2 templates. Each backend is responsible of supplying a list of variables to the template engine for rendering.

A backend supplying the following variables:

{"uuid": "fd64193f-7260-4299-9bc2-87c0106e5302",
 "lines": [1, 42],
 "agent": {"id": 50, "number": "1001"}}

With the following ACL templates:

confd.users.{{ uuid }}.read
{% for line in lines %}confd.lines.{{ line }}.#\n{% endfor %}
dird.me.#
{% if agent %}agentd.agents.by-id.{{ agent.id }}.read{% endif %}

Would create tokens with the following ACL:

confd.users.fd64193f-7260-4299-9bc2-87c0106e5302.read
confd.lines.1.#
confd.lines.42.#
dird.me.#
agentd.agentd.by-id.50.read

HTTP API Reference¶

The complete HTTP API documentation is at http://api.wazo.community.

See also the xivo-auth HTTP API Changelog.

Development¶

See xivo-auth Developer’s Guide.

xivo-confd¶

xivo-confd is a HTTP server that provides a RESTful API service for configuring and managing basic resources on a Wazo server.

The HTTP API reference is available at http://api.wazo.community.

Developer’s Guide (xivo-confd)¶

xivo-confd resources are organised through a plugin mechanism. There are 2 main plugin categories:

Resource plugins: A plugin that manages a resource (e.g. users, extensions, voicemails, etc). A resource plugin exposes the 4 basic CRUD operations (Create, Read, Update, Delete) in order to operate on a resource in a RESTful manner.
Association plugins: A plugin for associating or dissociating 2 resources (e.g a user and a line). An association plugin exposes an HTTP action for associating (either POST or PUT) and another for dissociating (DELETE)

The following diagram outlines the most important parts of a plugin:

_images/xivo-confd-plugin-architecture.png

Plugin architecture of xivo-confd

Resource

Class that receives and handles HTTP requests. Resources use flask-restful for handling requests.

There are 2 kinds of resources: ListResource for root URLs and ItemResource for URLs that have an ID. ListResource will handle creating a resource (POST) and searching through a list of available resources (GET). ItemResource handles fetching a single item (GET), updating (PUT) and deleting (DELETE).

Service

Class that handles business logic for a resource, such as what to do in order to get, create, update, or delete a resource. Service classes do not manipulate data directly. Instead, they coordinate what to do via other objects.

There are 2 kinds of services: CRUDService for basic CRUD operations in Resource plugins, and AssociationService for association/dissociation operations in Association plugins.

Dao

Data Access Object. Knows how to get data and how to manipulate it, such as SQL queries, files, etc.

Notifier

Sends events after an operation has completed. An event will be sent in a messaging queue for each CRUD operation. Certain resources also need to send events to other daemons in order to reload some configuration data. (i.e. asterisk needs to reload the dialplan when an extension is updated)

Validator

Makes sure that a resource’s data does not contain any errors before doing something with it. A Validator can be used for validating input data or business rules.

xivo-confgend¶

xivo-confgend is a configuration file generator. It is mainly used to generate the Asterisk configuration files.

XiVO confgend developer’s guide¶

xivo-confgend uses drivers to implement the logic required to generate configuration files. It uses stevedore to do the driver instantiation and discovery.

Plugins in xivo-confgend use setuptools’ entry points. That means that installing a new plugin to xivo-confgend requires an entry point in the plugin’s setup.py.

Drivers¶

Driver plugin are classes that are used to generate the content of a configuration file.

The implementation of a plugin should have the following properties.

It’s __init__ method should take one argument
It should have a generate method which will return the content of the file
A setup.py adding an entry point

The __init__ method argument is the content of the configuration of xivo-confgend. This allows the driver implementor to add values to the configuration in /etc/xivo-confgend/conf.d/*.yml and these values will be available in the driver.

The generate method has no argument, the configuration provided to the __init__ should be sufficient for most cases. generate is called within a scoped_session of xivo-dao, allowing the usage of xivo-dao without prior setup in the driver.

The namespaces used for entry points in xivo-confgend have the following form:

xivo_confgend.<resource>.<filename>

as an example, a generator for sip.conf would have the following namespace:

xivo_confgend.asterisk.sip.conf

Example¶

Here is a typical setup.py:

#!/usr/bin/env python
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
# Copyright 2016 The Wazo Authors  (see the AUTHORS file)
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0+

from setuptools import setup
from setuptools import find_packages


setup(
    name='Wazo confgend driversample',
    version='0.0.1',

    description='An example driver',

    packages=find_packages(),

    entry_points={
        'xivo_confgend.asterisk.sip.conf': [
            'my_driver = src.driver:MyDriver',
        ],
    }
)

With the following package structure:

.
├── setup.py
└── src
    └── driver.py

driver.py:

# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
# Copyright 2016 The Wazo Authors  (see the AUTHORS file)
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0+


class MyDriver(object):

    def __init__(self, config):
        self._config = config

    def generate(self):
        return 'Hello World!'

To enable this plugin, you need to:

Install the plugin with:
```
python setup.py install
```
Create a config file in /etc/xivo-confgend/conf.d:
```
plugins:
  asterisk.sip.conf: my_driver
```
Restart xivo-confgend:
```
systemctl restart xivo-confgend
```

xivo-dird¶

xivo-dird is the directory server for Wazo. It offers a simple REST interface to query all directories that are configured. xivo-dird is extendable with plugins.

xivo-dird changelog¶

16.14¶

The phonebook backend has been removed in favor of the dird_phonebook backend.

16.12¶

Added phonebook imports
- POST 0.1/tenants/<tenant>/phonebooks/<phonebook_id>/contacts/import

16.11¶

Added a new internal phonebook with a CRUD interface
Added a new backend to do lookups in the new phonebook

15.20¶

The ldap plugins ldap_network_timeout default value has been incremented from 0.1 to 0.3 seconds

15.19¶

Added the voicemail type in Views configuration
Removed reverse endpoints in REST API:
- GET /0.1/directories/reverse/<profile>/me

15.18¶

Added reverse endpoints in REST API:
- GET /0.1/directories/reverse/<profile>/<xivo_user_uuid>
- GET /0.1/directories/reverse/<profile>/me

15.17¶

Added directories endpoints in REST API:
- GET /0.1/directories/input/<profile>/aastra
- GET /0.1/directories/lookup/<profile>/aastra
- GET /0.1/directories/input/<profile>/polycom
- GET /0.1/directories/lookup/<profile>/polycom
- GET /0.1/directories/input/<profile>/snom
- GET /0.1/directories/lookup/<profile>/snom
- GET /0.1/directories/lookup/<profile>/thomson
- GET /0.1/directories/lookup/<profile>/yealink

15.16¶

Added more cisco endpoints in REST API:
- GET /0.1/directories/input/<profile>/cisco
Endpoint /0.1/directories/lookup/<profile>/cisco accepts a new limit and offset query string arguments.

15.15¶

Added cisco endpoints in REST API:
- GET /0.1/directories/menu/<profile>/cisco
- GET /0.1/directories/lookup/<profile>/cisco

15.14¶

Added more personal contacts endpoints in REST API:
- GET /0.1/personal/<contact_id>
- PUT /0.1/personal/<contact_id>
- POST /0.1/personal/import
- DELETE /0.1/personal
Endpoint /0.1/personal accepts a new format query string argument.

15.13¶

Added personal contacts endpoints in REST API:
- GET /0.1/directories/personal/<profile>
- GET /0.1/personal
- POST /0.1/personal
- DELETE /0.1/personal/<contact_id>
Signature of backend method list() has a new argument args
Argument args for backend methods list() and search() has a new key token_infos
Argument args for backend method load() has a new key main_config
Methods __call__() and lookup() of service plugin lookup take a new token_infos argument

15.12¶

Added authentication on all REST API endpoints
Service plugins receive the whole configuration, rather than only their own section

xivo-dird configuration¶

There are three sources of configuration for xivo-dird:

the command line options
the main configuration file
the sources configuration directory

The command-line options have priority over the main configuration file options.

Main Configuration File¶

Default location: /etc/xivo-dird/config.yml. Format: YAML

The default location may be overwritten by the command line options.

Here’s an example of the main configuration file:

debug: False
foreground: False
log_filename: /var/log/xivo-dird.log
log_level: info
pid_filename: /var/run/xivo-dird/xivo-dird.pid
source_config_dir: /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d
user: www-data

rest_api:
    wsgi_socket: /var/run/xivo-dird/xivo-dird.sock

enabled_plugins:
   backends:
       - csv
       - ldap
       - phonebook
   services:
       - lookup
   views:
       - cisco_view
       - default_json

views:
    displays:
        switchboard_display:
            -
                title: Firstname
                default: Unknown
                field: firstname
                type: name
            -
                title: Lastname
                default: Unknown
                field: lastname
                type: name
        default_display:
            -
                title: Firstname
                field: fn
                type: name
            -
                title: Location
                default: Canada
                field: country
            -
                title: Number
                field: number
                type: number
    displays_phone:
        default:
            name:
                - display_name
            number:
                -
                    field:
                        - phone
                -
                    field:
                        - phone_mobile
                    name_format: "{name} (Mobile)"
     profile_to_display:
         default: default_display
         switchboard: switchboard_display
     profile_to_display_phone:
         default: default

services:
    lookup:
        default:
            sources:
                - my_csv
                - ldap_quebec
            timeout: 0.5
        switchboard:
            sources:
                - my_csv
                - xivo_phonebook
                - ldap_quebec
            timeout: 1

sources:
    my_source:
        name: my_source
        type: ldap
        ldap_option1: value
        ldap_option2: value
        ...

Root section¶

debug: Enable log debug messages. Overrides log_level. Default: False.
foreground: Foreground, don’t daemonize. Default: False.
log_filename: File to write logs to. Default: /var/log/xivo-dird.log.
log_level: Logs messages with LOG_LEVEL details. Must be one of: critical, error, warning, info, debug. Default: info.
pid_filename: File used as lock to avoid multiple xivo-dird instances. Default: /var/run/xivo-dird/xivo-dird.pid.
source_config_dir: The directory from which sources configuration are read. See Sources Configuration. Default: /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d.
user: The owner of the process. Default: www-data.

enabled_plugins section¶

This sections controls which plugins are to be loaded at xivo-dird startup. All plugin types must have at least one plugin enabled, or xivo-dird will not start. For back-end plugins, sources using a back-end plugin that is not enabled will be ignored.

views section¶

displays

A dictionary describing the content of each display. The key is the display’s name, and the value are the display’s content.

The display content is a list of fields. Each field is a dictionary with the following keys:

title: The label of the field
default: The default value of the field
type: An arbitrary identifier of the field. May be used by consumers to identify the field without matching the label. For meaningful values inside Wazo, see Integration of xivo-dird with the rest of Wazo.
field: the key of the data from the source that will be used for this field.

The display may be used by a plugin view to configure which fields are to be presented to the consumer.

displays_phone

A dictionary describing the content of phone-related displays. Like displays, the key is the display’s name and the value is the display’s content. These displays are used by phone-related view plugins, like the cisco_view plugin.

The display content contains 2 keys, name and number.

The value of the name key is a list of source result fields. For a given source result, the first field that will return a non-empty value will be used as the display name on the phone. For example, if name is configured with ["display_name", "name"] and you have a source result with fields {"display_name": "", "name": "Bob"}, then “Bob” will be displayed on the phone.

The value of the number key is a list of number item. Each item is composed of a dictionary containing at least a field key, and optionally a name_format key. For example, if you have the following number configuration:

name:
    - display_name
number:
    -
        field:
            - phone
    -
        field:
            - phone_mobile
        name_format: "{name} (Mobile)"

and you have a source result {"display_name": "Bob", "phone": "101", "phone_mobile": "102"}, then 2 results will be displayed on your phone:

“Bob”, with number “101”
“Bob (Mobile)”, with number “102”

The name_format value is a python format string. There’s two substitution variables available, {name} and {number}.

profile_to_display

A dictionary associating a profile to a display. It allows xivo-dird to use the right display when a consumer makes a query with a profile. The key is the profile name and the value is the display name.

profile_to_display_phone:

A dictionary associating a profile to a phone display. This is similar to profile_to_display, but only used by phone-related view plugins.

services section¶

This section is a dictionary whose keys are the service plugin name and values are the configuration of that service. Hence the content of the value is dependent of the service plugin. See the documentation of the service plugin (Stock Plugins Documentation).

sources section¶

This section is a dictionary whose keys are the source name and values are the configuration for that source. See the Sources Configuration section for more details about source configuration.

Sources Configuration¶

There are two ways to configure sources:

in the sources section of the main configuration
in files of a directory, one file for each source:
- Default directory location /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d
- Files format: YAML
- File names are ignored
- Each file listed in this directory will be read and used to create a data source for xivo-dird.

Here is an example of a CSV source configuration in its own file:

type: csv
name: my_contacts_in_a_csv_file
file: /usr/local/share/my_contacts.csv
unique_column: id
searched_columns:
    - fn
    - ln
format_columns:
    name: "{fn} {ln}"
    number: "{num}"

This is strictly equivalent in the main configuration file:

sources:
    my_contacts_in_a_csv_file:
        type: csv
        name: my_contacts_in_a_csv_file
        file: /usr/local/share/my_contacts.csv
        unique_column: id
        searched_columns:
            - fn
            - ln
        source_to_display_columns:
            ln: lastname
            fn: firstname
            num: number

type: the type of the source. It must be the same than the name of one of the enabled back-end plugins.
name: is the name of this given configuration. The name is used to associate the source to profiles. The value is arbitrary, but it must be unique across all sources.

Warning

Changing the name of the source will make all favorites in that source disappear. There is currently no tool to help you migrate favorites between source names, so choose your source names carefully.

The other options are dependent on the source type (the back-end used). See the documentation of the back-end plugin (Stock Plugins Documentation). However, the following keys should be present in all source configurations:

first_matched_columns (optional): the columns used for the reverse lookup. Any column having the search term will be a reverse lookup result.
format_columns (optional): a mapping between result fields and a format string. The new key will be added to the result, if this name already exists in the result, it will be replaced with the new value. The syntax is a python format string. See https://docs.python.org/2/library/string.html#formatspec for a complete reference.
searched_columns (optional): the columns used for the lookup. Any column containing the search term substring will be a lookup result.
unique_column (optional): This column is what makes an entry unique in this source. The unique_column is used to build the uid that is passed to the list method to fetch a list of results by unique ids. This is necessary for listing and identifying favorites.

xivo-dird developer’s guide¶

xivo-dird startup flow

The xivo-dird architecture uses plugins as extension points for most of its job. It uses stevedore to do the plugin instantiation and discovery and ABC classes to define the required interface.

Plugins in xivo-dird use setuptools’ entry points. That means that installing a new plugin to xivo-dird requires an entry point in the plugin’s setup.py. Each entry point’s namespace is documented in the appropriate documentation section. These entry points allow xivo-dird to be able to discover and load extensions packaged with xivo-dird or installed separately.

Each kind of plugin does a specific job. There are three kinds of plugins in dird.

Back-End
Service
View

xivo-dird HTTP query

All plugins are instantiated by the core. The core then keeps a catalogue of loaded extensions that can be supplied to other extensions.

The following setup.py shows an example of a python library that add a plugin of each kind to xivo-dird:

#!/usr/bin/env python
# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-

from setuptools import setup
from setuptools import find_packages


setup(
    name='Wazo dird plugin sample',
    version='0.0.1',

    description='An example program',

    packages=find_packages(),

    entry_points={
        'xivo_dird.services': [
            'my_service = dummy:DummyServicePlugin',
        ],
        'xivo_dird.backends': [
            'my_backend = dummy:DummyBackend',
        ],
        'xivo_dird.views': [
            'my_view = dummy:DummyView',
        ],
    }
)

Back-End¶

Back-ends are used to query directories. Each back-end implements a way to query a given directory. Each instance of a given back-end is called a source. Sources are used by the services to get results from each configured directory.

Given one LDAP back-end, I can configure a source from the LDAP at alpha.example.com and another source from the other LDAP at beta.example.com. Both of these sources use the LDAP back-end.

Implementation details¶

Namespace: xivo_dird.backends
Abstract source plugin: BaseSourcePlugin
Methods:
- name: the name of the source, typically retrieved from the configuration injected to load()
- load(args): set up resources used by the plugin, depending on the config. args is a dictionary containing:
  - key config: the source configuration for this instance of the back-end
  - key main_config: the whole configuration of xivo-dird
- unload(): free resources used by the plugin.
- search(term, args): The search method returns a list of dictionary.
  - Empty values should be None, instead of empty string.
  - args is a dictionary containing:
    - key token_infos: data associated to the authentication token (see xivo-auth)
- first_match(term, args): The first_match method returns a dictionary.
  - Empty values should be None, instead of empty string.
  - args is a dictionary containing:
    - key token_infos: data associated to the authentication token (see xivo-auth)
- list(uids, args): The list method returns a list of dictionary from a list of uids. Each uid is a string identifying a contact within the source.
  - args is a dictionary containing:
    - key token_infos: data associated to the authentication token (see xivo-auth)

See Sources Configuration. The implementation of the back-end should take these values into account and return results accordingly.

Example¶

The following example add a backend that will return random names and number.

dummy.py:

# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-

import logging

logger = logging.getLogger(__name__)

class DummyBackendPlugin(object):

    def name(self):
        return 'my_local_dummy'

    def load(self, args):
        logger.info('dummy backend loaded')

    def unload(self):
        logger.info('dummy backend unloaded')

    def search(self, term, args):
        nb_results = random.randint(1, 20)
        return _random_list(nb_results)

    def list(self, unique_ids):
        return _random_list(len(unique_ids))

    def _random_list(self, nb_results):
        columns = ['Firstname', 'Lastname', 'Number']
        return [_random_entry(columns) for _ in xrange(nb_results)]

    def _random_entry(self, columns):
        random_stuff = [_random_string() for _ in xrange(len(columns))]
        return dict(zip(columns, random_stuff))

    def _random_string(self):
        return ''.join(random.choice(string.lowercase) for _ in xrange(5))

Service¶

Service plugins add new functionality to the dird server. These functionalities are available to views. When loaded, a service plugin receives its configuration and a dictionary of available sources.

Some service examples that come to mind include:

A lookup service to search through all configured sources.
A reverse lookup service to search through all configured sources and return a specific field of the first matching result.

Implementation details¶

Namespace: xivo_dird.services
Abstract service plugin: BaseServicePlugin
Methods:
- load(args): set up resources used by the plugin, depending on the config. args is a dictionary containing:
  - key config: the whole configuration file in dict form
  - key sources: a dictionary of source names to sources
  load must return the service object, which is any kind of python object.
- unload(): free resources used by the plugin.

Example¶

The following example adds a service that will return an empty list when used.

dummy.py:

# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-

import logging

from xivo_dird import BaseServicePlugin

logger = logging.getLogger(__name__)

class DummyServicePlugin(BaseServicePlugin):
    """
    This plugin is responsible fow instantiating and returning the
    DummyService. It manages its life time and should take care of
    its cleanup if necessary
    """

    def load(self, args):
        """
        Ignores all provided arguments and instantiate a DummyService that
        is returned to the core
        """
        logger.info('dummy loaded')
        self._service = DummyService()
        return self._service

    def unload(self):
        logger.info('dummy unloaded')


class DummyService(object):
    """
    A very dumb service that will return an empty list every time it is used
    """

    def list(self):
        """
        This function must be called explicitly from the view, `list` is not a
        special method name for xivo-dird
        """
        return []

View¶

View plugins add new routes to the HTTP application in xivo-dird, in particular the REST API of xivo-dird: they define the URLs to which xivo-dird will respond and the formatting of data received and sent through those URLs.

For example, we can define a REST API formatted in JSON with one view and the same API formatted in XML with another view. Supporting the directory function of a phone is generally a matter of adding a new view for the format that the phone consumes.

Implementation details¶

Namespace: xivo_dird.views
Abstract view plugin: BaseViewPlugin
Methods:
- load(args): set up resources used by the plugin, depending on the config. Typically, register routes on Flask. Those routes would typically call a service. args is a dictionary containing:
  - key config: the section of the configuration file for all views in dict form
  - key services: a dictionary of services, indexed by name, which may be called from a route
  - key http_app: the Flask application instance
  - key rest_api: a Flask-RestFul Api instance
- unload(): free resources used by the plugin.

Example¶

The following example adds a simple view: GET /0.1/directories/ping answers {"message": "pong"}.

dummy.py:

# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-

import logging

from flask_restful import Resource

logger = logging.getLogger(__name__)


class PingViewPlugin(object):

    name = 'ping'

    def __init__(self):
        logger.debug('dummy view created')

    def load(self, args):
        logger.debug('dummy view args: %s', args)

        args['rest_api'].add_resource(PingView, '/0.1/directories/ping')

    def unload(self):
        logger.debug('dummy view unloaded')


class PingView(Resource):
    """
    Simple API using Flask-Restful: GET /0.1/directories/ping answers "pong"
    """

    def get(self):
        return {'message': 'pong'}

Stock Plugins Documentation¶

View Plugins¶

default_json¶

View name: default_json

Purpose: present directory entries in JSON format. The format is detailed in http://api.wazo.community.

headers¶

View name: headers

Purpose: List headers that will be available in results from default_json view.

personal_view¶

View name: personal_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to manage personal contacts (create, delete, list).

phonebook_view¶

View name: phonebook_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to manage xivo-dird’s internal phonebooks.

aastra_view¶

View name: aastra_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to search in configured directories for Aastra phone.

cisco_view¶

View name: cisco_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to search in configured directories for Cisco phone (see CiscoIPPhone_XML_Objects).

polycom_view¶

View name: polycom_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to search in configured directories for Polycom phone.

snom_view¶

View name: snom_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to search in configured directories for Snom phone.

thomson_view¶

View name: thomson_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to search in configured directories for Thomson phone.

yealink_view¶

View name: yealink_view

Purpose: Expose REST API to search in configured directories for Yealink phone.

Service Plugins¶

lookup¶

Service name: lookup

Purpose: Search through multiple data sources, looking for entries matching a word.

Configuration¶

Example (excerpt from the main configuration file):

services:
    lookup:
        default:
            sources:
                - my_csv
            timeout: 0.5

The configuration is a dictionary whose keys are profile names and values are configuration specific to that profile.

For each profile, the configuration keys are:

sources: The list of source names that are to be used for the lookup
timeout: The maximum waiting time for an answer from any source. Results from sources that take longer to answer are ignored. Default: no timeout.

favorites¶

Service name: favorites

Purpose: Mark/unmark contacts as favorites and get the list of all favorites.

personal¶

Service name: personal

Purpose: Add, delete, list personal contacts of users.

phonebook¶

Service name: phonebook

Purpose: Add, delete, list phonebooks and phonebook contacts.

Configuration¶

Example (excerpt from the main configuration file):

services:
    favorites:
        default:
            sources:
                - my_csv
            timeout: 0.5

The configuration is a dictionary whose keys are profile names and values are configuration specific to that profile.

For each profile, the configuration keys are:

sources: The list of source names that are to be used for the lookup
timeout: The maximum waiting time for an answer from any source. Results from sources that take longer to answer are ignored. Default: no timeout.

reverse¶

Service name: reverse

Purpose: Search through multiple data sources, looking for the first entry matching an extension.

Configuration¶

Example:

services:
    reverse:
        default:
            sources:
                - my_csv
            timeout: 1

The configuration is a dictionary whose keys are profile names and values are configuration specific to that profile.

For each profile, the configuration keys are:

sources: The list of source names that are to be used for the reverse lookup
timeout: The maximum waiting time for an answer from any source. Results from sources that take longer to answer are ignored. Default: 1.

Service Discovery¶

Service name: service_discovery

Purpose: Creates sources when services are registered using service discovery.

To configure new sources, the service needs the following things:

A template the for the source configuration file.
A set of configuration that will be applied to the template.
A set of service and profile that will use the new source.

Template¶

The template is used to generate the content of the configuration file for the new service. Its content should be the same as the content of a source for the desired backend.

The location of the templates are configured in the service configuration

Example:

type: xivo
name: xivo-{{ uuid }}
searched_columns:
- firstname
- lastname
first_matched_columns:
- exten
confd_config:
  host: {{ hostname }}
  port: {{ port }}
  version: "1.1"
  username: {{ service_id }}
  password: {{ service_key }}
  https: true
  verify_certificate: false
format_columns:
  name: "{firstname} {lastname}"
  phone: "{exten}"
  number: "{exten}"
  reverse: "{firstname} {lastname}"
  voicemail: "{voicemail_number}"

Example:

services:
  service_discovery:
    template_path: /etc/xivo-dird/templates.d
    services:
      xivo-confd:
        template: confd.yml

In this example, the file /etc/xivo-dird/templates.d/confd.yml would be used to create a new source configuration when a new xivo-confd service is registered.

The following keys are available to use in the templates:

uuid: The Wazo uuid that was in the service registry notification
hostname: The advertised host from the remote service
port: The advertised port from the remote service

All other fields are configured in the hosts section of the service_discovery service.

Host configuration¶

The host section allow the administrator to configure some information that are not available in the service discovery to be available in the templates. This will typically be the service_id and service_key that are configured with the proper ACL on the remote Wazo.

Example:

services:
  service_discovery:
    hosts:
      ff791b0e-3d28-4b4d-bb90-2724c0a248cb:
        uuid: ff791b0e-3d28-4b4d-bb90-2724c0a248cb
        service_id: some-service-name
        service_key: secre7

In this example, the uuid is used to match an new service starting with a given Wazo uuid.

Profile and service association¶

The service and profile association for discovered services is defined in the service_discovery service configuration.

Example:

services:
  service_discovery:
    services:
      xivo-confd:
        lookup:
          default: true
          foobar: true
        reverse:
          foobar: true
        favorites:
          default: true
          foobar: true

In this example, a new xivo-confd service would generate a configuration based on the template and that new source would be added to the lookup and favorites

Back-end Configuration¶

This sections completes the Sources Configuration section.

csv¶

Back-end name: csv

Purpose: read directory entries from a CSV file.

Limitations:

the CSV delimiter is not configurable (currently: , (comma)).

Configuration¶

Example (a file inside source_config_dir):

type: csv
name: my_csv
file: /var/tmp/test.csv
unique_column: id
searched_columns:
    - fn
    - ln
first_matched_columns:
    - num
format_columns:
    lastname: "{ln}"
    firstname: "{fn}"
    number: "{num}"

With the CSV file:

id,fn,ln,num
1,Alice,Abrams,55553783147
2,Bob,Benito,5551354958
3,Charles,Curie,5553132479

file: the absolute path to the CSV file

CSV web service¶

Back-end name: csv_ws

Purpose: search using a web service that returns CSV formatted results.

Given the following configuration, xivo-dird would call “https://example.com:8000/ws-phonebook?firstname=alice&lastname=alice” for a lookup for the term “alice”.

Configuration¶

Example (a file inside source_config_dir):

type: csv_ws
name: a_csv_web_service
lookup_url: "https://example.com:8000/ws-phonebook"
list_url: "https://example.com:8000/ws-phonebook"
verify_certificate: False
searched_columns:
  - firstname
  - lastname
first_matched_columns:
    - exten
delimiter: ","
timeout: 16
unique_column: id
format_columns:
    number: "{exten}"

lookup_url: the URL used for directory searches.
list_url (optional): the URL used to list all available entries. This URL is used to retrieve favorites.
verify_certificate (optional): whether the SSL cert will be verified. A CA_BUNDLE path can also be provided. Defaults to True.
delimiter (optional): the field delimiter in the CSV result. Default: ‘,’
timeout (optional): the number of seconds before the lookup on the web service is aborted. Default: 10.

dird_phonebook¶

back-end name: dird_phonebook

Purpose: search the xivo-dird’s internal phonebooks

Configuration:¶

 type: dird_phonebook
 name: phonebook
 db_uri: 'postgresql://asterisk:proformatique@localhost/asterisk'
 tenant: default
 phonebook_id: 42
 phonebook_name: main
 first_matched_columns:
   - number
 searched_columns:
   - firstname
   - lastname
 format_columns:
     name: "{firstname} {lastname}"

db_uri: the URI of the DB used by xivo-dird to store the phonebook.
tenant: the tenant of the phonebook to query.
phonebook_name: the name of the phonebook used by this source.
phonebook_id (deprecated, use phonebook_name): the id of the phonebook used by this source.

ldap¶

Back-end name: ldap

Purpose: search directory entries from an LDAP server.

Configuration¶

Example (a file inside source_config_dir):

type: ldap
name: my_ldap
ldap_uri: ldap://example.org
ldap_base_dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
ldap_username: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=org
ldap_password: foobar
ldap_custom_filter: (l=québec)
unique_column: entryUUID
searched_columns:
    - cn
first_matched_columns:
    - telephoneNumber
format_columns:
    firstname: "{givenName}"
    lastname: "{sn}"
    number: "{telephoneNumber}"

ldap_uri

the URI of the LDAP server. Can only contains the scheme, host and port part of an LDAP URL.

ldap_base_dn

the DN of the entry at which to start the search

ldap_username (optional)

the user’s DN to use when performing a “simple” bind.

Default to an empty string.

When both ldap_username and ldap_password are empty, an anonymous bind is performed.

ldap_password (optional)

the password to use when performing a “simple” bind.

Default to an empty string.

ldap_custom_filter (optional)

the custom filter is used to add more criteria to the filter generated by the back end.

Example:

ldap_custom_filter: (l=québec)
searched_columns: [cn,st]

will result in the following filter being used for searches. (&(l=québec)(|(cn=*%Q*)(st=*%Q*)))

If only the custom filter is to be used, leave the searched_columns field empty.

This must be a valid LDAP filter, where the string %Q will be replaced by the (escaped) search term when performing a search.

Example: (&(o=ACME)(cn=*%Q*))

ldap_network_timeout (optional)

the maximum time, in second, that an LDAP network operation can take. If it takes more time than that, no result is returned.

Defaults to 0.3.

ldap_timeout (optional)

the maximum time, in second, that an LDAP operation can take.

Defaults to 1.0.

unique_column (optional)

the column that contains a unique identifier of the entry. This is necessary for listing and identifying favorites.

For OpenLDAP, you should set this option to “entryUUID”.

For Active Directory, you should set this option to “objectGUID” and also set the “unique_column_format” option to “binary_uuid”.

unique_column_format (optional)

the unique column’s type returned by the queried LDAP server. Valid values are “string” or “binary_uuid”.

Defaults to “string”.

personal¶

Back-end name: personal

Purpose: search directory entries among users’ personal contacts

You should only have one source of type personal, because only one will be used to list personal contacts. The personal backend needs a working Consul installation. This backend works with the personal service, which allows users to add personal contacts.

The complete list of fields is in Personal contacts.

Configuration¶

Example (a file inside source_config_dir):

type: personal
name: personal
first_matched_columns:
    - number
format_columns:
    firstname: "{firstname}"
    lastname: "{lastname}"
    number: "{number}"

unique_column is not configurable, its value is always id.

xivo¶

Back-end name: xivo

Purpose: add users from a Wazo (may be remote) as directory entries

Configuration¶

Example (a file inside source_config_dir):

type: xivo
name: my_xivo
confd_config:
    https: True
    host: xivo.example.com
    port: 9486
    version: 1.1
    username: admin
    password: password
    timeout: 3
unique_column: id
first_matched_columns:
    - exten
searched_columns:
    - firstname
    - lastname
format_columns:
    number: "{exten}"
    mobile: "{mobile_phone_number}"

confd_config:host: the hostname of the Wazo (more precisely, of the xivo-confd service)
confd_config:port: the port of the xivo-confd service (usually 9486)
confd_config:version: the version of the xivo-confd API (should be 1.1)

Integration of xivo-dird with the rest of Wazo¶

Configuration values¶

Views¶

In the directory displays (also in the main configuration file of xivo-dird, in the views section), the following keys are interpreted and displayed in xlet people of the XiVO Client:

title

The title will be shown as a header for the column

type

agent: the field value will be ignored and replaced by an icon showing the status of the agent assigned to the contact (e.g. green icon for logged agent, red icon for unlogged agent, ...)
callable: a dropdown action on the number field will be added to call the field value.
email: a dropdown action on the number field will be added to send an email to the field value.
favorite: the boolean field value will be replaced by an icon showing if the status is favorite (yellow star filled) or not (yellow star empty).
name: a decoration will be added to the field value (typically a color dot) showing the presence status of the contact (e.g. Disconnected, Available, Away, ...)
number: only one number type can be defined per profile. The field value will be:
- added a decoration (typically a color dot) showing the status of the phone of the contact (e.g. Offline, Ringing, Talking, ...)
- replaced with a button to call the contact with your phone when using the mouse
personal: the boolean field value will be used to show a deletion action for the contact
voicemail: the voicemail number of the contact

See People Xlet features Upgrade Notes for an example with screenshots.

Personal contacts¶

Here are the list of available attributes of a personal contact:

id
company
email
fax
firstname
lastname
mobile
number

To be able to edit and delete personal contacts, you need a column of type personal in your display.

Adding the personal column to your display¶

In the web interface under Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Display filters.

Edit the filter on which you which to enable favorites.
Add a column with the type personal and display format personal.

Favorites¶

Enabling favorites in the XiVO client.

Add a unique_column to your sources.
Add a favorite column to your display

Adding a unique_column to your sources¶

The web interface does not allow the administrator to specify the unique_column and unique_column_format. To add these configuration options, add a file to /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d containing the same name than the directory definition and all missing fields.

Example:

Given an ldap directory source using Active Directory named myactivedirectory:

Add a file /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d/myactivedirectory.yml with the following content to enable favorites on this source.

name: myactivedirectory  # the same name than the directory definition
unique_column: objectGUID
unique_column_format: binary_uuid

Adding the favorite column to your display¶

In the web interface under Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Display filters.

Edit the filter on which you which to enable favorites.
Add a column with the type favorite and display format favorite.

Customizing sources¶

Some configuration options are not available in the web interface. To add configuration to a source that is configured in the web interface, create a file in /etc/xivo-dird/sources.d/ with the key name matching your web interface configuration and add all missing fields.

Example:

adding a timeout configuration to a CSV web service source

name: my_csv_web_service
timeout: 16

Launching xivo-dird¶

usage: xivo-dird [-h] [-c CONFIG_FILE] [-d] [-f] [-l LOG_LEVEL] [-u USER]

optional arguments:
  -h, --help            show this help message and exit
  -c CONFIG_FILE, --config-file CONFIG_FILE
                        The path where is the config file. Default: /etc/xivo-dird/config.yml
  -d, --debug           Log debug messages. Overrides log_level. Default:
                        False
  -f, --foreground      Foreground, don't daemonize. Default: False
  -l LOG_LEVEL, --log-level LOG_LEVEL
                        Logs messages with LOG_LEVEL details. Must be one of:
                        critical, error, warning, info, debug. Default: info
  -u USER, --user USER  The owner of the process.

Terminology¶

Back-end¶

A back-end is a connector to query a specific type of directory, e.g. one back-end to query LDAP servers, another back-end to query CSV files, etc.

Source¶

A source is an instance of a back-end. One backend may be used multiples times to query multiple directories of the same type. For example, I could have the customer-csv and the employee-csv sources, each using the CSV back-end, but reading a different file.

Plugins¶

A plugin is an extension point in xivo-dird. It is a way to add or modify the functionality of xivo-dird. There are currently three types of plugins:

Back-ends to query different types of directories (LDAP, CSV, etc.)
Services to provide different directory actions (lookup, reverse lookup, etc.)
Views to expose directory results in different formats (JSON, XML, etc.)

API¶

See http://api.wazo.community, section Wazo Dird.

xivo-dird-phoned¶

xivo-dird-phoned is an interface to use directory service with phone. It offers a simple REST interface to authenticate a phone and search result from xivo-dird.

Usage¶

xivo-dird-phoned is used through HTTP requests, using HTTP and HTTPS. Its default port is 9498 and 9499. As a user, the common operation is to search through directory from a phone. The phone need to send 2 informations:

xivo_user_uuid: The Wazo user uuid that the phone is associated. It’s used to search through personal contacts (see personal).
profile: The profile that the user is associated. It’s used to format results as configured.

Note

Since most phones dont’t support HTTPS, a small protection is to configure authorized_subnets in Configuration Files or in Services ‣ General settings ‣ Phonebook ‣ Hosts

Launching xivo-dird-phoned¶

On command line, type xivo-dird-phoned -h to see how to use it.

xivo-purge-db¶

Keeping records of personal communications for long periods may be subject to local legislation, to avoid personal data retention. Also, keeping too many records may become resource intensive for the server. To ease the removal of such records, xivo-purge-db is a process that removes old log entries from the database. This allows keeping records for a maximum period and deleting older ones.

By default, xivo-purge-db removes all logs older than a year (365 days). xivo-purge-db is run nightly.

Note

Please check the laws applicable to your country and modify days_to_keep (see below) in the configuration file accordingly.

Tables Purged¶

The following features are impacted by xivo-purge-db:

More technically, the tables purged by xivo-purge-db are:

call_log
cel
queue_log
stat_agent_periodic
stat_call_on_queue
stat_queue_periodic
stat_switchboard_queue

Configuration File¶

We recommend to override the setting days_to_keep from /etc/xivo-purge-db/config.yml in a new file in /etc/xivo-purge-db/conf.d/.

Warning

Setting days_to_keep to 0 will NOT disable xivo-purge-db, and will remove ALL logs from your system.

See Configuration priority and /etc/xivo-purge-db/config.yml for more details.

Manual Purge¶

It is possible to purge logs manually. To do so, log on to the target Wazo server and run:

xivo-purge-db

You can specify the number of days of logs to keep. For example, to purge entries older than 365 days:

xivo-purge-db -d 365

Usage of xivo-purge-db:

usage: xivo-purge-db [-h] [-d DAYS_TO_KEEP]

optional arguments:
  -h, --help            show this help message and exit
  -d DAYS_TO_KEEP, --days_to_keep DAYS_TO_KEEP
                        Number of days data will be kept in tables

Maintenance¶

After an execution of xivo-purge-db, postgresql’s Autovacuum Daemon should perform a VACUUM ANALYZE automatically (after 1 minute). This command marks memory as reusable but does not actually free disk space, which is fine if your disk is not getting full. In the case when xivo-purge-db hasn’t run for a long time (e.g. upgrading to 15.11 or when days_to_keep is decreased), some administrator may want to perform a VACUUM FULL to recover disk space.

Warning

VACUUM FULL will require a service interruption. This may take several hours depending on the size of purged database.

You need to:

$ wazo-service stop
$ sudo -u postgres psql asterisk -c "VACUUM (FULL)"
$ wazo-service start

Archive Plugins¶

In the case you want to keep archives of the logs removed by xivo-purge-db, you may install plugins to xivo-purge-db that will be run before the purge.

Wazo does not provide any archive plugin. You will need to develop plugins for your own need. If you want to share your plugins, please open a pull request.

Archive Plugins (for Developers)¶

Each plugin is a Python callable (function or class constructor), that takes a dictionary of configuration as argument. The keys of this dictionary are the keys taken from the configuration file. This allows you to add plugin-specific configuration in /etc/xivo-purge-db/conf.d/.

There is an example plugin in the xivo-purge-db git repo.

Example¶

Archive name: sample

Purpose: demonstrate how to create your own archive plugin.

Activate Plugin¶

Each plugin needs to be explicitly enabled in the configuration of xivo-purge-db. Here is an example of file added in /etc/xivo-purge-db/conf.d/:

enabled_plugins:
    archives:
        - sample

sample.py¶

The following example will be save a file in /tmp/xivo_purge_db.sample with the following content:

Save tables before purge. 365 days to keep!

 sample_file = '/tmp/xivo_purge_db.sample'

def sample_plugin(config):
    with open(sample_file, 'w') as output:
        output.write('Save tables before purge. {0} days to keep!'.format(config['days_to_keep']))

Install sample plugin¶

The following setup.py shows an example of a python library that adds a plugin to xivo-purge-db:

 #!/usr/bin/env python
 # -*- coding: utf-8 -*-

 from setuptools import setup
 from setuptools import find_packages


 setup(
     name='xivo-purge-db-sample-plugin',
     version='0.0.1',

     description='An example program',
     packages=find_packages(),
     entry_points={
         'xivo_purge_db.archives': [
             'sample = xivo_purge_db_sample.sample:sample_plugin',
         ],
     }
 )

xivo-sysconfd¶

xivo-sysconfd is the system configuration server for Wazo. It does quite a few different things; here’s a non exhaustive list:

configuring network (interfaces, hostname, DNS)
configuring high availability
staring/stopping/restarting services
reloading asterisk configuration
sending some events to components (xivo-agentd, xivo-agid and xivo-ctid)

Configuration File¶

Default location: /etc/xivo/sysconfd.conf. Format: INI.

The default location may be overwritten by the command line options.

Here’s an example of the configuration file:

[general]
xivo_config_path = /etc/xivo
templates_path = /usr/share/xivo-sysconfd/templates
custom_templates_path = /etc/xivo/sysconfd/custom-templates
backup_path = /var/backups/xivo-sysconfd

[resolvconf]
hostname_file = /etc/hostname
hostname_update_cmd = /etc/init.d/hostname.sh start
hosts_file = /etc/hosts
resolvconf_file = /etc/resolv.conf

[network]
interfaces_file = /etc/network/interfaces

[wizard]
templates_path = /usr/share/xivo-config/templates
custom_templates_path = /etc/xivo/custom-templates

[commonconf]
commonconf_file = /etc/xivo/common.conf
commonconf_cmd = /usr/sbin/xivo-update-config
commonconf_monit = /usr/sbin/xivo-monitoring-update

[openssl]
certsdir = /var/lib/xivo/certificates

[monit]
monit_checks_dir = /usr/share/xivo-monitoring/checks
monit_conf_dir = /etc/monit/conf.d

[request_handlers]
synchronous = true

[bus]
username = guest
password = guest
host = localhost
port = 5672
exchange_name = xivo
exchange_type = topic
exchange_durable = true

request_handlers section¶

synchronous

If this option is true, when xivo-sysconfd receives a request to reload the dialplan for example, it will wait for the dialplan reload to complete before replying to the request.

When this option is false, xivo-sysconfd reply to the request immediately.

Setting this option to false will speed up some operation (for example, editing a user from the web interface or from xivo-confd), but this means that there will be a small delay (up to a few seconds in the worst case) between the time you create your user and the time you can dial successfully its extension.

Ecosystem¶

Devices¶

The supported devices are expected to work across upgrades and phone features should work on the latest version.

Supported Devices¶

xivo-provd plugins for these devices can be installed from the “Supported devices” repository.

Aastra¶

Aastra has been acquired by Mitel in 2014. In Wazo, the 6700 series and 6800 series phones are still referenced as Aastra phones, for historical and compatibility reasons.

6700i series¶

	6731i	6735i	6737i	6739i	6755i	6757i
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
H-A	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Directory XIVO	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Funckeys	8	26	30	55	26	30
	Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Group	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Queue	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Conference Room with supervision function	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
General Functions
Online call recording	N	N	N	N	N	N
Phone status	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Sound recording	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Call recording	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Incoming call filtering	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Do not disturb	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Group interception	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Listen to online calls	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Directory access	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Filtering Boss - Secretary	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	HK	Y	Y	HK	Y	Y
Indirect transfer	HK	Y	Y	HK	Y	Y
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Reach the voicemail	Y	Y	Y	HK	Y	Y
Delete messages from voicemail	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Connect a static agent	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Disconnect a static agent	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Parking Functions
Parking	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Parking position	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Paging Functions
Paging	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
6730i	No	8	Yes
6753i	Yes	6	Yes
6757i	Yes	30	Yes
9143i	Yes	7	Yes
9480i	No	6	Yes
9480CT	No	6	Yes

Supported expansion modules:

Aastra® M670i (for Aastra® 35i/37i/39i/53i/55i/57i)
Aastra® M675i (for Aastra® 35i/37i/39i/55i/57i)

6800i series¶

	6863i	6865i	6867i	6869i
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y	NT
H-A	Y	Y	Y	Y
Directory XIVO	Y	Y	Y	Y
Funckeys	0	8	38	68
	Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	N	Y	Y	Y
Group	N	Y	Y	Y
Queue	N	Y	Y	Y
Conference Room with supervision function	N	Y	Y	Y
General Functions
Online call recording	N	Y	Y	Y
Phone status	N	Y	Y	Y
Sound recording	N	Y	Y	Y
Call recording	N	Y	Y	Y
Incoming call filtering	N	Y	Y	Y
Do not disturb	N	Y	Y	Y
Group interception	N	Y	Y	Y
Listen to online calls	N	Y	Y	Y
Directory access	N	Y	Y	Y
Filtering Boss - Secretary	N	Y	Y	Y
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	HK	HK	HK	HK
Indirect transfer	HK	HK	HK	HK
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	N	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	N	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	N	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	N	Y	Y	Y
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	N	Y	Y	Y
Reach the voicemail	N	Y	Y	Y
Delete messages from voicemail	N	Y	Y	Y
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	N	Y	Y	Y
Connect a static agent	N	Y	Y	Y
Disconnect a static agent	N	Y	Y	Y
Parking Functions
Parking	N	Y	Y	Y
Parking position	N	Y	Y	Y
Paging Functions
Paging	N	Y	Y	Y

Supported expansion modules:

Aastra® M680 (for Aastra® 6865i/6867i/6869i)
Aastra® M685 (for Aastra® 6865i/6867i/6869i)

DECT Infrastructure¶

	RFP35	RFP36
Provisioning	N	N
H-A	N	N
Directory XIVO	N	N
Funckeys	0	0

Alcatel-Lucent¶

IP Touch series:

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
4008 Extended Edition	Yes	4	No
4018 Extended Edition	Yes	4	No

Note that you must not download the firmware for these phones unless you agree to the fact it comes from a non-official source.

For the plugin to work fully, you need these additional packages:

apt-get install p7zip python-pexpect telnet

Avaya¶

1200 series IP Deskphones (previously known as Nortel IP Phones):

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
1220 IP	Yes	0	No
1230 IP	No	0	No

Cisco¶

Cisco Small Business SPA300 series:

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
SPA301	No	1	No
SPA303	No	3	No

Note

Function keys are shared with line keys for all SPA phones

Cisco Small Business SPA500 series:

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
SPA501G	Yes	8	No
SPA502G	No	1	No
SPA504G	Yes	4	No
SPA508G	Yes	8	No
SPA509G	No	12	No
SPA512G	No	1	No
SPA514G	No	4	No
SPA525G	Yes	5	No
SPA525G2	No	5	No

The SPA500 expansion module is supported.

Cisco Small Business IP Phones (previously known as Linksys IP Phones)

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
SPA901	No	1	No
SPA921	No	1	No
SPA922	No	1	No
SPA941	No	4	No
SPA942	Yes	4	No
SPA962	Yes	6	No

Note

You must install the firmware of each SPA9xx phones you are using since they reboot in loop when they can’t find their firmware.

The SPA932 expansion module is supported.

ATAs:

Model	Tested [1]	Wazo HA [3]
PAP2	No	No
SPA2102	No	No
SPA8800	No	No
SPA112	No	No

For best results, activate DHCP Integration on your Wazo.

Note

These devices can be used to connect Faxes. For better success with faxes some parameters must be changed. You can read the Using analog gateways section.

Note

If you want to manually resynchronize the configuration from the ATA device you should use the following url:

http://ATA_IP/admin/resync?http://WAZO_IP:8667/CONF_FILE

where :

ATA_IP is the IP address of the ATA,

WAZO_IP is the IP address of your Wazo,

CONF_FILE is one of spa2102.cfg, spa8000.cfg

ATAs¶

	SPA122	SPA3102	SPA8000
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y
H-A	N	N	N
Directory XIVO	N	N	N
Funckeys	0	0	0

For best results, activate DHCP Integration on your Wazo.

These devices can be used to connect faxes. For better success with faxes some parameters must be changed. You can read the Using analog gateways section.

Note

If you want to manually resynchronize the configuration from the ATA device you should use the following url:

http://ATA_IP/admin/resync?http://WAZO_IP:8667/CONF_FILE

where :

ATA_IP is the IP address of the ATA,

WAZO_IP is the IP address of your Wazo,

CONF_FILE is one of spa3102.cfg, spa8000.cfg

Cisco 7900 Series¶

	7905G	7906G	7911G	7912G	7920	7921G	7940G	7941G	7941G-GE	7942G	7960G	7961G	7962G
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
H-A	Y	Y	Y	Y	NT	NT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Directory XIVO	FK	FK	FK	FK	N	N	FK	FK	FK	FK	FK	FK	FK
Funckeys	0	0	0	0	0	0	1	1	1	1	5	5	5
					Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Group	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Queue	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Conference Room with supervision function	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
General Functions
Online call recording	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Phone status	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Sound recording	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Call recording	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Incoming call filtering	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Do not disturb	SK	SK	SK	SK	N	N	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK
Group interception	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Listen to online calls	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Directory access	Y	Y	Y	Y	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Filtering Boss - Secretary	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Indirect transfer	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Reach the voicemail	SK	SK	SK	SK	N	N	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK
Delete messages from voicemail	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Connect a static agent	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Disconnect a static agent	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Parking Functions
Parking	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Parking position	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Paging Functions
Paging	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N

Warning

These phones can only be used in SCCP mode. They are limited to the features supported in Wazo’s SCCP implementation.

To install firmware for xivo-cisco-sccp plugins, you need to manually download the firmware files from the Cisco website and save them in the /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/$plugin-name/var/cache directory.

File permissions should be modified to make the files readable to xivo-provd:

chmod 640 <filename>
chown xivo-provd:xivo-provd <filename>

This directory is created by Wazo when you install the plugin (i.e. xivo-cisco-sccp-legacy). If you create the directory manually, the installation will fail.

Warning

Access to Cisco firmware updates requires a Cisco account with sufficient privileges. The account requires paying for the service and remains under the responsibility of the client or partner. The Wazo authors is not responsible for these firmwares and does not offer any updates.

For example, if you have installed the xivo-cisco-sccp-legacy plugin and you want to install the 7940-7960-fw, networklocale and userlocale_fr_FR package, you must:

Go to http://www.cisco.com
Click on “Log In” in the top right corner of the page, and then log in
Click on the “Support” menu
Click on the “Downloads” tab, then on “Voice & Unified Communications”
Select “IP Telephony”, then “Unified Communications Endpoints”, then the model of your phone (in this example, the 7940G)
Click on “Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) software”
Choose the same version as the one shown in the plugin
Download the file with an extension ending in ”.zip”, which is usually the last file in the list
In the Wazo web interface, you’ll then be able to click on the “install” button for the firmware

The procedure is similar for the network locale and the user locale package, but:

Instead of clicking on “Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) software”, click on “Unified Communications Manager Endpoints Locale Installer”
Click on “Linux”
Choose the same version of the one shown in the plugin
For the network locale, download the file named “po-locale-combined-network.cop.sgn”
For the user locale, download the file named “po-locale-$locale-name.cop.sgn, for example “po-locale-fr_FR.cop.sgn” for the “fr_FR” locale
Both files must be placed in /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/$plugin-name/var/cache directory. Then install them in the Wazo Web Interface.

Note

Currently user and network locale 11.5.1 should be used for plugins xivo-sccp-legacy and xivo-cisco-sccp-9.4

Digium¶

	D40	D50	D70
Provisioning	Y	NYT	Y
H-A	Y	NYT	Y
Directory XIVO	N	NYT	N
Funckeys	2	14	106
Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	N	NYT	N
Group	Y	NYT	Y
Queue	Y	NYT	Y
Conference Room with supervision function	Y	NYT	Y
General Functions
Online call recording	N	NYT	N
Phone status	Y	NYT	Y
Sound recording	Y	NYT	Y
Call recording	Y	NYT	Y
Incoming call filtering	Y	NYT	Y
Do not disturb	HK	NYT	HK
Group interception	Y	NYT	Y
Listen to online calls	N	NYT	N
Directory access	N	NYT	N
Filtering Boss - Secretary	Y	NYT	Y
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	HK	NYT	HK
Indirect transfer	HK	NYT	HK
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	Y	NYT	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	Y	NYT	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	Y	NYT	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	Y	NYT	Y
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	Y	NYT	Y
Reach the voicemail	HK	NYT	HK
Delete messages from voicemail	Y	NYT	Y
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	Y	NYT	Y
Connect a static agent	Y	NYT	Y
Disconnect a static agent	Y	NYT	Y
Parking Functions
Parking	N	NYT	N
Parking position	N	NYT	N
Paging Functions
Paging	Y	NYT	Y

Note

Some function keys are shared with line keys

Particularities:

For best results, activate DHCP Integration on your Wazo.
Impossible to do directed pickup using a BLF function key.
Only supports DTMF in RFC2833 mode.
Does not work reliably with Cisco ESW520 PoE switch. When connected to such a switch, the D40 tends to reboot randomly, and the D70 does not boot at all.
It’s important to not edit the phone configuration via the phones’ web interface when using these phones with Wazo.
Paging doesn’t work.

Fanvil¶

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
C62P	Yes	5	Yes

Gigaset¶

Also known as Siemens.

Model	Tested [1]	Wazo HA [3]
C470 IP	No	No
C475 IP	No	No
C590 IP	No	No
C595 IP	No	No
C610 IP	No	No
C610A IP	No	No
S675 IP	No	No
S685 IP	No	No
N300 IP	No	No
N300A IP	No	No
N510 IP PRO	No	No

Jitsi¶

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
Jitsi	Yes	—	No

Mitel¶

The Mitel 6700 Series and 6800 Series SIP Phones are supported in Wazo. See the Aastra section.

Patton¶

The following analog VoIP gateways are supported:

	SN4112	SN4114	SN4116	SN4118	SN4316	SN4324	SN4332
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
H-A	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y

Wazo only supports configuring the FXS ports of these gateways. It does not support configuring the FXO ports. If you have a gateway on which you would like to configure the FXO ports, you’ll need to write the FXO ports configuration manually by creating a custom template for your gateway.

It’s only possible to enter a provisioning code on the first FXS port of a gateway. For example, if you have a gateway with 8 FXS ports, the first port can be configured by dialing a provisioning code from it, but ports 2 to 7 can only be configured via the Wazo web interface. Also, if you dial the “reset to autoprov” extension from any port, the configuration of all the ports will be reset, not just the port on which the extension was dialed. These limitations might go away in the future.

These gateways are configured with a few regional parameters (France by default). These parameters are easy to change by writing a custom template.

Telnet access and web access are enabled by default. You should change the default password by setting an administrator password via a Wazo “template device”.

By downloading and installing the Patton firmwares, you agree to the Patton Electronics Company conditions.

To provision a gateway that was previously configured manually, use the following commands on your gateway (configure mode), replacing WAZO_IP by the IP address of your Wazo server:

profile provisioning PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG
  destination configuration
  location 1 http://WAZO_IP:8667/$(system.mac).cfg
  activation reload graceful
  exit
provisioning execute PF_PROVISIONING_CONFIG

Panasonic¶

Panasonic KX-HTXXX series:

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
KX-HT113	No	—	No
KX-HT123	No	—	No
KX-HT133	No	—	No
KX-HT136	No	—	No

Note

This phone is for testing for the moment

Polycom¶

	\|SoundPoint IP						\|SoundStation IP			\|Business Media Phone
	SPIP331	SPIP335	SPIP450	SPIP550	SPIP560	SPIP650	SPIP5000	SPIP6000	SPIP7000	VVX101	VVX201	VVX300	VVX310	VVX400	VVX410	VVX500	VVX600
Provisioning	NT	Y	Y	Y	NT	NT	NT	Y	NT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
H-A	N	Y	N	Y	N	N	N	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Directory XIVO	N	N	N	FK	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	FK	FK	FK	FK	FK	N
Funckeys	N	0	2	3	3	47	0	0	0	0	0	6	6	12	12	12	0
					Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Group	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Queue	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Conference Room with supervision function	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
General Functions
Online call recording	NYT	N	NYT	N	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	NYT
Phone status	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Sound recording	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Call recording	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Incoming call filtering	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Do not disturb	NYT	SK	NYT	HK	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	NYT
Group interception	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Listen to online calls	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Directory access	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Filtering Boss - Secretary	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	NYT	SK	NYT	N	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	SK	NYT
Indirect transfer	NYT	SK	NYT	HK	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	SK	NYT
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	NYT	SK	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	NYT	SK	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	NYT	SK	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Reach the voicemail	NYT	SK	NYT	HK	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	SK	NYT
Delete messages from voicemail	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Connect a static agent	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Disconnect a static agent	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Parking Functions
Parking	NYT	N	NYT	N	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Parking position	NYT	N	NYT	N	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT
Paging Functions
Paging	NYT	N	NYT	Y	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT

Particularities:

The latest Polycom firmwares can take a lot of time to download and install due to their size (~650 MiB). For this reason, these files are explicitly excluded from the Wazo backups.
For directed call pickup to work via the BLF function keys, you need to make sure that the option Set caller-id in dialog-info+xml notify is enabled on your Wazo. This option is located on the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General settings ‣ SIP Protocol page, in the Signaling tab.

Also, directed call pickup via a BLF function key will not work if the extension number of the supervised user is different from its caller ID number.
Default password is 9486 (i.e. the word “xivo” on a telephone keypad).
On the VVX101 and VVX201, to have the two line keys mapped to the same SIP line, create a custom template with the following content:
```
{% extends 'base.tpl' -%}

{% block remote_phonebook -%}
{% endblock -%}

{% block model_specific_parameters -%}
reg.1.lineKeys="2"
{% endblock -%}
```
This is especially useful on the VVX101 since it supports a maximum of 1 SIP line and does not support function keys.

Note

(Wazo HA cluster) BLF function key saved on the master node are not available.

Supported expansion modules:

Polycom® VVX Color Expansion (for Polycom® VVX 300/310/400/410/500/600)
Polycom® VVX Paper Expansion (for Polycom® VVX 300/310/400/410/500/600)
Polycom® SoundPoint IP Backlit (for Polycom® SoundPoint 650)

Warning

Polycom® VVX® Camera are not supported.

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
SPIP320	No	0	No
SPIP321	No	0	No
SPIP330	No	0	No
SPIP430	No	0	No
SPIP501	Yes	0	No
SPIP600	No	0	No
SPIP601	No	0	No
SPIP670	No	47	No

SoundStation IP:

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
SPIP4000	No	0	No

Others:

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
VVX1500	No	0	No

Snom¶

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
300	No	6	Yes
320	Yes	12	Yes
360	No	—	Yes
820	Yes	4	Yes
MP	No	—	Yes
PA1	No	0	Yes

Warning

If you are using Snom phones with HA, you should not assign multiple lines to the same device.

There’s a known issue with the provisioning of Snom phones in Wazo:

After a factory reset of a phone, if no language and timezone are set for the “default config device” in Wazo ‣ Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Template device, you will be forced to select a default language and timezone on the phone UI.

	370	710	715	720	D725	D745	760	D765	821	870
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
H-A	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Directory XIVO	HK	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK
Funckeys	12	5	5	18	18	32	16	16	12	15
	Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Group	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Queue	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Conference Room with supervision function	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
General Functions
Online call recording	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Phone status	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Sound recording	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Call recording	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Incoming call filtering	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Do not disturb	HK	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK
Group interception	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Listen to online calls	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Directory access	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Filtering Boss - Secretary	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	Y	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK
Indirect transfer	Y	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Reach the voicemail	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK
Delete messages from voicemail	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Connect a static agent	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Disconnect a static agent	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Parking Functions
Parking	Y	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	Y	Y
Parking position	Y	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	Y	Y
Paging Functions
Paging	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y

Supported expansion modules:

Snom® Vision (for Snom® 7xx series and Snom® 8xx series)
Snom® D7 (for Snom® 7xx series)

Note

For some models, function keys are shared with line keys

There’s the following known limitations/issues with the provisioning of Snom phones in Wazo:

If you are using Snom phones with HA, you should not assign multiple lines to the same device.
The Snom D745 has limited space for function key labels: long labels might be split in a suboptimal way.
When using a D7 expansion module, the function key label will not be shown on the first reboot or resynchronization. You’ll need to reboot or resynchronize the phone a second time for the label to be shown properly.
After a factory reset of a phone, if no language and timezone are set for the “default config device” in Wazo ‣ Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Template device, you will be forced to select a default language and timezone on the phone UI.

Technicolor¶

Previously known as Thomson:

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
ST2022	No	—	—
ST2030	Yes	10	Yes

Note

Function keys are shared with line keys

Yealink¶

	T19P	T19P E2	T20P	T21P	T21P E2	T22P	T26P	T28P	T32G	T38G	T40P	T41P	T42G	T46G	T48G	W52P
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
H-A	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y
Directory XIVO	N	Y	N	N	Y	N	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N	Y	Y
Funckeys	0	0	2	2	2	3	13	16	3	16	3	15	15	27	27	0
	Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Group	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Queue	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Conference Room with supervision function	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
General Functions
Online call recording	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	N	NYT	N	N	N	N	N	N	N
Phone status	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Sound recording	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Call recording	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Incoming call filtering	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Do not disturb	N	N	Y	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	NYT	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	SK	N
Group interception	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Listen to online calls	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Directory access	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Filtering Boss - Secretary	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	NYT	HK	SK	SK	SK	HK	HK	SK
Indirect transfer	SK	SK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	NYT	HK	SK	SK	SK	HK	HK	SK
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Reach the voicemail	N	N	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	NYT	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK	HK
Delete messages from voicemail	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Connect a static agent	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Disconnect a static agent	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Parking Functions
Parking	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Parking position	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N
Paging Functions
Paging	N	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	NYT	N	Y	Y	Y	Y	Y	N

Regarding the W52P (DECT), there is firmware for both the base station and the handset. The base and the handset are probably going to work if they are not using the same firmware version, although this does not seem to be officially recommended. By default, a base station will try to upgrade the firmware of an handset over the air (OTA) if the following conditions are met:

Handset with firmware 26.40.0.15 or later
Base station with firmware 25.40.0.15 or later
Handset with hardware 26.0.0.6 or later

Otherwise, you’ll have to manually upgrade the handset firmware via USB.

In all cases, you should consult the Yealink documentation on Upgrading W52x Handset Firmware.

Note

Some function keys are shared with line keys

Supported expansion modules:

Yealink® EXP38 (for Yealink® T26P/T28P)
Yealink® EXP39 (for Yealink® T26P/T28P)
Yealink® EXP40 (for Yealink® T46G/T48G)

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]	Plugin
CP860	No	0	—	xivo-yealink-v72
T23P	No	3	—	xivo-yealink-v80
T23G	Yes	3	Yes	xivo-yealink-v80
T27P	Yes	21	Yes	xivo-yealink-v80
T29G	No	27	—	xivo-yealink-v80
T49G	Yes	29	Yes	xivo-yealink-v80

Note

Some function keys are shared with line keys

Zenitel¶

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
IP station	Yes	1	No

[1]	(1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18) `Tested` means the device has been tested by the Wazo development team and that the developers have access to this device.

[2] (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18) Fkeys is the number of programmable function keys that you can configure from the Wazo web interface. It is not necessarily the same as the number of physical function keys the device has (for example, a 6757i has 12 physical keys but you can configure 30 function keys because of the page system).

[3]	(1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18) `Wazo HA` means the device is confirmed to work with Wazo HA.

[4]	These devices are marked as `Not Tested` because other similar models using the same firmware have been tested instead. If these devices ever present any bugs, they will be troubleshooted by the Wazo support team.

The supported devices page lists, for each vendor, a table that shows the various features supported by Wazo. Here’s an example:

	Model X	Model Y	Model Z
Provisioning	Y	Y	Y
H-A	Y	Y	Y
Directory XIVO	N	Y	Y
Funckeys	0	2	8
	Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	Y	Y	Y

The rows have the following meaning:

Provisioning

Is the device supported by the auto-provisioning system?

H-A

Is the device supported by the high availability system?

Directory XiVO

Is the device supported by the remote directory? In other word, is it possible to consult the XiVO’s remote directory from the device?

Funckeys

How many function keys can be configured on the device from the Wazo web interface?

The number of function keys that can be configured on a device is not necessarily the same as the number of physical function keys the device has. For example, an Aastra 6757i has 12 physical keys but you can configure 30 function keys because of the page system.

Inside a table, the following legend is used:

Y = Yes / Supported
N = No / Not supported
NT = Not tested
NYT = Not yet tested

Each table also contains a section about the supported function keys. In that section, the following legend can also be used:

FK = Funckey
SK = SoftKey
HK = HardKey
MN = Menu

Function keys work using the extensions in Services ‣ Extensions. It is important to enable the function keys you want to use. Also, the enable transfer option in the user configuration services tab must be enabled to use transfer function keys.

Administration¶

Advanced Configuration¶

This section describes the advanced system configuration.

Wazo General Settings¶

Wazo offers the possibility to configure the general settings via the Configuration ‣ Management ‣ General page.

Configure Wazo General Settings

Live reload configuration permit to reload its configuration on command received from WEBI (this option is enabled by default).

Telephony certificates¶

Wazo offers the possibility to create and manage X.509 certificates via the the Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Certificates page.

These certificates can be used for:

enabling SIP TLS
enabling encryption between the CTI server and the XiVO clients

For the certificate used for HTTPS, see HTTPS certificate.

Creating certificates¶

You can add a certificate by clicking on the add button at the top right of the page. You’ll then be shown this page:

Adding a certificate

You should look at the examples if you don’t know which attributes to set when creating your certificates.

Removing certificates¶

When removing a certificate, you should remove all the files related to that certificates.

Warning

If you remove a certificate that is used somewhere in Wazo, then you need to manually reconfigure that portion of Wazo.

For example, if you remove the certificate files used for SIP TLS, then you need to manually disable SIP TLS or asterisk will look for certificate file but it won’t be able to find them.

Examples¶

In the following examples, if a field is not specified than you should leave it at its default value.

Creating certificates for SIP TLS¶

You need to create both a CA certificate and a server certificate.

CA certificate:

Name : phones-CA
Certification authority (checkbox) : checked
Autosigned : checked
Valid end date : at least one month in the future
Common name : the FQDN of your Wazo
Organization : your organization’s name, or blank
Email : your email or organization’s email

Server certificate:

Name : phones
Certification authority (select) : phones-CA
Valid end date : at least one month in the future
Common name : the FQDN of your Wazo
Organization : your organization’s name, or blank
Email : your email or organization’s email

Creating certificate for CTI server¶

Name : xivo-ctid
Autosigned : checked
Valid end date : at least one month in the future
Common name : the FQDN of your Wazo
Organization : your organization’s name, or blank
Email : your email or organization’s email

Warning

You must not set a password for the certificate. If the certificate is password protected, the CTI server will not be able to use it.

Boss Secretary Filter¶

The boss secretary filter allow to set a secretary or a boss role to a user. Filters can then be created to filter calls directed to a boss using different strategies.

Quick Summary¶

In order to be able to use the boss secretary filter you have to :

Select a boss role for one the users
Select a secretary role for one ot the users
Create a filter to set a strategy for this boss secretary filter
Add a function key for the user boss and the user secretary

Defining a Role¶

The secretary or boss role can be set in the user’s configuration page under the service tab. To use this feature, at least one boss and one secretary must be defined.

Creating a Filter¶

The filter is used to associate a boss to one or many secretaries and to set a ring strategy. The call filter is added in the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Call filters page.

Different ringing strategies can be applied :

Boss rings first then all secretaries one by one
Boss rings first then secretaries are all ringing simultaneously
Secretaries ring one by one
Secretaries are all ringing simultaneously
Boss and secretaries are ringing simultaneously
Change the caller id if the secretary wants to know which boss was initialy called

When one of serial strategies is used, the first secretary called is the last in the list. The order can be modified by drag and drop in the list.

Usage¶

The call filter function can be activated and deactivated by the boss or the secretary using the *37 extension. The extension is defined in IPBX services > Extensions.

The call filter has to be activated for each secretary if more than one is defined for a given boss.

The extension to use is *37<callfilter member id>.

In this example, you would set 2 Func Keys *373 and *374 on the Boss.

On the secretary Jina LaPlante you would set *373.

On the secretary Ptit Nouveau you would set *374.

Function Keys¶

A more convenient way to active the boss secretary filter is to assign a function key on the boss’ phone or the secretary’s phone. In the user’s configuration under Func Keys. A function key can be added for each secretaries of a boss.

If supervision is activated, the key will light up when filter is activated for this secretary. If a secretary also has a function key on the same boss/secretary combination the function key’s BLF will be in sync between each phones.

Warning

With SCCP phones, you must configure a custom Func Keys.

Call Completion¶

The call completion feature (or CCSS, for Call Completion Supplementary Services) in Wazo allows for a caller to be automatically called back when a called party has become available.

To illustrate, let’s say Alice attempts to call Bob.
Bob is currently on a phone call with Carol, though, so Bob rejects the call from Alice
Alice then dials *40 to request call completion.
Once Bob has finished his phone call, Alice will be automatically called back by the system.
When she answers, Bob will be called on her behalf.

This feature has been introduced in XiVO in version 14.17.

Description¶

Call completion can be used in two scenarios:

when the called party is busy (Call Completion on Busy Subscriber)
when the called party doesn’t answer (Call Completion on No Response)

We have already discussed the busy scenario in the introduction section.

Let’s now illustrate the no answer scenario:

Alice attempts to call Bob.
Bob doesn’t answer the phone. Alternatively, Alice hangs up before Bob has the time to answer the call.
Alice then dial *40 to request call completion.
When Bob’s phone becomes busy and then is no longer busy, Alice is automatically called back.
When she answers, Bob will be called on her behalf.

The important thing to note here is step #4. Bob’s phone needs to become busy and then no longer busy for Alice to be called back. This means that if Bob was away when Alice called him, but when he came back he did not received nor placed any call, then Alice will not be called back.

In fact, in all scenarios, after call completion has been requested by the caller, the called phone needs to transition from busy to no longer busy for the caller to be called back. This means that in the following scenario:

Alice attempts to call Bob.
Bob is currently on a phone call, so he doesn’t answer the call from Alice.
Bob finish his call a few seconds later.
Alice then dials *40 to request call completion (Bob is not busy anymore).

Then, for Alice to be called back, Bob needs to become busy and then not busy.

If Alice is busy when Bob becomes not busy, then the call completion callback will only happen after both Alice and Bob are not busy.

When call completion is active, it can be cancelled by dialing the *40 extension.

Some timers governs the use of call completion. These are:

offer timer: the time the caller has to request call completion. Defaults to 30 (seconds).
busy available timer: when call completion on busy subscriber is requested, if this timer expires before the called party becomes available, then the call completion attempt will be cancelled. Defaults to 900 (seconds).
no response available timer: similar to the “busy available timer”, but when call completion on no response is requested. Defaults to 900 (seconds).
recall timer: when the caller who requested call completion is called back, how long the original caller’s phone rings before giving up. Defaults to 30 (seconds).

It’s currently impossible to modify the value of these timers in Wazo.

Special Scenarios¶

There are four special scenarios:

the call completion will not activate
the call completion will activate and call back for the original called party
the call completion will activate and call back for the rerouted called party
the call completion will activate and call back for the original called party but fail to join him

Call completion will not activate¶

It is not possible to activate call completion in the following two scenarios.

First scenario: Alice tries to call Bob, but Bob has currently reached its “simultaneous calls” limit. When activating call completion, Alice hears that the call completion can not be activated.

Note

The “simultaneous calls” option is configured per user via the Wazo web interface.

Second scenario: Alice tries to call Bob, but the call is redirected to Charlie.

This occurs when Bob redirects/rejects the call with any of the following:

Unconditional call forwarding towards Charlie
Closed schedule towards Charlie
Call permission forbidding Alice to call Bob
Preprocess subroutine forwarding the call towards Charlie

Call completion will activate and call back for the original called party¶

Scenario: Alice tries to call Bob, but the call is redirected to Charlie. When activating call completion, Alice hears that the call completion is activated and eventually Alice is called back to speak with Bob.

This occurs when Bob redirects/rejects the call with any of the following:

No-answer call forwarding towards Charlie
Busy call forwarding towards Charlie

Call completion will activate and call back for the rerouted called party¶

Scenario: Alice tries to call Bob, but the call is redirected to Charlie. When activating call completion, Alice hears that the call completion is activated and eventually Alice is called back to speak with Charlie.

This occurs when Bob redirects the call with any of the following:

Boss-Secretary filter to the secretary Charlie

Call completion will activate and call back for the original called party but fail to join him¶

Scenario: Alice tries to call Bob, but the call is redirected to Charlie. When activating call completion, Alice hears that the call completion is activated and eventually Alice is called back to speak with Bob. But when Alice answers, Bob is not called. If Alice activates call completion again, she will hear that the call completion was cancelled.

This occurs when Bob redirects/rejects the call with any of the following:

Do Not Disturb mode
a new call forwarding rule that was applied after Alice activated call completion:
- Unconditional call forwarding towards Charlie
- Closed schedule towards Charlie
- Call permission forbidding Alice to call Bob
- Preprocess subroutine forwarding the call towards Charlie

Limitations¶

Call completion can only be used with SIP lines. It can’t be used with SCCP lines.
It can’t be used with outgoing calls and incoming calls, except if these calls are passing through a customized trunk of type Local.
It can’t be used with groups or queues.
The call completion feature can’t be enabled only for a few users; either all users have access to it, or none.

Configuration¶

The call completion extension is enabled via the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX services ‣ Extensions page, in the General tab.

Call Completion Extension

If your Wazo has been installed in version 14.16 or earlier, then this extension is by default disabled. Otherwise, this extension is by default enabled.

Call Permissions¶

You can manage call permissions via the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Call permissions page.

Call permissions can be used for:

denying a user from calling a specific extension
denying a user of a group from calling a specific extension
denying a specific extension on a specific outgoing call from being called
denying an incoming call coming from a specific extension from calling you

More than one extension can match a given call permission, either by specifying more than one extension for that permission or by using extension patterns.

You can also create permissions that allow a specific extension to be called instead of being denied. This make it possible to create a general “deny all” permission and then an “allow for some” one.

Finally, instead of unconditionally denying calling a specific extension, call permissions can instead challenge the user for a password to be able to call that extension.

As you can see, you can do a lot of things with Wazo’s call permissions. They can be used to create fairly complex rules. That said, it is probably not a good idea to so because it’s pretty sure you’ll get it somehow wrong.

Examples¶

Note that when creating or editing a call permission, you must at least:

fill the Name field
have one extension / extension pattern in the Extensions field

Denying a user from calling a specific extension¶

Add the extension in the extensions list
In the Users tab, select the user

Note

User’s Rightcall Code (Services -> IPBX -> IPBX Settings -> Users under Services tab) overwrite all password call permissions for the user.

Warning

The extension can be anything but it will only work if it’s the extension of a user or an extension that pass through an outgoing call. It does not work, for example, if the extension is the number of a conference room.

Denying a user of a group from calling a specific extension¶

First, you must create a group and add the user to this group. Note that groups aren’t required to have a number.

Then,

Add the extension in the extensions list
In the Groups tab, select the group

Denying users from calling a specific extension on a specific outgoing call¶

Add the extension in the extensions list
In the Outgoing calls tab, select the outgoing call

Note that selecting both a user and an outgoing call for the same call permission doesn’t mean the call permission applies only to that user. In fact, it means that the user can’t call that extension and that the extension can’t be called on the specific outgoing call. This in redundant and you will get the same result by not selecting the user.

Denying an incoming call coming from a specific extension from calling you¶

Call permissions on incoming calls are semantically different from the other scenarios since the extension that you add to the permission will match the extension of the caller (i.e. the caller number) and not the extension that the caller dialed (i.e. the callee number).

Add the extension in the extensions list.
In the Incoming calls tab, select the incoming call

Call Recording¶

Call recording allow the user of the administrator to record a user’s conversation. Recorded files are stored on the Wazo server and are accessible using the web interface.

Enabling¶

There are many ways to enable call recording. It can be done by the administrator or the user himself.

Administrator¶

The administrator can enable call recording from the user form in the web interface.

User¶

The user can enable and disable call recording using the *26 extension on its phone. The user can also enable call recording during a call using the *3 extension during the conversation.

Call Recording Management¶

Extensions¶

The extensions for call recording and online call recording are available in the web interface in the extension form.

Disable user call control management¶

To disable call recording for user, disable the Call recording extension in the web interface.

To disable online call recording, uncheck the Enable online call recording option in the user form.

Files¶

Recorded files are available in the web interface in the Audio files, monitor menu.

Recordings are located in /var/spool/asterisk/monitor

File names¶

The file names for call recording can be customized using [Jinja2](http://jinja.pocoo.org/docs/2.9/templates/) templates.

The following variables can be used in the file name:

srcnum: The caller ID number of the caller
dstnum: The called extension
timestamp: A unix timestamp
local_time: The formated date in the server’s timezone
utc_time: The formated date in UTC
base_context: The context in which this call entered the Wazo dialplan
tenant_name: The originating context’s entity

Example 1:

Creating recording in a sub-directory for each entity

A file with the following content in /etc/xivo-agid/conf.d/call_recording.yml:

call_recording:
  filename_template: "{{ tenant_name }}/{{ utc_time }}-{{ srcnum }}-{{ dstnum }}"

This configuration would write the files in /var/spool/asterisk/monitor/<tenant_name/. The name of the files would be <utc_time>-<srcnum>-<dstnum>.wav

Example 2:

Creating recording in another directory

A file with the following content in /etc/xivo-agid/conf.d/call_recording.yml:

call_recording:
  filename_template: "/home/pcm/call/user-{{ srcnum }}-{{ dstnum }}-{{ timestamp }}"

This configuration would write the files in the /home/pcm/call directory. The name of the files would be user-<srcnum>-<dstnum>-<timestamp>.wav. Which is the default with another location.

Note

recording that are not directly in /var/spool/asterisk/monitor will not be shown in the web interface.

Note

Asterisk needs write permission to be able to write the recordings in the configured directory.

The filename for online call recording cannot be configured from the configuration file but can be modified using a pre-process subroutine.

The file format is always auto-timestamp-<TOUCH_MIXMONITOR>.wav. TOUCH_MIXMONITOR is a channel variable that can be set before the call starts.

File extensions¶

For online call recording, the file format can be modified using the TOUCH_MIXMONITOR_FORMAT channel variable.

For call recording the default value is wav and can be modified with a configuration file.

Example:

Add a file names /etc/xivo-agid/conf.d/recording.yml with the following content:

call-recording:
  filename_extension: wav

Call Logs¶

Call logs allow users to see the history of the calls placed and received by Wazo.

Note

The oldest call logs are periodically removed. See xivo-purge-db for more details.

Search Dashboard¶

Call logs can be accessed using the menu Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Call Logs page.

Calls Records Dashboard

Specifying no start date returns all available call logs. Specifying a start date and no end date returns all call logs from start date until now.

Call logs are presented in a CSV format. Here’s an example:

Call Date,Caller,Called,Period,user Field
2015-01-02T00:00:00,Alice (1001),1002,2,userfield

The CSV format has the following specifications:

field names are listed on the first line
fields are separated by commas: ,
if there is a comma in a field value, the value is surrounded by double quotes: "
the UTF-8 character encoding is used

REST API¶

Call logs are also available from wazo-call-logd REST API.

Categorize call logs with custom tags¶

Sometimes, it’s useful to separate call logs according to a specific value (department, city, etc.). It’s possible with the User field of a user and the tags of a call log. Each User field will be copied into the tags for a call log and each User field must be separated by a comma.

Example¶

Your company has employees in the accounting and sales departments. To list call logs from the sales department, you must set the User field of each user to sales. Now when a user tagged with sales places or receives a call, this call will be also tagged sales. You can now filter call logs by tags sales.

Manual generation¶

Call logs can also be generated manually. To do so, log on to the target Wazo server and run:

wazo-call-logs

To avoid running for too long in one time, the call logs generation is limited to the N last unprocessed CEL entries (default 20,000). This means that successive calls to wazo-call-logs will process N more CELs, making about N/10 more calls available in call logs, going further back in history, while processing new calls as well.

You can specify the number of CEL entries to consider. For example, to generate calls using the 100,000 last unprocessed CEL entries:

wazo-call-logs -c 100000

Regeneration of call logs¶

Since call logs are based on CEL, they can be deleted and generated without problems. To regenerate the last month of call logs:

wazo-call-logs delete -d 30
wazo-call-logs generate -d 30  // the default behavior of wazo-call-logs command is `generate`

Technicals¶

Call logs are pre-generated from CEL entries. The generation is done automatically by wazo-call-logd. wazo-call-logs is also run nightly to generate call logs from CEL that were missed by wazo-call-logd.

CLI Tools¶

Wazo comes with a collection of console (CLI) tools to help administer the server.

xivo-dist¶

xivo-dist is the wazo repository sources manager. It is used to switch between distributions (production, development, release candidate, archived version). Example use cases :

switch to production repository : xivo-dist phoenix
switch to development repository : xivo-dist wazo-dev
switch to release candidate repository : xivo-dist wazo-rc
switch to an archived version’s repository (here 14.18) : xivo-dist xivo-14.18

wazo-reset¶

wazo-reset is a tool to reset some of the state of a Wazo installation to a pre-wizard state. It does not try to reset everything and will not give the same result as a fresh new Wazo installation. For example, all customizations that you have made that are not stored in the database (e.g. installing Debian packages, adding custom configuration files, etc), will not be reset. This tool should be used with extra care.

After using it, you need to pass the wizard once again.

Conference Room¶

Adding a conference room¶

In this example, we’ll add a conference room with number 1010.

First, you need to define a conference room number range for the ‘’default’’ context via the ‘’Services / IPBX / IPBX configuration / Contexts’’ page.

Adding a conference room number range to the default context

You can then create a conference room via the ‘’Services / IPBX / IPBX settings / Conference rooms’’ page.

Creating conference room 1010

In this example, we have only filled the ‘’Name’’ and ‘’Number’’ fields, the others have been left to their default value.

As you can see, there’s quite a few options when adding / editing a conference room. Here’s a description of the most common one:

General / PIN code: Protects your conference room with a PIN number. People trying to join the room will be asked for the PIN code.
General / Don’t play announce for first participant: Don’t play the “you are currently the only person in this conference” for the first participant.
General / Max participants: Limits the number of participants in the conference room. A value of 0 means unlimited.

CTI Server¶

The CTI server configuration options can be found in the web-interface under the services tab.

General Options¶

The general options allow the administrator to manage network connections between the CTI server and the clients.

The section named STARTTLS options allows the administrator to enable encrypted communications between the clients and xivo-ctid and specify the certificate and private keys to use.

If no certificate and private key is configured, xivo-ctid will use the ones located in /usr/share/xivo-certs.

Parting options are used to isolate Wazo users from each other. These options should be used when using the same Wazo for different enterprises.

Context separation is based on the user’s line context. A user with no line is not the member of any context and will not be able to do anything with the CTI client.

Note

xivo-dird must be restarted to take into account this parameter.

Authentication¶

xivo-ctid uses xivo-auth to authenticate users. The default authentication backend is xivo_user. To change the authentication backend, add a configuration file in /etc/xivo-ctid/conf.d with the following content:

auth:
    backend: backend_name

where backend name is the name of an enabled xivo-auth Backends Plugins.

Presence Option¶

In the Status menu, under Presences, you can edit presences group. The default presence group is francais. When editing a group, you will see a list of presences and their descriptions.

To use another presence group, you can edit the CTI profile you are using and select the appropriate presence group for that profile.

Available configuration¶

Presence name is the name of the presence
Display name is the human readable representation of this presence
Color status is the color associated to this presence
Other reachable statuses is the list of presence that can be switched from this presence state
Actions are post selection actions that are triggered by selecting this presence

Actions¶

action	param
Enable DND	{‘true’,’false’}
Pause agent in all queues
Unpause agent in all queues
Agent logoff

Enable encryption¶

To enable encryption of CTI communications between server and clients, you have to enable STARTTLS in CTI Server ‣ General settings ‣ General

Custom certificates can be added in Configuration ‣ Certificates and used in CTI Server ‣ General settings ‣ General

In your XiVO Client, in the menu XiVO Client ‣ Configure ‣ Connection, click on the lock icon.

Note

A client which chooses to use encryption will not be able to connect to a server that does not have STARTTLS enabled.

Warning

For now, there is no mechanism for strong authentication of the server. The connection is encrypted, but the identity of the server is not verified.

CTI profiles¶

The CTI profiles define which features are made available to a user. You can configure which profile will be used by a user in the menu IPBX ‣ PBX Settings ‣ Users:

You can also customize the default profiles or add new profiles in the menu CTI Server ‣ Profiles:

Xlets¶

To choose which features are available to users using a profile, you have to select which Xlets will be available.

The Xlets are detailed in Xlets.

The Position attribute determines how the Xlets will be laid out:

dock will display a Xlet in its own frame. This frame can have some options:
- Floating means that the frame can be detached from the main window of the CTI Client.
- Closable means that the Xlet can be hidden
- Movable means that the Xlet can be moved (either inside the main window or outside)
- Scroll means that the Xlet will display a scroll bar if the Xlet is too large.
grid will display a Xlet inside the main window, and it will not be movable. Multiple grid Xlets will be laid out vertically (the second below the first).
tab will display a Xlet inside a tab of the Xlet Tabber. Thus the Xlet Tabber is required and can’t be in a tab position.

The Number attribute gives the order of the Xlets, beginning with 0. The order applies only to Xlets having the same Position attribute.

Display customer informations¶

Sheet Configuration¶

Sheets can be defined under Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Models in the web interface. Once a sheet is defined, it has to be assigned to an event in the Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Events menu.

Model: The model contains the content of the displayed sheet.
Event: Events are actions that trigger the defined sheet. A sheet can be assigned to many events. In that case, the sheet will be raised for each event.

General settings¶

_images/sheets_configuration_general.png

You must give a name to your sheet to be able to select it later.

The Focus checkbox makes the XiVO Client pop up when the sheet is displayed, if the XiVO Client was hidden.

Sheets¶

There are two different ways to configure the contents of the sheet:

creating a custom sheet from the Qt designer. This gives you a total control on the layout of the information and allows you to save and process data entered during or after a call.
listing the different fields and their content. The information will be automatically laid out in a linear fashion and will be read-only.

Custom sheet¶

Configuring the sheet¶

_images/sheets_configuration_sheet_custom.png

The Qt interface field is the path to the UI file created by the Qt Designer. The path can either be a local file on your Wazo starting with file://, or a HTTP URL. When using a local file, make sure that the system user xivo-ctid has read access to the file.

You must add a field with type form and display value qtui for the form to be displayed.

Create a custom sheet with Qt Designer¶

The Qt Designer is part of the Qt development kit and is also available in the Qt Creator. They are available on the Qt project website.

Here is an example of a small form created with Qt Designer.

The Qt Designer screenshot.

_images/sheets_configuration_qtdesigner.png

Warning

In Qt Designer, one must set ‘vertical layout’ on the top widget (right click on the top widget > Lay out > Vertical layout).

You can download the file generated by this example from Qt Designer: example-form.ui

Text fields (QLineEdit, QLabel, QPlainTextEdit) can contain variables that will be substituted. See the variable list for more information.

List of fields¶

Default Wazo sheet example :

Example showing all kinds of fields:

_images/sheets_configuration_sheet_demo.png

Each field is represented by the following parameters :

Field title : name of your line used as label on the sheet.
Field type : define the type of field displayed on the sheet. Supported field types :
- title : to create a title on your sheet
- text : show a text
- url : a simple url link, open your default browser.
- urlx : an url button
- phone : create a tel: link, you can click to call on your sheet.
- form : show the form from an ui predefined. It’s an xml ui. You need to define qtui in display format.
Default value : if given, this value will be used when all substitutions in the display value field fail.
Display value : you can define text, variables or both. See the variable list for more information.

Variables¶

Three kinds of variables are available :

xivo- prefix is reserved and set inside the CTI server:

xivo-where for sheet events, event triggering the sheet

xivo-origin place from where the lookup is requested (did, internal, forcelookup)

xivo-direction incoming or internal

xivo-did DID number

xivo-calleridnum

xivo-calleridname

xivo-calleridrdnis contains information whether there was a transfer

xivo-calleridton Type Of Network (national, international)

xivo-calledidnum

xivo-calledidname

xivo-ipbxid (xivo-astid in 1.1)

xivo-directory : for directory requests, it is the directory database the item has been found

xivo-queuename queue called

xivo-agentnumber agent number called

xivo-date formatted date string

xivo-time formatted time string, when the sheet was triggered

xivo-channel asterisk channel value (for advanced users)

xivo-uniqueid asterisk uniqueid value (for advanced users)

db- prefixed variables are defined when the reverse lookup returns a result.

For example if you want to access to the reverse lookup full name, you need to define a field fullname in the directory definition, mapping to the full name field in your directory. The {db-fullname} will be replaced by the caller full name. Every field of the directory is accessible this way.

dp- prefixed ones are the variables set through the dialplan (through UserEvent application)

For example if you want to access from the dialplan to a variable dp-test you need to add in your dialplan this line (in a subroutine):
UserEvent(dialplan2cti,UNIQUEID: ${UNIQUEID},CHANNEL: ${CHANNEL},VARIABLE: test,VALUE: "Salut")

The {dp-test} displays Salut.

Sending informations during/after a call¶

After showing a sheet, the XiVO Client can also send back information to Wazo for post-processing or archiving.

Here are the requirements:

The sheet must contain a button named save to submit information
Supported widgets:
- QCalendarWidget
- QCheckBox
- QComboBox
- QDateEdit
- QDateTime
- QDateTimeEdit
- QDoubleSpinBox
- QLabel
- QLineEdit
- QList
- QPlainTextEdit
- QRadioButton
- QSpinBox
- QTimeEdit
Fields must have their name starting with XIVOFORM_

If you want to send information that is not visible, you can make the widget invisible on the sheet:

change the maximumWidth or maximumHeight property to 0

edit the .ui file and add the following property to the widget:

<property name="visible">
  <bool>false</bool>
</property>

When a CTI client submits a custom sheet, a call_form_result event is published on the event bus.

Systray¶

Mostly the same syntax as the sheet with less field types available (title, body). A Systray popup will display a single title (the last one added to the list of fields) and zero, one or more fields of type ‘body’.

Warning

The popup message on MacOSX works with Growl http://growl.info. We could get simple sheet popup to work using the free Growl Fork http://www.macupdate.com/app/mac/41038/growl-fork Note that this is not officially supported.

Actions¶

The action is for the xivo client, so if you configure an action, please be sure you understand it’s executed by the client. You need to allow this action in the client configuration too (menu XiVO Client -> Configure, tab Functions, tick option Customer Info and in sub-tab Customer Info tick the option Allow the Automatic Opening of URL).

The field in this tab receives the URL that will be displayed in your browser. You can also use variable substitution in this field.

http://example.org/foo opens the URL on the default browser

http://example.org/{xivo-did} opens the URL on the default browser, after substituting the {xivo-did} variable. If the substitution fails, the URL will remain http://example.org/{xivo-did}, i.e. the curly brackets will still be present.

http://example.org/{xivo-did}?origin={xivo-origin} opens the URL on the default browser, after substituting the variables. If at least one of the substitution is successful, the failing substitutions will be replaced by an empty string. For example, if {xivo-origin} is replaced by ‘outcall’ but {xivo-did} is not substituted, the resulting URL will be http://example.org/?origin=outcall

tcp://x.y.z.co.fr:4545/?var1=a1&var2=a2 connects to TCP port 4545 on x.y.z.co.fr, sends the string var1=a1&var2=a2, then closes

udp://x.y.z.co.fr:4545/?var1=a1&var2=a2 connects to UDP port 4545 on x.y.z.co.fr, sends the string var1=a1&var2=a2, then closes

Note

any string that would not be understood as an URL will be handled like and URL it is a process to launch and will be executed as it is written

For tcp:// and udp://, it is a requirement that the string between / and ? is empty. An extension could be to define other serialization methods, if needed.

_images/sheets_configuration_actions.png

Event configuration¶

You can configure a sheet when a specific event is called. For example if you want to receive a sheet when an agent answers to a call, you can choose a sheet model for the Link event.

The following events are available :

Dial: When the member’s phone starts ringing for calls on a group or queue or when the user receives a call

Link: When a user or agent answers a call

Unlink: When a user or agent hangup a call received from a queue

Incoming DID: Received a call in a DID

Hangup: Hangup the call

The informations about a call are displayed via the XiVO Client on forms called sheets. Sheets or customer info is a mechanism that allow the user to receive information about a call in its client. There are many events that can trigger a sheet to be displayed and there are many variables available for display.

Enabling the sheets for a user¶

To be able to receive sheets, a user must have a CTI profile with the Customer Info xlet.

The user must also enable Screen Popup in its client.

Example: Display a Web page when an agent answers a call¶

The first step is to assign the URL to a dialplan variable. Go in the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Configuration files and create a new file called setsheeturl.conf. In this file, put the following:

[setsheeturl]
exten = s,1,NoOp(Starting Set Sheet URL)
same  = n,Set(SHEET_URL_CTI=http://documentation.wazo.community)
same  = n,UserEvent(dialplan2cti,UNIQUEID: ${UNIQUEID},CHANNEL: ${CHANNEL},VARIABLE: mysheeturl,VALUE: ${SHEET_URL_CTI})
same  = n,Return()

You can replace documentation.wazo.community by the URL you want.

The second step is to set the URL when the call is queued. To do that, we will use a preprocessing subroutine. This is configured in the queue configuration : go to Services ‣ Call center ‣ Queues and edit the queue. Set the field Preprocessing subroutine to setsheeturl (the same as above).

The third step is to configure the sheet to open the wanted URL. Go to Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Sheets ‣ Models and create a new sheet. Keep the default for everything except the Action tab, add a field and set it to {dp-mysheeturl} (the same as above).

The fourth and final step is to trigger the sheet when the agent answers the queued call. Go to Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Sheets ‣ Events and link the event Agent linked to the sheet you just created.

That’s it, you can assign agents to your queue, log the agents and make them answer calls with the XiVO Client opened, and your browser should open the specified URL.

Devices¶

Synchronize a device¶

First you have to display the list of devices.

Click on the synchronize button for a device.

List devices

You will see a pop-up to confirm synchronization: Click on the <ok> button.

Alert confirm synchronize

You must wait until the full synchronization process has completed to determine the state returned back from the device. This can take several seconds. It is important to wait and do nothing during this time.

Request synchronization processing

If synchronization is successful, a green information balloon notifies you of success.

Device successfully synchronized

If synchronization fails, a red information balloon warns you of failure.

Error during device synchronization

Synchronize multiple devices¶

Warning

When using multiple synchronization, the individual return states will not be displayed.

Select the devices you want to synchronize by checking the boxes.

Synchronize selected devices

A pop-up will appear requesting confirmation.

Synchronize multiple devices confirmation

Synchronize selected devices confirmation

If mass synchronization was successfully sent to the devices, a green information balloon notifies you of success.

Mass synchronization request sent successfully

Directories¶

This page documents how to add and configure directories from custom sources. Directories added from custom sources can be used for lookup via the XiVO Client, directory feature of phones or for reverse lookup on incoming calls.

An example of adding a source and configuring source access is made for each type of source:

XiVO directories¶

This type of directory is used to query the users of a XiVO. On a fresh install, the local XiVO is already configured. The URI field for this type of directory should be the base URL of a xivo-confd server.

This directory type matches the xivo backend in xivo-dird.

Available fields¶

id
agent_id
line_id
firstname
lastname
email
exten
context
mobile_phone_number
userfield
description
voicemail_number

Example¶

Adding a source¶

Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Directories

Configuring source access¶

Here is an example of a configuration where the userfield was used as a free field to store the DID number of the user and the description to store it’s location.

_images/xivo_configure_directory_xivo.png

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Definitions

CSV File directories¶

The source file of the directory must be in CSV format. You will be able to choose the headers and the separator in the next steps. For example, the file will look like:

title|firstname|lastname|displayname|society|mobilenumber|email
mr|Emmett|Brown|Brown Emmett|DMC|5555551234|emmet.brown@dmc.example.com

This directory type matches the csv backend in xivo-dird.

For file directories, the Direct match and the Match reverse directories must be filled with the name of the column used to match entries.

Available fields¶

Available fields are the one’s contained in the CSV file.

Example¶

csv-phonebook.csv:

title|firstname|lastname|displayname|society|phone|email
mr|Emmett|Brown|Brown Emmett|DMC|5555551234|emmet.brown@dmc.example.com
ms|Alice|Wonderland|Wonderland Alice|DMC|5555551235|alice.wonderland@dmc.example.com

Adding a source¶

Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Directories

Configuring source access¶

_images/xivo_configure_directory_csv_file.png

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Definitions

CSV Web service directories¶

The data returned by the Web service must have the same format than the file directory. In the same way, you will be able to choose the headers and the separator in the next step.

This directory type matches the CSV web service backend in xivo-dird.

For web service directories, the Direct match and the Match reverse directories must be filled with the name of the HTTP query parameter that will be used when doing the HTTP requests.

Note that the CSV returned by the Web service is not further processed.

Manual configuration needs to be done to use a secure (SSL) connection. See CSV web service for more details.

Available fields¶

Available fields are the ones contained in the CSV result.

Example¶

http://example.org:8000/ws-phonebook return csv:

title|firstname|lastname|displayname|society|phone|email
mr|Emmett|Brown|Brown Emmett|DMC|5555551234|emmet.brown@dmc.example.com
ms|Alice|Wonderland|Wonderland Alice|DMC|5555551235|alice.wonderland@dmc.example.com

Adding a source¶

_images/xivo_add_directory_csv_web_service.png

Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Directories

Configuring source access¶

Given you have the following directory definition:

Direct match : search
Match reverse directories : phone

When a direct lookup for “Alice” is performed, then the following HTTP request:

GET /ws-phonebook?search=Alice HTTP/1.1

is emitted. When a reverse lookup for “5555551234” is performed, then the following HTTP request:

GET /ws-phonebook?phone=5555551234 HTTP/1.1

is emitted. On the reverse lookup, a filtering is performed on the result. In this example, it should have phone as column.

_images/xivo_configure_directory_csv_web_service.png

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Definitions

XiVO dird internal phonebook¶

This type of directory source is the internal phonebook of XiVO dird. The URI field is used to connect to the xivo-dird database.

This directory type matches the dird_phonebook backend in xivo-dird.

Example¶

Adding a source¶

_images/xivo_add_directory_dird_phonebook.png

Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Directories

URI : The URI to connect to the xivo-dird database

Tenant : Name of the tenant, the entity is used in the default configuration

Phonebook : Name of the phonebook to use

Configuring available fields¶

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Definitions

Name : Name of this source

Direct match : Fields to match when doing a lookup

Match reverse directories : Fields to match when doing a reverse lookup

Mapped fields : Add fields to be compatible with a configured display

Adding the source to a profile¶

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Direct directories

Directories : Add the new directory source to the profile

LDAP filter directory¶

This page describes how to configure Wazo to search a LDAP server from its directory service.

Adding a LDAP server¶

Configuration ‣ Management ‣ LDAP Servers

Name: the server’s display name

Host: the hostname or IP address

Port: the port number (default: 389)

Security layer: select SSL if it is activated on your server and you want to use it (default: disabled)

Protocol version: the LDAP protocol version (default: 3)

Note

SSL means TLS/SSL (doesn’t mean StartTLS) and port 636 should then be used

Notes on SSL/TLS usage¶

If you are using SSL with an LDAP server that is using a CA certificate from an unknown certificate authority, you’ll have to put the certificate file as a single file ending with .crt into /usr/local/share/ca-certificates and run update-ca-certificates.

You also need to make sure that the /etc/ldap/ldap.conf file contains a line TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt.

After that, restart spawn-fcgi with service spawn-fcgi restart.

Also, make sure to use the FQDN of the server in the host field when using SSL. The host field must match exactly what’s in the CN attribute of the server certificate.

Adding a LDAP Filter¶

Next thing to do after adding a LDAP server is to create a LDAP filter via the Services ‣ IPBX configuration ‣ LDAP Filters page.

You can add a LDAP filter by clicking on the add button at the top right of the page. You’ll then be shown this page:

Services ‣ IPBX configuration ‣ LDAP Filters

Name: the filter’s display name

LDAP server: the LDAP server this filter applies to

User: the dn of the user used to do search requests

Password: the password of the given user

Base DN: the base dn of search requests

Filter: if specified, it replace the default filter

Use a Custom Filter¶

In some cases, you might have to use a custom filter for your search requests instead of the default filter.

In custom filters, occurrence of the pattern %Q is replaced by what the user entered on its phone.

Here’s some examples of custom filters:

cn=*%Q*
&(cn=*%Q*)(mail=*@example.org)
|(cn=*%Q*)(displayName=*%Q*)

Adding a source¶

_images/xivo_add_directory_ldap_filter.png

Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Directories

LDAP filter name: The LDAP filter this directory should use.

Adding a Directory Definition¶

The next step is to add a directory defintion for the LDAP directory you just created. See the directories section for more information.

Here’s an example of an LDAP directory definition:

_images/ctiserver_add_ldap_directory_filter.png

Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX configuration ‣ LDAP filters

If a custom filter is defined in the LDAP filter configuration, the fields in direct match will be added to that filter using an &. To only use the filter field of your LDAP filter configuration, do not add any direct match fields in your directory definition.

Example:

Given an LDAP filter with filter st=Canada
Given a directory definition with a direct match cn,o
Then the resulting filter when doing a search will be &(st=Canada)(|(cn=*%Q*)(o=*%Q*))

Note

Phone IP should be in the authorized subnet to access the directories. See Remote directory.

Adding a source¶

You can add new data sources via the Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Directories page.

Directory name: the name of the directory
Type: there are 4 types of directory:
URI: the data source
Description: (optional) a description of the directory

Configuring source access¶

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Definitions

Name: the name of the source

Directory: the name of the directory

Delimiter: (optional) the field delimiter in the data source

Direct match: the list used to match entries for direct lookup (comma separated)

Match reverse directories: (optional) the list used to match entries for reverse lookup (comma separated)

Mapped fields: used to add or modify columns in this directory source

Fieldname: the identifier for this new field

Value: a python format string that can be used to modify the data returned from a data source

Reverse lookup¶

It’s possible to do reverse lookups on incoming calls to show a better caller ID name when the caller is in one of our directories.

Reverse lookup will only be tried if at least one of the following conditions is true:

The caller ID name is the same as the caller ID number
The caller ID name is “unknown”

Also, reverse lookup is performed after caller ID number normalization (since XiVO 13.11).

To enable reverse lookup, you need to add an entry in Mapped fields:

Fieldname: reverse
Value: the header of your data source that you want to see as the caller ID on your phone on incoming calls

Example¶

Match reverse directories: number_office,number_mobile
Fieldname: reverse
Value: {society}

This configuration will show the contact’s company name on the caller ID name, when the incoming call will match office, mobile or home number.

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Definitions

Phone directory¶

Phone directory takes 2 Fieldname by default:

display_name: the displayed name on the phone

phone: the number to call

Examples:¶

You will find below some useful configurations of Mapped fields.

Adding a name field from firstname and lastname¶

Given a configuration where the directory source returns results with fields firstname and lastname . To add a name column to a directory, the administrator would add the following Mapped fields:

Fieldname: name
Value: {firstname} {lastname}

Prefixing a field¶

Given a directory source that need a prefix to be called, a new field can be created from an exising one. To add a prefix 9 to the numbers returned from a source, the administrator would add the following Mapped fields:

Fieldname: number
Value: 9{number}

Adding a static field¶

Sometimes, it can be useful to add a field to the search results. A string can be added without any formatting. To add a directory field to the xivodir directory, the administrator would add the following Mapped fields:

Fieldname: directory
Value: XiVO internal directory

Configuring source display¶

XiVO Client¶

Edit the default display filter or create your own in Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Display filters.

Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Display filters

Each line in the display filter will result in a header in your XiVO Client.

Field title: text displayed in the header.
Field type: type of the column, this information is used by the XiVO Client. (see type description)
Default value: value that will be used if this field is empty for one of the configured sources.
Field name: name of the field in the directory definitions. The specified names should be available in the configured sources. To add new column name to a directory definition see above.

Phone¶

The only way to configure display phone directory is through xivo-dird configuration.

Adding a directory¶

To include a directory in direct directory definition:

Go to Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Direct directories.
Edit your context.
Select your display filter.
Add the directories in the Directories section.

To include a directory in reverse directory definition:

Go to Services ‣ CTI Server ‣ Directories ‣ Reverse directories.
Add the directories to include to reverse lookups in the Related directories section.

Applying changes¶

To reload the directory configuration for XiVO Client, phone lookups and reverse lookups, use one of these methods:

Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Control ‣ Restart Dird server
console service xivo-dird restart

Directed Pickup¶

Directed pickup allows a user to intercept calls made to another user.

For example, if a user with number 1001 is ringing, you can dial *81001 from your phone and it will intercept (i.e. pickup) the call to this user.

The extension prefix used to pickup calls can be changed via the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX services ‣ Extensions page.

Custom Line Limitation¶

There is a case where directed pickup does not work, which is the following:

Given you have a user U with a line of type "customized"
Given this custom line is using DAHDI technology
Given this user is a member of group G
When a call is made to group G
Then you won't be able to intercept the call made to U by pressing *8<line number of U>

If you find yourself in this situation, you’ll need to write a bit of dialplan.

For example, if you have the following:

a user with a custom line with number 1001 in context default
a custom line with interface DAHDI/g1/5551234

Then add the following, or similar:

[custom_lines]
exten = line1001,1,NoOp()
same  = n,Set(__PICKUPMARK=1001%default)
same  = n,Dial(DAHDI/g1/5551234)
same  = n,Hangup()

And do a dialplan reload in the asterisk CLI.

Then, edit the line of the user and change the interface value to Local/line1001@custom_lines

Note that you’ll need to update your dialplan if you update the number of the line or the context.

Entities¶

Purpose¶

In some cases, as the telephony provider, you want different independent organisations to have their telephony served by your Wazo, e.g. different departments using the same telephony infrastructure, but you do not want each organisation to see or edit the configuration of other organisations.

Configuration¶

In Configuration ‣ Entities, you can create entities, one for each independant organisation.

In Configuration ‣ Users, you can select an entity for each administrator.

Note

Once an entity is linked with an administrator, it can not be deleted. You have to unlink the entity from all administrator to be able to delete it.

For the new entity to be useful, you need to create contexts in this entity. You may need:

an Internal context for users, groups, queues, etc.
an Incall context for incoming calls
an Outcall context for outgoing calls, which should be included in the Internal context for the users to be able to call external numbers

Limitations¶

Global Fields¶

Some fields are globally unique and will collide when the same value is used in different entities:

User CTI login
Agent number
Queue name
Context name

An error message will appear when creating resources with colliding parameters, saying the resource already exists, even if the entity-linked administrator can not see them.

Affected Lists¶

Only the following lists may be filtered by entity:

Lines
Users
Devices
Groups
Voicemails
Conference Rooms
Incoming calls
Call filters
Call pickups
Schedules
Agents
Queues

For the devices:

The filtering only applies to the devices associated with a line.
The devices in autoprov mode or not configured mode are visible by every administrator.

REST API¶

The REST API does not have the notion of entity. When creating a resource without context via REST API, the resource will be associated to an arbitrary entity. Affected resources are:

Contexts
Call filters
Group pickups
Schedules
Users

Fax¶

Fax transmission¶

It’s possible to send faxes from Wazo using the fax Xlet in the XiVO client.

The fax Xlet in the XiVO Client

The file to send must be in PDF format.

Fax reception¶

Adding a fax reception DID¶

If you want to receive faxes from Wazo, you need to add incoming calls definition with the Application destination and the FaxToMail application for every DID you want to receive faxes from.

This applies even if you want the action to be different from sending an email, like putting it on a FTP server. You’ll still need to enter an email address in these cases even though it won’t be used.

Note that, as usual when adding incoming call definitions, you must first define the incoming call range in the used context.

Changing the email body¶

You can change the body of the email sent upon fax reception by editing /etc/xivo/mail.txt.

The following variable can be included in the mail body:

%(dstnum)s: the DID that received the fax

If you want to include a regular percent character, i.e. %, you must write it as %% in mail.txt or an error will occur when trying to do the variables substitution.

The agid service must be restarted to apply changes:

service xivo-agid restart

Changing the email subject¶

You can change the subject of the email sent upon fax reception by editing /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_fax.conf.

Look for the [mail] section, and in this section, modify the value of the subject option.

The available variable substitution are the same as for the email body.

The agid service must be restarted to apply changes:

service xivo-agid restart

Changing the email from¶

You can change the from of the email sent upon fax reception by editing /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_fax.conf.

Look for the [mail] section, and in this section, modify the value of the email_from option.

The agid service must be restarted to apply changes:

service xivo-agid restart

Changing the email realname¶

You can change the realname of the email sent upon fax reception by editing /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_fax.conf.

Look for the [mail] section, and in this section, modify the value of the email_realname option.

The agid service must be restarted to apply changes:

service xivo-agid restart

Using the advanced features¶

The following features are only available via the /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_fax.conf configuration file. They are not available from the web-interface.

The way it works is the following:

you first declare some backends, i.e. actions to be taken when a fax is received. A backend name looks like mail, ftp_example_org or printer_office.
once your backends are defined, you can use them in your destination numbers. For example, when someone calls the DID 100, you might want the ftp_example_org and mail backend to be run, but otherwise, you only want the mail backend to be run.

Here’s an example of a valid /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_fax.conf configuration file:

[general]
tiff2pdf = /usr/bin/tiff2pdf
mutt = /usr/bin/mutt
lp = /usr/bin/lp

[mail]
subject = FAX reception to %(dstnum)s
content_file = /etc/xivo/mail.txt
email_from = no-reply+fax@wazo.community
email_realname = Service Fax

[ftp_example_org]
host = example.org
username = foo
password = bar
directory = /foobar

[dstnum_default]
dest = mail

[dstnum_100]
dest = mail, ftp_example_org

The section named dstnum_default will be used only if no DID-specific actions are defined.

After editing /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_fax.conf, you need to restart the agid server for the changes to be applied:

service xivo-agid restart

Using the FTP backend¶

The FTP backend is used to send a PDF version of the received fax to an FTP server.

An FTP backend is always defined in a section beginning with the ftp prefix. Here’s an example for a backend named ftp_example_org:

[ftp_example_org]
host = example.org
port = 2121
username = foo
password = bar
directory = /foobar
convert_to_pdf = 0

The port option is optional and defaults to 21.

The directory option is optional and if not specified, the document will be put in the user’s root directory.

The convert_to_pdf option is optional and defaults to 1. If it is set to 0, the TIFF file will not be converted to PDF before being sent to the FTP server.

The uploaded file are named like ${XIVO_SRCNUM}-${EPOCH}.pdf.

Using the printer backend¶

To use the printer backend, you must have the cups-client package installed on your Wazo:

$ apt-get install cups-client

The printer backend uses the lp command to print faxes.

A printer backend is always defined in a section beginning with the printer prefix. Here’s an example for a backend named printer_office:

[printer_office]
name = office
convert_to_pdf = 1

When a fax will be received, the system command lp -d office <faxfile> will be executed.

The convert_to_pdf option is optional and defaults to 1. If it is set to 0, the TIFF file will not be converted to PDF before being printed.

Warning

You need a CUPS server set up somewhere on your network.

Using the mail backend¶

By default, a mail backend named mail is defined. You can define more mail backends if you want. Just look what the default mail backend looks like.

Fax detection¶

Wazo does not currently support Fax Detection. A workaround is described in the Fax detection section.

Using analog gateways¶

Wazo is able to provision Cisco SPA122 and Linksys SPA2102, SPA3102 and SPA8000 analog gateways which can be used to connect fax equipments. This section describes the creation of custom template for SPA3102 which modifies several parameters.

Note

With SPA ATA plugins >= v0.8, you should not need to follow this section anymore since all of these parameters are now set in the base templates of all, except for Echo_Canc_Adapt_Enable, Echo_Supp_Enable, Echo_Canc_Enable.

Note

Be aware that most of the parameters are or could be country specific, i.e. :

Preferred Codec,
FAX Passthru Codec,
RTP Packet Size,
RTP-Start-Loopback Codec,
Ring Waveform,
Ring Frequency,
Ring Voltage,
FXS Port Impedance

Create a custom template for the SPA3102 base template:

cd /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/xivo-cisco-spa3102-5.1.10/var/templates/
cp ../../templates/base.tpl .

Add the following content before the </flat-profile> tag:

<!-- CUSTOM TPL - for faxes - START -->

{% for line_no, line in sip_lines.iteritems() %}
<!-- Dial Plan: L{{ line_no }} -->
<Dial_Plan_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">([x*#].)</Dial_Plan_{{ line_no }}_>

<Call_Waiting_Serv_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">No</Call_Waiting_Serv_{{ line_no }}_>
<Three_Way_Call_Serv_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">No</Three_Way_Call_Serv_{{ line_no }}_>

<Preferred_Codec_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">G711a</Preferred_Codec_{{ line_no }}_>
<Silence_Supp_Enable_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">No</Silence_Supp_Enable_{{ line_no }}_>
<Echo_Canc_Adapt_Enable_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">No</Echo_Canc_Adapt_Enable_{{ line_no }}_>
<Echo_Supp_Enable_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">No</Echo_Supp_Enable_{{ line_no }}_>
<Echo_Canc_Enable_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">No</Echo_Canc_Enable_{{ line_no }}_>
<Use_Pref_Codec_Only_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">yes</Use_Pref_Codec_Only_{{ line_no }}_>
<DTMF_Tx_Mode_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">Normal</DTMF_Tx_Mode_{{ line_no }}_>

<FAX_Enable_T38_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">Yes</FAX_Enable_T38_{{ line_no }}_>
<FAX_T38_Redundancy_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">1</FAX_T38_Redundancy_{{ line_no }}_>
<FAX_Passthru_Method_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">ReINVITE</FAX_Passthru_Method_{{ line_no }}_>
<FAX_Passthru_Codec_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">G711a</FAX_Passthru_Codec_{{ line_no }}_>
<FAX_Disable_ECAN_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">yes</FAX_Disable_ECAN_{{ line_no }}_>
<FAX_Tone_Detect_Mode_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">caller or callee</FAX_Tone_Detect_Mode_{{ line_no }}_>

<Network_Jitter_Level_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">very high</Network_Jitter_Level_{{ line_no }}_>
<Jitter_Buffer_Adjustment_{{ line_no }}_ ua="na">disable</Jitter_Buffer_Adjustment_{{ line_no }}_>
{% endfor %}

<!-- SIP Parameters -->
<RTP_Packet_Size ua="na">0.020</RTP_Packet_Size>
<RTP-Start-Loopback_Codec ua="na">G711a</RTP-Start-Loopback_Codec>

<!-- Regional parameters -->
<Ring_Waveform ua="rw">Sinusoid</Ring_Waveform> <!-- options: Sinusoid/Trapezoid -->
<Ring_Frequency ua="rw">50</Ring_Frequency>
<Ring_Voltage ua="rw">85</Ring_Voltage>

<FXS_Port_Impedance ua="na">600+2.16uF</FXS_Port_Impedance>
<Caller_ID_Method ua="na">Bellcore(N.Amer,China)</Caller_ID_Method>
<Caller_ID_FSK_Standard ua="na">bell 202</Caller_ID_FSK_Standard>

<!-- CUSTOM TPL - for faxes - END -->

Reconfigure the devices with:

xivo-provd-cli -c 'devices.using_plugin("xivo-cisco-spa3102-5.1.10").reconfigure()'

Then reboot the devices:

xivo-provd-cli -c 'devices.using_plugin("xivo-cisco-spa3102-5.1.10").synchronize()'

Most of this template can be copy/pasted for a SPA2102 or SPA8000.

Using a SIP Trunk¶

Fax transmission, to be successful, MUST use G.711 codec. Fax streams cannot be encoded with lossy compression codecs (like G.729a).

That said, you may want to establish a SIP trunk using G.729a for all other communications to save bandwith. Here’s a way to be able to receive a fax in this configuration.

Note

There are some prerequisites:

your SIP Trunk must offer both G.729a and G.711 codecs
your fax users must have a customized outgoing calleridnum (for the codec change is based on this variable)

We assume that outgoing call rules and fax users with their DID are created

Create the file /etc/asterisk/extensions_extra.d/fax.conf with the following content:

;; For faxes :
; The following subroutine forces inbound and outbound codec to alaw.
; For outbound codec selection we must set the variable with inheritance.
; Must be set on each Fax DID
[pre-incall-fax]
exten = s,1,NoOp(### Force alaw codec on both inbound (operator side) and outbound (analog gw side) when calling a Fax ###)
exten = s,n,Set(SIP_CODEC_INBOUND=alaw)
exten = s,n,Set(__SIP_CODEC_OUTBOUND=alaw)
exten = s,n,Return()

; The following subroutine forces outbound codec to alaw based on outgoing callerid number
; For outbound codec selection we must set the variable with inheritance.
; Must be set on each outgoing call rule
[pre-outcall-fax]
exten = s,1,NoOp(### Force alaw codec if caller is a Fax ###)
exten = s,n,GotoIf($["${CALLERID(num)}" = "0112697845"]?alaw:)
exten = s,n,GotoIf($["${CALLERID(num)}" = "0112697846"]?alaw:end)
exten = s,n(alaw),Set(__SIP_CODEC_OUTBOUND=alaw)
exten = s,n(end),Return()

For each Fax users’ DID add the following string in the Preprocess subroutine field:
```
pre-incall-fax
```
For each Outgoing call rule add the the following string in the Preprocess subroutine field:
```
pre-outcall-fax
```

Graphics¶

The Services/Graphics section gives a historical overview of a Wazo system’s activity based on snapshots recorded every 5 minutes. Graphics are available for the following resources :

CPU
Entropy
Interruptions
IRQ Stats
System Load
Memory Usage
Open Files
Open Inodes
Swap Usage

Each section is presented as a series of 4 graphics : daily, weekly, monthly and yearly history. Each graphic can be clicked on to zoom. All information presented is read only.

Groups¶

Groups are used to be able to call a set or users.

Group name cannot be general reserved in asterisk configuration.

Group Pickup¶

Pickup groups allow users to intercept calls directed towards other users of the group. This is done either by dialing a special extension or by pressing a function key.

Quick Summary¶

In order to be able to use group pickup you have to:

Create a pickup group
Enable an extension to intercept calls
Add a function key to interceptors

Creating a Pickup Group¶

Pickup groups can be created in the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Call pickups page.

In the general tab, you can define a name and a description for the pickup group. In the Interceptors tab, you can define a list of users, groups or queues that can intercept calls. In the Intercepted tab, you can define a list of users, groups or queues that can be intercepted.

Enabling an Interception Extension¶

The pickup extension can be defined in the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX services ‣ Extensions page.

The extension used by group pickup is called Group interception it’s default value is *8.

Warning

The extension must be enabled even if a function key is used.

Adding a Function Key to an Interceptor¶

To assign a function to an interceptor, go to Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Users, edit an interceptor and go to the Func Keys tab.

Add a new function key of type Group Interception and save.

Server/Hardware¶

This section describes how to configure the telephony hardware on a Wazo server.

Note

Currently Wazo supports only Digium Telephony Interface cards

The configuration process is the following :

Load the correct DAHDI modules¶

For your Digium card to work properly you must load the appropriate DAHDI kernel module. This is done via the file /etc/dahdi/modules and this page will guide you through its configuration.

Know which card is in your server¶

You can see which cards are detected by issuing the dahdi_hardware command:

dahdi_hardware
pci:0000:05:0d.0     wcb4xxp-     d161:b410 Digium Wildcard B410P
pci:0000:05:0e.0     wct4xxp-     d161:0205 Wildcard TE205P (4th Gen)

This command gives the card name detected and, more importantly, the DAHDI kernel module needed for this card. In the above example you can see that two cards are detected in the system:

a Digium B410P which needs the wcb4xxp module
and a Digium TE205P which needs the wct4xxp module

Create the configuration file¶

Now that we know the modules we need, we can create our configuration file:

Create the file /etc/dahdi/modules:
```
touch /etc/dahdi/modules
```
Fill it with the modules name you found with the dahdi_hardware command (one module name per line). In our example, your /etc/dahdi/modules file should contain the following lines:
```
wcb4xxp
wct4xxp
```

Note

In the /usr/share/dahdi/modules.sample file you can find all the modules supported in your Wazo version.

Apply the configuration¶

To apply the configuration, restart the services:

wazo-service restart

Next step¶

Now that you have loaded the correct module for your card you must:

check if you need to follow one of the Specific configuration sections below,
and continue with the next configuration step which is to configure the echo canceller.

Specific configuration¶

This section lists some specific configuration. You should not follow them unless you have a specific need.

TE13x, TE23x, TE43x: E1/T1 selection¶

With E1/T1 cards you must select the correct line mode between:

E1 : the European standard,
and T1 : North American standard

For old generation cards (TE12x, TE20x, TE40x series) the line mode is selected via a physical jumper.

For new generation cards like TE13x, TE23x, TE43x series the line mode is selected by configuration.

If you’re configuring one of these TE13x, T23x, T43x cards then you MUST create a configuration file to set the line mode to E1:

Create the file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcte-linemode.conf:
```
touch /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcte-linemode.conf
```
Fill it with the following lines replacing DAHDI_MODULE_NAME by the correct module name (wcte13xp, wcte43x ...):
```
# set the card in E1/T1 mode
options DAHDI_MODULE_NAME default_linemode=e1
```
Then, restart the services:
```
wazo-service restart
```

Hardware Echo-cancellation¶

It is recommended to use telephony cards with an hardware echo-canceller module.

Warning

with TE13x, TE23x and TE43x cards, you MUST install the echo-canceller firmware. Otherwise the card won’t work properly.

Know which firmware you need¶

If you have an hardware echo-canceller module you have to install its firmware.

You first need to know which firmware you have to install. The simplest way is to restart dahdi and then to lookup in the dmesg which firmware does DAHDI request at startup:

wazo-service restart
dmesg |grep firmware
[5461540.738209] wct4xxp 0000:01:0e.0: firmware: agent aborted loading dahdi-fw-oct6114-064.bin (not found?)
[5461540.738310] wct4xxp 0000:01:0e.0: VPM450: firmware dahdi-fw-oct6114-064.bin not available from userspace

In the example above you can see that the module wct4xxp requested the dahdi-fw-oct6114-064.bin firmware file but did not found it. But you now know that you need the dahdi-fw-oct6114-064.bin firmware.

Install the firmware¶

When you know which firmware you need you can install it with xivo-fetchfw utility.

Use xivo-fetchfw to find the name of the package. You can search for digium occurrences in the available packages:
```
xivo-fetchfw search digium
```
Find the package name which matches the firmware file you need. In our example, we need the dahdi-fw-oct6114-064.bin file which is supplied by the package named digium-oct6114-064:
```
xivo-fetchfw install digium-oct6114-064
```

Activate the Hardware Echo-cancellation¶

Now that you installed hardware echo-canceller firmware you must activate it in /etc/asterisk/chan_dahdi.conf file:

echocancel = 1

Apply the configuration¶

To apply the configuration, restart the services:

wazo-service restart

Next step¶

Now that you have loaded the correct module for your card you must:

check if you need to follow one of the Specific configuration sections below,
and continue with the next configuration step which is to configure your card according to the operator links.

Specific configuration¶

This section describes some specific configuration. You should not follow them unless you have a specific need.

Use the Hardware Echo-canceller for DTMF detection¶

If you have an hardware echo-canceller you may want to use it to detect the DTMF signal (instead of asterisk).

Create the file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-hwec-dtmf.conf:
```
touch /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-hwec-dtmf.conf
```
Fill it with the following lines replacing DAHDI_MODULE_NAME by the correct module name (wcte13xp, wct4xxp ...):
```
options DAHDI_MODULE_NAME vpmdtmfsupport=1
```
Then, restart the services:
```
wazo-service restart
```

Card configuration¶

Now that you have loaded the correct DAHDI modules and configured the echo canceller you can proceed with the card configuration. Follow one of the appropriate link below :

BRI card configuration¶

Verifications¶

Verify that the wcb4xxp module is uncommented in /etc/dahdi/modules.

If it wasn’t, do again the step Load the correct DAHDI modules.

Generate DAHDI configuration¶

Issue the command:

dahdi_genconf

Warning

it will erase all existing configuration in /etc/dahdi/system.conf and /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf files !

Configure¶

DAHDI system.conf configuration¶

First step is to check /etc/dahdi/system.conf file:

check the span numbering,
if needed change the clock source,

See detailed explanations of this file in the /etc/dahdi/system.conf section.

Below is an example for a typical french BRI line span:

# Span 1: B4/0/1 "B4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 1" (MASTER) RED
span=1,1,0,ccs,ami
# termtype: te
bchan=1-2
hardhdlc=3
echocanceller=mg2,1-2

Asterisk dahdi-channels.conf configuration¶

Then you have to modify the /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf file:

remove the unused lines like:
```
context = default
group = 63
```
change the context lines if needed,
the signalling should be one of:
- bri_net
- bri_cpe
- bri_net_ptmp
- bri_cpe_ptmp

See some explanations of this file in the /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf section.

Below is an example for a typical french BRI line span:

; Span 1: B4/0/1 "B4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 1" (MASTER) RED
group = 0,11              ; belongs to group 0 and 11
context = from-extern     ; incoming call to this span will be sent in 'from-extern' context
switchtype = euroisdn
signalling = bri_cpe    ; use 'bri_cpe' signalling
channel => 1-2          ; the above configuration applies to channels 1 and 2

Next step¶

Now that you have configured your BRI card:

you must check if you need to follow one of the Specific configuration sections below,
then, if you have another type of card to configure, you can go back to the configure your card section,
if you have configured all your card you have to configure the DAHDI interconnections in the web interface.

Specific configuration¶

You will find below 3 configurations that we recommend for BRI lines. These configurations were tested on different type of french BRI lines with success.

Note

The pre-requisites are:

XiVO/Wazo >= 14.12,
Use per-port dahdi interconnection (see the DAHDI interconnections section)

If you don’t know which one to configure we recommend that you try each one after the other in this order:

PTMP without layer1/layer2 persistence
PTMP with layer1/layer2 persistence
PTP with layer1/layer2 persistence

PTMP without layer1/layer2 persistence¶

In this mode we will configure asterisk and DAHDI:

to use Point-to-Multipoint (PTMP) signalling,
and to leave Layer1 and Layer2 DOWN

Follow theses steps to configure:

Before the line #include dahdi-channels.conf add, in file /etc/asterisk/chan_dahdi.conf, the following lines:
```
layer1_presence = ignore
layer2_persistence = leave_down
```
In the file /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf use bri_cpe_ptmp signalling:
```
signalling = bri_cpe_ptmp
```
Create the file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcb4xxp.conf to deactivate the layer1 persistence:
```
touch /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcb4xxp.conf
```
Fill it with the following content:
```
options wcb4xxp persistentlayer1=0
```
Then, apply the configuration by restarting the services:
```
wazo-service restart
```

Note

Expected behavior:

The dahdi show status command should show the BRI spans in RED status if there is no call,
For outgoing calls the layer1/layer2 should be brought back up by the Wazo (i.e. asterisk/chan_dahdi),
For incoming calls the layer1/layer2 should be brought back up by the operator,
You can consider that there is a problem only if incoming or outgoing calls are rejected.

PTMP with layer1/layer2 persistence¶

In this mode we will configure asterisk and DAHDI:

to use Point-to-Multipoint (PTMP) signalling,
and to keep Layer1 and Layer2 UP

Follow theses steps to configure:

Before the line #include dahdi-channels.conf add, in file /etc/asterisk/chan_dahdi.conf, the following lines:
```
layer1_presence = required
layer2_persistence = keep_up
```
In the file /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf use bri_cpe_ptmp signalling:
```
signalling = bri_cpe_ptmp
```
If it exists, delete the file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcb4xxp.conf:
```
rm /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcb4xxp.conf
```
Then, apply the configuration by restarting the services:
```
wazo-service restart
```

Note

Expected behavior:

The dahdi show status command should show the BRI spans in OK status even if there is no call,
In asterisk CLI you may see the spans going Up/Down/Up : it is a problem only if incoming or outgoing calls are rejected.

PTP with layer1/layer2 persistence¶

In this mode we will configure asterisk and DAHDI:

to use Point-to-Point (PTP) signalling,
and use default behavior for Layer1 and Layer2.

Follow theses steps to configure:

In file /etc/asterisk/chan_dahdi.conf remove all occurrences of layer1_presence and layer2_persistence options.
In the file /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf use bri_cpe signalling:
```
signalling = bri_cpe
```
If it exists, delete the file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcb4xxp.conf:
```
rm /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-wcb4xxp.conf
```
Then, apply the configuration by restarting the services:
```
wazo-service restart
```

Note

Expected behavior:

The dahdi show status command should show the BRI spans in OK status even if there is no call,
In asterisk CLI you should not see the spans going Up and Down : if it happens, it is a problem only if incoming or outgoing calls are rejected.

PRI card configuration¶

Verifications¶

Verify that the correct module is configured in /etc/dahdi/modules depending on the card you installed in your server.

If it wasn’t, do again the step Load the correct DAHDI modules

Warning

TE13x, TE23x, TE43x cards :

these cards need a specific dahdi module configuration. See TE13x, TE23x, TE43x: E1/T1 selection paragraph,
you MUST install the correct echo-canceller firmware to be able to use these cards. See Hardware Echo-cancellation paragraph.

Generate DAHDI configuration¶

Issue the command:

dahdi_genconf

Warning

it will erase all existing configuration in /etc/dahdi/system.conf and /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf files !

Configure¶

DAHDI system.conf configuration¶

First step is to check /etc/dahdi/system.conf file:

check the span numbering,
if needed change the clock source,
usually (at least in France) you should remove the crc4

See detailed explanations of this file in the /etc/dahdi/system.conf section.

Below is an example for a typical french PRI line span:

# Span 1: TE2/0/1 "T2XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 1" CCS/HDB3/CRC4 RED
span=1,1,0,ccs,hdb3
# termtype: te
bchan=1-15,17-31
dchan=16
echocanceller=mg2,1-15,17-31

Asterisk dahdi-channels.conf configuration¶

Then you have to modify the /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf file:

remove the unused lines like:
```
context = default
group = 63
```
change the context lines if needed,
the signalling should be one of:
- pri_net
- pri_cpe

Below is an example for a typical french PRI line span:

; Span 1: TE2/0/1 "T2XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 1" CCS/HDB3/CRC4 RED
group = 0,11            ; belongs to group 0 and 11
context = from-extern   ; incoming call to this span will be sent in 'from-extern' context
switchtype = euroisdn
signalling = pri_cpe    ; use 'pri_cpe' signalling
channel => 1-15,17-31   ; the above configuration applies to channels 1 to 15 and 17 to 31

Next step¶

Now that you have configured your PRI card:

you must check if you need to follow one of the Specific configuration sections below,
then, if you have another type of card to configure, you can go back to the configure your card section,
if you have configured all your card you have to configure the DAHDI interconnections in the web interface.

Specific configuration¶

Multiple PRI cards and sync cable¶

If you have several PRI cards in your server you should link them with a synchronization cable to share the exact same clock.

To do this, you need to:

use the coding wheel on the Digium cards to give them an order of recognition in DAHDI/Asterisk (see Digium_telephony_cards_support),
daisy-chain the cards with a sync cable (see Digium_telephony_cards_support),
load the DAHDI module with the timingcable=1 option.

Create /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-timingcable.conf file and insert the line:

options DAHDI_MODULE_NAME timingcable=1

Where DAHDI_MODULE_NAME is the DAHDI module name of your card (e.g. wct4xxp for a TE205P).

Analog card configuration¶

Limitations¶

Wazo does not support hardware echocanceller on the TDM400 card. Users of TDM400 card willing to setup an echocanceller will have to use a software echocanceller like OSLEC.

Verifications¶

Verify that one of the {wctdm,wctdm24xxp} module is uncommented in /etc/dahdi/modules depending on the card you installed in your server.

If it wasn’t, do again the step Load the correct DAHDI modules

Note

Analog cards work with card module. You must add the appropriate card module to your analog card. Either:

an FXS module (for analog equipment - phones, ...),

an FXO module (for analog line)

Generate DAHDI configuration¶

Issue the command:

dahdi_genconf

Warning

it will erase all existing configuration in /etc/dahdi/system.conf and /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf files !

Configure¶

DAHDI system.conf configuration¶

First step is to check /etc/dahdi/system.conf file:

check the span numbering,

See detailed explanations of this file in the /etc/dahdi/system.conf section.

Below is an example for a typical FXS analog line span:

# Span 2: WCTDM/4 "Wildcard TDM400P REV I Board 5"
fxoks=32
echocanceller=mg2,32

Asterisk dahdi-channels.conf configuration¶

Then you have to modify the /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf file:

remove the unused lines like:
```
context = default
group = 63
```
change the context and callerid lines if needed,
the signalling should be one of:
- fxo_ks for FXS lines -yes it is the reverse
- fxs_ks for FXO lines - yes it is the reverse

Below is an example for a typical french PRI line span:

; Span 2: WCTDM/4 "Wildcard TDM400P REV I Board 5"
signalling=fxo_ks
callerid="Channel 32" <4032>
mailbox=4032
group=5
context=default
channel => 32

Next step¶

Now that you have configured your PRI card:

you must check if you need to follow one of the Specific configuration sections below,
then, if you have another type of card to configure, you can go back to the configure your card section,
if you have configured all your card you have to configure the DAHDI interconnections in the web interface.

Specific configuration¶

FXS modules¶

If you use FXS modules you should create the file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-tdm and insert the line:

options DAHDI_MODULE_NAME fastringer=1 boostringer=1

Where DAHDI_MODULE_NAME is the DAHDI module name of your card (e.g. wctdm for a TDM400P).

FXO modules¶

If you use FXO modules you should create file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-tdm:

options DAHDI_MODULE_NAME opermode=FRANCE

Where DAHDI_MODULE_NAME is the DAHDI module name of your card (e.g. wctdm for a TDM400P).

Voice Compression Card configuration¶

Verifications¶

Verify that the wctc4xxp module is uncommented in /etc/dahdi/modules.

If it wasn’t, do again the step Load the correct DAHDI modules.

Configure¶

To configure the card you have to:

Install the card firmware:
```
xivo-fetchfw install digium-tc400m
```
Comment out the following line in /etc/asterisk/modules.conf:
```
noload = codec_dahdi.so
```
Restart asterisk:
```
service asterisk restart
```

Next step¶

Now that you have configured your Voice Compression card:

you must check if you need to follow one of the Specific configuration sections below,
then, if you have another type of card to configure, you can go back to the configure your card section.

Specific configuration¶

Select the transcoding mode¶

The Digium TC400 card can be used to transcode:

120 G.729a channels,
92 G.723.1 channels,
or 92 G.729a/G.723.1 channels.

Depending on the codec you want to transcode, you can modify the mode parameter which can take the following value:

mode = mixed : this the default value which activates transcoding for 92 channels in G.729a or G.723.1 (5.3 Kbit and 6.3 Kbit)
mode = g729 : this option activates transcoding for 120 channels in G.729a
mode = g723 : this option activates transcoding for 92 channels in G.723.1 (5.3 Kbit et 6.3 Kbit)

Create the file /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-transcode.conf:
```
touch /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-transcode.conf
```
And insert the following lines:
```
options wctc4xxp mode=g729
```
Apply the configuration by restarting the services:
```
wazo-service restart
```
Verify that the card is correctly seen by asterisk with the transcoder show CLI command - this command should show the encoders/decoders registered by the TC400 card:
```
*CLI> transcoder show
0/0 encoders/decoders of 120 channels are in use.
```

Apply configuration¶

If you didn’t do it already, you have to restart the services to apply the configuration:

wazo-service restart

At the end of this page you will also find some general notes and DAHDI.

Notes on configuration files¶

/etc/dahdi/system.conf¶

A span is created for each card port. Below is an example of a standard E1 port:

span=1,1,0,ccs,hdb3
dchan=16
bchan=1-15,17-31
echocanceller=mg2,1-15,17-31

Each span has to be declared with the following information:

span=<spannum>,<timing>,<LBO>,<framing>,<coding>[,crc4]

spannum : corresponds to the span number. It starts to 1 and has to be incremented by 1 at each new span. This number MUST be unique.
timing : describes the how this span will be considered regarding the synchronization :
- 0 : do not use this span as a synchronization source,
- 1 : use this span as the primary synchronization source,
- 2 : use this span as the secondary synchronization source etc.
LBO : 0 (not used)
framing : correct values are ccs or cas. For ISDN lines, ccs is used.
coding : correct values are hdb3 or ami. For example, hdb3 is used for an E1 (PRI) link, whereas ami is used for T0 (french BRI) link.
crc4 : this is a framing option for PRI lines. For example it is rarely use in France.

Note that the dahdi_genconf command should usually give you the correct parameters (if you correctly set the cards jumper). All these information should be checked with your operator.

/etc/asterisk/chan_dahdi.conf¶

This file contains the general parameters of the DAHDI channel. It is not generated via the dahdi_genconf command.

/etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf¶

This file contains the parameters of each channel. It is generated via the dahdi_genconf command.

Below is an example of span definition:

group=0,11
context=from-extern
switchtype = euroisdn
signalling = pri_cpe
channel => 1-15,17-31

Note that parameters are read from top to bottom in a last match fashion and are applied to the given channels when it reads a line channel =>.

Here the channels 1 to 15 and 17 to 31 (it is a typical E1) are set:

in groups 0 and 11 (see DAHDI interconnections)
in context from-extern : all calls received on these channels will be sent in the context from-extern
and configured with switchtype euroisdn and signalling pri_cpe

Debug¶

Check IRQ misses¶

It’s always useful to verify if there isn’t any missed IRQ problem with the cards.

Check:

cat /proc/dahdi/<span number>

If the IRQ misses counter increments, it’s not good:

cat /proc/dahdi/1
Span 1: WCTDM/0 "Wildcard TDM800P Board 1" (MASTER)
IRQ misses: 1762187
  1 WCTDM/0/0 FXOKS (In use)
  2 WCTDM/0/1 FXOKS (In use)
  3 WCTDM/0/2 FXOKS (In use)
  4 WCTDM/0/3 FXOKS (In use)

Digium gives some hints in their Knowledge Base here : http://kb.digium.com/entry/1/63/

PRI Digium cards needs 1000 interruption per seconds. If the system cannot supply them, it increment the IRQ missed counter.

As indicated in Digium KB you should avoid shared IRQ with other equipments (like HD or NIC interfaces).

Incall¶

General Configuration¶

You can configure incoming calls settings in Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call Management ‣ Incoming calls.

DID Configuration¶

When a “+” character is prepended a called DID, the “+” character is discarded.

Example:

Bob has a DID with number 1000. Alice can call Bob by dialing either 1000 or +1000, without configuring another DID.

Interconnections¶

Interconnect two Wazo directly¶

Situation diagram

Interconnecting two Wazo will allow you to send and receive calls between the users configured on both sides.

The steps to configure the interconnections are:

Establish the trunk between the two Wazo, that is the SIP connection between the two servers
Configure outgoing calls on the server(s) used to emit calls
Configure incoming calls on the server(s) used to receive calls

For now, only SIP interconnections have been tested.

Establish the trunk¶

The settings below allow a trunk to be used in both directions, so it doesn’t matter which server is A and which is B.

Consider Wazo A wants to establish a trunk with Wazo B.

On Wazo B, go on page Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Trunk management ‣ SIP Protocol, and create a SIP trunk:

Name : wazo-trunk
Username: wazo-trunk
Password: pass
Connection type: Friend
IP addressing type: Dynamic
Context: <see below>

Note

For the moment, Name and Username need to be the same string.

The Context field will determine which extensions will be reachable by the other side of the trunk:

If Context is set to default, then every user, group, conf room, queue, etc. that have an extension if the default context will be reachable directly by the other end of the trunk. This setting can ease configuration if you manage both ends of the trunk.
If you are establishing a trunk with a provider, you probably don’t want everything to be available to everyone else, so you can set the Context field to Incalls. By default, there is no extension available in this context, so we will be able to configure which extension are reachable by the other end. This is the role of the incoming calls: making bridges from the Incalls context to other contexts.

On Wazo A, create the other end of the SIP trunk on the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Trunk management ‣ SIP Protocol:

Name: wazo-trunk
Username: wazo-trunk
Password: pass
Identified by: Friend
Connection type: Static
Address: <Wazo B IP address or hostname>
Context: Incalls

Register tab:

Register: checked
Transport: udp
Username: wazo-trunk
Password: pass
Remote server: <Wazo B IP address or hostname>

On both Wazo, activate some codecs, Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General Settings ‣ SIP protocol, tab Signaling:

Enabled codecs: at least GSM (audio)

At that point, the Asterisk command sip show registry on Wazo B should print a line showing that Wazo A is registered, meaning your trunk is established.

Set the outgoing calls¶

The outgoing calls configuration will allow Wazo to know which extensions will be called through the trunk.

On the call emitting server(s), go on the page Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Outgoing calls and add an outgoing call.

Tab General:

Trunks: wazo-trunk

Tab Exten:

Exten: **99. (note the period at the end)
Stripnum: 4

This will tell Wazo: if any extension begins with **99, then try to dial it on the trunk wazo-trunk, after removing the 4 first characters (the **99 prefix).

The most useful special characters to match extensions are:

. (period): will match one or more characters
X: will match only one character

You can find more details about pattern matching in Asterisk (hence in Wazo) on the Asterisk wiki.

Set the incoming calls¶

Now that we have calls going out from a Wazo, we need to route incoming calls on the Wazo destination.

Note

This step is only necessary if the trunk is linked to an Incoming calls context.

To route an incoming call to the right destination in the right context, we will create an incoming call in Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Incoming calls.

Tab General:

DID: 101
Context: Incalls
Destination: User
Redirect to: someone

This will tell Wazo: if you receive an incoming call to the extension 101 in the context Incalls, then route it to the user someone. The destination context will be found automatically, depending on the context of the line of the given user.

So, with the outgoing call set earlier on Wazo A, and with the incoming call above set on Wazo B, a user on Wazo A will dial **99101, and the user someone will ring on Wazo B.

Interconnect a Wazo to a VoIP provider¶

When you want to send and receive calls to the global telephony network, one option is to subscribe to a VoIP provider. To receive calls, your Wazo needs to tell your provider that it is ready and to which IP the calls must be sent. To send calls, your Wazo needs to authenticate itself, so that the provider knows that your Wazo is authorized to send calls and whose account must be credited with the call fare.

The steps to configure the interconnections are:

Establish the trunk between the two Wazo, that is the SIP connection between the two servers
Configure outgoing calls on the server(s) used to emit calls
Configure incoming calls on the server(s) used to receive calls

Establish the trunk¶

You need the following information from your provider:

a username
a password
the name of the provider VoIP server
a public phone number

On your Wazo, go on page Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Trunk management ‣ SIP Protocol, and create a SIP/IAX trunk:

Name : provider_username
Username: provider_username
Password: provider_password
Connection type: Peer
IP addressing type: voip.provider.example.com
Context: Incalls (or another incoming call context)

Register tab:

Register: checked
Transport: udp
Name: provider_username
Username: provider_username
Password: provider_password
Remote server: voip.provider.example.com

Note

For the moment, Name and Username need to be the same value.

If your Wazo is behind a NAT device or a firewall, you should set the following:

Monitoring: Yes

This option will make Asterisk send a signal to the VoIP provider server every 60 seconds (default settings), so that NATs and firewall know the connection is still alive. If you want to change the value of this cycle period, you have to select the appropriate value of the following parameter:

Qualify Frequency:

At that point, the Asterisk command sip show registry should print a line showing that you are registered, meaning your trunk is established.

Set the outgoing calls¶

The outgoing calls configuration will allow Wazo to know which extensions will be called through the trunk.

Go on the page Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Outgoing calls and add an outgoing call.

Tab General:

Trunks: provider_username

Tab Exten:

Exten: 418. (note the period at the end)

This will tell Wazo: if an internal user dials a number beginning with 418, then try to dial it on the trunk provider_username.

The most useful special characters to match extensions are:

. (period): will match one or more characters
X: will match only one character

You can find more details about pattern matching in Asterisk (hence in Wazo) on the Asterisk wiki.

Set the incoming calls¶

Now that we have calls going out, we need to route incoming calls.

To route an incoming call to the right destination in the right context, we will create an incoming call in Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Incoming calls.

Tab General:

DID: your_public_phone_number
Context: Incalls (the same than configured in the trunk)
Destination: User
Redirect to: the_front_desk_guy

This will tell Wazo: if you receive an incoming call to the public phone number in the context Incalls, then route it to the user the_front_desk_guy. The destination context will be found automatically, depending on the context of the line of the given user.

Interconnect a Wazo to a PBX via an ISDN link¶

The goal of this architecture can be one of:

start a smooth migration between an old telephony system towards IP telephony with Wazo
bring new features to the PBX like voicemail, conference, IVR etc.

First, Wazo is to be integrated transparently between the operator and the PBX. Then users or features are to be migrated from the PBX to the Wazo.

Warning

It requires a special call routing configuration on both the Wazo and the PBX.

Interconnect a Wazo to a PBX

Hardware¶

General uses¶

You must have an ISDN card able to support both the provider and PBX ISDN links.

Example : If you have two provider links towards the PBX, Wazo should have a 4 spans card : two towards the provider, and two towards the PBX.

If you use two cards¶

If you use two cards, you have to :

Use a cable for clock synchronization between the cards
Configure the wheel to define the cards order in the system.

Please refer to the section Sync cable

Configuration¶

You have now to configure two files :

/etc/dahdi/system.conf
/etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf

system.conf¶

You mainly need to configure the timing parameter on each span. As a general rule :

Provider span - Wazo will get the clock from the provider : the timing value is to be different from 0 (see /etc/dahdi/system.conf section)
PBX span - Wazo will provide the clock to the PBX : the timing value is to be set to 0 (see /etc/dahdi/system.conf section)

Below is an example with two provider links and two PBX links:

# Span 1: TE4/0/1 "TE4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 1" (MASTER)
span=1,1,0,ccs,hdb3         # Span towards Provider
bchan=1-15,17-31
dchan=16
echocanceller=mg2,1-15,17-31

# Span 2: TE4/0/2 "TE4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 2"
span=2,2,0,ccs,hdb3         # Span towards Provider
bchan=32-46,48-62
dchan=47
echocanceller=mg2,32-46,48-62

# Span 3: TE4/0/3 "TE4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 3"
span=3,0,0,ccs,hdb3         # Span towards PBX
bchan=63-77,79-93
dchan=78
echocanceller=mg2,63-77,79-93

# Span 4: TE4/0/4 "TE4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 4"
span=4,0,0,ccs,hdb3         # Span towards PBX
bchan=94-108,110-124
dchan=109
echocanceller=mg2,94-108,110-124

dahdi-channels.conf¶

In the file /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf you need to adjust, for each span :

group : the group number (e.g. 0 for provider links, 2 for PBX links),
context : the context (e.g. from-extern for provider links, from-pabx for PBX links)
signalling : pri_cpe for provider links, pri_net for PBX side

Warning

most of the PBX uses overlap dialing for some destination (digits are sent one by one instead of by block). In this case, the overlapdial parameter has to be activated on the PBX spans:

overlapdial = incoming

Below an example of /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf:

; Span 1: TE4/0/1 "TE4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 1" (MASTER)
group=0,11
context=from-extern
switchtype = euroisdn
signalling = pri_cpe
channel => 1-15,17-31

; Span 2: TE4/0/2 "TE4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 2"
group=0,12
context=from-extern
switchtype = euroisdn
signalling = pri_cpe
channel => 32-46,48-62

; PBX link #1
; Span 3: TE4/0/3 "TE2XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 3"
group=2,13
context=from-pabx     ; special context for PBX incoming calls
overlapdial=incoming  ; overlapdial activation
switchtype = euroisdn
signalling = pri_net  ; behave as the NET termination
channel => 63-77,79-93

; PBX link #2
; Span 4: TE4/0/4 "T4XXP (PCI) Card 0 Span 4"
group=2,14
context=from-pabx     ; special context for PBX incoming calls
overlapdial=incoming  ; overlapdial activation
switchtype = euroisdn
signalling = pri_net  ; behave as the NET termination
channel => 94-108,110-124

Passthru function¶

Route PBX incoming calls¶

We first need to create a route for calls coming from the PBX

# Create a file named pbx.conf in the directory /etc/asterisk/extensions_extra.d/, # Add the following lines in the file:

[from-pabx]
exten = _X.,1,NoOp(### Call from PBX ${CARLLERID(num)} towards ${EXTEN} ###)
exten = _X.,n,Goto(default,${EXTEN},1)

This dialplan routes incoming calls from the PBX in the default context of Wazo. It enables call from the PBX : * towards a SIP phone (in default context) * towards outgoing destniation (via the to-extern context included in default context)

Create the to-pabx context¶

In the webi, create a context named to-pabx:

Name : to-pabx
Display Name : TO PBX
Context type : Outcall
Include sub-contexts : No context inclusion

This context will permit to route incoming calls from the Wazo to the PBX.

Route incoming calls to PBX¶

In our example, incoming calls on spans 1 and 2 (spans pluged to the provider) are routed by from-extern context. We are going to create a default route to redirect incoming calls to the PBX.

Create an incoming call as below :

DID : XXXX (according to the number of digits sent by the provider)
Context : Incoming calls
Destination : Customized
Command : Goto(to-pabx,${XIVO_DSTNUM},1)

Create the interconnections¶

You have to create two interconnections :

provider side : dahdi/g0
PBX side : dahdi/g2

In the menu Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Trunk management ‣ Customized page :

Name : t2-operateur
Interface : dahdi/g0
Context : to-extern

The second interconnection :

Name : t2-pabx
Interface : dahdi/g2
Context : to-pabx

Create outgoing calls¶

You must create two rules of outgoing calls in the menu Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Call management ‣ Outgoing calls page :

Redirect calls to the PBX :

Name : fsc-pabx
Context : to-pabx
Trunks : choose the t2-pabx interconnection

In the extensions tab :

Exten : XXXX

Create a rule “fsc-operateur”:

Name : fsc-operateur
Context : to-extern
Trunks : choose the “t2-operateur” interconnection

In the extensions tab:

exten = X.

Specific VoIP providers¶

Simon Telephonics¶

The following configuration is based on the example found here

username: GV18005551212
password: password
exten: 18005551212
host: gvgw.simonics.com

General SIP configuration¶

Under Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General settings ‣ SIP Protocol.

General
- Match users with ‘username’ field: checked

Trunk settings¶

Under Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Trunk management ‣ SIP Protocol.

General
- Name: GV18005551212
- Authentication username: GV18005551212
- Password: password
- Caller ID: 18005551212
- Connection type: Friend
- IP Addressing type: static
  - gvgw.simonics.com
- Context: <your incoming call context>

Register
- Register: checked
- Transport: UDP
- Name: GV18005551212
- Password: password
- Remote Server: GV18005551212
- Contact: 18005551212

Signaling
- Monitoring: Yes

Outgoing calls¶

See the Set the outgoing calls section.

Incoming calls¶

See the Set the incoming calls section.

Create an interconnection¶

There are three types of interconnections :

Customized
SIP
IAX

SIP interconnections¶

SIP interconnections are used to connect to a SIP provider to to another PBX that is part of your telecom infrastructure.

General SIP configurations are available in General Settings ‣ SIP Protocol and trunk configurations are in Trunk Management ‣ SIP Protocol

Environment with NAT¶

There are some configuration steps that are required when connecting to a SIP provider from a NAT environment.

In General Settings ‣ SIP Protocol ‣ Network set your External IP address and your Local network.

External IP address: This is your public IP address
Local network: Your internal network range

In Trunk Management ‣ SIP Protocol set the NAT option to Yes and the Monitoring option to Yes.

Customized interconnections¶

Customized interconnections are mainly used for interconnections using DAHDI or Local channels:

Name : it is the name which will appear in the outcall interconnections list,
Interface : this is the channel name (for DAHDI see DAHDI interconnections)
Interface suffix (optional) : a suffix added after the dialed number (in fact the Dial command will dial:
```
<Interface>/<EXTEN><Interface suffix>
```
Context : currently not relevant

DAHDI interconnections¶

To use your DAHDI links you must create a customized interconnection.

Name : the name of the interconnection like e1_span1 or bri_port1

Interface : must be of the form dahdi/[group order][group number] where :

group order is one of :
- g : pick the first available channel in group, searching from lowest to highest,
- G : pick the first available channel in group, searching from highest to lowest,
- r : pick the first available channel in group, going in round-robin fashion (and remembering where it last left off), searching from lowest to highest,
- R : pick the first available channel in group, going in round-robin fashion (and remembering where it last left off), searching from highest to lowest.
group number is the group number to which belongs the span as defined in the /etc/asterisk/dahdi-channels.conf.

Warning

if you use a BRI card you MUST use per-port dahdi groups. You should not use a group like g0 which spans over several spans.

For example, add an interconnection to the menu Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Trunk management ‣ Customized

Name : interconnection name
Interface : dahdi/g0

Debug¶

Interesting Asterisk commands:

sip show peers
sip show registry
sip set debug on

Caller ID¶

When setting up an interconnection with the public network or another PBX, it is possible to set a caller ID in different places. Each way to configure a caller ID has it’s own use case.

The format for a caller ID is the following "My Name" <9999> If you don’t set the number part of the caller ID, the dialplan’s number will be used instead. This might not be a good option in most cases.

Outgoing call caller ID¶

When you create an outgoing call, it’s possible to set the it to internal, using the check box in the outgoing call configuration menu. When this option is activated, the caller’s caller ID will be forwarded to the trunk. This option is use full when the other side of the trunk can reach the user with it’s caller ID number.

When the caller’s caller ID is not usable to the called party, the outgoing call’s caller id can be fixed to a given value that is more use full to the outside world. Giving the public number here might be a good idea.

A user can also have a forced caller ID for outgoing calls. This can be use full for someone who has his own public number. This option can be set in the user’s configuration page. The Outgoing Caller ID id option must be set to Customize. The user can also set his outgoing caller ID to anonymous.

The order of precedence when setting the caller ID in multiple place is the following.

Internal
User’s outgoing caller ID
Outgoing call
Default caller ID

Interactive Voice Response¶

Introduction¶

Interactive voice response (IVR) is a technology that allows a computer to interact with humans through the use of voice and DTMF tones input via keypad. In telecommunications, IVR allows customers to interact with a company’s host system via a telephone keypad or by speech recognition, after which they can service their own inquiries by following the IVR dialogue.

—Wikipedia

The IVR function is not yet available in graphic mode in Wazo. This functionality is currently supported only via the xivo-confd REST API or using scripts, also named dialplan.

Use Case: Minimal IVR¶

Flowchart¶

Configuration File and Dialplan¶

First step, you need to create a configuration file, that contain an asterisk context and your IVR dialpan. In our example, both (file and context) are named dp-ivr-example.

Copy all these lines in the newly created configuration file (in our case, dp-ivr-example) :

[dp-ivr-example]

exten = s,1,NoOp(### dp-ivr-example.conf ###)
same = n,NoOp(Set the context containing your ivr destinations.)
same = n,Set(IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT=my-ivr-destination-context)
same = n,NoOp(Set the directory containing your ivr sounds.)
same = n,Set(GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS=/var/lib/xivo/sounds/ivr-sounds)
same = n,NoOp(the system answers the call and waits for 1 second before continuing)
same = n,Answer(1000)

same = n,NoOp(the system plays the first part of the audio file "welcome to ...")
same = n(first),Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-welcome-sound)

same = n,NoOp(variable "counter" is set to 0)
same = n(beginning),Set(counter=0)

same = n,NoOp(variable "counter" is incremented and the label "start" is defined)
same = n(start),Set(counter=$[${counter} + 1])

same = n,NoOp(counter variable is now = ${counter})
same = n,NoOp(waiting for 1 second before reading the message that indicate all choices)
same = n,Wait(1)
same = n,NoOp(play the message ivr-example-choices that contain all choices)
same = n,Background(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-choices)
same = n,NoOp(waiting for DTMF during 5s)
same = n,Waitexten(5)

;##### CHOICE 1 #####
exten = 1,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 1, redirect to 8000 in ${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT} context)
exten = 1,n,Goto(${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT},8000,1)

;##### CHOICE 2 #####
exten = 2,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 2, redirect to 8833 in ${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT} context)
exten = 2,n,Goto(${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT},8833,1)

;##### CHOICE 3 #####
exten = 3,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 3, redirect to 8547 in ${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT} context)
exten = 3,n,Goto(${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT},8547,1)

;##### CHOICE 4 #####
exten = 4,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 4, redirect to start label in this context)
exten = 4,n,Goto(s,start)

;##### TIMEOUT #####
exten = t,1,NoOp(no digit pressed for 5s, process it like an error)
exten = t,n,Goto(i,1)

;##### INVALID CHOICE #####
exten = i,1,NoOp(if counter variable is 3 or more, then goto label "error")
exten = i,n,GotoIf($[${counter}>=3]?error)
exten = i,n,NoOp(pressed digit is invalid and less than 3 errors: the guide ivr-exemple-invalid-choice is now played)
exten = i,n,Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-invalid-choice)
exten = i,n,Goto(s,start)
exten = i,n(error),Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-error)
exten = i,n,Hangup()

IVR external dial¶

To call the script dp-ivr-example from an external phone, you must create an incoming call and redirect the call to the script dp-ivr-example with the command :

Goto(dp-ivr-example,s,1)

IVR internal dial¶

To call the script dp-ivr-example from an internal phone you must create an entry in the default context (xivo-extrafeatures is included in default). The best way is to add the extension in the file xivo-extrafeatures.conf.

exten => 8899,1,Goto(dp-ivr-example,s,1)

Use Case: IVR with a schedule¶

In many cases, you need to associate your IVR to a schedule to indicate when your company is closed.

Flowchart¶

Create Schedule¶

First step, create your schedule (1) from the menu Call management ‣ Schedules. In the General tab, give a name (3) to your schedule and configure the open hours (4) and select the sound which is played when the company is closed.

In the Closed hours tab (6), configure all special closed days (7) and select the sound that indicate to the caller that the company is exceptionally closed.

The IVR script is now only available during workdays.

Assign Schedule to Incall¶

Return editing your Incall (Call management ‣ Incoming calls) and assign the newly created schedule in the “Schedules” tab

Use Case: IVR with submenu¶

Flowchart¶

Configuration File and Dialplan¶

Copy all these lines (2 contexts) in a configuration file on your Wazo server :

[dp-ivr-example]

exten = s,1,NoOp(### dp-ivr-example.conf ###)
same = n,NoOp(Set the context containing your ivr destinations.)
same = n,Set(IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT=my-ivr-destination-context)
same = n,NoOp(Set the directory containing your ivr sounds.)
same = n,Set(GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS=/var/lib/xivo/sounds/ivr-sounds)
same = n,NoOp(the system answers the call and waits for 1 second before continuing)
same = n,Answer(1000)

same = n,NoOp(the system plays the first part of the audio file "welcome to ...")
same = n(first),Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-welcome-sound)

same = n,NoOp(variable "counter" is set to 0)
same = n(beginning),Set(counter=0)

same = n,NoOp(variable "counter" is incremented and the label "start" is defined)
same = n(start),Set(counter=$[${counter} + 1])

same = n,NoOp(counter variable is now = ${counter})
same = n,NoOp(waiting for 1 second before reading the message that indicate all choices)
same = n,Wait(1)
same = n,NoOp(play the message ivr-example-choices that contain all choices)
same = n,Background(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-choices)
same = n,NoOp(waiting for DTMF during 5s)
same = n,Waitexten(5)

;##### CHOICE 1 #####
exten = 1,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 1, redirect to 8000 in ${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT} context)
exten = 1,n,Goto(${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT},8000,1)

;##### CHOICE 2 #####
exten = 2,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 2, redirect to 8833 in ${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT} context)
exten = 2,n,Goto(${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT},8833,1)

;##### CHOICE 3 #####
exten = 3,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 3, redirect to the submenu dp-ivr-submenu)
exten = 3,n,Goto(dp-ivr-submenu,s,1)


;##### CHOICE 4 #####
exten = 4,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 4, redirect to start label in this context)
exten = 4,n,Goto(s,start)

;##### TIMEOUT #####
exten = t,1,NoOp(no digit pressed for 5s, process it like an error)
exten = t,n,Goto(i,1)

;##### INVALID CHOICE #####
exten = i,1,NoOp(if counter variable is 3 or more, then goto label "error")
exten = i,n,GotoIf($[${counter}>=3]?error)
exten = i,n,NoOp(pressed digit is invalid and less than 3 errors: the guide ivr-exemple-invalid-choice is now played)
exten = i,n,Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-invalid-choice)
exten = i,n,Goto(s,start)
exten = i,n(error),Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-error)
exten = i,n,Hangup()


[dp-ivr-submenu]

exten = s,1,NoOp(### dp-ivr-submenu ###)
same = n,NoOp(the system answers the call and waits for 1 second before continuing)
same = n,Answer(1000)

same = n,NoOp(variable "counter" is set to 0)
same = n(beginning),Set(counter=0)

same = n,NoOp(variable "counter" is incremented and the label "start" is defined)
same = n(start),Set(counter=$[${counter} + 1])

same = n,NoOp(counter variable is now = ${counter})
same = n,NoOp(waiting for 1 second before reading the message that indicate all choices)
same = n,Wait(1)
same = n,NoOp(play the message ivr-example-choices that contain all choices)
same = n,Background(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-submenu-choices)
same = n,NoOp(waiting for DTMF during 5s)
same = n,Waitexten(5)

;##### CHOICE 1 #####
exten = 1,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 1, redirect to 8000 in ${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT} context)
exten = 1,n,Goto(${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT},8000,1)

;##### CHOICE 2 #####
exten = 2,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 2, redirect to 8001 in ${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT} context)
exten = 2,n,Goto(${IVR_DESTINATION_CONTEXT},8001,1)

;##### CHOICE 3 #####
exten = 3,1,NoOp(pressed digit is 3, redirect to the previous menu dp-ivr-example)
exten = 3,n,Goto(dp-ivr-example,s,beginning)


;##### TIMEOUT #####
exten = t,1,NoOp(no digit pressed for 5s, process it like an error)
exten = t,n,Goto(i,1)


;##### INVALID CHOICE #####
exten = i,1,NoOp(if counter variable is 3 or more, then goto label "error")
exten = i,n,GotoIf($[${counter}>=3]?error)
exten = i,n,NoOp(pressed digit is invalid and less than 3 errors: the guide ivr-exemple-invalid-choice is now played)
exten = i,n,Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-invalid-choice)
exten = i,n,Goto(s,start)
exten = i,n(error),Playback(${GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS}/ivr-example-error)
exten = i,n,Hangup()

Monitoring¶

The Monitoring section gives an overview of a Wazo system’s status and of all monitored processes. It is divided into 6 sections :

System
Device
CPU
Network
Memory
Other Services

System¶

Displays generic information about the operating system, network addresses, uptime and load average. Read only.

Device¶

Displays free/used space on physical storage partitions. Read only.

CPU¶

Monitors the CPU usage. Read only.

Network¶

Displays network interfaces and corresponding network traffic. Read only.

Memory¶

Displays Physical and swap memory usage. Read only.

Other Services¶

Lists Wazo related processes (most of which are daemons) with their corresponding status, uptime, resource usage and controls to Restart service (blue button), stop service (red button) and stop monitoring service (grey button).

Music on Hold¶

The menu Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX services ‣ On-hold Music leads to the list of available on-hold musics.

Categories¶

Available categories are:

files: play sound files. Formats supported:

Format Name	Filename Extension
G.719	.g719
G.723	.g723 .g723sf
G.726	.g726-40 .g726-32 .g726-24 .g726-16
G.729	.g729
GSM	.gsm
iLBC	.ilbc
Ogg Vorbis	.ogg (only mono files sampled at 8000 Hz)
G.711 A-law	.alaw .al .alw
G.711 μ-law	.pcm .ulaw .ul .mu .ulw
G.722	.g722
Au	.au
Siren7	.siren7
Siren14	.siren14
SLN	.raw .sln .sln12 .sln16 .sln24 .sln32 .sln44 .sln48 .sln96 .sln192
VOX	.vox
WAV	.wav .wav16
WAV GSM	.WAV .wav49

Only 1 audio channel must be present per file, i.e. files must be in mono.

If your music on hold files don’t seem to work, you should look for errors in the asterisk logs.

The on-hold music will always play from the start.

mp3: play MP3 files.

Warning

The mp3 mode is deprecated and you should not use it. Instead, you should convert your MP3 files to another format and use the “files” mode.

The on-hold music will play from an arbitrary position on the track, it will not play from the start.
custom: do not play sound files. Instead, run an external process. That process must send on stdout the same binary format than WAV files.

Example process: /usr/bin/mpg123 -s --mono -y -f 8192 -r 8000 http://streaming.example.com/stream.mp3

Note

Processes run by custom categories are started as soon as the category is created and will only stop when the category is deleted. This means that on-hold music fed from online streaming will constantly be receiving network traffic, even when there are no calls.

Paging¶

With Wazo, you can define paging (i.e. intercom) extensions to page a group of users. When calling a paging extension, the phones of the specified users will auto-answer, if they support it.

You can manage your paging extensions via the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Paging page.

When adding a new paging extension, the number can be any numeric value; to call it, you just need to prefix the paging number with *11.

Parking¶

With Wazo it is possible to park calls, the same way you may park your car in a car parking. If you define supervised keys on a phone set for all the users of a system, when a call is parked, all the users are able to see that some one is waiting for an answer, push the phone key and get the call back to the phone.

There is a default parking number, 700, which is already configured when you install Wazo, but you may change the default configuration by editing the parking extension in menu Service ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX Services ‣ Extensions ‣ Advanced ‣ Parking

Using this extension, you may define the parking number used to park call, the parking lots, wether the sytem is rotating over the parking lots to park the calls, enable parking hint if you want to be able to supervise the parking using phone keys and other system default parameters.

You have two options in case of parking timeout :

Callback the peer that parked this call

In this case the call is sent back to the user who parked the call.
Send park call to the dialplan

In case you don’t want to call back the user who parked the call, you have the option to send the call to any other extension or application. If the parking times out, the call is sent back to the dialplan in context [parkedcallstimeout]. You can define this context in a dialplan configuration file Service ‣ IPBX ‣ Configuration Files where you may define this context with dialplan commands.

Example:
```
[parkedcallstimeout]
exten = s,1,Noop('park call time out')
same  =   n,Playback(hello-world)
same  =   n,Hangup()
```

It is also usual to define supervised phone keys to be able to park and unpark calls as in the example below.

Phonebook¶

Phone books can be defined in Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX Services ‣ Phonebook. The phone books can be used from the XiVO Client, from the phones directory look key if the phone is compatible and are used to set the Caller ID for incoming calls.

You can add entries one by one or you can mass-import from a CSV file.

Note

To configure phonebook, see Directories.

Mass-import contacts¶

Go in the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX Services ‣ Phonebook section:

The file to be imported must be a CSV file, with a comma character (,) as field delimiter. The file must be encoded in UTF-8.

Available fields are :

title
displayname
firstname
lastname
society
email
url
description

Address fields:

address_<location>_address1
address_<location>_address2
address_<location>_city
address_<location>_state
address_<location>_zipcode
address_<location>_country [1]

Available locations:

home
office
other

Number fields:

number_fax [2]
number_office [2]
number_home [2]
number_mobile [2]
number_other [2]

[1]	These fields must contain ISO country codes. The complete list is described here.

[2]	(1, 2, 3, 4, 5) These fields must contain only phone number characters: `+` and `*` are allowed, but not space, point, etc.

Example:

displayname,firstname,number_mobile,number_office,email,address_home_addres1,address_home_address2,address_home_country
Alice,Alice,5555551234,5555557894,alice@example.com,123 wazo drv,apt. 42,CA
Bob,Bob,5556661234,5556667894,bob@example.com,123 wazo drv,apt. 42,CA

Provisioning¶

Wazo supports the auto-provisioning of a large number of telephony Devices, including SIP phones, SIP ATAs, and even softphones.

Introduction¶

The auto-provisioning feature found in Wazo make it possible to provision, i.e. configure, a lots of telephony devices in an efficient and effortless way.

How it works¶

Here’s a simplified view of how auto-provisioning is supported on a typical SIP hardphone:

The phone is powered on
During its boot process, the phone sends a DHCP request to obtain its network configuration
A DHCP server replies with the phone network configuration + an HTTP URL
The phone use the provided URL to retrieve a common configuration file, a MAC-specific configuration file, a firmware image and some language files.

Building on this, configuring one of the supported phone on Wazo is as simple as:

Configuring the DHCP Server
Installing the required provd plugin
Powering on the phone
Dialing the user’s provisioning code from the phone

And voila, once the phone has rebooted, your user is ready to make and receive calls. No manual editing of configuration files nor fiddling in the phone’s web interface.

Limitations¶

Device synchronisation does not work in the situation where multiple devices are connected from behind a NAPT network equipment. The devices must be resynchronised manually.

External links¶

Basic Configuration¶

You have two options to get your phone to be provisioned:

Set up a DHCP server
Tell manually each phone where to get the provisioning informations

You may want to manually configure the phones if you are only trying Wazo or if your network configuration does not allow the phones to access the Wazo DHCP server.

You may want to set up a DHCP server if you have a significant number of phones to connect, as no manual intervention will be required on each phone.

Configuring the DHCP Server¶

Wazo includes a DHCP server that facilitate the auto-provisioning of telephony devices. It is not activated by default.

There’s a few things to know about the peculiarities of the included DHCP server:

it only answers to DHCP requests from supported devices.
it only answers to DHCP requests coming from the VoIP subnet (see network configuration).

This means that if your phones are on the same broadcast domain than your computers, and you would like the DHCP server on your Wazo to handle both your phones and your computers, that won’t do it.

The DHCP server is configured via the Configuration ‣ Network ‣ DHCP page:

Configuration ‣ Network ‣ DHCP

Active

Activate/desactivate the DHCP server.

Pool start

The lower IP address which will be assigned dynamically. This address should be in the VoIP subnet. Example: 10.0.0.10.

Pool end

The higher IP address which will be assigned dynamically. This address should be in the VoIP subnet. Example: 10.0.0.99.

Extra network interfaces

A list of space-separated network interface name. Example: eth0.

Useful if you have done some custom configuration in the /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_extra.conf file. You need to explicitly specify the additional interfaces the DHCP server should listen on.

After saving your modifications, you need to click on Apply system configuration for them to be applied.

Installing `provd` Plugins¶

The installation and management of provd plugins is done via the Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Plugin page:

Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Plugin

The page shows the list of both the installed and installable plugins. You can see if a plugin is installed or not by looking at the Action column.

Here’s the list of other things that can be done from this page:

update the list of installable plugins, by clicking on the top right icon. On a fresh Wazo installation, this is the first thing to do.
install a new plugin
upgrade an installed plugin
uninstall an installed plugin
edit an installed plugin, i.e. install/uninstall optional files that are specific to each plugin, like firmware or language files

After installing a new plugin, you are automatically redirected to its edit page. You can then download and install optional files specific to the plugin. You are strongly advised to install firmware and language files for the phones you’ll use although it’s often not a strict requirement for the phones to work correctly.

Warning

If you uninstall a plugin that is used by some of your devices, they will be left in an unconfigured state and won’t be associated to another plugin automatically.

The search box at the top comes in handy when you want to find which plugin to install for your device. For example, if you have a Cisco SPA508G, enter “508” in the search box and you should see there’s 1 plugin compatible with it.

Note

If your device has a number in its model name, you should use only the number as the search keyword since this is what usually gives the best results.

It’s possible there will be more than 1 plugin compatible with a given device. In these cases, the difference between the two plugins is usually just the firmware version the plugins target. If you are unsure about which version you should install, you should look for more information on the vendor website.

It’s good practice to only install the plugins you need and no more.

Alternative plugins repository¶

By default, the list of plugins available for installation are the stable plugins for the officially supported devices.

This can be changed in the Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ General page, by setting the URL field to one of the following value:

http://provd.wazo.community/plugins/1/stable/ – community supported devices “stable” repository
http://provd.wazo.community/plugins/1/testing/ – officially supported devices “testing” repository
http://provd.wazo.community/plugins/1/archive/ – officially supported devices “archive” repository

The difference between the stable and testing repositories is that the latter might contain plugins that are not working properly or are still in developement.

The archive repository contains plugins that were once in the stable repository.

After setting a new URL, you must refresh the list of installable plugins by clicking the update icon of the Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Plugin page.

How to manually tell the phones to get their configuration¶

If you have set up a DHCP server on Wazo and the phones can access it, you can skip this section.

The according provisioning plugins must be installed.

Aastra¶

On the web interface of your phone, go to Advanced settings ‣ Configuration server, and enter the following settings:

Polycom¶

On the phone, go to Menu ‣ Settings ‣ Advanced ‣ Admin Settings ‣ Network configuration ‣ Server Menu and enter the following settings:

Server type: HTTP
Server address: http://<Wazo IP address>:8667/000000000000.cfg

Then save and reboot the phone.

Snom¶

First, you need to run the following command on the Wazo server:

sed -i 's/dhcp:stop/dhcp:proceed/' /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/xivo-snom-8.7.5.35/var/tftpboot/snom-general.xml

On the web interface of your phone, go to Setup ‣ Advanced ‣ Update and enter the following settings:

Yealink¶

On the web interface of your phone, go to Settings ‣ Auto Provision, and enter the following settings:

Server URL: http://<Wazo IP address>:8667

Save the changes by clicking on the Confirm button and then click on the Autoprovision Now button.

Autoprovisioning a Device¶

Once you have installed the proper provd plugins for your devices and setup correctly your DHCP server, you can then connect your devices to your network.

But first, go to Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Devices page. You will then see that no devices are currently known by your Wazo:

You can then power on your devices on your LAN. For example, after you power on an Aastra 6731i and give it the time to boot and maybe upgrade its firmware, you should then see the phone having its first line configured as ‘autoprov’, and if you refresh the devices page, you should see that your Wazo now knows about your 6731i:

You can then dial from your Aastra 6731i the provisioning code associated to a line of one of your user. You will hear a prompt thanking you and your device should then reboot in the next few seconds. Once the device has rebooted, it will then be properly configured for your user to use it. And also, if you update the device page, you’ll see that the icon next to your device has now passed to green:

Resetting a Device¶

From the Device List in the Webi¶

To remove a phone from Wazo or enable a device to be used for another user there are two different possibilities :

click on the reset to autoprov button on the web interface

The phone will restarts and display autoprov, ready to be used for another user.

From the User Form in the Webi¶

Device With one User Only Associated¶

Edit the user associated to the device and put the device field to null.

click on the Save button on the web interface

The phone doesn’t restart and the phone is in autoprov mode in the device list.

You can synchronize the device to reboot it.

Device with Several Users Associated¶

Edit the primary user associated to the terminal (one with the line 1) and put the device field to null.

click on the Save button on the web interface

The primary line of the phone has been removed, so the device will lose its funckeys associated to primary user but there others lines associated to the device will stay provisionned.

The phone doesn’t restart and the phone is in autoprov mode in the device list.

You can synchronize the device for reboot it.

From a Device¶

Dial *guest (*48378) on the phone dialpad followed by xivo (9486) as a password

The phone restarts and display autoprov, ready to be used for another user.

Advanced Configuration¶

DHCP Integration¶

If your phones are getting their network configuration from your Wazo’s DHCP server, it’s possible to activate the DHCP integration on the Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ General page.

What DHCP integration does is that, on every DHCP request made by one of your phones, the DHCP server sends information about the request to provd, which can then use this information to update its device database.

This feature is useful for phones which lack information in their TFTP/HTTP requests. For example, without DHCP integration, it’s impossible to extract model information for phones from the Cisco 7900 series. Without the model information extracted, there’s chance your device won’t be automatically associated to the best plugin.

This feature can also be useful if your phones are not always getting the same IP addresses, for one reason or another. Again, this is useful only for some phones, like the Cisco 7900; it has no effect for Aastra 6700.

Creating Custom Templates¶

Custom templates comes in handy when you have some really specific configuration to make on your telephony devices.

Templates are handled on a per plugin basis. It’s not possible for a template to be shared by more than one plugin since it’s a design limitation of the plugin system of provd.

Note

When you install a new plugin, templates are not migrated automatically, so you must manually copy them from the old plugin directory to the new one. This does not apply for a plugin upgrade.

Let’s suppose we have installed the xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2 plugin and want to write some custom templates for it.

First thing to do is to go into the directory where the plugin is installed:

cd /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins/xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2

Once you are there, you can see there’s quite a few files and directories:

tree
.
+-- common.py
+-- entry.py
+-- pkgs
|   +-- pkgs.db
+-- plugin-info
+-- README
+-- templates
|   +-- 6730i.tpl
|   +-- 6731i.tpl
|   +-- 6739i.tpl
|   +-- 6753i.tpl
|   +-- 6755i.tpl
|   +-- 6757i.tpl
|   +-- 9143i.tpl
|   +-- 9480i.tpl
|   +-- base.tpl
+-- var
    +-- cache
    +-- installed
    +-- templates
    +-- tftpboot
        +-- Aastra
            +-- aastra.cfg

The interesting directories are:

templates: This is where the original templates lies. You should not edit these files directly but instead copy the one you want to modify in the var/templates directory.
var/templates: This is the directory where you put and edit your custom templates.
var/tftpboot: This is where the configuration files lies once they have been generated from the templates. You should look at them to confirm that your custom templates are giving you the result you are expecting.

Warning

When you uninstall a plugin, the plugin directory is removed altogether, including all the custom templates.

A few things to know before writing your first custom template:

templates use the Jinja2 template engine.
when doing an include or an extend from a template, the file is first looked up in the var/templates directory and then in the templates directory.
device in autoprov mode are affected by templates, because from the point of view of provd, there’s no difference between a device in autoprov mode or fully configured. This means there’s usually no need to modify static files in var/tftpboot. And this is a bad idea since a plugin upgrade will override these files.

Custom template for every devices¶

cp templates/base.tpl var/templates
vi var/templates/base.tpl
xivo-provd-cli -c 'devices.using_plugin("xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2").reconfigure()'

Once this is done, if you want to synchronize all the affected devices, use the following command:

xivo-provd-cli -c 'devices.using_plugin("xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2").synchronize()'

Custom template for a specific model¶

Let’s supose we want to customize the template for our 6739i:

cp templates/6739i.tpl var/templates
vi var/templates/6739i.tpl
xivo-provd-cli -c 'devices.using_plugin("xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2").reconfigure()'

Custom template for a specific device¶

To create a custom template for a specific device you have to create a device-specific template named <device_specific_file_with_extension>.tpl in the var/templates/ directory :

for an Aastra phone, if you want to customize the file 00085D2EECFB.cfg you will have to create a template file named 00085D2EECFB.cfg.tpl,
for a Snom phone, if you want to customize the file 000413470411.xml you will have to create a template file named 000413470411.xml.tpl,
for a Polycom phone, if you want to customize the file 0004f2211c8b-user.cfg you will have to create a template file named 0004f2211c8b-user.cfg.tpl,
and so on.

Here, we want to customize the content of a device-specific file named 00085D2EECFB.cfg, we need to create a template named 00085D2EECFB.cfg.tpl:

cp templates/6739i.tpl var/templates/00085D2EECFB.cfg.tpl
vi var/templates/00085D2EECFB.cfg.tpl
xivo-provd-cli -c 'devices.using_mac("00085D2EECFB").reconfigure()'

Note

The choice to use this syntax comes from the fact that provd supports devices that do not have MAC addresses, namely softphones.

Also, some devices have more than one file (like Snom), so this way make it possible to customize more than 1 file.

The template to use as the base for a device specific template will vary depending on the need. Typically, the model template will be a good choice, but it might not always be the case.

Changing the Plugin Used by a Device¶

From time to time, new firmwares are released by the devices manufacturer. This sometimes translate to a new plugin being available for these devices.

When this happens, it almost always means the new plugin obsoletes the older one. The older plugin is then considered “end-of-life”, and won’t receive any new updates nor be available for new installation.

Let’s suppose we have the old xivo-aastra-3.2.2.1136 plugin installed on our Wazo and want to use the newer xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2 plugin.

Both these plugins can be installed at the same time, and you can manually change the plugin used by a phone by editing it via the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Devices page.

If you are using custom templates in your old plugin, you should copy them to the new plugin and make sure that they are still compatible.

Once you take the decision to migrate all your phones to the new plugin, you can use the following command:

xivo-provd-cli -c 'helpers.mass_update_devices_plugin("xivo-aastra-3.2.2.1136", "xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2")'

Or, if you also want to synchronize (i.e. reboot) them at the same time:

xivo-provd-cli -c 'helpers.mass_update_devices_plugin("xivo-aastra-3.2.2.1136", "xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2", synchronize=True)'

You can check that all went well by looking at the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Devices page.

NAT¶

The provisioning server has partial support for environment where the telephony devices are behind a NAT equipment.

By default, each time the provisioning server receives an HTTP/TFTP request from a device, it makes sure that only one device has the source IP address of the request. This is not a desirable behaviour when the provisioning server is used in a NAT environment, since in this case, it’s normal that more than 1 devices have the same source IP address (from the point of view of the server).

If all your devices used on your Wazo are behind a NAT, you should disable this behaviour by setting the NAT option to 1 via the Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ General page.

Enabling the NAT option will also improve the performance of the provisioning server in this scenario.

If you have many devices behind a NAT equipment, you should also check the security section to make sure the IP address of your NAT equipment doesn’t get banned unintentionally.

Limitations¶

You must only have phones of the following brands:
- Aastra
- Cisco SPA
- Yealink
All your devices must be behind a NAT equipment (the devices may be grouped behind different NAT equipments, not necessarily the same one)
You must provision the devices via the Web interface, i.e. associate the devices from the user form. Using the 6-digit provisioning code on the phone will produce unexpected results (i.e. the wrong device will be provisioned)

For technical information about why other devices are not supported, you can look at this issue on the Wazo bug tracker.

Security¶

By design, the auto-provisioning process is vulnerable to:

Leakage of sensitive information: some files that are served by the provisioning server contains sensitive information, e.g. SIP credentials that are used by SIP phones to make calls. Depending on your network configuration and the amount of information an attacker has on your telephony ecosystem (phone vendor, MAC address, etc.), he could retrieve the content of some files containing sensitive information.
Denial-of-service attack: in its default configuration, each time the provisioning server identify a request coming from a new device, it creates a new device object in its database. An attacker could spoof requests to the provisioning server to create a huge amount of devices, creating a denial-of-service condition.

That said, starting from XiVO 16.08, XiVO adds Fail2ban support to the provisioning server to drastically lower the likelihood of such attacks. Every time a request for a file potentially containing sensitive information is requested, a log line is appended to the /var/log/xivo-provd-fail2ban.log file, which is monitored by fail2ban. The same thing happens when a new device is automatically created by the provisioning server.

The fail2ban configuration for the provisioning server is located at /etc/fail2ban/jail.d/xivo.conf. You may want to adjust the findtime / maxretry value if you have special requirements. In particular, if you have many phones behind a NAT equipment, you’ll probably have to adjust these values, since every request coming from your phones behind your NAT will appear to the provisioning server as coming from the same source IP address, and this IP address will then be more likely to get banned promptly if you, for example, reboot all your phones at the same time. Another solution would be to add your IP address to the list of ignored IP address of fail2ban. See the fail2ban(1) man page for more information.

System Requirements¶

XiVO/Wazo 16.08 or later is required. You also need to use compatible xivo-provd plugins. Here’s the list of official plugins which are compatible:

Plugin family	Version
xivo-aastra	>= 1.6
xivo-cisco-sccp	>= 1.1
xivo-cisco-spa	>= 1.0
xivo-digium	>= 1.0
xivo-polycom	>= 1.7
xivo-snom	>= 1.6
xivo-yealink	>= 1.26

Remote directory¶

If you have a phone provisioned with Wazo and its one of the supported ones, you’ll be able to search in your XiVO directory and place call directly from your phone.

See the list of supported devices to know if a model supports the XiVO directory or not.

Configuration¶

For the remote directory to work on your phones, the first thing to do is to go to the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ (General settings) Phonebook page.

You then have to add the range of IP addresses that will be allowed to access the directory. So if you know that your phone’s IP addresses are all in the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet, just click on the small “+” icon and enter “192.168.1.0/24”, then save.

You must then restart xivo-dird-phoned (“Restart Dird server” from the web interface will not work):

systemctl restart xivo-dird-phoned

Once this is done, on your phone, just click on the “remote directory” function key and you’ll be able to do a search in the XiVO directory from it.

Jitsi¶

Jitsi (http://jitsi.org/) is an opensource softphone (previously SIP Communicator).

Wazo now support Jitsi sofphones provisioning. Here are the steps to follow :

Requirements¶

This how to needs :

Jitsi installed,
SIP line created

Add Jitsi plugin on Wazo¶

Open Wazo Web interface, and go to Configuration tab, Then chose Provisioning ‣ Plugins menu, Install the Jitsi plugin you want to use : e.g.:

xivo-jitsi-1

You can now launch your Jitsi softphone

Configuring Jitsi¶

Launch Jitsi,
If you don’t have any accounts configured Jitsi will launch a windows and you can click
Use online provisioning. Otherwise go to Tools -> Options -> Advanced -> Provisioing, Click on Enable provisioning
Select Manually specify a provisioning URI,
Enter the folowing URI where <provd_ip> is the VoIP interface IP address of your Wazo and <provd_port> is the provd port (default : 8667)
```
http://<provd_ip>:<provd_port>/jitsi?uuid=${uuid}
```
When done, quit Jitsi,
Launch Jitsi again,

You should now be connected with in autoprov mode,

You could see a new device in the devices list,

You can now provision the phones by typing the provisioning code (you get it in the Lines list),
Quit Jitsi again (configuration syncing is not available with the Jitsi plugin)
And launch Jitsi again : you should now be connected with you phone account

SCCP Configuration¶

Provisioning¶

To be able to provision SCCP phones you should :

activate the DHCP Server,
activate the DHCP Integration,

Then install a plugin for SCCP Phone:: Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Plugins

Installing xivo-cisco-sccp plugin

At this point you should have a fully functional DHCP server that provides IP address to your phones. Depending on what type of CISCO phone you have, you need to install the plugin sccp-legacy, sccp-9.4 or both.

Note

Please refer to the Provisioning page for more information on how to install CISCO firmwares.

Once your plugin is installed, you’ll be able to edit which firmwares and locales you need. If you are unsure, you can choose all without any problem.

Editing the xivo-cisco-sccp-legacy plugin

Now if you connect your first SCCP phone, you should be able to see it in the device list.

Listing the detected devices:: Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Devices

Device list

When connecting a second SCCP phone, the device will be automatically detected as well.

Device list

SCCP General Settings¶

Review SCCP general settings:: Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ SCCP general settings

SCCP general settings

User creation¶

The last step is to create a user with a SCCP line.

Creating a user with a SCCP line:: Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Users

Add a new user

Edit user informations

Before saving the newly configured user, you need to select the Lines menu and add a SCCP line. Now, you can save your new user.

Add a line to a user

Congratulations ! Your SCCP phone is now ready to be called !

Function keys¶

With SCCP phones, the only function keys that can be configured are:

Key: Only the order is important, not the number
Type: Customized; Any other type doesn’t work
Destination: Any valid extension
Label: Any label
Supervision: Enabled or Disabled

Direct Media¶

SCCP Phones support directmedia (direct RTP). In order for SCCP phones to use directmedia, one must enable the directmedia option in SCCP general settings:: Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ SCCP general settings

Features¶

Features	Supported
Receive call	Yes
Initiate call	Yes
Hangup call	Yes
Transfer call	Yes
Congestion Signal	Yes
Autoanswer (custom dialplan)	Yes
Call forward	Yes
Multi-instance per line	Yes
Message waiting indication	Yes
Music on hold	Yes
Context per line	Yes
Paging	Yes
Direct RTP	Yes
Redial	Yes
Speed dial	Yes
BLF (Supervision)	Yes
Resync device configuration	Yes
Do not disturb (DND)	Yes
Group listen	Yes
Caller ID	Yes
Connected line ID	Yes
Group pickup	Yes
Auto-provisioning	Not yet
Multi line	Not yet
Codec selection	Yes
NAT traversal	Not yet
Type of Service (TOS)	Manual

Telephone¶

Device type	Supported	Firmware version	Timezone aware
7905	Yes	8.0.3	No
7906	Yes	SCCP11.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7911	Yes	SCCP11.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7912	Yes	8.0.4(080108A)	No
7920	Yes	3.0.2	No
7921	Yes	1.4.5.3	Yes
7931	Yes	SCCP31.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7937	Testing
7940	Yes	8.1(SR.2)	No
7941	Yes	SCCP41.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7941GE	Yes	SCCP41.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7942	Yes	SCCP42.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7945	Testing
7960	Yes	8.1(SR.2)	No
7961	Yes	SCCP41.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7962	Yes	SCCP42.9-4-2SR1-1	Yes
7965	Testing
7970	Testing
7975	Testing
CIPC	Yes	2.1.2	Yes

Models not listed in the table above won’t be able to connect to Asterisk at all. Models listed as “Testing” are not yet officially supported in Wazo: use them at your own risk.

The “Timezone aware” column indicates if the device supports the timezone tag in its configuration file, i.e. in the file that the device request to the provisioning server when it boots. If you have devices that don’t support the timezone tag and these devices are in a different timezone than the one of the Wazo, you can look at the issue #5161 for a potential solution.

Schedules¶

Schedules are specific time frames that can be defined to open or close a service. Within schedules you may specify opening days and hours or close days and hours.

A default destination as user, group ... can be defined when the schedule is in closed state.

Schedules can be applied to :

Users
Groups
Inbound calls
Outbound calls
Queues

Creating Schedules¶

Creating a schedule

A schedule is composed of a name, a timezone, one or more opening hours or days that you may setup using a calendar widget, a destination to be used when the schedule state is closed.

Schedule calendar widget

With the calendar widget you may select months, days of month, days of week and opening time.

You may also optionaly select closed hours and destination to be applied when period is inside the main schedule. For example, your main schedule is opened between 08h00 and 18h00, but you are closed between 12h00 and 14h00.

Schedule closed hours

Using Schedule on Users¶

When you have a schedule associated to a user, if this user is called during a closed period, the caller will first hear a prompt saying the call is being transferred before being actually redirected to the closed action of the schedule.

If you don’t want this prompt to be played, you can change the behaviour by:

editing the /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_globals.conf file and setting the XIVO_FWD_SCHEDULE_OUT_ISDA to 1
reloading the asterisk dialplan with an asterisk -rx "dialplan reload".

Sound Files¶

Add Sounds Files¶

On a fresh install, only en_US and fr_FR sounds are installed. Canadian French and German are available too.

To install Canadian French sounds you have to execute the following command:

apt-get install asterisk-sounds-wav-fr-ca xivo-sounds-fr-ca

To install German sounds you have to execute the following command:

apt-get install asterisk-sounds-wav-de-de xivo-sounds-de-de

Now you may select the newly installed language for your users.

Convert Your Wav File¶

Asterisk will read natively WAV files encoded in wav 8kHz, 16 bits, mono.

The following command will return the encoding format of the <file>

$ file <file>
RIFF (little-endian) data, WAVE audio, Microsoft PCM, 16 bit, mono 8000 Hz

The following command will re-encode the <input file> with the correct parameters for asterisk and write into the <output file>:

sox <input file> -b 16 -c 1 -t wav <output file> rate -I 8000

Switchboard¶

This page describes the configuration needed to have a switchboard on your Wazo.

Overview¶

Switchboard functionality is available in the XiVO client. The goal of this page is to explain how to configure your switchboard and how to use it.

The switchboard xlet and profile allow an operator to view incoming calls, answer them, put calls on hold, view the calls on hold and pick up the calls on hold.

Limitations¶

Note

The shortcut keys of the switchboard do not work on the Mac version of the XiVO client.

Note

The enter shortcut to answer a call will not work if the focus is currently on a widget that will consume the key press. ie: a text field, a drop down

Note

Attended transfers to the switchboard cannot be managed with the switchboard xlets depending on the moment at which the call was completed.

Table of Contents¶

Switchboard Configuration¶

Be sure to read the limitations before configuring a switchboard.

Server configuration¶

Quick Summary¶

In order to configure a switchboard on your Wazo, you need to:

Create a queue for your switchboard
Create a queue for your switchboard’s calls on hold
Create the users that will be operators
Activate the switchboard option for your phone
Create an agent for your user
Assign the incoming calls to the switchboard queue
For each operator, add a function key for logging in or logging out from the switchboard queue.
Set “no answer” destinations on the switchboard queue

Supported Devices¶

The supported phones for the switchboard are:

Brand	Model	XiVO version	Plugin version
Aastra	6755i	>= 14.07	>= xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2, v1.0
Aastra	6757i	>= 14.07	>= xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2, v1.0
Aastra	6735i	>= 14.07	>= xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2, v1.2
Aastra	6737i	>= 14.07	>= xivo-aastra-3.3.1-SP2, v1.2
Polycom	VVX 400	>= 15.11	>= xivo-polycom-5.3.0, v1.3
Polycom	VVX 410	>= 15.11	>= xivo-polycom-5.3.0, v1.3
Snom	720	>= 14.14	>= xivo-snom-8.7.3.25.5, v1.0
Snom	D725	>= 14.14	>= xivo-snom-8.7.5.17, v1.4
Yealink	T46G	>= 15.01	>= xivo-yealink-72.0, v1.22.1

Create a Queue for Your Switchboard¶

All calls to the switchboard will first be distributed to a switchboard queue.

To create this queue, go to Services ‣ Call center ‣ Queues and click the add button.

The following configuration is mandatory

The General ‣ Name field has to be __switchboard
The General ‣ Ring strategy field has to be Ring all
The General ‣ Preprocess subroutine field has to be xivo_subr_switchboard
The Application ‣ Enable DTMF hangup by caller option has to be enabled
The Application ‣ Enable DTMF transfers by callee option has to be enabled
The Advanced ‣ Member reachability timeout option has to be disabled
The Advanced ‣ Time before retrying a call to a member option has to be 1 second
The Advanced ‣ Delay before reassigning a call option has to be disabled
The Advanced ‣ Call a member already on option has to be disabled
The Advanced ‣ Autopause agents option has to be No

Other important fields

The General ‣ Display name field is the name displayed in the XiVO client xlets and in the statistics
The General ‣ Number field is the number that will be used to reach the switchboard internally (typically 9)

Create a Queue for Your Switchboard on Hold¶

The switchboard uses a queue to track its calls on hold.

To create this queue, go to Services ‣ Call center ‣ Queues and click the add button.

The following configuration is mandatory

The General ‣ Name field has to be __switchboard_hold
The General ‣ Number field has to be a valid number in a context reachable by the switchboard

Other important fields

The General ‣ Display name field is the name displayed in the XiVO client xlets and in the statistics

Warning

This queue MUST have NO members

Create the Users that Will be Operators¶

Each operator needs to have a user configured with a line. The XiVO client profile has to be set to Switchboard.

The following configuration is mandatory for switchboard users

The General ‣ First name field has to be set
The General ‣ Enable XiVO Client option has to be enabled
The General ‣ Login field has to be set
The General ‣ Password field has to be set
The General ‣ Profile field has to be set to Switchboard
The Lines ‣ Number field has to have a valid extension
The Lines ‣ Device field has to be a supported device
The Services ‣ Enable DTMF transfers option has to be enabled
The Services ‣ Enable supervision option has to be enabled

Activate the Switchboard Option for your Phone¶

The switchboard option must be activated on the phone. It’s possible to activate this option only on supported phones and plugins.

Edit device associated to your user in Services ‣ Devices
Check the switchboard checkbox and save
Synchronize your phone to apply the changes

Polycom Phones¶

To be able to use a Polycom phone for the switchboard, the Wazo must be able to do HTTP requests to the phone. This might be problematic if there’s a NAT between your Wazo and your phone.

It’s possible to configure the Polycom switchboard via the configuration files of xivo-ctid. The following options are available:

switchboard_polycom:
    username: xivo_switchboard
    password: xivo_switchboard
    answer_delay: 0.5

You will also need to change the XML API username/password by creating a custom template for your phone.

Snom Phones¶

When using a Snom switchboard, you must not configure a function key on position 1.

To be able to use a Snom phone for the switchboard, the Wazo must be able to do HTTP requests to the phone. This might be problematic if there’s a NAT between your Wazo and your phone. The following command should work from your Wazo’s bash command line wget http://guest:guest@<phone IP address>/command.htm?key=SPEAKER. If this command does not activate the phone’s speaker, your network configuration will have to be fixed before you can use the Snom switchboard.

It’s possible to configure the Snom switchboard via the configuration files of xivo-ctid. The following options are available:

switchboard_snom:
    username: guest
    password: guest
    answer_delay: 0.5

You have to change the username and password option if you have changed the administrator username or administrator password for your phone in Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Template Device.

Yealink Phones¶

When using a Yealink switchboard, you must not configure a function key on position 1.

Create an Agent for the Operator¶

Each operator needs to have an associated agent.

Warning

Each agent MUST ONLY be a member of the Switchboard queue

To create an agent:

Go to Services ‣ Call center ‣ Agents
Click on the group default
Click on the Add button

Associate the user to the agent in the Users tab

Assign the Agent to the Switchboard Queue (and ONLY to the Switchboard queue)

Send Incoming Calls to the Switchboard Queue¶

Incoming calls must be sent to the Switchboard queue to be distributed to the operators. To do this, we have to change the destination of our incoming call for the switchboard queue.

In this example, we associate our incoming call (DID 444) to our Switchboard queue:

Set “No Answer” Destinations on the Switchboard Queue¶

When there are no operators available to answer a call, “No Answer” destinations should be used to redirect calls towards another destination.

You also need to set the timeout of the Switchboard queue to know when calls will be redirected.

The reachability timeout must not be disabled nor be too short.

The time before retrying a call to a member should be as low as possible (1 second).

In this example we redirect “No Answer”, “Busy” and “Congestion” calls to the everyone group and “Fail” calls to the guardian user.

You can also choose to redirect all the calls to another user or a voice mail.

XiVO Client configuration¶

Directory xlet¶

The transfer destination is chosen in the Directory xlet. You must follow the Directory Xlet section to be able to use it.

Configuration for multiple switchboards¶

The above documentation can be used for multiple switchboards on the same Wazo by replacing the __switchboard and __switchboard_hold queues name and configuring the operators XiVO client accordingly in the XiVO Client ‣ Configure ‣ Functions ‣ Switchboard window.

All switchboard queues should be added to the xivo-ctid configuration. New queues can be added by adding a file in /etc/xivo-ctid/conf.d. For example, the following content should be used for a new switchboard queue names __switchboard_two and an hold queue names __switchboard_hold_two.

{"switchboard_queues": {"__switchboard_two": true},
 "switchboard_hold_queues": {"__switchboard_hold_two": true}}

Switchboard Usage¶

Warning

The switchboard configuration must be completed before using the switchboard. This includes :

Device, User, Agent and Queues configuration (see above),

Directory xlet configuration (see Directory Xlet)

If it’s not the case, the user must disconnect his XiVO client and reconnect.

Be sure to read the limitations before using the switchboard.

The XiVO Client Switchboard Profile¶

When the user connects with his XiVO Client, he gets the Switchboard profile.

Current Call frame
Answer button
Call button
Blind transfer button
Attended transfer button
Hold button
Hangup button
Incoming Calls list
Waiting Calls list
Directory Xlet
Dial Xlet

Note

If you don’t see the Switchboard Xlet, right-click on the grey bar at the right of the Help menu and check Switchboard:

The operator can login his agent using a function key or an extension to start receiving calls.

Call flow¶

Answering an incoming call¶

When the switchboard receives a call, the new call is added to the Incoming Calls list on the left and the phone starts ringing. The user can answer this call by:

clicking on any call in the list
clicking the Answer button
pressing the Enter key

Note

The XiVO Client must be the active window for the keyboard shortcuts to be handled

The operator can select which call to answer by:

clicking directly on the incoming call
pressing F6 to select the incoming calls frame and pressing the up and down arrow keys

Selecting a call to answer while talking will not answer the call.

Once the call has been answered, it is removed from the incoming calls list and displayed in the Current Call frame.

Making a Call¶

The switchboard operator can do the following operations:

Press the Call button or press F3
Search for the call destination in the directory xlet
Press to confirm the selection and start the call

Hanging Up a Call¶

The switchboard operator can hang up its current call by either:

Clicking the Hangup button
Pressing the F8 key

If the operator has placed a new call via the Directory or Dial xlet and that call has not yet been answered, he can cancel it in the same way.

Distributing a call¶

Once the call has been answered and placed in the current call frame, the operator has 3 choices:

transfer the call to another user
- using the Blind transfer button or the F4 key.
- using the Attended transfer button or the F5 key
put the call on hold using the Hold button or the F7 key
end the call using the Hangup button or the F8 key.

Transferring a call¶

Transfer buttons allow the operator to select towards which destination he wishes to transfer the call. This is made through the Directory xlet. For defails about the xlet Directory usage and configuration see Directory Xlet.

Once the destination name has been entered, press Enter. If multiple destinations are displayed, you can choose by:

double-clicking on the destination
using Up/Down arrows then:
- pressing Enter
- pressing the transfer button again

Blind transfers are straightforward: once the call is transferred, the operator is free to manage other calls.

Attended transfers are a bit more complicated: the operator needs to wait for the transfer destination to answer before completing the transfer.

In this example, the operator is currently asking Bernard Marx if he can transfer Alice Wonderland to him.

Complete transfer button
Cancel transfer button
Transfer destination filtering field (xlet Directory)
Transfer destination list (xlet Directory)

Once the destination has answered, you can:

cancel the transfer with F8 key
complete the transfer with F5 key

Note

The operator can not complete an attended transfer while the transfer destination is ringing. In this case, the operator must cancel the attended transfer and use the Blind transfer action.

Putting a call on hold¶

If the user places the call on hold, it will be removed from the Current call frame and displayed in the Waiting calls list. The time counter shows how long the call has been waiting, thus it will be reset each time the call returns in the Waiting calls list. The calls are ordered from the oldest to the newest.

Retrieving a call on hold¶

Once a call has been placed on hold, the operator will most certainly want to retrieve that call later to distribute it to another destination.

To retrieve a call on hold:

click the desired call in the Waiting calls list
with the keyboard:
- move the focus to the Waiting calls list (F9 key)
- choose the desired call with the arrow keys
- press the Enter key.

Once a call has been retrieved from the Waiting calls list, it is moved back into the Current Call frame, ready to be distributed.

Users¶

Users Configuration.

User Import and Export¶

CSV Import¶

Users can be imported and associated to other resources by use of a CSV file. CSV Importation can be used in situations where you need to modify many users at the same in an efficient manner, or for migrating users from one system to another. A CSV file can be created and edited by spreadsheet tools such as Excel, LibreOffice/OpenOffice Calc, etc.

CSV file¶

The first line of a CSV file contains a list of field names (also sometimes called “columns”). Each new line afterwards are users to import. CSV data must respect the following conditions:

Files must be encoded in UTF-8
Fields must be separated with a ,
Fields can be optionally quoted with a "
Double-quotes can be escaped by writing them twice (e.g. Robert ""Bob"" Jenkins)
Empty fields or headers that are not defined will be considered null.
Fields of type bool must be either 0 for false, or 1 for true.
Fields of type int must be a positive number

In the following tables, columns have been grouped according to their resource. Each resource is created and associated to its user when all required fields for that resource are present.

User¶

Field	Type	Required	Values	Description
entity_id	int	Yes		Entity ID (Defined in menu Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Entities)
firstname	string	Yes		User’s firstname
lastname	string			User’s lastname
email	string			User’s email
language	string		de_DE, en_US, es_ES, fr_FR, fr_CA	User’s language
mobile_phone_number	string			Mobile phone number
outgoing_caller_id	string			Customize outgoing caller id for this user
enabled	bool			Enable/Disable the user
supervision_enabled	bool			Enable/Disable supervision
call_transfer_enabled	bool			Enable/Disable call transfers by DTMF
dtmf_hangup_enabled	bool			Enable/Disable hangup by DTMF
simultaneous_calls	int			Number of calls a user can have on his phone simultaneously
ring_seconds	int		Must be a multiple of 5	Number of seconds a call will ring before ending
call_permission_password	string			Overwrite all passwords set in call permissions associated to the user

CTI Profile¶

Field	Type	Required	Description
cti_profile_enabled	bool	No	Activates the XiVO Client account for this user
username	string	Yes, if profile enabled	XiVO Client username
password	string	Yes, if profile enabled	XiVO Client password
cti_profile_name	string	Yes, if profile enabled	XiVO Client profile (Defined in menu Services ‣ CTI server ‣ Profiles)

Phone¶

Field	Type	Required	Values	Description
exten	string	Yes		Number for calling the user. The number must be inside the range of acceptable numbers defined for the context
context	string	Yes		Context
line_protocol	string	Yes	sip, sccp	Line protocol
sip_username	string			SIP username
sip_secret	string			SIP secret

Incoming call¶

Field	Type	Required	Description
incall_exten	string	Yes	Number for calling the user from an incoming call (i.e outside of Wazo). The number must be inside the range of acceptable numbers defined for the context.
incall_context	string	Yes	context used for calls coming from outside of Wazo
incall_ring_seconds	int		Number of seconds a call will ring before ending

Voicemail¶

Field	Type	Required	Values	Description
voicemail_name	string	Yes		Voicemail name
voicemail_number	string	Yes		Voicemail number
voicemail_context	string	Yes		Voicemail context
voicemail_password	string		A sequence of digits or #	Voicemail password
voicemail_email	string			Email for sending notifications of new messages
voicemail_attach_audio	bool			Enable/Disable attaching audio files to email message
voicemail_delete_messages	bool			Enable/Disable deleting message after notification is sent
voicemail_ask_password	bool			Enable/Disable password checking

Call permissions¶

Field	Type	Required	Values	Description
call_permissions	string		list separated by semicolons (`;`)	Names of the call permissions to assign to the user

Importing a file¶

Once your file is ready, you can import it via Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Users. At the top of the page there is a plus button. A submenu will appear when the mouse is on top. Click on Import a file.

Import Users

Examples¶

The following example defines 3 users who each have a phone number. The first 2 users have a SIP line, where as the last one uses SCCP:

entity_id,firstname,lastname,exten,context,line_protocol
1,John,Doe,1000,default,sip
1,George,Clinton,1001,default,sip
1,Bill,Bush,1002,default,sccp

The following example imports a user with a phone number and a voicemail:

entity_id,firstname,lastname,exten,context,line_protocol,voicemail_name,voicemail_number,voicemail_context
1,John,Doe,1000,default,sip,Voicemail for John Doe,1000,default

The following exmple imports a user with both an internal and external phone number (e.g. incoming call):

entity_id,firstname,lastname,exten,context,line_protocol,incall_exten,incall_context
1,John,Doe,1000,default,sip,2050,from-extern

CSV Update¶

The field list for an update is the same as for an import with the addition of the column uuid, which is mandatory. For each line in the CSV file, the updater goes through the following steps:

Find the user, using the uuid
For each resource (line, voicemail, extension, etc) find out if it already exists.
If an existing resource was found, associate it with the user. Otherwise, create it.
Update all remaining fields

The following restrictions must also be respected during update:

Columns that are not included in the CSV header will not be updated.
A field that is empty (i.e, “”) will be converted to NULL, which will unset the value.
A line’s protocol cannot be changed (i.e you cannot go from “sip” to “sccp” or vice-versa).
An incall cannot be updated if the user has more than one incall associated.

Updating is done through the same menu as importing (Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Users). A submenu will appear when the mouse is on top. Click on Update from file in the submenu.

Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Users ‣ Update from file

CSV Export¶

CSV exports can be used as a scaffold for updating users, or as a means of importing users into another system. An export will generate a CSV file with the same list of columns as an import, with the addition of uuid and provisioning_code.

Exports are done through the same menu as importing (Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Users). Click on Export to CSV in the submenu. You will be asked to download a file.

Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Users ‣ Export to CSV

Function keys¶

Function keys can be configured to customize the user’s phone keys. Key types are pre-defined and can be browsed through the Type drop-down list. The Supervision field allows the key to be supervised. A supervised key will light up when enabled. In most cases, a user cannot add multiple times exactly the same function key (example : two user function keys pointing to the same user). Adding the same function key multiple times can lead to undefined behavior and generally will delete one of the two function keys.

Warning

SCCP device only supports type “Customized”.

For User keys, start to key in the user name in destination, Wazo will try to complete with the corresponding user.

If the forward unconditional function key is used with no destination the user will be prompted when the user presses the function key and the BLF will monitor ALL unconditional forward for this user.

Extensions¶

*3 (online call recording)¶

To enable online call recording, you must check the “Enable online call recording” box in the user form.

Users Services

When this option is activated, the user can press *3 during a conversation to start/stop online call recording. The recorded file will be available in the monitor directory of the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Audio files menu.

*26 (call recording)¶

You can enable/disable the recording of all calls for a user in 2 different way:

By checking the “Call recording” box of the user form.

Users Services

By using the extension *26 from your phone (the “call recording” option must be activated in Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Extensions).

When this option is activated, all calls made to or made by the user will be recorded in the monitor directory of the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Audio files menu.

Voicemail¶

Voicemail Configuration.

General Configuration¶

The global voicemail configuration is located under Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General Settings ‣ Voicemails.

Adding voicemails¶

There are 2 ways to add a voicemail:

Using Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Voicemails
Using the user’s configuration

Using Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Voicemails¶

New voicemails can be added using the + button.

Add voicemails from voicemail menu

Once your voicemail is configured, you have to edit the user configuration and search the voicemail previously created and then associate it to your user.

Search for a voicemail in the user’s configuration

Using the user’s configuration¶

The other way is to add the voicemail from user’s configuration in the ‘voicemail’ tab by

Clicking the + button
Filling the voicemail form
Saving

Add a voicemail from the user’s configuration

Note

The user’s language must be set in the general tab

Disabling a voicemail¶

You can disable a user’s voicemail by un-checking the ‘Enable voicemail’ option on the Voicemail tab from user’s configuration.

Deactivate user’s voicemail

Deleting a voicemail¶

Delete voicemail is done on Services ‣ IBX ‣ IPBX settings ‣ Voicemails or from the user’s voicemail tab.

Note

Deleting a voicemail is irreversible. It deletes all messages associated with that voicemail.
If the voicemail contains messages, the message waiting indication on the phone will not be deactivated until the next phone reboot.

Disable password checking¶

Unchecking the option Ask password allows you to skip password checking for the voicemail only when it is consulted from an internal context.

when calling the voicemail with *98
when calling the voicemail with *99<voicemail number>

Warning

If the the *99 extension is enabled and a user does not have a password on its voicemail, anyone from the same context will be able to listen to its messages, change its password and greeting messages.

However, the password will be asked when the voicemail is consulted through an incoming call. For instance, let’s consider the following incoming call:

With such a configuration, when calling this incoming call from the outside, we will be asked for:

the voicemail number we want to consult
the voicemail password, even if the “Disable password checking option” is activated

And then, we will be granted access to the voicemail.

Take note that the second “context” field contains the context of the voicemail. Voicemails of other contexts will not be accessible through this incoming call.

Warning

For security reasons, such an incoming call should be avoided if a voicemail in the given context has no password.

Advanced configuration¶

Remote xivo-confd¶

If xivo-confd is on a remote host, xivo-confd-client configuration will be required to be able to change the voicemail passwords using a phone.

This configuration should be done:

mkdir -p /etc/systemd/system/asterisk.service.d
cat >/etc/systemd/system/asterisk.service.d/remote-confd-voicemail.conf <<EOF
[Service]
Environment=CONFD_HOST=localhost
Environment=CONFD_PORT=9486
Environment=CONFD_HTTPS=true
Environment=CONFD_USERNAME=<username>
Environment=CONFD_PASSWORD=<password>
EOF
systemctl daemon-reload

Web Services Access¶

You may configure Web Services / REST API permissions in Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Web Services Access.

Web services access may have two different meanings:

Who may access REST APIs of various Wazo daemons, and which resources in those REST APIs?
Who may access PHP web services under https://wazo.example.com/xivo/configuration/json.php/*?

REST API access and permissions¶

Those REST API interfaces are documented on http://api.wazo.community. They all require an authorization token, obtained by giving valid credentials to the REST API of xivo-auth. The relevant settings are:

Login/Password: the xivo-auth credentials (for the xivo-auth backend xivo_service)
ACL: The list of authorized REST API resources. See REST API Permissions.

Unlike PHP web services, there is no host-based authorization, so the Host setting is not relevant.

A few REST API access are automatically generated during the installation of Wazo, so that Wazo services may authenticate each other.

You will probably only need to create such a REST API access when you want another non-Wazo service to communicate with Wazo via REST API.

PHP web services¶

Warning

DEPRECATED

Those web services are deprecated. There is no documentation about their usage, and the goal is to remove them.

They are still protected with HTTP authentication, requiring a login and password. The relevant settings are:

Login/Password: the HTTP authentication credentials
Host: the authorized hosts that are allowed to make HTTP requests:
- Empty value: HTTP authentication
- Non-empty value: no HTTP authentication, all requests coming from this host will be accepted. Valid hosts may be: a hostname, an IP address, a CIDR block.

There is no fine-grained permissions: either the user has access to every PHP web services, or none.

xivo-confd¶

Warning

DEPRECATED

There is also a special case for authentication with xivo-confd. See REST API for more details.

Contact Center¶

In Wazo, the contact center is implemented to fulfill the following objectives :

Call routing

Includes basic call distribution using call queues and skills-based routing
Agent and Supervisor workstation.

Provides the ability to execute contact center actions such as: agent login, agent logout and to receive real time statistics regarding contact center status
Statistics reporting

Provides contact center management reporting on contact center activities
Advanced functionalities

Call recording
Screen Pop-up

Agents¶

Introduction¶

A call center agent is the person who handles incoming or outgoing customer calls for a business. A call center agent might handle account inquiries, customer complaints or support issues. Other names for a call center agent include customer service representative (CSR), telephone sales or service representative (TSR), attendant, associate, operator, account executive or team member.

—SearchCRM

In this respect, agents in Wazo have no fixed line and can login from any registered device.

Getting Started¶

Create a user with a SIP line and a provisioned device.
Create agents.
Create a queue adding created agent as member of queue.

Creating agents¶

Service > Call center > Agents > General¶

These settings are specific for a given agent.

Service > Call center > Agents > Users¶

These settings are specific for a given agent.

Service > Call center > Agents > Queues¶

These settings are specific for a given agent.

Service > Call center > Agents > Advanced¶

These settings are specific for a given agent.

Service > IPBX > General settings > Advanced > Agent¶

These settings are global for all agents.

Queues¶

Call queues are used to distribute calls to the agents subscribed to the queue. Queues are managed on the Services ‣ Call Center ‣ Queues page.

Services ‣ Call Center ‣ Queues ‣ Add

A queue can be configured with the following options:

Name: used as an unique id, cannot be general

Display name: Displayed on the supervisor screen

On-Hold music: The music the caller will hear. The music is played when waiting and when the call is on hold.

A ring strategy defines how queue members are called when a call enters the queue. A queue can use one of the following ring strategies:

Linear: For each call, in the same order, starting from the same member

For agents: In login order

For static members: In definition order

Least recent: call the member who least recently hung up a call

Fewest calls: call the member with the fewest completed calls

Round robin memory: call the “next” member after the one who answered last

Random: call a member at random

Weight random: same as random, but taking the member penalty into account

Ring all: call all members at the same time

Warning

When editing a queue, you can’t change the ring strategy to linear. This is due to an asterisk limitation. Unfortunately, if you want to change the ring strategy of a queue to linear, you’ll have to delete it first and then create a new queue with the right strategy.

Note

When an agent is a member of many queues the order of call distribution between multiple queues is nondeterministic and cannot be configured.

Timers¶

You may control how long a call will stay in a queue using different timers:

Member reachabillity time out (Advanced tab): Maximum number of seconds a call will ring on an agent’s phone. If a call is not answered within this time, the call will be forwarded to another agent.

Time before retrying a call to a member (Advanced tab): Used once a call has reached the “Member reachability time out”. The call will be put on hold for the number of seconds alloted before being redirected to another agent.

Ringing time (Application tab): The total time the call will stay in the queue.

Timeout priority (Application tab): Determines which timeout to use before ending a call. When set to “configuration”, the call will use the “Member reachability time out”. When set to “dialplan”, the call will use the “Ringing time”.

No Answer¶

Calls can be diverted on no answer:

No answer: The call reached the “Ringing time” in Application tab and no agent answered the call
Congestion: The number of calls waiting has reached the “Maximum number of people allowed to wait” limit specified on the advanced tab
Fail: No agent was available to answer the call when the call entered the queue (“Join an empty queue” condition on the advanced tab) or the call was queued and no agents were available to answer (“Remove callers if there are no agents” on the advanced tab)

Diversions¶

Diversions can be used to redirect calls to another destination when a queue is very busy. Calls are redirected using one of the two following scenarios:

The diversion check is done only once per call, before the preprocess subroutine is executed and before the call enters the queue.

In the following sections, a waiting call is a call that has entered the queue but has not yet been answered by a queue member.

Estimated Wait Time Overrun¶

When this scenario is used, the administrator can set a destination for calls to be sent to when the estimated waiting time is over the threshold.

Note that if a new call arrives when there are no waiting calls in the queue, the call will always be allowed to enter the queue.

Note

this estimated waiting time is computed from the actual hold time of all answered calls in the queue (since last asterisk restart) according to an exponential smoothing formula
the estimated waiting time of a queue is updated only when a queue member answers a call.

Number of Waiting Calls per Logged-In Agent Overrun¶

When this scenario is used, the administrator can set a destination for calls to be sent to when the number of waiting calls per logged-in agent is over the threshold.

The number of waiting calls includes the call for which the check is currently being performed.

The number of logged-in agents is the sum of user members and currently logged-in agent members. An agent only needs to be logged in and a member of the queue to participate towards the count of logged-in agents, regardless of whether he is available, on call, on pause or on wrapup.

The maximum number of waiting calls per logged-in agent can have a fractional part.

Here are a few examples:

Maximum number of waiting calls per logged-in agent: 1
Current number of waiting calls: 2
Current number of logged-in agents: 2
Number of waiting calls per logged-in agent when a new call arrives: 3 / 2 = 1.5
Call will be redirected

Maximum number of waiting calls per logged-in agent: 0.5
Number of waiting calls: 5
Number of logged-in agents: 12
Number of waiting calls per logged-in agent when a new call arrives: 6 / 12 = 0.5
Call will not be redirected

Note that if a new call arrives when there are no waiting calls in the queue, the call will always be allowed to enter the queue. For example, in the following scenario:

Maximum number of waiting calls per logged-in agent: 0.5
Current number of waiting calls: 0
Current number of logged-in agents: 1
Number of waiting calls per logged-in agent when a new call arrives: 1 / 1 = 1

Even if the number of waiting calls per logged-in agent (1) is greater than the maximum (0.5), the call will still be accepted since there are currently no waiting calls.

Supervision¶

Introduction¶

Allows a contact center supervisor to monitor contact center activities such as:

Monitoring real time information from call queues
Agent activities per call queues
Agent detailed activities

XiVO client as a Supervision Platform¶

Configuration¶

A supervisor profile defined in Service ‣ CTI Server ‣ Profiles menu usually contains the following Xlets :

Identity
Queues
Queue members
Queues (entries detail)
Agents (list)
Agents (detail)

Note:	You may also see the Agent Status Dashboard

Supervision Panel¶

Clicking on a queue’s name in the queue list will display the agent list in the xlet Queue Members and show waiting calls in the Calls of a Queue xlet.
Clicking on an agent’s name in the agent list will display information on the agent in the Agent Details xlet
Clicking on the + icon in the Agent Details xlet will display information about the selected queue in the Calls of a Queue and Queue Members xlets.

Queue List¶

General information

The queue list is a dashboard displaying queue statistics and real-time counters for each queue configured on the Wazo.

Real-time Columns

The data of following columns display real-time information.

Queues: queue name and number if configured to be displayed
Waiting calls: The number of calls currently waiting for an agent in this queue. The background color can change depending of the configured thresholds
EWT: Estimated waiting time
Longest wait: The longest waiting time for currently waiting calls. The background color can change depending of the configured thresholds
Talking: The number of agents currently in conversation in the queue. This column is set to 0 when the queue has just been created and no members have been added.
Logged: The number of logged agents in the queue. This column is set to “N/A” when the queue has just been created and no members have been added.
Available: The number of available agents ready to take a call in the queue. This column is set to N/A when the queue has just been created and no members have been added.

Last Period Columns

The data of following columns are based on statistics fetched from a fixed-width window of time, e.g. the last 60 minutes or the last 10 minutes. See below to configure the width of the window for each queue.

Received: The number of calls received in this queue during the configured statistical window
Answered: The number of calls answered in this queue during the configured statistical window
Abandoned: The number of calls abandoned in this queue during the configured statistical window
Mean waiting time: The mean wait time in the statistical time window, in mm:ss If no calls are received, “-” is displayed
Max waiting time: The longest wait time in the statistical time window, in mm:ss If no calls are received, “-” is displayed
Efficiency: Answered calls over received calls during the configured statistical window (unanswered calls that are still waiting are not taken into account). If no calls are received, “-” is displayed
QOS: Percentage of calls taken within X seconds over answered calls during the configured statistical window. If no calls are received, “-” is displayed

Counter availability

When the XiVO client is started, “na” is diplayed for counters that have not been initialized.

When the XiVO client is restarted, the counters are always displayed and calculated as if the application was not restarted. When the server is restarted, counters are reinitialized.

Enabling the xlet

The xlet can be added to any CTI profile from the web interface.

Configuration

Some values can be configured for the xlet. The statistic fetch timer can be set in the CTI profile preferences. This option is expressed in seconds and the default is 30 seconds.

The statistical period can be configured through the XiVO client once logged in by right-clicking on the Queue’s name in the Queues xlet. For each queue, you can configure the following information:

Qos: maximum wait time for a call, in seconds.

Window: period of time used for accumulating statistics, in seconds.

The data used to compute statistics on the Wazo server is only kept for a maximum of 3 hours. The window period cannot be configured to go beyond this limit.

Display options can also be set on the client side. A threshold can be configured to change the color of a column using the following parameters:

Queue thresholds (waiting calls): number of waiting calls in the queue.

Display queue’s longest wait: Add a column displaying the number of seconds the longest call has waited.

Queue thresholds (longest wait): number of seconds for the longest waiting call in the queue.

Display queue number: Add a column displaying the queue’s number.

Monitoring queues on high dimension screens

You may want to display the queue list on one big screen, visible by multiple people. However, the default font will not be large enough, so the information will not be readable.

You can change the font size of this Xlet by giving a configuration file when launching the XiVO Client:

> xivoclient -stylesheet big_fonts.qss   # Windows and Mac
$ xivoclient -- -stylesheet big_fonts.qss   # GNU/Linux

The big_fonts.qss file should contain:

QueuesView {font-size: 40px;}
QueuesView QHeaderView {font-size: 40px;}

Units of size that can be used are described on the Qt documentation.

Agent List¶

General information

The queue list is a dashboard displaying each agent configured on the Wazo.

Columns

Number

The agent’s number

First name & Last name

The agent’s first name and last name

Listen

A clickable cell to listen to the agent’s current call.

Clicking on the cell will make your phone ring. When you’ll answer, you’ll hear the conversation the agent is having.

You’ll then be able to press the following digits on your phone to switch between the different “listen” modes:

4 - spy mode (default). No one hears you.
5 - whisper mode. Only the agent hears you.
6 - barge mode. Both the agent and the person he’s talking to hear you.

Status since

Shows the agent’s status and the time spent in this status. An agent can have three statuses:

Not in use when he is ready to answer an ACD call
Out of queue when he called or answered a call not from the queue
In use when he is either on call from a queue, on pause or on wrapup

Logged

A clickable cell to log or unlog the agent

Joined queues

The number of queues the agent will be receiving calls from

Paused

A clickable cell to pause or unpause the agent

Paused queues

The number of queues in which the agent is paused

Agent Details¶

General information

Display advanced informations of an agent and enable to login/logoff, add/remove to a queue, and pause/unpause.

Agent Details

This is the status information of agent
Button to login/logoff agent
Supervision button of the Xlet “Calls of a queue”
Add/Remove agent for given queue
Pause/Unpause button for given queue

Queue members¶

The queue members lists which agents or phones will receive calls from the selected queue and some of their attributes.

Columns

Number: The agent number or the phone number of the queue member.
Firstname and Lastname: First name and last name of the agent or the user to which the phone belongs.
Logged: Whether the agent is logged or not. Blank for a phone.
Paused: Whether the agent is paused or not. Blank for a phone.
Answered calls: Number of calls answered by the member since last login (for an agent), or restart or configuration reload.
Last call: Hangup time of the last answered calls.
Penalty: Penalty of the queue member.

Link XiVO Client presence to agent presence¶

You can configure Wazo to have the following scenario:

The agent person leaves temporarily his office (lunch, break, ...)
He sets his presence in the XiVO Client to the according state
The agent will be automatically set in pause and his phone will not ring from queues
He comes back to his office and set his presence to ‘Available’
The pause will be automatically cancelled

You can configure the presence states of CTI profiles and attach Actions to them, such as Set in pause or Enable DND.

You can then attach an action Set in pause for multiple presence states and attach an action Cancel the pause for the presence state Available.

For now, the actions attached to the mandatory presence Disconnected will not be taken into account.

Agent Status Dashboard¶

Overview¶

The goal of the agent status dashboard xlet is to give contact center supervisors a better overview of agent status evolution in active queues.

Usage¶

The xlet is read-only and presents a list of queues. For each queue, the xlet displays a status box for each logged in agent. Each status box gives the following information:

Agent name
Agent status: Shows the agent’s status. An agent can have six statuses:
- Not in use when he is ready to answer an ACD call
- Int. Incoming when he answered an internal call not from a queue
- Int. Outgoing when he emitted an internal call not from a queue
- Ext. Incoming when he answered an external call not from a queue
- Ext. Outgoing when he emitted an external call not from a queue
- In use when he is either on call a from a queue, on pause or on wrapup
Agent status since: Shows the time spent in the current status
Background color:
- green if Not in use
- purple if Int. Incoming or Int. Outgoing
- pink if Ext. Incoming or Ext. Outgoing
- orange if In use

Note that the agent status will only change when the communication is established, not when phones are ringing.

Known bugs¶

If an agent emits a call via his XiVO Client, the status will change to Int. Outgoing or Ext. Outgoing when the destination phone rings, instead of when the destination answers.
- Given the agent is on an ACD call
- When the agent logs out
- When the agent hangs up the ACD call
- When the agent logs back in via CTI Client
- Then the agent may be seen as outgoing non-ACD communication, whether there is a non-ACD communication or not
To make the agent Not in use again, make a non-ACD call and hangup.
- Given the agent is on ACD call
- When the agent calls someone else (e.g. his supervisor)
- When the ACD call hangs up (while the agent talks to his supervisor)
- Then the agent is seen as available, instead of in outgoing non-ACD communication.
This applies to all kinds of non-ACD calls.

Changing the disposition¶

The disposition of the Xlet can be changed in two ways:

Placement of queues
Which queues are displayed

The disposition is saved whenever the XiVO Client is closed and restored when it is opened again.

Changing the placement of queues¶

The little windows containing each queue can be resized and moved around. That way, any layout can be achieved, according to the size and importance of each queue.

Choosing which queues are displayed¶

There is a little contextual menu when right-clicking on the title bar of every queue window. Checking/unchecking the lines of this menu shows/hides the associated queue.

Known issues¶

There is no profile containing this xlet. The profile must be created manually.
There is no sorting on agents in a queue.
An empty queue will display an empty box with no message specifying the queue has no logged agents.

Configuration¶

No special configuration is necessary other than creating a CTI profile in which the Agent Status Dashboard is added.

Skills-Based Routing¶

Introduction¶

Skills-based routing (SBR), or Skills-based call routing, is a call-assignment strategy used in call centres to assign incoming calls to the most suitable agent, instead of simply choosing the next available agent. It is an enhancement to the Automatic Call Distributor (ACD) systems found in most call centres. The need for skills-based routing has arisen, as call centres have become larger and dealt with a wider variety of call types.

—Wikipedia

In this respect, skills-based routing is also based on call distribution to agents through waiting queues, but one or many skills can be assigned to each agent, and call can be distributed to the most suitable agent.

In skills-based routing, you will have to find a way to be able to tag the call for a specific skill need. This can be done for example by entering the call distribution system using different incoming call numbers, using an IVR to let the caller do his own choice, or by requesting to the information system database the customer profile.

Skills-Based Routing

Getting Started¶

Create the skills
Apply the skills to the agents
Create the skill rule sets
Assign the skill rule sets using a configuration file
Apply the skill rule sets to call qualification, i.e. incoming calls by using the preprocess subroutine field

Note that you shouldn’t use skill based routing on a queue with queue members of type user because the behaviour is not defined and might change in a future Wazo version.

Skills¶

Skills are created using the menu Services ‣ Call center ‣ Skills. Each skill belongs to a category. First create the category, and in this category create different skills.

Note that a skill name can’t contain upper case letters and must be globally unique (i.e. the same name can’t be used in two different categories).

Skills Creation

Once all the skills are created you may apply them to agents. Agents may have one or more skills from different categories.

Apply Skills to Agents

It is typical to use a value between 0 and 100 inclusively as the weight of a skill, although any integer is accepted.

Skill Rule Sets¶

Once skills are created, rule sets can be defined.

A rule set is a list of rules. Here’s an example of a rule set containing 2 rules:

WT < 60, english > 50
english > 0

The first rule of this rule set can be read as:

If the caller has been waiting for less than 60 seconds (WT < 60), only try to call agents which have the skill “english” set to a value higher than 50; otherwise, go to the next rule.

And the second rule can be read as:

Only try to call agents which have the skill “english” set to a value higher than 0.

Let’s examine some simple scenarios, because there’s actually some subtilities on how calls are distributed. We will suppose that we have a queue with the default settings and the following members:

Agent A, with skill english set to 75
Agent B, with skill english set to 25

Scenario 1¶

Given:

Agent A is logged and not in use
Agent B is logged and not in use
There is no call in the queue

When a new call enters the queue, then it is distributed to Agent A. As long as Agent A is available and doesn’t answer the call, the call will never be distributed to Agent B, even after 60 seconds of waiting time.

When another call enters the queue, then after 60 seconds of waiting time, this call will be distributed to Agent B (and the first call will still be distributed only to Agent A).

The reason is that there’s a difference between a call that is being distributed (i.e. that is making agents ring) and a call that is waiting for being distributed. When a call is being distributed to a set of members, no other rule is tried as long as there’s at least 1 of these members available.

Scenario 2¶

Given:

Agent A is not logged
Agent B is logged and not in use
There is no call in the queue

When a new call enters the queue, then it is immediately distributed to Agent B.

The reason is that when there’s no logged agent matching a rule, the next rule is immediately tried.

Rules¶

Each rule set is composed of rules, and each rule has two parts, separated by a comma:

the first part (optional) is the “dynamic part”
the second part is the “skill part”

Each part contains an expression composed of operators, variables and integer constants.

Operators¶

The following operators can be used inside rules:

Comparison operators:

operand1 ! operand2 (is not equal)
operand1 = operand2 (is equal)
operand1 > operand2 (is greater than)
operand1 < operand2 (is lesser than)

Logical operators:

operand1 & operand2 (both are true)
operand1 | operand2 (at least one of them are true)

‘!’ is the operator with the higher priority, and ‘|’ the one with the lower priority. You can use parentheses ‘()’ to change the priority of operations.

Dynamic Part¶

The dynamic part can reference the following variables:

WT
EWT

The waiting time (WT) is the elapsed time since the call entered the queue. The time the call pass in an IVR or another queue is not taken into account.

The estimated waiting time (EWT) has never fully worked. It is mentioned here only for historical reason. You should not use it. It might be removed in a future Wazo version.

Examples:

WT < 60

Skill Part¶

The skill part can reference any skills name as variables.

You can also use meta-variables, starting with a ‘$’, to substitute them with data set on the Queue() call. For example, if you call Queue() with the skill rule set argument equal to:

select_lang(lang=german)

Then every $lang occurrence will be replaced by ‘german’.

Create Skill Rule Sets

Examples:

english > 50
technic ! 0 & ($os > 29 & $lang > 39 | $os > 39 & $lang > 19)

Evaluation¶

Note that the expression:

english | french

is equivalent to:

english ! 0 | french ! 0

Sometimes, a rule references a skill which is not defined for every agent. For example, given the following rule:

english > 0 | english < 1

Then, for an agent which has the skill english defined, the result of this expression is always true. For an agent which does not have the skill english defined, the result of this expression is always false.

Said differently, an agent without a skill X is not the same as an agent with the skill X set to the value 0.

Technically, this is what is happening when evaluating the rule “english > 0” for an agent without the skill english:

  english > 0
=     <Substituing english with the agent value>
  "undefined" > 0
=     <A comparison with "undefined" in at least one operand yields undefined>
  "undefined"
=     <In a boolean context, "undefined" is equal to false>
  false

This behaviour applies to every comparison operators.

Also, the syntax that is currently accepted for comparison is always of the form:

variable cmp_op constant

Where “variable” is a variable name, “cmp_op” is a comparison operator and “constant” is an integer constant. This means the following expressions are not accepted:

10 < english (but english > 10 is accepted)
english < french (the second operand must be a constant)
10 < 11 (the first operand must be a variable name)

Apply Skill Rule Sets¶

A skill rule set is attached to a call using a bit of dialplan. This dialplan is stored in a configuration file you may edit using menu Services ‣ IPBX ‣ Configuration Files.

Use Rule Set In Dialplan

In the figure above, 3 different languages are selected using three different subroutines.

Each of this different selections of subroutines can be applied to the call qualifying object. In the following example language selection is applied to incoming calls.

Apply Rule Set to Incoming Call

Example:

Configuration file for simple skill selection :

[simple_skill_english]
exten = s,1,Set(XIVO_QUEUESKILLRULESET=english_rule_set)
same  =   n,Return()

[simple_skill_french]
exten = s,1,Set(XIVO_QUEUESKILLRULESET=french_rule_set)
same  =   n,Return()

Monitoring¶

You may monitor your waiting calls with skills using the asterisk CLI and the command queue show <queue_name>:

wazo*CLI> queue show services
services has 1 calls (max unlimited) in 'ringall' strategy (0s holdtime, 2s talktime), W:0, C:1, A:10, SL:0.0% within 0s
  Members:
     Agent/2000 (Not in use) (skills: agent-1) has taken no calls yet
     Agent/2001 (Unavailable) (skills: agent-4) has taken no calls yet
  Virtual queue english:
  Virtual queue french:
     1. SIP/jyl-dev-assur-00000017 (wait: 0:05, prio: 0)
  Callers:

You may monitor your skills groups with the command queue show skills groups <agent_name>:

wazo*CLI> queue show skills groups <PRESS TAB>
agent-2   agent-3   agent-4   agent-48  agent-7   agent-1
wazo*CLI> queue show skills groups agent-1
Skill group 'agent-1':
  - bank           : 50
  - english        : 100

You may monitor your skills rules with the command queue show skills rules <rule_name>:

wazo*CLI> queue show skills rules <PRESS TAB>
english      french       select_lang
wazo*CLI> queue show skills rules english
Skill rules 'english':
  => english>90

Statistics¶

Overview¶

The statistics page is used to monitor the efficiency of queues and agents. Statistics are automatically generated every six hours. They can also be generated manually.

Note

The contact center statistics do not apply to switchboard queues. See Switchboard for more details.

Note

The oldest statistics are periodically removed. See xivo-purge-db for more details.

Configuration¶

In order to display call center statistics, you must create at least one configuration profile.

Statistics Configuration

The configuration profile is used to generate reports from the cache. The cache is generated independently from the configuration so adding a new configuration does not require a new cache generation.

Configuration options¶

Field	Values	Description

name	string	Configuration name, useful for remembering what the configuration is used for
interval	enum [0-999] [day, week, month]	Default time interval used when displaying statistics. Examples: “-1 day”: show statistics for yesterday “-3 weeks”: show statistics for the last 3 weeks
show on summary page		Display this configuration on the summary page
timezone	America/Montreal	Your time zone

Period cache		Maximum and minimum dates that can be used for displaying statistics
start	YYYY-MM	Start date
end	YYYY-MM	End date. If left to 0, use the servers’ current date

Working Hours		Work hours for agents
start	hh:mm	Beginning of working hours.
end	hh:mm	End of working hours

Periods		Number of calls answered for a time period
Period 1	number of seconds (Example: 20)	Show number of calls answered within 20 seconds in column “P1”
Period n	number of seconds (Example: 20)	Show number of calls answered within 20 seconds in column “Pn”

Note

Calls outside of working hours will not be in the cache. e.g. if working hours are from 8:00 AM to 16:00 PM, a call at 7:55 AM will not show up in the reports.

Note

Statistics are computed on the hour. e.g. If work hours are from 8:30 to 16:15, working hours should be set from 8:00 to 17:00.

Note

Period includes both bounds, if the same number is used for the higher bound and the lower bound of next period, some calls will be counted twice. i.e period 1 : 0-30 period 2 : 31-60 period 3 : 61

How to generate the cache¶

The cache must be generated before using reports. By default, the cache is automatically generated every six hours.

However, you can safely generate it manually. The script to generate the cache is xivo-stat fill_db. When this script is run, statistics will be regenerated for the last 8 hours starting from the previous hour. e.g. If you run xivo-stat on 2012-08-04 11:47:00, statistics will be regenerated from 2012-08-04 03:00:00 to 2012-08-04 11:47:00

Note

xivo-stat fill_db can be a long operation when used for the first time or after a xivo-stat clean_db

Warning

The current events have an end date of the launch date of the script xivo-stat as the end date.

Clearing the cache¶

If for some reason the cache generation fails or the cache becomes unusable, the administrator can safely clean the cache using xivo-stat clean_db and then regenerate it. This operation will only clear the cache and does not erase any other data.

Queue statistics¶

Queue statistics can be viewed in Services ‣ Statistics ‣ Queue.

The first table displays a list of queues with all the counters for the period choosen from the Dashboard panel

By clicking on a queue name you may display detailed queue statistics

Statistics can be displayed :

By week¶

By month¶

By year¶

Counters¶

Received: Total number of received calls
Answered: Calls answered by an agent
Abandoned: Calls that were hung up while waiting for an answer
Dissuaded or Overflowed:
- Closed: Calls received when the queue was closed
- No answer (NA): Calls that reached the ring timeout delay
- Satured: Calls received when the queue was already full (“Maximum number of people allowed to wait:” limit of advanced tab) or when one of the diversion parameters were reached
- Blocking : Calls received when no agents were available or when there were no agents to take the call, join an empty queue condition or remove callers if there are no agents condition is reached (advanced queue parameter tab).
Average waiting time (AWT): The average waiting time of call on wait
Answered rate (HR): The ratio of answered calls over (received calls - closed calls)
Quality of service (QoS): Percentage of calls answered in less than x seconds over the number of answered calls, where x is defined in the configuration

Agent performance¶

Agent performance statistics can be viewed in Services ‣ Statistics ‣ Performance agents.

Note

The agent performance counters do not take into account transfer between agents: if agent A processes a call and transfers it to agent B, only the counters of agent A will be updated. Ignoring any info after the call transfer.

Counters¶

Answered: Number of calls answered by the agent
Conversation: Total time spent for calls answered during a given period
Login: Total login time of an agent.
Wrapup: Total time spent in wrapup by an agent.
Pause: Total pause time of an agent

Note

The Pause time counter only supports PAUSEALL and UNPAUSEALL command from cticlient. The agent must also be a member of a least 1 queue.

Agent summary¶

Agent per day¶

Agent per week¶

Agent per month¶

Agent per year¶

Period details¶

Display by period defined in configuration, i.e. between 0 and 10s, 10s and 30s etc ... the number of handled calls and the number of abandonned calls

You may click on a queue name to get more information for this queue

Period details by day¶

Period details by week¶

Period details by month¶

Period details by year¶

Reporting¶

You may use your own reporting tools to be able to produce your own reports provided you do not use the Wazo server original tables, but copy the tables to your own data server. You may use the following procedure as a template :

Allow remote database access on Wazo
Create a postgresql account read only on asterisk database
Create target tables in your database located on the data server
Copy the statistic table content to your data server

General Architecture¶

Statistics Architecture

The queue_log table of the asterisk database is filled by events from Asterisk and by custom dialplan events
xivo-stat fill_db is then used to read data from the queue_log table and generate the tables stat_call_on_queue and stat_queue_periodic
The web interface generate tables and graphics from the stat_call_on_queue and stat_queue_periodic tables depending on the selected configuration

Statistic Data Table Content¶

stat_call_on_queue¶

This table is used to store each call individually. Each call received on a queue generates a single entry in this table containing time related fields and a foreign key to the agent who answered the call and another on the queue on which the call was received.

It also contains the status of the call ie. answered, abandoned, full, etc.

Field	Values	Description
id	generated
callid	numeric value	This call id is also used in the CEL table and can be used to get call detail information
time	Call time
ringtime		Ringing duration time in seconds
talktime		Talk time duration in seconds
waittime		Wait time duration in seconds
status		See status description below
queue_id		Id of the queue, the name of the queue can be found in table `stat_queue`, using this name queue details can be found in table `queuefeatures`
agent_id		Id of the agent, the agent name can be found in table `stat_agent`, using this name agent details can be found in table `agentfeatures` using the number in the second part of the name Exemple : Agent/1002 is agent with number 1002 in table `agentfeatures`

Queue Call Status¶

Status	Description
full	Call was not queued because queue was full, happens when the number of calls is greater than the maximum number of calls allowed to wait
closed	Closed due to the schedule applied to the queue
joinempty	No agents were available in the queue to take the call (follows the join empty parameter of the queue)
leaveempty	No agents available while the call was waiting in the qeuue
divert_ca_ratio	Call diverted because the ratio number of agent number of calls waiting configured was exceeded
divert_waittime	Call diverted because the maximum expected waiting time configured was exceeded
answered	Call was answered
abandoned	Call hangup by the caller
timeout	Call stayed longer than the maximum time allowed in queue parameter

stat_queue_periodic Table¶

This table is an aggregation of the queue_log table.

This table contains counters on each queue for each given period. The granularity at the time of this writing is an hour and is not configurable. This table is then used to compute statistics for a given range of hours, days, week, month or year.

Field	Description
id	Generated id
time	time period, all counters are aggregated for an hour
answered	Number of answered calls during the period
abandoned	Number of abandoned calls during the period
total	Total calls received during the period
full	Number of calls received when queue was full
closed	Number of calls received on close
joinempty	Number of calls received no agents available
leaveempty	Number of calls diverted agents not available during the wait
divert_ca_ratio	Number of calls diverted due to the number of agent number versus calls waiting configured was exceeded
divert_waittime	Number of calls diverted because the maximum expected waiting time configured was exceeded
timeout	Number of calls diverted because the maximum time allowed in queue parameter was exceeded
queue_id

stat_agent¶

This table is used to match agents to an id that is different from the id in the agent configuration table. This is necessary to avoid loosing statistics on a deleted agent. This also means that if an agent changes number ie. Agent/1001 to Agent/1202, the supervisor will have to take this information into account when viewing the statistics. Affecting an old number to a another agent also means that the supervisor will have to ignore entries for this given agent for the period before the number assignment to the new agent.

stat_queue¶

This table is used to store queues in a table that is different from the queue configuration table. This is necessary to avoid losing statistics on a deleted queue. Renaming a queue is also not handled at this time.

High Availability (HA)¶

The HA solution in Wazo makes it possible to maintain basic telephony function whether your main Wazo server is running or not. When running a Wazo HA cluster, users are guaranteed to never experience a downtime of more than 5 minutes of their basic telephony service.

The HA solution in Wazo is based on a 2-nodes “master and slave” architecture. In the normal situation, both the master and slave nodes are running in parallel, the slave acting as a “hot standby”, and all the telephony services are provided by the master node. If the master fails or must be shutdown for maintenance, then the telephony devices automatically communicate with the slave node instead of the master one. Once the master is up again, the telephony devices failback to the master node. Both the failover and the failback operation are done automatically, i.e. without any user intervention, although an administrator might want to run some manual operations after failback as to, for example, make sure any voicemail messages that were left on the slave are copied back to the master.

Prerequisites¶

The HA in Wazo only works with telephony devices (i.e. phones) that support the notion of a primary and backup telephony server.

Phones must be able to reach the master and the slave (take special care if master and slave are not in the same subnet)
If firewalling, the master must be allowed to join the slave on ports 22 and 5432
If firewalling, the slave must be allowed to join the master with an ICMP ping
Trunk registration timeout (expiry) should be less than 300 seconds (5 minutes)
The slave must have no provisioning plugins installed.

The HA solution is guaranteed to work correctly with the following devices.

Quick Summary¶

You need two configured Wazo (wizard passed)
Configure one Wazo as a master -> setup the slave address (VoIP interface)
Restart services (wazo-service restart) on master
Configure the other Wazo as a slave -> setup the master address (VoIP interface)
Configure file synchronization by runnning the script xivo-sync -i on the master
Start configuration synchronization by running the script xivo-master-slave-db-replication <slave_ip> on the master
Resynchronize all your devices
Configure the XiVO Clients

That’s it, you now have a HA configuration, and every hour all the configuration done on the master will be reported to the slave.

Configuration Details¶

First thing to do is to install 2 Wazo.

Important

When you upgrade a node of your cluster, you must also upgrade the other so that they both are running the same version of Wazo. Otherwise, the replication might not work properly.

You must configure the HA in the Web interface (Configuration ‣ Management ‣ High Availability page).

You can configure the master and slave in whatever order you want.

You must also run xivo-sync -i on the master to setup file synchronization. Running xivo-sync -i will create a passwordless SSH key on the master, stored under the /root/.ssh directory, and will add it to the /root/.ssh/authorized_keys file on the slave. The following directories will then be rsync’ed every hour:

/etc/asterisk/extensions_extra.d
/etc/xivo/asterisk
/var/lib/asterisk/agi-bin
/var/lib/asterisk/moh
/var/lib/xivo/certificates
/var/lib/xivo/sounds/acd
/var/lib/xivo/sounds/playback

Warning

When the HA is configured, some changes will be automatically made to the configuration of Wazo.

SIP expiry value on master and slave will be automatically updated:

min: 3 minutes
max: 5 minutes
default: 4 minutes

Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General Settings ‣ SIP Protocol

The provisioning server configuration will be automatically updated in order to allow phones to switch from Wazo power failure.

Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ Template Line ‣ Edit default

Warning

Do not change these values when the HA is configured, as this may cause problems. These values will be reset to blank when the HA is disabled.

Important

For the telephony devices to take the new proxy/registrar settings into account, you must resynchronize the devices or restart them manually.

Disable node¶

Default status of High Availability is disabled:

Note

You can reset at any time by choosing a server mode (disabled)

HA Dashboard Disabled (default state)

Important

You have to restart services (wazo-service restart) once the master node is disabled.

Master node¶

In choosing the method Master you must enter the IP address of the VoIP interface of the slave node.

HA Dashboard Master

Important

You have to restart all services (wazo-service restart) once the master node is configured.

Slave node¶

In choosing the method Slave you must enter the IP address of the VoIP interface of the master node.

HA Dashboard Slave

Replication Configuration¶

Once master slave configuration is completed, Wazo configuration is replicated from the master node to the slave every hour (:00).

Replication can be started manually by running the replication scripts on the master:

xivo-master-slave-db-replication <slave_ip>
xivo-sync

The replication does not copy the full Wazo configuration of the master. Notably, these are excluded:

All the network configuration (i.e. everything under the Configuration ‣ Network section)
All the support configuration (i.e. everything under the Configuration ‣ Support section)
Call logs
Call center statistics
Certificates
HA settings
Provisioning configuration
Voicemail messages

Less importantly, these are also excluded:

Queue logs
CELs

XiVO Client¶

You have to enter the master and slave address in the Connection tab of the XiVO Client configuration :

The main server is the master node and the backup server is the slave node.

When connecting the XiVO Client with the main server down, the login screen will hang for 3 seconds before connecting to the backup server.

Internals¶

4 scripts are used to manage services and data replication.

xivo-master-slave-db-replication <slave_ip> is used on the master to replicate the master’s data on the slave server. It runs on the master.
xivo-manage-slave-services {start,stop} is used on the slave to start, stop monit and asterisk. The services won’t be restarted after an upgrade or restart.
xivo-check-master-status <master_ip> is used to check the status of the master and enable or disable services accordingly.
xivo-sync is used to sync directories from master to slave.

Limitations¶

When the master node is down, some features are not available and some behave a bit differently. This includes:

Call history / call records are not recorded.
Voicemail messages saved on the master node are not available.
Custom voicemail greetings recorded on the master node are not available.
Phone provisioning is disabled, i.e. a phone will always keep the same configuration, even after restarting it.
Phone remote directory is not accessible, because provisioned IP address points to the master.

Note that, on failover and on failback:

DND, call forwards, call filtering, ..., statuses may be lost if changed recently.
If you are connected as an agent, then you might need to reconnect as an agent when the master goes down. Since it’s hard to know when the master goes down, if your CTI client disconnects and you can’t reconnect it, then it’s a sign the master might be down.

Additionally, only on failback:

Voicemail messages are not copied from the slave to the master, i.e. if someone left a message on your voicemail when the master was down, you won’t be able to consult it once the master is up again.
More generally, custom sounds are not copied back. This includes recordings.

Here’s the list of limitations that are more relevant on an administrator standpoint:

The master status is up or down, there’s no middle status. This mean that if Asterisk is crashed the Wazo is still up and the failover will NOT happen.

Berofos Integration¶

Wazo offers the possibility to integrate a berofos failover switch within a HA cluster.

This is useful if you have one or more ISDN lines (i.e. T1/E1 or T0 lines) that you want to use whatever the state of your Wazo HA cluster. To use a berofos within your Wazo HA installation, you need to properly configure both your berofos and your Wazo, then the berofos will automatically switch your ISDN lines from your master node to your slave node if your master goes down, and vice-versa when it comes back up.

You can also use a Berofos failover switch to secure the ISDN provider lines when installing a Wazo in front of an existing PBX. The goal of this configuration is to mitigate the consequences of an outage of the Wazo : with this equipment the ISDN provider links could be switched to the PBX directly if the Wazo goes down.

Wazo does not offer natively the possibility to configure Berofos in this failover mode. The Berofos Integration with PBX section describes a workaround.

Installation and Configuration¶

Master Configuration¶

There is nothing to be done on the master node.

Slave Configuration¶

First, install the bntools package:

apt-get install bntools

This will make the bnfos command available.

You can then connect your berofos to your network and power it on. By default, the berofos will try to get an IP address via DHCP. If it is not able to get such address from a DHCP server, it will take the 192.168.0.2/24 IP address.

Note

The DHCP server on Wazo does not offer IP addresses to berofos devices by default.

Next step is to create the /etc/bnfos.conf file via the following command:

bnfos --scan -x

If no berofos device is detected using this last command, you’ll have to explicitly specify the IP address of the berofos via the -h option:

bnfos --scan -x -h <berofos ip>

At this stage, your /etc/bnfos.conf file should contains something like this:

[fos1]
mac = 00:19:32:00:12:1D
host = 10.34.1.50
#login = <user>:<password>

It is advised to configure your berofos with a static IP address. You first need to put your berofos into flash mode :

press and hold the black button next to the power button,
power on your berofos,
release the black button when the red LEDs of port D start blinking.

Then, you can issue the following command, by first replacing the network configuration with your one:

bnfos --netconf -f fos1 -i 10.34.1.20 -n 255.255.255.0 -g 10.34.1.1 -d 0

Note

-i is the IP address
-n is the netmask
-g is the gateway
-d 0 is to disable DHCP

You can then update your berofos firmware to version 1.53:

wget http://www.beronet.com/downloads/berofos/bnfos_v153.bin
bnfos --flash bnfos_v153.bin -f fos1

Once this is done, you’ll have to reboot your berofos in operationnal mode (that is in normal mode).

Then you must rewrite the /etc/bnfos.conf (mainly if you changed the IP address):

bnfos --scan -x -h <berofos ip>

Now that your berofos has proper network configuration and an up to date firmware, you might want to set a password on your berofos:

bnfos --set apwd=<password> -f fos1
bnfos --set pwd=1 -f fos1

You must then edit the /etc/bnfos.conf and replace the login line to something like:

login = admin:<password>

Next, configure your berofos for it to work correctly with the Wazo HA:

bnfos --set wdog=0 -f fos1
bnfos --set wdogdef=0 -f fos1
bnfos --set scenario=0 -f fos1
bnfos --set mode=1 -f fos1
bnfos --set modedef=1 -f fos1

This, among other things, disable the watchdog. The switching from one relay mode to the other will be done by the Wazo slave node once it detects the master node is down, and vice-versa.

Finally, you can make sure everything works fine by running the xivo-berofos command:

xivo-berofos master

The green LEDs on your berofos should be lighted on ports A and B.

Connection¶

Two Wazo¶

Here’s how to connect the ISDN lines between your berofos with:

two Wazo in high availability

In this configuration you can protect up two 4 ISDN lines. If more than 4 ISDN lines to protect, you must set up a Multiple berofos configuration.

Here’s an example with 4 ISDN lines coming from your telephony provider:

ISDN lines (provider)
  | | | |
  | | | |
+---------------------------------------------+
|    A           B           C           D    |
| 1|2|3|4     1|2|3|4     1|2|3|4     1|2|3|4 |
+---------------------------------------------+
              | | | |                 | | | |
              | | | |                 | | | |
            +--------+              +--------+
            | wazo-1 |              | wazo-2 |
            +--------+              +--------+

Two Wazo and one PBX¶

Here’s how to connect your berofos with:

two Wazo in high availability,
one PBX.

In this configuration you can protect up two 2 ISDN lines. If more than 2 ISDN lines to protect, you must set up a Multiple berofos configuration.

Logical view:

                +--------+                            +-----+
-- Provider ----| wazo-1 | -- ISDN Interconnection  --| PBX | -- Phones
                +--------+                            +-----+
                  | wazo-2 |
                  +--------+

This example shows the case where there are 2 ISDN lines coming from your telephony provider:

ISDN lines (provider)
  | |
  | |
+------------------------------------------------------+
|    A               B            C           D        |
| 1|2|3|4         1|2   3|4      1|2|3|4     1|2   3|4 |
+------------------------------------------------------+
      | |     CPE | |   | | NET          CPE | |   | | NET
      | |   spans | |   | | spans      spans | |   | | spans
      | |       +----------+              +------------+
      | |       |  wazo-1  |              |   wazo-2   |
      | |       +----------+              +------------+
      | |
      | |
    +------+
    | PBX  |
    +------+

One Wazo and one PBX¶

This case is not currently supported. You’ll find a workaround in the Berofos Integration with PBX section.

Multiple berofos¶

It’s possible to use more than 1 berofos with Wazo.

For each supplementary berofos you want to use, you must first configure it properly like you did for the first one. The only difference is that you need to add a berofos declaration to the /etc/bnfos.conf file instead of creating/overwriting the file. Here’s an example of a valid config file for 2 berofos:

[fos1]
mac = 00:19:32:00:12:1D
host = 10.100.0.201
login = admin:foobar

[fos2]
mac = 00:11:22:33:44:55
host = 10.100.0.202
login = admin:barfoo

Warning

berofos name must follow the pattern fosX where X is a number starting with 1, then 2, etc. The bnfos tool won’t work properly if it’s not the case.

Operation¶

When your Wazo switch the relay mode of your berofos, it logs the event in the /var/log/syslog file.

Default mode¶

Note that when the berofos is off, the A and D ports are connected together. This behavior is not customizable.

Uninstallation¶

It is important to remove the /etc/bnfos.conf file on the slave node when you don’t want to use anymore your berofos with your Wazo.

Reset the Berofos¶

You can reset the berofos configuration :

Power on the berofos,
When red and green LEDs are still lit, press & hold the black button,
Release it when the red LEDs of the D port start blinking fast
Reboot the beronet, it should have lost its configuration.

External links¶

berofos user manual

Troubleshooting¶

When replicating the database between master and slave, if you encounter problems related to the system locale, see PostgreSQL localization errors.

Scalability and Distributed Systems¶

This section gathers configuration that are possible using Wazo to feature rich scalable communication systems.

API and SDK¶

Message Bus¶

The message bus is used to receive events from Wazo. It is provided by an AMQP 0-9-1 broker (namely, RabbitMQ) that is integrated in Wazo.

Warning

Interaction with the bus is presently experimental and some things might change in the next Wazo versions.

Usage¶

At the moment, the AMQP broker only listen on the 127.0.0.1 address. This means that if you want to connect to the AMQP broker from a distant machine, you must modify the RabbitMQ server configuration, which is not yet an officially supported operation. All events are sent to the xivo exchange.

Otherwise, the default connection information is:

Virtual host: /
User name: guest
User password: guest
Port: 5672
Exchange name: xivo
Exchange type: topic

Example¶

Here’s an example of a simple client, in python, listening for the call_form_result CTI events:

import kombu

from kombu.mixins import ConsumerMixin

EXCHANGE = kombu.Exchange('xivo', type='topic')
ROUTING_KEY = 'call_form_result'


class C(ConsumerMixin):

    def __init__(self, connection):
        self.connection = connection

    def get_consumers(self, Consumer, channel):
        return [Consumer(kombu.Queue(exchange=EXCHANGE, routing_key=ROUTING_KEY),
                callbacks=[self.on_message])]

    def on_message(self, body, message):
        print('Received:', body)
        message.ack()


def main():
    with kombu.Connection('amqp://guest:guest@localhost:5672//') as conn:
        try:
            C(conn).run()
        except KeyboardInterrupt:
            return


main()

If you are new to AMQP, you might want to look at the RabbitMQ tutorial.

Notes¶

Things to be aware when writing a client/consumer:

The published messages are not persistent. When the AMQP broker stops, the messages that are still in queues will be lost.

Changelog¶

17.08¶

The plugin_install_progress bus message has been added.
The plugin_uninstall_progress bus message has been added.

17.01¶

The favorite_added bus message has been added.
The favorite_deleted bus message has been added.

16.08¶

The call_held bus message has been added.
The call_resumed bus message has been added.
The user_status_update bus message now uses the user’s UUID instead of the user’s ID.

16.07¶

The user_created bus message has been added.
The user_edited bus message has been added.
The user_deleted bus message has been added.

15.20¶

The chat_message_event bus message has been added.

15.17¶

The service_registered_event and service_deregistered_event bus messages have been added.

Events¶

Events that are sent to the bus use a JSON serialization format with the content-type application/json. For example, the CTI call_form_result event looks like this:

{"name": "call_form_result",
 "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
 "data": {...}}

All events have the same basic structure, namely, a JSON object with 4 keys:

name: A string representing the name of the event. Each event type has a unique name.
required_acl (optional): Either a string or null. Currently used by xivo-websocketd to determine if a client can receive the event or not. See the Events Access Control section for more information.
origin_uuid: The uuid to identify the message producer.
data: The data specific part of the event. This is documented on a per event type; if not this is assumed to be null.

AMI events¶

All AMI events are broadcasted on the bus.

routing key: ami.<event name>
event specific data: a dictionary with the content of the AMI event

Example event with binding key QueueMemberStatus:

{
    "name": "QueueMemberStatus",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "Status": "1",
        "Penalty": "0",
        "CallsTaken": "0",
        "Skills": "",
        "MemberName": "sip\/m3ylhs",
        "Queue": "petak",
        "LastCall": "0",
        "Membership": "static",
        "Location": "sip\/m3ylhs",
        "Privilege": "agent,all",
        "Paused": "0",
        "StateInterface": "sip\/m4ylhs"
    }
}

call_form_result¶

The call_form_result event is sent when a custom call form is submitted by a CTI client.

routing key: call_form_result
event specific data: a dictionary with 2 keys:
- user_id: an integer corresponding to the user ID of the client who saved the call form
- variables: a dictionary holding the content of the form

Example:

{
    "name": "call_form_result",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "user_id": 40,
        "variables": {
            "firstname": "John",
            "lastname": "Doe"
        }
    }
}

agent_status_update¶

The agent_status_update is sent when an agent is logged in or logged out.

routing key: status.agent
required ACL: events.statuses.agents
event specific data: a dictionary with 3 keys:
- agent_id: an integer corresponding to the agent ID of the agent who’s status changed
- status: a string identifying the status
- xivo_id: the uuid of the xivo

Example:

{
    "name": "agent_status_update",
    "required_acl": "events.statuses.agents",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "agent_id": 42,
        "xivo_id": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
        "status": "logged_in"
    }
}

call_created, call_updated, call_ended¶

The events call_created, call_updated, call_ended are sent when a call handled by xivo-ctid-ng is received, connected or hung up.

routing key: calls.call.created, calls.call.updated, calls.call.ended
required ACL: events.calls.<user_uuid>
event specific data: a dictionary with the same fields as the REST API model of Call (See http://api.wazo.community, section xivo-ctid-ng)

Example:

{
    "name": "call_created",
    "required_acl": "events.calls.2e752722-0864-4665-887d-a78a024cf7c7",
    "origin_uuid": "08c56466-8f29-45c7-9856-92bf1ba89b82",
    "data": {
        "bridges": [],
        "call_id": "1455123422.8",
        "caller_id_name": "Some One",
        "caller_id_number": "1001",
        "creation_time": "2016-02-10T11:57:02.592-0500",
        "status": "Ring",
        "talking_to": {},
        "user_uuid": "2e752722-0864-4665-887d-a78a024cf7c7"
    }
}

call_held¶

This message is sent when a call is placed on hold

routing key: calls.hold.created
event specific data:
- call_id: The asterisk channel unique ID

Example:

{"name": "call_held",
 "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
 "data": {"call_id": "1465572129.31"}}

call_resumed¶

This message is sent when a call is resumed from hold

routing key: calls.hold.deleted
event specific data:
- call_id: The asterisk channel unique ID

Example:

{"name": "call_resumed",
 "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
 "data": {"call_id": "1465572129.31"}}

chat_message_event¶

This message is used to send a chat message to a user

routing key: chat.message.<wazo-uuid>.<user_id>
event specific data:
- alias: The nickname of the chatter
- to: The destination’s Wazo UUID and user UUID
- from: The chatter’s Wazo UUID and user UUID
- msg: The message

Example:

{
    "name": "chat_message_event",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "alias": "Alice"
        "to": ["ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3", "fcb36731-c50a-453e-92c7-571297d41616"],
        "from": ["ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3", "4f2e2249-ae2b-4bc2-b5fc-ad42ee01ddaf"],
        "msg": "Hi!"
    }
}

endpoint_status_update¶

The endpoint_status_update is sent when an end point status changes. This information is based on asterisk hints.

routing key: status.endpoint
required ACL: events.statuses.endpoints
event specific data: a dictionary with 3 keys
- xivo_id: the uuid of the xivo
- endpoint_id: an integer corresponding to the endpoint ID
- status: an integer corresponding to the asterisk device state

Example:

{
    "name": "endpoint_status_update",
    "required_acl": "events.statuses.endpoints",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "endpoint_id": 67,
        "xivo_id": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
        "status": 0
    }
}

favorite_added¶

The favorite_added event is published when a contact is marked as a favorite by a user.

routing key: directory.<user_uuid>.favorite.created
required ACL: events.directory.<user_uuid>.favorite.created
event specific data:
- xivo_id: The user’s Wazo server UUID
- user_uuid: The user’s UUID
- source: The source in which this contact can be found
- source_entry_id: The ID of the contact within this source

Example:

{
    "name": "favorite_added",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "xivo_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
        "user_uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2",
        "source": "internal",
        "source_entry_id": 42
    }
}

favorite_deleted¶

The favorite_deleted event is published when a favorited contact is marked a not favorite by a user

routing key: directory.<user_uuid>.favorite.deleted
required ACL: events.directory.<user_uuid>.favorite.deleted
event specific data:
- xivo_id: The user’s Wazo server UUID
- user_uuid: The user’s UUID
- source: The source in which this contact can be found
- source_entry_id: The ID of the contact within this source

Example:

{
    "name": "favorite_deleted",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "xivo_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
        "user_uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2",
        "source": "internal",
        "source_entry_id": 42
    }
}

plugin_install_progress¶

The plugin_install_progress event is published during the installation of a plugin.

routing key: plugin.install.<uuid>.<status>
required ACL: events.plugin.install.<uuid>.<status>
event specific data:
- uuid: The installation task UUID
- status: The status of the installation

Example:

{
    "name": "plugin_install_progress",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2",
        "status": "completed"
    }
}

plugin_uninstall_progress¶

The plugin_uninstall_progress event is published during the removal of a plugin.

routing key: plugin.uninstall.<uuid>.<status>
required ACL: events.plugin.uninstall.<uuid>.<status>
event specific data:
- uuid: The removal task UUID
- status: The status of the removal

Example:

{
    "name": "plugin_uninstall_progress",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2",
        "status": "removing"
    }
}

user_created¶

The user_created event is published when a new user is created.

routing key: config.user.created
event specific data: a dictionary with 2 keys
- id: the ID of the created user
- uuid: the UUID of the created user

Example:

{
    "name": "user_created",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "id": 42,
        "uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2"
    }
}

user_deleted¶

The user_deleted event is published when a user is deleted.

routing key: config.user.deleted
event specific data: a dictionary with 2 keys
- id: the ID of the deleted user
- uuid: the UUID of the deleted user

Example:

{
    "name": "user_deleted",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "id": 42,
        "uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2"
    }
}

user_edited¶

The user_edited event is published when a user is modified.

routing key: config.user.edited
event specific data: a dictionary with 2 keys
- id: the ID of the modified user
- uuid: the UUID of the modified user

Example:

{
    "name": "user_edited",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "id": 42,
        "uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2"
    }
}

user_status_update¶

The user_status_update is sent when a user changes his CTI presence using the XiVO client.

routing key: status.user
required ACL: events.statuses.users
event specific data: a dictionary with 3 keys
- xivo_id: the uuid of the xivo
- user_uuid: the user’s UUID
- status: a string identifying the status

Example:

{
    "name": "user_status_update",
    "required_acl": "events.statuses.users",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "user_uuid": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2",
        "xivo_id": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
        "status": "busy"
    }
}

users_forwards_<forward_name>_updated¶

The users_forwards_<forward_name>_updated is sent when a user changes his forward using REST API.

forward_name:
- busy
- noanswer
- unconditional
routing key: config.users.<user_uuid>.forwards.<forward_name>.updated
required ACL: events.config.users.<user_uuid>.forwards.<forward_name>.updated
event specific data: a dictionary with 3 keys
- user_uuid: the user uuid
- enabled: the state of the forward
- destination: the destination of the forward

Example:

{
    "name": "users_forwards_busy_updated",
    "required_acl": "events.config.users.a1223fe6-bff8-4fb6-a982-f9157dea5094.forwards.busy.updated",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "user_uuid": "a1223fe6-bff8-4fb6-a982-f9157dea5094",
        "enabled": true
        "destination": "1234"
    }
}

users_services_<service_name>_updated¶

The users_services_<service_name>_updated is sent when a user changes his service using REST API.

service_name:
- dnd
- incallfilter
routing key: config.users.<user_uuid>.services.<service_name>.updated
required ACL: events.config.users.<user_uuid>.services.<service_name>.updated
event specific data: a dictionary with 2 keys
- user_uuid: the user uuid
- enabled: the state of the service

Example:

{
    "name": "users_services_dnd_updated",
    "required_acl": "events.config.users.a1223fe6-bff8-4fb6-a982-f9157dea5094.services.dnd.updated",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "user_uuid": "a1223fe6-bff8-4fb6-a982-f9157dea5094",
        "enabled": true
    }
}

service_registered_event¶

The service_registered_event is sent when a service is started.

routing key: service.registered.<service_name>
event specific data: a dictionary with 5 keys
- service_name: The name of the started service
- service_id: The consul ID of the started service
- address: The advertised address of the started service
- port: The advertised port of the started service
- tags: The advertised Consul tags of the started service

Example:

{
    "name": "service_registered_event",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "service_name": "xivo-ctid",
        "service_id": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2",
        "address": "192.168.1.42",
        "port": 9495,
        "tags": ["xivo-ctid", "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3", "Québec"]
    }
}

service_deregistered_event¶

The service_deregistered_event is sent when a service is stopped.

routing key: service.deregistered.<service_name>
event specific data: a dictionary with 3 keys
- service_name: The name of the stopped service
- service_id: The consul ID of the stopped service
- tags: The advertised Consul tags of the stopped service

Example:

{
    "name": "service_deregistered_event",
    "origin_uuid": "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3",
    "data": {
        "service_name": "xivo-ctid",
        "service_id": "8e58d2a7-cfed-4c2e-ac72-14e0b5c26dc2",
        "tags": ["xivo-ctid", "ca7f87e9-c2c8-5fad-ba1b-c3140ebb9be3", "Québec"]
    }
}

user_voicemail_message_created¶

The events user_voicemail_message_created, user_voicemail_message_updated, user_voicemail_message_deleted are sent when a message is left, updated or deleted from a voicemail. A distinct message is generated for each user associated to the voicemail: if the voicemail is not associated to any user, no message is generated.

routing key: voicemails.messages.created, voicemails.messages.updated, voicemails.messages.deleted
required ACL: events.users.<user_uuid>.voicemails
event specific data: a dictionary with the same fields as the REST API model of VoicemailMessage (See http://api.wazo.community, section xivo-ctid-ng)

Example:

{
    "name": "user_voicemail_message_created",
    "required_acl": "events.users.8a709eb7-897f-4183-aa3b-ffa2a74e7e37.voicemails",
    "origin_uuid": "3b13295f-9f93-4c19-bd52-015a928a8a2a",
    "data": {
        "voicemail_id": 1,
        "message": {
            "timestamp": 1479226725,
            "caller_id_num": "1001",
            "caller_id_name": "Alice",
            "duration": 0,
            "folder": {
                "type": "new",
                "id": 1,
                "name": "inbox"
            },
            "id": "1479226725-00000003"
        },
        "user_uuid": "8a709eb7-897f-4183-aa3b-ffa2a74e7e37",
        "message_id": "1479226725-00000003"
    }
}

Queue logs¶

Queue logs are events logged by Asterisk in the queue_log table of the asterisk database. Queue logs are used to generate Wazo call center statistics.

Queue log sample¶

Agent callback login¶

           time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
---------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
2012-07-03 15:27:23.896208 | 1341343640.4    | NONE      | Agent/3001 | AGENTCALLBACKLOGIN  | 1002@pcm-dev        |                 |               |       |

Agent callback logoff¶

Agent/3001 is logged in queues q1 and q2.

           time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
---------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
2012-07-03 15:28:07.348244 | NONE            | q2        | Agent/3001 | UNPAUSE             |                     |                 |               |       |
2012-07-03 15:28:07.346320 | NONE            | q1        | Agent/3001 | UNPAUSE             |                     |                 |               |       |
2012-07-03 15:28:07.327425 | NONE            | NONE      | Agent/3001 | UNPAUSEALL          |                     |                 |               |       |
2012-07-03 15:28:06.249357 | NONE            | NONE      | Agent/3001 | AGENTCALLBACKLOGOFF | 1002@pcm-dev        | 43              | CommandLogoff |       |

Call on a Queue with join empty conditions met¶

           time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
---------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
2012-07-04 07:27:55.640421 | 1341401275.9    | q1        | NONE       | JOINEMPTY           |                     |                 |               |       |

Enter the queue and get answered by an agent¶

           time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
---------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
2012-07-04 07:33:23.085718 | 1341401601.24   | q1        | Agent/3001 | CONNECT             | 2                   | 1341401601.27   | 1             |       |
2012-07-04 07:33:21.165823 | 1341401601.24   | q1        | NONE       | ENTERQUEUE          |                     | 1000            | 1             |       |

Agent or caller ends the call after 12 seconds¶

           time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
---------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
2012-07-04 07:37:46.601754 | 1341401851.34   | q1        | Agent/3001 | COMPLETEAGENT       | 2                   | 12              | 1             |       |

Call on a full queue¶

           time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
---------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
2012-07-04 07:40:17.339945 | 1341402016.44   | q1        | NONE       | FULL                |                     |                 |               |       |

Call on a closed queue¶

           time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
---------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
2012-07-04 07:48:03.455999 | 1341402482.49   | q1        | NONE       | CLOSED              |                     |                 |               |       |

Caller abandon before an answer¶

            time            |     callid      | queuename |   agent    |        event        |        data1        |      data2      |     data3     | data4 | data5
----------------------------+-----------------+-----------+------------+---------------------+---------------------+-----------------+---------------+-------+-------
 2012-07-04 07:49:52.939802 | 1341402586.51   | q1        | NONE       | ABANDON             | 1                   | 1               | 6             |       |

REST API¶

The Wazo REST APIs are the privileged way to programmatically interact with Wazo.

REST API Quickstart¶

Introduction¶

Wazo REST APIs are HTTP interfaces that allow you to programmatically interact with Wazo. In order to access the REST APIs of Wazo, you need:

a Wazo server up and running
a browser
somewhere you can copy-paste text (ids, tokens, etc.)

REST API Permissions¶

First of all, you must have permission to use the REST API. In your Wazo web interface, go to Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Web Services Access and create a new user:

Name: rest-api-test
Login: rest-api-test
Password: some secret password
Host: nothing
ACL tab: add a line containing only #. # is a wildcard that gives access to every REST API. You may want to delete this account when you’re done, to reduce risks of unauthorized access.

Save the form, and store the login/password somewhere for later use.

Swagger UI¶

In this article, we will use the Swagger Web UI, a small web application available in every Wazo installation since XiVO 15.10.

In your browser, go to http://<wazo>/api. You should see:

a list of available APIs
input boxes on the top, we will ignore those for now

The list of available APIs reflects the different modules of Wazo. Each module is a Python process that serves its own REST API. We will concentrate on two of them:

xivo-auth
xivo-confd

xivo-auth is the daemon responsible for authentication. Every API is protected by a token-based authentication mechanism. In order to use any REST API, we will need a valid authentication token, obtained from xivo-auth.

xivo-confd is the daemon responsible for Wazo configuration. Its REST API allows you to read and modify users, lines, extensions, groups, etc. This is the programatic equivalent of the Wazo web interface. However, the xivo-confd REST API is not yet complete, and not all aspects of Wazo configuration are available in xivo-confd.

HTTPS certificates¶

Almost all REST APIs use encryption and are available via HTTPS. Unfortunately, Wazo does not come with a trusted certificate. So you have to manually trust the self-signed certificate of your Wazo. To that end:

Click on xivo-auth in the menu on the left.
You should see an error like:
```
Can't read from server. It may not have the appropriate access-control-origin settings.
```
This is expected. This is the kind of error (quite misleading, admittedly) you get when the certificate is not trusted.
Copy the URL you see in the text box at the top of the page, something like: https://wazo:9497/1.1/api/api.yml and paste it in your browser.
Accept the HTTPS certificate validation exception.
You should see a YAML text file describing the xivo-confd API.
Go back to http://wazo/api.
Click on xivo-auth again.
Now you should see a list of sections for the xivo-auth REST API, like backends or token
Repeat the whole procedure for xivo-confd (the port in the URL will be different, and the REST API description will take longer to load), and you should be ready to go.

Authentication token¶

Let’s ask xivo-auth for an authentication token:

Choose the xivo-auth service in the list of REST APIs
In the top-right text box of the page (left to the “Explore” button), fill “token” with the rest-api-test:password: those credentials are the ones from the Web Services Access you created earlier.
Go to the POST /tokens section and click on the yellow box to the right of the body parameter. This will pre-fill the body parameter.
In the body parameter, set:
- backend to xivo_service
- expiration to the number of seconds for the token to be valid (e.g. 3600 for one hour). After the expiration time, you will need to re-authenticate to get a new token.
Click Try it out at the end of the section. This will make an HTTP request to xivo-auth.
You should see a response to your HTTP request, containing a JSON object. In the response, you should see a token attribute. That little string is your authentication token. Save it somewhere, in case you need it later.
Copy-paste the token attribute in the top-right input box, replacing the rest-api-test:password. Note that you don’t need to click the Explore button to accept the change of token.

Use the xivo-confd REST API¶

Now that we have an authentication token, we are ready to use the REST API.

Click on xivo-confd in the left menu
Choose a REST API endpoint, like users ‣ GET /users and click Try it out

And that’s it, you are ready to use any REST API with your authentication token.

Note

Be aware that this token will expire, and that you will need to get a new one when that happens. You can take a look at https://auth.wazo.community for an easier manual token generation process. Note that the auth.wazo.community server will never know the tokens that you generate, you browser will ask your Wazo directly.

Warning

Also, note that this authentication token gives all permissions to anyone who knows it. Same goes for the account password we created earlier. Remember to delete this account, or at least restrict permissions when you’re done.

What’s next¶

Check our REST API Examples for more elaborate examples of how to use the REST APIs of Wazo.
REST API Conventions are also a good read
Explore the REST API in Swagger, it also serves as the reference documentation for REST API.

Something went wrong...¶

Check REST API Troubleshooting.

REST API Examples¶

CURL Examples (xivo-confd)¶

# Get the list of users
curl --insecure \
-H 'Accept: application/json' \
-H 'X-Auth-Token: 17496bfa-4653-9d9d-92aa-17def0fa9826' \
https://wazo:9486/1.1/users

# Create a user
# When sending data, you need the Content-Type header.
curl --insecure \
-X POST \
-d '{"firstname": "hello-world"} \
-H 'Accept: application/json' \
-H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
-H 'X-Auth-Token: 17496bfa-4653-9d9d-92aa-17def0fa9826' \
https://wazo:9486/1.1/users

Create a user with a phone and a voicemail (xivo-confd)¶

_images/rest-api-example-user-voicemail.png

Create a line:

POST /lines/sip
{
  "context": "default"
}

Response:

{
  "id": 11
  ...
}

Create an extension:

POST /extensions
{
  "exten": "1234",
  "context": "default"
}

Response:

{
  "id": 22
  ...
}

Associate the line-extension:
```
PUT /lines/11/extensions/22
```

Create a user:

POST /users
{
  "firstname": "Alice"
}

Response:

{
  "uuid": "44444444-4444-4444-4444-444444444444"
  ...
}

Associate the user-line:

PUT /users/44444444-4444-4444-4444-444444444444/lines/11

Create the SIP endpoint:

POST /endpoints/sip
{
}

Response:

{
  "id": 66
  ...
}

Associate the line-endpoint:
```
PUT /lines/11/endpoints/sip/66
```
Create the device. This is usually done automatically when the device is plugged in and put in autoprov mode. However, you need to get the device ID:
```
GET /devices?search=88:88:88:88:88:88  or  GET /devices?search=192.168.88.88
{
  "id": "88888888888888888888888888888888",
  ...
}
```

Associate the line-device:

PUT /lines/11/devices/88888888888888888888888888888888

You may also want to re-synchronize the device:

PUT /devices/88888888888888888888888888888888/synchronize

Create the voicemail:

POST /voicemails
{
  "name": "Alice's voicemail",
  "number": "1234"
  "context": "default"
}

Response:

{
  "id": 1010
  ...
}

Associate the user-voicemail:

PUT /users/44444444-4444-4444-4444-444444444444/voicemails/1010

REST API Troubleshooting¶

Here is a list of common problems you can encounter with Wazo REST APIs.

Swagger UI: Can’t read from server...¶

Problem¶

When trying to access Swagger UI via http://wazo/api, I get:

Can't read from server. It may not have the appropriate access-control-origin settings.

Answer¶

This is a very generic error message from Swagger UI. It can have a variety of causes, most commonly:

the HTTPS certificate of the API you’re trying to get is not trusted
the daemon that serves the API is not running

What you can do:

check that the Swagger API spec is accessible: when choosing an API in the Swagger menu, copy-paste the URL of the top text box ending with api.yml into your browser.
check the HTTP requests/answers in your browser debugging tools
check that the daemon is running: in a console, type: wazo-service status
check the log files of the daemon in /var/log/<daemon>.log (see also: Log Files)

REST API Reference¶

Access¶

Each REST API is available via HTTPS on different ports.

Most of them can also be reached by default via Nginx using the port TCP/443.

API reference¶

wazo-call-logd REST API¶

wazo-call-logd REST API changelog¶

17.12¶

GET /cdr, GET /users/me/cdr and GET /users/<user_uuid>/cdr accepts new query string argument:
- from_id

17.11¶

New endpoint for getting a single call log:
- GET /cdr/<cdr_id>

17.09¶

All CDR endpoints can return CSV data, provided a header Accept: text/csv; charset=utf-8.
The default value of query string direction has been changed from asc to desc.

17.08¶

GET /users/me/cdr and GET /users/<user_uuid>/cdr accept new query string arguments:
- call_direction
- number
GET /cdr accepts new query string arguments:
- call_direction
- number
- user_uuid
- tags
GET /cdr has new attribute:
- id
- answer
- call_direction
- tags

17.07¶

New endpoints for listing call logs:
- GET /users/<user_uuid>/cdr
- GET /users/me/cdr

17.06¶

Call logs objects now have a new attribute end
GET /cdr has new parameters:
- from
- until
- order
- direction
- limit
- offset
GET /cdr has new attributes:
- total
- filtered

17.05¶

New endpoint for listing call logs:
- GET /cdr

17.04¶

Creation of the HTTP daemon

wazo-plugind REST API¶

wazo-plugind REST API changelog¶

17.12¶

New resource added GET /market/<namespace>/<name>
New resource added GET /plugins/<namespace>/<name>
The url parameter is now ignored when doing market installation

17.11¶

REST API Version 0.1 has been deprecated and will be removed in Wazo 18.02
REST API Version 0.2 has been added with the following changes
- POST /plugins does not have a url parameter has top level argument in its body
- POST /plugins now requires an url parameter in its options field when using the git method
- POST /plugins now accepts an url parameter in its options fields when using the market method

Example:

# Version 0.1
curl -X POST --header 'Content-Type: application/json' --header 'Accept: application/json' -d '{ \
  "url": "https://git.example.com/repo.git", \
  "method": "git", \
  "options": {"ref": "v1"} \
}' 'https://wazo.example.com:9503/0.1/plugins'

# Version 0.2
curl -X POST --header 'Content-Type: application/json' --header 'Accept: application/json' -d '{ \
  "method": "git", \
  "options": {"ref": "v1", "url": "https://git.example.com/repo.git"} \
}' 'https://wazo.example.com:9503/0.2/plugins'

17.10¶

New endpoint for the plugin market
- GET /market
Added the market install method to POST /plugins

17.09¶

POST /plugins now accepts an options parameter for method specific arguments

17.08¶

POST /plugins and DELETE /plugins are now asynchronous

17.07¶

New endpoint for plugins
- POST /plugins
- GET /plugins
- DELETE /plugins/<namespace>/<name>

17.05¶

New endpoint to fetch the configuration:
- GET /config

wazo-webhookd REST API¶

API reference¶

API documentation is available on http://api.wazo.community.

REST API Conventions¶

Authentication¶

For all REST APIs, the main way to authenticate is to use an access token obtained from xivo-auth. This token should be given in the X-Auth-Token header in your request. For example:

curl <options...> -H 'X-Auth-Token: 17496bfa-4653-9d9d-92aa-17def0fa9826' https://<xivo_address>:9486/1.1/users

Also, your token needs to have the right ACLs to give you access to the resource you want. See REST API Permissions.

REST API Permissions¶

The tokens delivered by xivo-auth have a list of permissions associated (ACL), that determine which REST resources are authorized for this token. Each REST resource has an associated required ACL. When you try to access to a REST resource, this resource requests xivo-auth with your token and the required ACL to validate the access.

Syntax¶

An ACL contains 3 parts separated by dot (.)

service: name of service, without prefix xivo- (e.g. xivo-confd -> confd).
resource: name of resource separated by dot (.) (e.g. /users/17/lines -> users.17.lines).
action: action performed on resource. Generally, this is the following schema:
- get -> read
- put -> update
- post -> create
- delete -> delete

Substitutions¶

There are 3 substitution values for an ACL.

*: replace only one word between dot.
#: replace one or multiple words.
me: replace the user_uuid from sent token.

Example¶

The ACL confd.users.me.#.read will have access to the following REST resources:

GET /users/{user_id}/cti
GET /users/{user_id}/funckeys
GET /users/{user_id}/funckeys/{position}
GET /users/{user_id}/funckeys/templates
GET /users/{user_id}/lines
GET /users/{user_id}/lines/{line_id}
GET /users/{user_id}/voicemail

service: confd
resource: users.me.#
action: read

The ACL confd.users.me.funckeys.*.* will have access to the following REST resources:

DELETE /users/{user_id}funckeys/{position}
GET /users/{user_id}funckeys/{position}
PUT /users/{user_id}funckeys/{position}
GET /users/{user_id}funckeys/templates

service: confd
resource: users.me.funckeys.*
action: *

Where {user_id} is the user uuid from the token.

Available ACLs¶

The ACL corresponding to each resource is documented in http://auth.wazo.community. Some resources may not have any associated ACL yet, so you must use {service}.# instead.

See also Service Authentication for details about the token-based authentication process.

Other methods (xivo-confd)¶

Warning

DEPRECATED

For compatibility reason, xivo-confd may accept requests without an access token. For this, you must create a webservices user in the web interface (Configuration ‣ Management ‣ Web Services Access):

if an IP address is specified for the user, no authentication is needed
if you choose not to specify an IP address for the user, you can connect to the REST API with a HTTP Digest authentication, using the user name and password you provided. For instance, the following command line allows to retrieve Wazo users through the REST API, using the login admin and the password passadmin:
```
curl <options...> --digest --cookie '' -u admin:passadmin https://<wazo_address>:9486/1.1/users
```

HTTP status codes¶

Standard HTTP status codes are used. For the full definition see IANA definition.

200: Success
201: Created
400: Incorrect syntax
404: Resource not found
406: Not acceptable
412: Precondition failed
415: Unsupported media type
500: Internal server error

See also Errors for general explanations about error codes.

General URL parameters¶

Example usage of general parameters:

GET http://<wazo_address>:9486/1.1/voicemails?limit=X&offset=Y

Parameters¶

order: Sort the list using a column (e.g. “number”). See specific resource documentation for columns allowed.
direction: ‘asc’ or ‘desc’. Sort list in ascending (asc) or descending (desc) order
limit: total number of resources to show in the list. Must be a positive integer
offset: number of resources to skip over before starting the list. Must be a positive integer
search: Search resources. Only resources with a field containing the search term will be listed.

Data representation¶

Data retrieved from the REST server¶

JSON is used to encode returned or sent data. Therefore, the following headers are needed:

when the request is supposed to return JSON:

Accept = application/json
when the request’s body contains JSON:

Content-Type = application/json

Note

Optional properties can be added without changing the protocol version in the main list or in the object list itself. Properties will not be removed, type and name will not be modified.

Getting object lists¶

GET /1.1/objects

When returning lists the format is as follows:

total - number of items in total in the system configuration (optional)
items - returned data as an array of object properties list.

Other optional properties can be added later.

Response data format

{
    "total": 2,

    "items":
    [
        {
            "id": "1",
            "prop1": "test"
        },
        {
            "id": "2",
            "prop1": "ssd"
        }
    ]
}

Getting An Object¶

Format returned is a list of properties. The object should always have the same attributes set, the default value being the equivalent to NULL in the content-type format.

GET /1.1/objects/<id>

Response data format

{
   "id": "1",
   "prop1": "test"
}

Data sent to the REST server¶

The Wazo REST server implements POST and PUT methods for item creation and update respectively. Data is created using the POST method via a root URL and is updated using the PUT method via a root URL suffixed by /<id. The server expects to receive JSON encoded data. Only one item can be processed per request. The data format and required data fields are illustrated in the following example:

Request data format

{
   "id": "1",
   "prop1": "test"
}

When updating, only the id and updated properties are needed, omitted properties are not updated. Some properties can also be optional when creating an object.

Errors¶

A request to the web services may return an error. An error will always be associated to an HTTP error code, and eventually to one or more error messages. The following errors are common to all web services:

Error code	Error message	Description
406	empty	Accept header missing or contains an unsupported content type
415	empty	Content-Type header missing or contains an unsupported content type
500	list of errors	An error occured on the server side; the content of the message depends of the type of errors which occured

The 400, 404 and 412 errors depend on the web service you are requesting. They are separately described for each of them.

The error messages are contained in a JSON list, even if there is only one error message:

[ message_1, message_2, ... ]

Subroutine¶

What is it ?¶

The preprocess subroutine allows you to enhance Wazo features through the Asterisk dialplan. Features that can be enhanced are :

User
Group
Queue
Meetme
Incoming call
Outgoing call

There are three possible categories :

Subroutine for one feature
Subroutine for global forwarding
Subroutine for global incoming call to an object

Subroutines are called at the latest possible moment in the dialplan, so that the maximum of variables have already been set: this way, the variables can be read and modified at will before they are used.

Here is an example of the dialplan execution flow when an external incoming call to a user being forwarded to another external number (like a forward to a mobile phone):

Where subroutines are called in dialplan

Adding new subroutine¶

If you want to add a new subroutine, we propose to edit a new configuration file in the directory /etc/asterisk/extensions_extra.d. You can also add this file by the web interface.

An example:

[myexample]
exten = s,1,NoOp(This is an example)
same  =   n,Return()

Subroutines should always end with a Return(). You may replace Return() by a Goto() if you want to completely bypass the Wazo dialplan, but this is not recommended.

To plug your subroutine into the Wazo dialplan, you must add myexample in the subroutine field in the web interface, e.g. Services ‣ IPBX ‣ PBX Settings ‣ Users ‣ Edit ‣ tab General ‣ Preprocess subroutine.

Global subroutine¶

There is predefined subroutine for this feature, you can find the name and the activation in the /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_globals.conf. The variables are:

; Global Preprocess subroutine
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_ENABLE = 1
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_USER = xivo-subrgbl-user
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_AGENT = xivo-subrgbl-agent
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_GROUP = xivo-subrgbl-group
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_QUEUE = xivo-subrgbl-queue
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_MEETME = xivo-subrgbl-meetme
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_DID = xivo-subrgbl-did
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_OUTCALL = xivo-subrgbl-outcall
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_PAGING = xivo-subrgbl-paging

So if you want to add a subroutine for all of your Wazo users you can do this:

[xivo-subrgbl-user]
exten = s,1,NoOp(This is an example for all my users)
same  =   n,Return()

Forward subroutine¶

You can also use a global subroutine for call forward.

; Preprocess subroutine for forwards
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_ENABLE = 1
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_USER = xivo-subrfwd-user
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_GROUP = xivo-subrfwd-group
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_QUEUE = xivo-subrfwd-queue
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_MEETME = xivo-subrfwd-meetme
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_VOICEMAIL = xivo-subrfwd-voicemail
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_SCHEDULE = xivo-subrfwd-schedule
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_SOUND = xivo-subrfwd-sound
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_CUSTOM = xivo-subrfwd-custom
XIVO_PRESUBR_FWD_EXTENSION = xivo-subrfwd-extension

Dialplan variables¶

Some of the Wazo variables can be used and modified in subroutines (non exhaustive list):

WAZO_CHANNEL_DIRECTION: can have two values:
- from-wazo when the channel was initiated by Wazo: the channel links Wazo to the called party. From Asterisk, this is an outbound channel. From the peer, this is an incoming call
- to-wazo when the channel was initiated by the user: the channel links Wazo to the calling party. From Asterisk, this is an inbound channel. From the peer, this is an outgoing call.
The default value is from-wazo. If you write scripts using originates to place new calls, you should set WAZO_CHANNEL_DIRECTION to to-wazo on the originator channel.
XIVO_CALLOPTIONS: the value is a list of options to be passed to the Dial application, e.g. hHtT. This variable is available in agent, user and outgoing call subroutines. Please note that it may not be set earlier, because it will be overwritten.
XIVO_CALLORIGIN: can have two values:
- intern when the call does not involve DID or trunks, e.g. a simple call between two phones or one phone and its voicemail
- extern when the call is received via a DID or emitted through an Outgoing Call
This variable is used by xivo-agid when selecting the ringtone for ringing a user. This variable is available only in user subroutines.
XIVO_DSTNUM: the value is the extension dialed, as received by Wazo (e.g. an internal extension, a DID, or an outgoing extension including the local prefix). This variable is available in all subroutines.
XIVO_GROUPNAME: the value is the name of the group being called. This variable is only available in group subroutines.
XIVO_GROUPOPTIONS: the value is a list of options to be passed to the Queue application, e.g. hHtT. This variable is only available in group subroutines.
XIVO_INTERFACE: the value is the Technology/Resource pairs that are used as the first argument of the Dial application. This variable is only available in the user subroutines.
XIVO_MOBILEPHONENUMBER: the value is the phone number of a user, as set in the web interface. This variable is only available in user subroutines.
XIVO_QUEUENAME: the value is the name of the queue being called. This variable is only available in queue subroutines.
XIVO_QUEUEOPTIONS: the value is a list of options to be passed to the Queue application, e.g. hHtT. This variable is only available in queue subroutines.
XIVO_RINGSECONDS: the value is the number of seconds a user will ring before the call is forwarded elsewhere, or hungup if no forwards are configured. This variable can only be used in a User subroutine.
XIVO_SRCNUM: the value is the callerid number of the originator of the call: the internal extension of a user (outgoing callerid is ignored), or the public extension of an external incoming call. This variable is available in all subroutines.

WebSocket Event Service¶

Wazo offers a service to receive messages published on the bus (e.g. RabbitMQ) over an encrypted WebSocket connection. This ease in building dynamic web applications that are using events from your Wazo.

The service is provided by the xivo-websocketd component.

Getting Started¶

To use the service, you need to:

connect to it on port 9502 using an encrypted WebSocket connection.
authenticate to it by providing a xivo-auth token that has the websocketd ACL. If you don’t know how to obtain a xivo-auth token from your Wazo, consult the documentation on xivo-auth.

For example, if you want to use the service located at example.org with the token some-token-id, you would use the URL wss://example.org:9502/?token=some-token-id.

The SSL/TLS certificate that is used by the WebSocket server is the same as the one used by the Wazo web interface and the REST APIs. By default, this is a self-signed certificate, and web browsers will prevent connections from being successfully established for security reasons. On most web browsers, this can be circumvented by first visiting the https://<wazo-ip>:9502/ URL and adding a security exception. Other solutions to this problem are described in the connection section.

After a succesful connection and authentication to the service, the server will send the following message:

{"op": "init", "code": 0, "msg": ""}

This indicate that the server is ready to accept more commands from the client. Had an error happened, the server would have closed the connection, possibly with one of the service specific WebSocket close code.

The message you see is part of the small JSON-based protocol that is used for the client/server interaction.

To receive events on your WebSocket connection, you need to tell the server which type of events you are interested in, and then tell it to start sending you these events. For example, if you are interested in the “endpoint_status_update” events, you send the following command:

{"op": "subscribe", "data": {"event_name": "endpoint_status_update"}}

If all goes well, the server will respond with:

{"op": "subscribe", "code": 0, "msg": ""}

Once you have subscribed to all the events you are interested in, you ask the server to start sending you the matching events by sending the following command:

{"op": "start"}

The server will respond with:

{"op": "start", "code": 0, "msg": ""}

Once you have received this message, all the other messages you’ll receive will be messages originating from the bus, in the same format as they were on the bus.

Example¶

Here’s a rudimentary example of a web page accessing the service:

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
  <meta charset="utf-8">
  <title>Wazo WebSocket Example</title>
<script>
var socket = null;
var started = false;

function connect() {
    if (socket != null) {
        console.log("socket already connected");
        return;
    }

    var host = document.getElementById("host").value;
    var token_id = document.getElementById("token").value;
    socket = new WebSocket("wss://" + host + ":9502/?token=" + token_id);
    socket.onclose = function(event) {
        socket = null;
        console.log("websocketd closed with code " + event.code + " and reason '" + event.reason + "'");
    };
    socket.onmessage = function(event) {
        if (started) {
            console.log("message received: " + event.data);
            return;
        }

        var msg = JSON.parse(event.data);
        switch (msg.op) {
            case "init":
                subscribe("*");
                start();
                break;
            case "start":
                started = true;
                console.log("waiting for messages");
                break;
        }
    };
    started = false;
}

function subscribe(event_name) {
    var msg = {
        op: "subscribe",
        data: {
          event_name: event_name
        }
    };
    socket.send(JSON.stringify(msg));
};

function start() {
    var msg = {
        op: "start"
    };
    socket.send(JSON.stringify(msg));
}
</script>
</head>
<body>
  <p>Open the web console to see what's happening.</p>
  <form>
    <div>
      <label for="host">Host:</label>
      <input type="text" id="host" autofocus>
    </div>
    <div>
      <label for="token">Token ID:</label>
      <input type="text" id="token" size="35">
    </div>
    <div>
      <button type="button" onclick="connect();">Connect</button>
    </div>
  </form>
</body>
</html>

The page has a form for the user to enter a host and token ID, and has a connect button. When the button is clicked, the connect function is called, and the WebSocket connection is created at line 18 (using the WebSocket API):

socket = new WebSocket("wss://" + host + ":9502/?token=" + token_id);

Then, at line 23, a onmessage callback is set on the WebSocket object:

socket.onmessage = function(event) {
    if (started) {
        console.log("message received: " + event.data);
        return;
    }

    var msg = JSON.parse(event.data);
    switch (msg.op) {
        case "init":
            subscribe("endpoint_status_update");
            subscribe("user_status_update");
            start();
            break;
        case "start":
            started = true;
            console.log("waiting for messages");
            break;
    }
};

After a successful connection to the service, an “init” message will be received by the client. When the client receives this message, it sends two subscribe commands (e.g. subscribe("endpoint_status_update")) and a start command (e.g. start()). When the client receives the “start” message, it sets the started flag. After that, all the other messages it receives will be logged to the console.

Reference¶

The WebSocket service is provided by xivo-websocketd, and its behaviour can be configured via its configuration files located under the /etc/xivo-websocketd directory. After modifying the configuration files, you need to restart xivo-websocketd with systemctl restart xivo-websocketd.

Connection¶

The service is available on port 9502 on all network interfaces by default. This can be changed in the configuration file.

The canonical URL to reach the service is wss://<host>:9502/.

The connection is always encrypted. The certificate and private key used by the server can be changed in the configuration file. By default, since the certificate is self-signed, you’ll have to either:

add a security exception on the client machines that access the service
use a certificate signed by an untrusted CA and add the CA bundle on the system that access the service
use a trusted certificate

See the HTTPS certificate section for more information on certificate configuration.

Authentication¶

Authentication is done by passing a xivo-auth token ID in the token query parameter. Authentication is mandatory.

The token must have the websocketd ACL.

When the token expires, the server close the connection with the status code 4003. There is currently no way to change the token of an existing connection. A new connection must be made when the token expires.

Events Access Control¶

Clients connected to xivo-websocketd only receive events that they are authorized to receive. For example, a client connected with a token obtained from the “xivo_user” xivo-auth backend will not receive call events of other users.

When a message is received from the bus by xivo-websocketd, it extracts the ACL from the required_acl key of the event. If the field is missing, no clients will receive the event. If the value is null, all subscribed clients will receive the event. If the value is a string, then all subscribed clients which have a matching ACL will receive the event.

No authorization check is done at subscription time. Checks are only done when an event is received by the server. This mean a client can subscribe to an event “foo”, but will never receive any of these events if it does not have the matching ACL.

See the Events section for more information on the required ACL of events which are available by default on Wazo.

Status Code¶

The WebSocket connection might be closed by the server using one of following status code:

4001: No token ID was provided.
4002: Authentication failed. Either the token ID is invalid, expired, or does not have the necessary ACL.
4003: Authentication expired. The token has expired or was deleted.
4004: Protocol error. The server received a frame that it could not understand. For example, the content was not valid JSON, or was requesting an unknown operation, or a mandatory argument to an operation was missing.

The server also uses the pre-defined WebSocket status codes.

Protocol¶

A JSON-based protocol is used over the WebSocket connection to control which events are received by the client.

Client Messages¶

The format of the messages sent by the client are all of the same format:

{"op": "<operation-name>", "data": <operation-specific-value>}

The “op” key is mandatory, and the value is either “subscribe” or “start”. The “data” key is mandatory for the “subscribe” operation.

The “subscribe” message ask the server to subscribe the client to the given event. When a message with the same name is published on the “xivo” exchange of the bus, the server forwards the message to all the subscribed clients that are authorized to receive it. For this command, the “data” value is a dictionary with an “event_name” key (mandatory). Example:

{"op": "subscribe", "data": {"event_name": "endpoint_status_update"}}

You can subscribe to any event. The special event name * can be used to match all events.

See the Events section for more information on the events which are available by default on Wazo.

The “start” message ask the server to start sending messages from the bus to the client. Example:

{"op": "start"}

The server won’t forward messages from the bus to the client until it receives the “start” message from the client.

If the client send a message that the server doesn’t understand, the server closes the connection.

Server Messages¶

The format of the messages sent by the server are all of the same format (until the server receives a “start” command):

{"op": "<operation-name>", "code": <status-code>, "msg": "<error message>"}

The 3 keys are always present. The value of the “op” key can be one of “init”, “subscribe” or “start”. The value of the “code” key is an integer representing the status of the operation, 0 meaning there was no error, other values meaning there was an error. The “msg” is an empty string unless “code” is non-zero, in which case it’s a human-readable message of the error.

The “init” message is only sent after the connection is successfully established between the client and the server. It’s code is always zero; if the connection could not be established, the connection is simply closed. Example:

{"op": "init", "code": 0, "msg": ""}

The “subscribe” message is sent as a response to a client “subscribe” message. The code is always zero. Example:

{"op": "subscribe", "code": 0, "msg": ""}

The “start” message is sent as a response to a client “start” message. The code is always zero. Example:

{"op": "start", "code": 0, "msg": ""}

After receiving the “start” message, the server switch into the “bus/started” mode, where all messages that the server will ever sent will be the body of the messages it received on the bus on behalf of the client.

Note that a client can subscribe to more events after sending its “start” message, but it won’t receive any response from the server, e.g. the server won’t send a corresponding “subscribe” message. Said differently, once the client has sent a “start” message, every message the client will ever receive are messages coming from the bus.

Contributors¶

General information:

Contributing to the Documentation¶

Wazo documentation is generated with Sphinx. The source code is available on GitHub at https://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-doc

Provided you already have Python installed on your system. You need first to install Sphinx : easy_install -U Sphinx [1].

Quick Reference

[1]	`easy_install` can be found in the debian package python-setuptools : `sudo apt-get install python-setuptools`

Documentation guideline¶

Here’s the guideline/conventions to follow for the Wazo documentation.

Language¶

The documentation must be written in english, and only in english.

Sections¶

The top section of each file must be capitalized using the following rule: capitalization of all words, except for articles, prepositions, conjunctions, and forms of to be.

Correct:

The Vitamins are in My Fresh California Raisins

Incorrect:

The Vitamins Are In My Fresh California Raisins

Use the following punctuation characters:

* with overline, for “file title”
=, for sections
-, for subsections
^, for subsubsections

Punctuation characters should be exactly as long as the section text.

Correct:

Section1
========

Incorrect:

Section2
==========

There should be 2 empty lines between sections, except when an empty section is followed by another section.

Correct:

Section1
========

Foo.


Section2
========

Bar.

Correct:

Section1
========

Foo.

.. _target:

Section2
========

Bar.

Correct:

Section1
========

Subsection1
-----------

Foo.

Incorrect:

Section1
========

Foo.

Section2
========

Bar.

Lists¶

Bullet lists:

* First item
* Second item

Autonumbered lists:

#. First item
#. Second item

Literal blocks¶

Use :: on the same line as the line containing text when possible.

The literal blocks must be indented with three spaces.

Correct:

Bla bla bla::

   apt-get update

Incorrect:

Bla bla bla:

::

   apt-get update

Inline markup¶

Use the following roles when applicable:

:file: for file, i.e.:
```
The :file:`/dev/null` file.
```

:menuselection: for the web interface menu:

The :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Certificates` page.

:guilabel: for designating a specific GUI element:
```
The :guilabel:`Action` column.
```

Others¶

There must be no warning nor error messages when building the documentation with make html.
There should be one and only one newline character at the end of each file
There should be no trailing whitespace at the end of lines
Paragraphs must be wrapped and lines should be at most 100 characters long

Debugging Asterisk¶

Precondition¶

To debug asterisk crashes or freezes, you need the following debug packages on your Wazo:

General rule

XiVO < 14.18

XiVO >= 14.18

Example version

14.12

14.18

Commands

apt-get install xivo-fai-14.12
apt-get update
apt-get install gdb
apt-get install -t xivo-14.12 asterisk-dbg xivo-libsccp-dbg

xivo-dist xivo-14.18
apt-get update
apt-get install gdb
apt-get install -t xivo-14.18 asterisk-dbg xivo-libsccp-dbg

So There is a Problem with Asterisk. Now What ?¶

Find out the time of the incident from the people most likely to know
Determine if there was a segfault
1. The command grep segfault /var/log/syslog should return a line such as the following:
```
Oct 16 16:12:43 xivo-1 kernel: [10295061.047120] asterisk[1255]: segfault at e ip b751aa6b sp b5ef14d4 error 4 in libc-2.11.3.so[b74ad000+140000]
```
2. Note the exact time of the incident from the segfault line.
3. Follow the Debugging Asterisk Crash procedure.
If you observe some of the following common symptoms, follow the Debugging Asterisk Freeze procedure.
- The output of command service asterisk status says Asterisk PBX is running.
- No more calls are distributed and phones go to No Service.
- Command core show channels returns only headers (no data) right before returning
Fetch Asterisk logs for the day of the crash (make sure file was not already logrotated):
```
cp -a /var/log/asterisk/full /var/local/`date +"%Y%m%d"`-`hostname`-asterisk-full.log
```
Fetch xivo-ctid logs for the day of the crash (make sure file was not already logrotated):
```
cp -a /var/log/xivo-ctid.log /var/local/`date +"%Y%m%d"`-`hostname`-xivo-ctid.log
```
Open a new issue on the bugtracker with following information
- Tracker: Bug
- Status: New
- Category: Asterisk
- In versions: The version of your Wazo installation where the crash/freeze happened
- Subject : Asterisk Crash or Asterisk Freeze
- Description : Add as much context as possible, if possible, a scenario that lead to the issue, the date and time of issue, where we can fetch logs and backtrace
- Attach logs and backtrace (if available) to the ticket (issue must be saved, then edited and files attached to a comment).

Debugging Asterisk Crash¶

When asterisk crashes, it usually leaves a core file in /var/spool/asterisk/.

You can create a backtrace from a core file named core_file with:

gdb -batch -ex "bt full" -ex "thread apply all bt" asterisk core_file > bt-threads.txt

Debugging Asterisk Freeze¶

You can create a backtrace of a running asterisk process with:

gdb -batch -ex "thread apply all bt" asterisk $(pidof asterisk) > bt-threads.txt

If your version of asterisk has been compiled with the DEBUG_THREADS flag, you can get more information about locks with:

asterisk -rx "core show locks" > core-show-locks.txt

Note

Debugging freeze without this information is usually a lot more difficult.

Optionally, other information that can be interesting:

the output of asterisk -rx 'core show channels'
the verbose log of asterisk just before the freeze

Recompiling Asterisk¶

It’s relatively straightforward to recompile the asterisk version of your Wazo with the DEBUG_THREADS and DONT_OPTIMIZE flag, which make debugging an asterisk problem easier.

The steps are:

Uncomment the deb-src line for the Wazo sources:

sed -i 's/^# *deb-src/deb-src/' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/xivo*

Fetch the asterisk source package:

mkdir -p ~/ast-rebuild
cd ~/ast-rebuild
apt-get update
apt-get install -y build-essential
apt-get source asterisk

Install the build dependencies:
```
apt-get build-dep -y asterisk
```
Enable the DEBUG_THREADS and DONT_OPTIMIZE flag:
```
cd <asterisk-source-folder>
vim debian/rules
```
Update the changelog by appending +debug1 in the package version:
```
vim debian/changelog
```
Rebuild the asterisk binary packages:
```
dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc
```

This will create a couple of .deb files in the parent directory, which you can install via dpkg.

Recompiling a vanilla version of Asterisk¶

It is sometimes useful to produce a “vanilla” version of Asterisk, i.e. a version of Asterisk that has none of the Wazo patches applied, to make sure that the problem is present in the original upstream code. This is also sometimes necessary before opening a ticket on the Asterisk issue tracker.

The procedure is similar to the one described above. Before calling dpkg-buildpackage, you just need to:

Make sure quilt is installed:
```
apt-get install -y quilt
```
Unapply all the currently applied patches:
```
quilt pop -a
```
Remove all the lines in the debian/patches/series file:
```
truncate -s0 debian/patches/series
```

When installing a vanilla version of Asterisk on a XiVO 16.08 or earlier, you’ll need to stop monit, otherwise it will restart asterisk every few minutes.

Running Asterisk under Valgrind¶

Install valgrind:
```
apt-get install valgrind
```
Recompile asterisk with the DONT_OPTIMIZE flag.
Edit /etc/asterisk/modules.conf so that asterisk doesn’t load unnecessary modules. This step is optional. It makes asterisk start (noticeably) faster and often makes the output of valgrind easier to analyze, since there’s less noise.
Edit /etc/asterisk/asterisk.conf and comment the highpriority option. This step is optional.
Stop monit and asterisk:
```
monit quit
service asterisk stop
```
Stop all unneeded Wazo services. For example, it can be useful to stop xivo-ctid, so that it won’t interact with asterisk via the AMI.
Copy the valgrind.supp file into /tmp. The valgrind.supp file is located in the contrib directory of the asterisk source code.

Execute valgrind in the /tmp directory:

cd /tmp
valgrind --leak-check=full --log-file=valgrind.txt --suppressions=valgrind.supp --vgdb=no asterisk -G asterisk -U asterisk -fnc

Note that when you terminate asterisk with Control-C, asterisk does not unload the modules before exiting. What this means is that you might have lots of “possibly lost” memory errors due to that. If you already know which modules is responsible for the memory leak/bug, you should explicitly unload it before terminating asterisk.

Running asterisk under valgrind takes a lots of extra memory, so make sure you have enough RAM.

External links¶

Debugging Daemons¶

To activate debug mode, add debug: true in the daemon configuration file). The output will be available in the daemon’s log file.

It is also possible to run the Wazo daemon, in command line. This will allow to run in foreground and debug mode. To see how to use it, type:

xivo-{name} -h

Note that it’s usually a good idea to stop monit before running a daemon in foreground:

systemctl stop monit.service

xivo-confgend¶

twistd -no -u xivo-confgend -g xivo-confgend --python=/usr/bin/xivo-confgend --logger xivo_confgen.bin.daemon.twistd_logs

No debug mode in confgend.

xivo-provd¶

twistd -no -u xivo-provd -g xivo-provd -r epoll --logger provd.main.twistd_logs xivo-provd -s -v

-s for logging to stderr
-v for verbose

consul¶

sudo -u consul /usr/bin/consul agent -config-dir /etc/consul/xivo -pid-file /var/run/consul/consul.pid

Consul logs its output to /var/log/syslog to get the output of consul only use consul monitor:

consul monitor -ca-file=/usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt -http-addr=https://localhost:8500

2015/08/03 09:48:25 [INFO] consul: cluster leadership acquired
2015/08/03 09:48:25 [INFO] consul: New leader elected: this-xivo
2015/08/03 09:48:26 [INFO] raft: Disabling EnableSingleNode (bootstrap)
2015/08/03 11:04:08 [INFO] agent.rpc: Accepted client: 127.0.0.1:41545

Note

The ca-file can be different when using custom HTTPS certificates

Generate your own prompts¶

If you want your Wazo to speak in your language that is not supported by Wazo, and you don’t want to record the whole package of sounds in a studio, you may generate them yourself with some text-to-speech services.

The following procedure will generate prompts for pt_BR (portuguese from Brazil) based on the Google TTS service.

Note

There are two sets of prompts: the Asterisk prompts and the Wazo prompts. This procedure only covers the Wazo prompts, but it may be adapted for Asterisk prompts.

Create an account on Transifex and join the team of translation of Wazo.
Translate the prompts in the wazo-prompt resource.
Go to https://www.transifex.com/wazo/wazo/wazo-prompt/pt_BR/download/for_use/ and download the file on your Wazo. You should have a file named like for_use_wazo_wazo-prompt_pt_BR.ini.

On your Wazo, download the tool to automate the use of Google TTS:

wget https://github.com/zaf/asterisk-googletts/raw/master/cli/googletts-cli.pl
chmod +x googletts-cli.pl

Then run the following script to generate the sound files (set LANGUAGE and COUNTRY to your own language):

LANGUAGE=pt
COUNTRY=BR
mkdir -p wav/{digits,letters}
cat for_use_wazo_wazo-prompt_${LANGUAGE}_${COUNTRY}.ini | while IFS='=' read file text ; do
  echo $file
  ./googletts-cli.pl -t "$text" -l ${LANGUAGE}-${COUNTRY} -s 1.4 -r 8000 -o wav/$file.wav
done

Install the prompts on your system:

mv wav /usr/share/asterisk/sounds/${LANGUAGE}_${COUNTRY}

Make your language available in the web interface:

sed -i "s/'nl_NL'/\0, '${LANGUAGE}_${COUNTRY}'/" /usr/share/xivo-web-interface/lib/i18n.inc
systemctl restart spawn-fcgi

Note that this last modification may be erased after running wazo-upgrade.

And that’s it, you can configure a user to use your new language and he will hear the prompts in your language. You may also want to use the xivo-confd HTTP API to mass-update your users.

Wazo Guidelines¶

Inter-process communication¶

Our current goal is to use only two means of communication between Wazo processes:

a REST API over HTTP for synchronous commands
a software bus (RabbitMQ) for asynchronous events

Each component should have its own REST API and its own events and can communicate with every other component from across a network only via those means.

Service API¶

The current xivo-dao Git repository contains the basis of the future services Python API. The API is split between different resources available in Wazo, such as users, groups, schedules... For each resource, there are different modules :

service: the public module, providing possible actions. It contains only business logic and no technical logic. There must be no file name, no SQL queries and no URLs in this module.
dao: the private Data Access Object. It knows where to get data and how to update it, such as SQL queries, file names, URLs, but has no business logic.
model: the public class used to represent the resource. It must be self-contained and have almost no methods, except for computed fields based on other fields in the same object.
notifier: private, it knows to whom and in which format events must be sent.
validator: private, it checks input parameters from the service module.

Definition of Wazo Daemon¶

The goal is to make Wazo as elastic as possible, i.e. the Wazo services need to be able to run on separate machines and still talk to each other.

To be in accordance with our goal, a Wazo daemon must (if applicable):

Offer a REST API (with encryption, authentication and accepting cross-site requests)
Be able to read and send events on a software bus
Be able to run inside a container, such as Docker, and be separated from the Wazo server
Offer a configuration file in YAML format.
Access the Wazo database through the xivo-dao library
Have a configurable level of logging
Have its own log file
Be extendable through the use of plugins
Not run with system privileges
Be installable from source
Service discovery with consul

Currently, none of the Wazo daemons meet these expectations; it is a work in progress.

Network¶

Configuration for daemon¶

Network Flow table (IN) :

Daemon Name	Service	Protocol	Port	Listen	Authentication	Enabled
-	ICMP	ICMP	-	0.0.0.0	no	yes
postfix	SMTP	TCP	25	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
isc-dhcpd	DHCP	UDP	67	0.0.0.0	no	no
isc-dhcpd	DHCP	UDP	68	0.0.0.0	no	no
xivo-provd	TFTP	UDP	69	0.0.0.0	no	yes
ntpd	NTP	UDP	123	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
monit	HTTP	TCP	2812	127.0.0.1	no	yes
asterisk	SIP	UDP	5060	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
asterisk	IAX	UDP	4569	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
asterisk	SCCP	TCP	2000	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
asterisk	AMI	TCP	5038	127.0.0.1	yes	yes
asterisk	HTTP	TCP	5039	127.0.0.1	yes	yes
asterisk	HTTPS	TCP	5040	127.0.0.1	yes	yes
sshd	SSH	TCP	22	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
nginx	HTTP	TCP	80	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
nginx	HTTPS	TCP	443	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
munin	HTTP	TCP	4949	127.0.0.1	no	yes
xivo-ctid	XiVO-CTI/S	TCP	5003	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
postgresql	SQL	TCP	5432	127.0.0.1	yes	yes
rabbitMQ	AMQP	TCP	5672	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
consul	Consul RPC	TCP	8300	127.0.0.1	yes	yes
consul	Consul Serf LAN	TCP/UDP	8301	127.0.0.1	yes	yes
consul	Consul Serf WAN	TCP/UDP	8302	127.0.0.1	yes	yes
consul	Consul HTTPS	TCP	8500	127.0.0.1	both	yes
xivo-provd	HTTP	TCP	8666	127.0.0.1	no	yes
xivo-provd	HTTP	TCP	8667	0.0.0.0	no	yes
xivo-confgend	HTTP	TCP	8669	127.0.0.1	no	yes
xivo-sysconfd	HTTP	TCP	8668	127.0.0.1	no	yes
wazo-admin-ui	HTTPS	TCP	9296	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
wazo-call-logd	HTTPS	TCP	9298	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
wazo-webhookd	HTTPS	TCP	9300	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
xivo-confd	HTTPS	TCP	9486	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
xivo-confd	HTTP	TCP	9487	127.0.0.1	no	yes
xivo-dird	HTTPS	TCP	9489	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
xivo-amid	HTTPS	TCP	9491	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
xivo-agentd	HTTPS	TCP	9493	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
xivo-ctid	HTTP	TCP	9495	127.0.0.1	no	yes
xivo-auth	HTTPS	TCP	9497	0.0.0.0	both	yes
xivo-dird-phoned	HTTP	TCP	9498	0.0.0.0	IP filtering	yes
xivo-dird-phoned	HTTPS	TCP	9499	0.0.0.0	IP filtering	yes
xivo-ctid-ng	HTTPS	TCP	9500	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
xivo-websocketd	WSS	TCP	9502	0.0.0.0	yes	yes
wazo-plugind	HTTPS	TCP	9503	0.0.0.0	yes	yes

Debian packaging for Wazo¶

Adding a package from backports¶

Download the package:

apt-get download name-of-package/jessie-backports

Copy the .deb on to the mirror:

scp name-of-package.deb mirror.wazo.community:/tmp

Add package to distribution on mirror:

ssh mirror.wazo.community
cd /data/reprepro/xivo
reprepro includedeb wazo-dev /tmp/name-of-package.deb

Plugins¶

This section cover the preferred way to extend the functionalities of a Wazo server. There are many extension point in Wazo, all of them can be used in combination to add complete features to you favorite PBX.

What is a plugin¶

A plugin is a set of additions made to a custom Wazo installation to add a new functionality.

What can be done with a plugin¶

Wazo plugins allow a third party to add almost anything to Wazo. Most of our services have extension points that can be used together to create a complete feature as a plugin.

Here’s a non exhaustive list of what can be done with plugins

Add configuration files to wazo services in /etc/*/conf.d/
Add configuration files and dialplan files to Asterisk
Reload services to complete the installation
Extend wazo services using the available extension points
- xivo-auth
- xivo-confd
- xivo-confgend
- xivo-ctid-ng
- xivo-dird

Creating a plugin¶

A plugin has the following structure:

wazo/plugin.yml
wazo/rules

plugin.yml¶

The plugin.yml file contains all the metadata of plugin. It should contains the following fields:

description: The description of the plugin
name: The name of the plugin
namespace: An identifier for the author of the plugin
version: The version of the plugin
plugin_format_version: The version of the plugin specification implemented by this plugin.
depends: Other plugins which this plugin depends on
debian_depends: Debian packages which this plugin depends on

Example:

name: foobar
namespace: foocorp
version: 0.0.1
description: This plugin adds some foo to your Wazo
plugin_format_version: 1
depends:
  - name: foobaz
    namespace: foocorp
  - name: admin-ui-context
    namespace: official
    version: 0.0.1
debian_depends:
  - golang-go

rules¶

The rules file is an executable that will accept the following commands

build
package
install
uninstall

Hello World¶

This example will create a plugin that adds an extension ***42 that says Hello World when called.

wazo/plugin.yml:

namespace: demo
name: helloworld
description: Adds the extension "***42" to you dialplan to greet users
version: 0.0.1
plugin_format_version: 0

wazo/rules:

#!/bin/sh

case "$1" in
    build)
        ;;
    package)
        mkdir -p ${pkgdir}/etc/asterisk/extensions_extra.d
        cp helloworld.conf ${pkgdir}/etc/asterisk/extensions_extra.d/
        ;;
    install)
        asterisk -x 'dialplan reload'
        ;;
    uninstall)
        ;;
    *)
        echo "$0 called with unknown argument '$1'" >&2
        exit 1
        ;;
esac

helloworld.conf:

[xivo-extrafeatures]
exten = ***42,1,Playback(hello-world)
same = n,Return()

Plugin format version¶

0 (default)¶

A plugin in version 0 should implement the following requirements:

an executable name wazo/rules that returns 0 on success for the following commands:
- build
- package
- install
- uninstall

1 (recommended)¶

Version 1 adds support for the postrm instruction in the rules file.

rules commands¶

build

The build command is used to compile or generate files that will be included in the package.

package

The package command is used to copy all files required by the plugin in the <pkgdir> directory.

The pkgdir environment variable holds the prefix that will be used to build the package. If the plugin needs to install a file in /etc/foo/bar do the following commands

mkdir -p ${pkgdir}/etc/foo
cp bar ${pkgdir}/etc/foo/bar

install

The install command is used at the end of the installation to execute instructions that are usually not related to the file system. It will be used as the postinst of the generated debian package.

uninstall: The uninstall command is used before the debian package is removed. It will be used as the prerm of the generated debian package.

postrm (added in version 1): The postrm command is used at the end of the debian package removal. It will be used as the postrm of the generated debian package.

Profiling Python Programs¶

Profiling CPU/Time Usage¶

Here’s an example on how to profile xivo-ctid for CPU/time usage:

Stop the monit daemon:
```
service monit stop
```
Stop the process you want to profile, i.e. xivo-ctid:
```
service xivo-ctid stop
```
Start the service in foreground mode running with the profiler:
```
python -m cProfile -o test.profile /usr/bin/xivo-ctid -f
```
This will create a file named test.profile when the process terminates.

To profile xivo-confgend, you must use this command instead of the one above:
```
twistd -p test.profile --profiler=cprofile --savestats -no --python=/usr/bin/xivo-confgend
```
Note that profiling multi-threaded program (xivo-agid, xivo-confd) doesn’t work reliably.

The Debugging Daemons section documents how to launch the various Wazo services in foreground/debug mode.

Examine the result of the profiling:

$ python -m pstats test.profile
Welcome to the profile statistics browser.
% sort time
% stats 15
...
% sort cumulative
% stats 15

Measuring Code Coverage¶

Here’s an example on how to measure the code coverage of xivo-ctid.

This can be useful when you suspect a piece of code to be unused and you want to have additional information about it.

Install the following packages:

apt-get install python-pip build-essential python-dev

Install coverage via pip:
```
pip install coverage
```
Run the program in foreground mode with coverage run:
```
service monit stop
service xivo-ctid stop
coverage erase
coverage run /usr/bin/xivo-ctid -f
```
The Debugging Daemons section documents how to launch the various Wazo service in foreground/debug mode.
After the process terminates, use coverage html to generate an HTML coverage report:
```
coverage html --include='*xivo_cti*'
```
This will generate an htlmcov directory in the current directory.
Browse the coverage report.

Either copy the directory onto your computer and open it with a web browser, or start a web server on the Wazo:
```
cd htmlcov
python -m SimpleHTTPServer
```
Then open the page from your computer (i.e. not on the Wazo):
```
firefox http://<wazo-hostname>:8000
```

External Links¶

Style Guide¶

Syntax¶

License¶

Python files start with a UTF8 encoding comment and the GPLv3 license. A blank line should separate the license from the imports

Example:

# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
# Copyright 2016 The Wazo Authors  (see the AUTHORS file)
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0+

import argparse

Spacing¶

Lines should not go further than 80 to 100 characters.
In python, indentation blocks use 4 spaces
In PHP, indentation blocks use tabs
Imports should be ordered alphabetically
Separate module imports and from imports with a blank line

Example:

import argparse
import datetime
import os
import re
import shutil
import tempfile

from StringIO import StringIO
from urllib import urlencode

PEP8¶

When possible, use pep8 to validate your code. Generally, the following errors are ignored :

E501 (max 80 chars per line)

Example:

pep8 --ignore=E501 xivo_cti

When possible, avoid using backslashes to separate lines.

Bad Example:

user = session.query(User).filter(User.firstname == firstname)\
                          .filter(User.lastname == lastname)\
                          .filter(User.number == number)\
                          .all()

Good Example:

user = (session.query(User).filter(User.firstname == firstname)
                           .filter(User.lastname == lastname)
                           .filter(User.number == number)
                           .all())

Strings¶

Avoid using the + operator for concatenating strings. Use string interpolation instead.

Bad Example:

phone_interface = "SIP" + "/" + username + "-" + password

Good Example:

phone_interface = "SIP/%s-%s" % (username, password)

Comments¶

Redundant comments should be avoided. Instead, effort should be put on making the code clearer.

Bad Example:

#Add the meeting to the calendar only if it was created on a week day
#(monday to friday)
if meeting.day > 0 and meeting.day < 7:
    calendar.add(meeting)

Good Example:

def created_on_week_day(meeting):
    return meeting.day > 0 and meeting.day < 7

if created_on_week_day(meeting):
    calendar.add(meeting)

Conditions¶

Avoid using parenthesis around if statements, unless the statement expands on multiple lines or you need to nest your conditions.

Bad Examples:

if(x == 3):
    print "condition is true"

if(x == 3 and y == 4):
    print "condition is true"

Good Examples:

if x == 3:
    print "condition is true"

if x == 3 and y == 4:
    print "condition is true"

if (extremely_long_variable == 3
    and another_long_variable == 4
    and yet_another_variable == 5):

    print "condition is true"

if (2 + 3 + 4) - (1 + 1 + 1) == 6:
    print "condition is true"

Consider refactoring your statement into a function if it becomes too long, or the meaning isn’t clear.

Bad Example:

if price * tax - bonus / reduction + fee < money:
    product.pay(money)

Good Example:

def calculate_price(price, tax, bonus, reduction, fee):
    return price * tax - bonus / reduction + fee

final_price = calculate_price(price, tax, bonus, reduction, fee)

if final_price < money:
    product.pay(money)

Naming¶

Class names are in CamelCase

File names are in lower_underscore_case

Conventions for functions prefixed by find:

Return None when nothing is found

Return an object when a single entity is found

Return the first element when multiple entities are found

Example:

def find_by_username(username):
    users = [user1, user2, user3]
    user_search = [user for user in users if user.username == username]

    if len(user_search) == 0:
        return None

    return user_search[0]

Conventions for functions prefixed by get:

Raise an Exception when nothing is found

Return an object when a single entity is found

Return the first element when multiple entities are found

Example:

def get_user(userid):
    users = [user1, user2, user3]
    user_search = [user for user in users if user.userid == userid]

    if len(user_search) == 0:
        raise UserNotFoundError(userid)

    return user_search[0]

Conventions for functions prefixed by find_all:

Return an empty list when nothing is found

Return a list of objects when multiple entites are found

Example:

def find_all_users_by_username(username):
    users = [user1, user2, user3]
    user_search = [user for user in users if user.username == username]

    return user_search

Magic numbers¶

Magic numbers should be avoided. Arbitrary values should be assigned to variables with a clear name

Bad example:

class TestRanking(unittest.TestCase):

    def test_ranking(self):
        rank = Rank(1, 2, 3)

        self.assertEquals(rank.position, 1)
        self.assertEquals(rank.grade, 2)
        self.assertEquals(rank.session, 3)

Good example:

class TestRanking(unittest.TestCase):

    def test_ranking(self):
        position = 1
        grade = 2
        session = 3

        rank = Rank(position, grade, session)

        self.assertEquals(rank.position, position)
        self.assertEquals(rank.grade, grade)
        self.assertEquals(rank.session, session)

Tests¶

Tests for a package are placed in their own folder named “tests” inside the package.

Example:

package1/
__init__.py
mod1.py
tests/
    __init__.py
    test_mod1.py
package2/
__init__.py
mod9.py
tests/
    __init__.py
    test_mod9.py

Unit tests should be short, clear and concise in order to make the test easy to understand. A unit test is separated into 3 sections :

Preconditions / Preparations

Thing to test

Assertions

Sections are separated by a blank line. Sections that become too big should be split into smaller functions.

Example:

class UserTestCase(unittest.TestCase):

    def test_fullname(self):
        user = User(firstname='Bob', lastname='Marley')
        expected = 'Bob Marley'

        fullname = user.fullname()

        self.assertEquals(expected, fullname)

    def _prepare_expected_user(self, firstname, lastname, number):
        user = User()
        user.firstname = firstname
        user.lastname = lastname
        user.number = number

        return user

    def _assert_users_are_equal(expected_user, actual_user):
        self.assertEquals(expected_user.firstname, actual_user.firstname)
        self.assertEquals(expected_user.lastname, actual_user.lastname)
        self.assertEquals(expected_user.number, actual_user.number)

    def test_create_user(self):
        expected = self._prepare_expected_user('Bob', 'Marley', '4185551234')

        user = create_user('Bob', 'Marley', '4185551234')

        self._assert_users_are_equal(expected, user)

Exceptions¶

Exceptions should not be used for flow control. Raise exceptions only for edge cases, or when something that isn’t usually expected happens.

Bad Example:

def is_user_available(user):
    if user.available():
        return True
    else:
        raise Exception("User isn't available")

try:
    is_user_available(user)
except Exception:
    disable_user(user)

Good Example:

def is_user_available(user):
    if user.available():
        return True
    else:
        return False


if not is_user_available(user):
    disable_user(user)

Avoid throwing Exception. Use one of Python’s built-in Exceptions, or create your own custom Exception. A list of exceptions is available on the Python documentation website.

Bad Example:

def get_user(userid):
    user = session.query(User).get(userid)

    if not user:
        raise Exception("User not found")

Good Example:

class UserNotFoundError(LookupError):

    def __init__(self, userid):
        message = "user with id %s not found" % userid
        LookupError.__init__(self, message)

def get_user(userid):
    user = session.query(User).get(userid)

    if not user:
        raise UserNotFoundError(userid)

Never use except: without specifying any exception type. The reason is that it will also catch important exceptions, such as KeyboardInterrupt and OutOfMemory exceptions, making your program unstoppable or continuously failing, instead of stopping when wanted.

Bad Example:

try:
    get_user(user_id)
except:
    logger.exception("There was an error")

Good Example:

try:
    get_user(user_id)
except UserNotFoundError as e:
    logger.error(e.message)
    raise

Translating Wazo¶

French and English are maintained by the Wazo authors. Other languages are provided by the community.

Asterisk and Wazo Prompts¶

Languages and prompts are recorded by several studios. The information for those languages are:

French : Super Sonic productions (supersonicprod@wanadoo.fr)
English : Asterisk voice (allison@theasteriskvoice.com)
German : ATS studio
Italian : ATS studio

Prompts transcripts are listed in Transifex (*-prompts). You may translate them there.

The prompts used in Wazo are stored in xivo-sounds git repository. You may also want to generate your own sound files.

XiVO Client¶

All translations are in Transifex (xivo-client). The source language is English. Translations are synchronised with the code before every release.

Web Interface¶

Translations are currently available in French and English. There are no plans to translate the Web interface in other languages.

Wazo Package File Structure¶

Package naming¶

Let’s assume we want to organise the files for xivo-confd.

Git repo name: xivo-confd
Binary file name: xivo-confd
Python package name: xivo_confd

xivo-confd
|-- bin
|   `-- xivo-confd
|-- contribs
|   `-- docker
|       |-- ...
|       `-- prod
|           `-- ...
|-- debian
|   `-- ...
|-- Dockerfile
|-- docs
|   `-- ...
|-- etc
|   `-- ...
|-- integration-tests
|   `-- ...
|-- LICENSE
|-- README.md
|-- requirements.txt
|-- setup.cfg
|-- setup.py
|-- test-requirements.txt
|-- .travis.yml
`-- xivo_confd
    `-- ...

Sources¶

etc/: Contains default configuration files.
docs/: Contains technical documentation for this package: API doc, architecture doc, diagrams, ... Should be in RST format using Sphinx.
bin/: Contains the binaries. Not applicable for pure libraries.
integration_tests/: Contains the tests bigger than unit-tests. Tests should be runnable simply, e.g. nosetests integration_tests.
README.md: Read me in markdown (Github flavor).
LICENSE: License (GPLv3)
.travis.yml: Travis CI configuration file

Python¶

Standard files:

setup.py
setup.cfg
requirements.txt
test-requirements.txt
xivo_confd/ (the main sources)

Debian¶

debian/: Contains the Debian packaging files (control, rules, ...)

Docker¶

Dockerfile: Used to build a docker image for a working production version
contribs/docker/prod/: Contains the files necessary for running xivo-confd inside a production Docker image
contribs/docker/other/: Contains the Dockerfile and other files to run xivo-confd inside Docker with specific configuration

File naming¶

PID file: /var/run/xivo-confd/xivo-confd.pid
WSGI socket file: /var/run/xivo-confd/xivo-confd.sock
Config file: /etc/xivo-confd/config.yml
Log file: /var/log/xivo-confd.log
Static data files: /usr/share/xivo-confd
Storage data files: /var/lib/xivo-confd

Component specific information:

CTI Server¶

This section describes the informations and tools for CTI Server.

CTI Proxy¶

Here’s how to run the various CTI client-server development/debugging tools. These tools can be found on GitHub, in the Wazo project.

You can get the scripts by using Git:

$ git clone https://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-tools.git

General Information¶

Both the ctispy, ctisave and ctistat tools work in a similar way. They both are proxies that need to be inserted between the CTI client and the CTI server message flow.

To do this, you first start the given tool on your development machine, giving it the CTI server hostname as the first argument. You then configure your CTI client to connect to the tool on port 50030 (notice the trailing 0). The tool should then accept the connection from the client, and once this is done, will make a connection to the server, thereby being able to process all the information sent between the client and the server.

In the following examples, we suppose that the CTI server is located on the host named wazo-new.

Tools¶

ctispy¶

ctispy can be used to see the message flow between the client and the server in “real-time”.

The simplest invocation is:

$ cti-proxy/ctispy wazo-new

You can pretty-print the messages if you want by using the --pretty-print option:

$ cti-proxy/ctispy wazo-new --pretty-print

By default, each message is displayed separately even though more than one message can be in a single TCP packet. You can also use the --raw option if you want to see the raw traffic between the client and the server:

$ cti-proxy/ctispy wazo-new --raw

Note that when using the --raw option, some other option doesn’t work because the messages are not decoded/analyzed.

If you want to remove some fields from the messages, you can use the --strip option:

$ cti-proxy/ctispy wazo-new --strip timenow --strip commandid --strip replyid

If you want to see only messages matching a certain key and value, use the --include option:

$ cti-proxy/ctispy wazo-new --include class=getlist

Finally, you can ignore all the messages from the client or the server by using the --no-client or --no-server option respectively.

By default, ctispy will exit after the connection with the client is closed. You can bypass this behavior with the --loop option, that will make the CTI proxy continue, whether the client is connected or not.

ctisave¶

ctisave save the messages from the client and the server in two separate files. This is useful to do more careful post-analysis.

The simplest invocation is:

$ cti-proxy/ctisave wazo-new /tmp/cti-client /tmp/cti-server

To do comparison, it’s often useful to strip some fields:

$ cti-proxy/ctisave wazo-new /tmp/cti-client /tmp/cti-server --strip timenow
--strip commandid --strip replyid

One useful thing to do with files generated from different ctisave invocation is to compare them with a tool like vimdiff, for example:

ctistat¶

ctistat display various statistic about a CTI “session” when it ends.

The simplest invocation is:

$ cti-proxy/ctistat wazo-new

CTI Protocol¶

Protocol Changelog¶

The versions below indicate the Wazo version followed by the protocol version.

Warning

The CTI server protocol is subject to change without any prior warning. If you are using this protocol in your own tools please be sure to check that the protocol did not change before upgrading Wazo

16.11 - 2.2¶

the user_id field has been added back to the User status update

16.09 - 2.2¶

the Register user status update now uses the user_uuid instead of the user_id
the User status update now uses the user_uuid instead of the user_id

16.04 - 2.1¶

the Chitchat command to and from fields are now a list of two strings, xivo_uuid and user_uuid.

16.01 - 2.0¶

the lastconnswins field has been removed from the Login capas command
the loginkind field has been removed from the Login capas command
the ipbxcommands and regcommands capakinds have been removed from Login capas command
the Login password command has been modified. The hashedpassword has been replaced by the password field which is now sent verbatim.

15.20 - 1.2¶

the STARTTLS command has been added

15.19 - 1.2¶

the Chitchat command to field is now a list of two elements, xivo_uuid and user_id.
the getlist command has been removed for the channels listname.
many fields have been removed from the getlist command.
- users list
  - enableclient
  - profileclient
- phones
  - context
  - protocol
  - simultcalls
  - channels
- voicemails
  - email
  - fullname
  - old
  - waiting
- agents
  - phonenumber
some ipbxcommands have been removed:
- mailboxcount
- atxfer
- transfer
- hangup
- originate

15.18 - 1.2¶

add the Attended transfer to voicemail command
add the Blind transfer to voicemail command
the Send fax command now include the size and data field.
the filetransfer command has been removed.

15.16 - 1.2¶

the Get relations command was added.
the Relations message was added.

15.14 - 1.2¶

the people_purge_personal_contacts message was added.
the people_personal_contacts_purged message was added.
the people_personal_contact_raw message was added.
the people_personal_contact_raw_result message was added.
the people_edit_personal_contact message was added.
the people_personal_contact_raw_update message was added.
the people_import_personal_contacts_csv message was added.
the people_import_personal_contacts_csv_result message was added.
the people_export_personal_contacts_csv message was added.
the people_export_personal_contacts_csv_result message was added.
for messages people_personal_contact_deleted and people_favorite_update there are no longer data sub-key.

15.13 - 1.2¶

for channel status update message:
- the value of commstatus have been changed from linked-caller and linked-called to linked.
- the key direction have been removed.
- the key talkingto_kind have been removed.
the people_personal_contacts message was added.
the people_personal_contacts_result message was added.
the people_create_personal_contact message was added.
the people_personal_contact_created message was added.
the people_delete_personal_contact message was added.
the people_personal_contact_deleted message was added.

15.12 - 1.2¶

people_search_result has a new key in relations: source_entry_id
the people_favorites message was added.
the people_favorites_result message was added.
the people_set_favorite message was added.
the people_favorite_update message was added.

15.11 - 1.2¶

the fax_progress message was added.

15.09 - 1.2¶

for messages of class history the client cannot request by mode anymore. The server returns all calls and the mode is now metadata for each call.

14.24 - 1.2¶

for messages of class ipbxcommand, the command record and sipnotify have been removed.
the logfromclient message has been removed

14.22 - 1.2¶

for messages of class faxsend, the steps file_decoded and file_converted have been removed.

14.06 - 1.2¶

the dial_success message was added

14.05 - 1.2¶

the unhold_switchboard command was renamed resume_switchboard.

13.22 - 1.2¶

the actionfiche message was renamed call_form_result.

13.17 - 1.2¶

for messages of class login_capas from server to client: the key presence has been removed.

13.14 - 1.2¶

for messages of class getlist, list agents and function updatestatus: the key availability in the status object/dictionary has changed values:
- deleted values: on_call_non_acd_incoming and on_call_non_acd_outgoing
- added values: * on_call_non_acd_incoming_internal * on_call_non_acd_incoming_external * on_call_non_acd_outgoing_internal * on_call_non_acd_outgoing_external

13.12 - 1.2¶

for messages of class getlist, list agents and function updatestatus: the key availability in the status object/dictionary has changed values:
- deleted value: on_call_non_acd
- added values: on_call_non_acd_incoming and on_call_non_acd_outgoing

13.10 - 1.2¶

for messages of class getlist and function updateconfig, the config object/dictionary does not have a rules_order key anymore.

Commands¶

Objects have the format: “<type>:<xivoid>/<typeid>”

<type> can take any of the following values: user, agent, queue, phone, group, meetme, ...
<xivoid> indicates on which server the object is defined
<typeid> is the object id, type dependant

e.g.: user:xivo-test/5 I’m looking for the user that has the ID 5 on the xivo-test server.

Here is a non exaustive list of types:

exten
user
vm_consult
voicemail

Agent¶

Login agent¶

Client -> Server

{"agentphonenumber": "1000", "class": "ipbxcommand", "command": "agentlogin", "commandid": 733366597}

agentphonenumber is the physical phone set where the agent is going to log on.

Server > Client

Login successfull :

{"function": "updateconfig",
 "listname": "queuemembers",
 "tipbxid": "xivo",
 "timenow": 1362664323.94,
 "tid": "Agent/2002,blue",
 "config": {"paused": "0",
            "penalty": "0",
            "membership": "static",
            "status": "1",
            "lastcall": "",
            "interface": "Agent/2002",
            "queue_name": "blue",
            "callstaken": "0"},
 "class": "getlist"}

{"function": "updatestatus",
 "listname": "agents",
 "tipbxid": "xivo",
 "timenow": 1362664323.94,
 "status": {"availability_since": 1362664323.94,
            "queues": [],
            "on_call": false,
            "availability": "available",
            "channel": null},
   "tid": 7,
   "class": "getlist"}

The phone number is already used by an other agent :

{"class": "ipbxcommand", "error_string": "agent_login_exten_in_use", "timenow": 1362664158.14}

Logout agent¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "ipbxcommand", "command": "agentlogout", "commandid": 552759274}

Pause¶

On all queues

Client -> Server

{"class": "ipbxcommand", "command": "queuepause", "commandid": 859140432, "member": "agent:xivo/1", "queue": "queue:xivo/all"}

Un pause agent¶

On all queues

Client -> Server

{"class": "ipbxcommand", "command": "queueunpause", "commandid": 822604987, "member": "agent:xivo/1", "queue": "queue:xivo/all"}

Add an agent in a queue¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "ipbxcommand", "command": "queueadd", "commandid": 542766213, "member": "agent:xivo/3", "queue": "queue:xivo/2"}

Remove an agent from a queue¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "ipbxcommand", "command": "queueremove", "commandid": 742480296, "member": "agent:xivo/3", "queue": "queue:xivo/2"}

Listen to an agent¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "ipbxcommand", "command": "listen", "commandid": 1423579492, "destination": "xivo/1", "subcommand": "start"}

Configuration¶

The following messages are used to retrieve Wazo configuration.

Common fields¶

class : getlist
function : listid
commandid
tipbxid
listname : Name of the list to be retreived : users, phones, agents, queues, voicemails, queuemembers

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "commandid": 489035169,
   "function": "listid",
   "tipbxid": "xivo",
   "listname": "........."
}

Users configuration¶

Return a list of configured user id’s

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 489035169, "function": "listid", "listname": "users", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server -> Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "function": "listid", "listname": "users",
   "list": ["11", "12", "14", "17", "1", "3", "2", "4", "9"],
   "tipbxid": "xivo","timenow": 1362735061.17
   }

User configuration¶

Return a user configuration

tid is the userid returned by Users configuration message

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "getlist",
  "function": "updateconfig",
  "listname": "users",
  "tid": "17",
  "tpbxid": "xivo",  "commandid": 5}

Server -> Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "17",
   "tipbxid": "xivo",
   "timenow": 1362741166.4,
   "config": {
         "enablednd": 0, "destrna": "", "enablerna": 0,  "enableunc": 0, "destunc": "", "destbusy": "", "enablebusy": 0, "enablexfer": 1,
         "firstname": "Alice",  "lastname": "Bouzat", "fullname": "Alice Bouzat",
         "voicemailid": null, "incallfilter": 0,  "enablevoicemail": 0,   "agentid": 2, "linelist": ["7"], "mobilephonenumber": ""}
    }

Phones configuration¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 495252308, "function": "listid", "listname": "phones", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server > Client

{"class": "getlist", "function": "listid", "list": ["1", "3", "2", "5", "14", "7", "6", "9", "8"],
   "listname": "phones", "timenow": 1364994093.38, "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Individual phone configuration request:

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 704096693, "function": "updateconfig", "listname": "phones", "tid": "3", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server > Client

{"class": "getlist",
   "config": {"allowtransfer": null, "identity": "SIP/ihvbur", "iduserfeatures": 1,
                  "initialized": null, "number": "1000"},
   "function": "updateconfig", "listname": "phones", "tid": "3", "timenow": 1364994093.43, "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Agents configuration¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 1431355191, "function": "listid", "listname": "agents", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Queues configuration¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 719950939, "function": "listid", "listname": "queues", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server -> Client

{"function": "listid", "listname": "queues", "tipbxid": "xivo",
      "list": ["1", "10", "3", "2", "5", "4", "7", "6", "9", "8"], "timenow": 1382704649.64, "class": "getlist"}

Queue configuration¶

tid is the id returned in the list field of the getlist response message

Client -> Server

{"commandid":7,"class":"getlist","tid":"3","tipbxid":"xivo","function":"updateconfig","listname":"queues"}

Server -> Client

{
 "function": "updateconfig", "listname": "queues", "tipbxid": "xivo", "timenow": 1382704649.69, "tid": "3",
   "config":
      {"displayname": "red", "name": "red", "context": "default", "number": "3002"},
 "class": "getlist"}

Voicemails configuration¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 1034160761, "function": "listid", "listname": "voicemails", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Queue members configuration¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 964899043, "function": "listid", "listname": "queuemembers", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server -> Client

{"function": "listid", "listname": "queuemembers", "tipbxid": "xivo",
   "list": ["Agent/2501,blue", "Agent/2500,yellow", "Agent/2002,yellow", "Agent/2003,__switchboard",
            "Agent/2003,blue", "Agent/108,blue", "Agent/2002,blue"],
   "timenow": 1382717016.23,
   "class": "getlist"}

Fax¶

Send fax¶

Client -> Server

{"class": "faxsend",
 "filename": "contract.pdf",
 "destination", 41400,
 "size": 100000,
 "data": "<base64 of the fax content>"}

Fax status¶

Server -> Client

pages: number of pages sent (NULL if FAILED)
status
- FAILED: Failed to send fax.
- PRESENDFAX: Fax number exist and converting pdf->tiff has been done.
- SUCCESS: Fax sent with success.

{"class": "fax_progress", "status": "SUCCESS", "pages": 2 }

Call control commands¶

Dial¶

destination can be any number
destination can be a pseudo URL of the form “type:ibpx/id”

Client -> Server

{
   "class": "ipbxcommand",
   "command": "dial",
   "commandid": <commandid>,
   "destination": "exten:xivo/<extension>"
}

For example :

{
    "class": "ipbxcommand",
    "command": "dial",
    "commandid": 1683305913,
    "destination": "exten:xivo/1202"
}

The server will answer with either an error or a success:

{
    "class": "ipbxcommand",
    "error_string": "unreachable_extension:1202",
}

{
    "class": "dial_success",
    "exten": "1202"
}

Attended transfer to voicemail¶

Transfer the current call to a given voicemail and listen to the message before completing the transfer.

Client -> Server

{
    "class": "attended_transfer_voicemail",
    "voicemail": "<voicemail number>"
}

Login¶

Once the network is connected at the socket level, the login process requires three steps. If one of these steps is omitted, the connection is reset by the cti server.

login_id, the username is sent as a login to the cti server, cti server answers by giving a sessionid
login_pass, the password is sent to the cti server, cti server answers by giving a capaid
login_capas, the capaid is returned to the server with the user’s availability, cti server answers with a list of info relevant to the user

{
"commandid": <commandid>,
"class": "login_id",
}

class: defined what class of command use.
commandid : a unique integer number.

Login ID¶

Client -> Server

{
"class": "login_id",
"commandid": 1092130023,
"company": "default",
"ident": "X11-LE-24079",
"lastlogout-datetime": "2013-02-19T11:13:36",
"lastlogout-stopper": "disconnect",
"userlogin": <userlogin>,
"xivoversion": "<cti protocol version>"
}

Server -> Client

{
    "class": "login_id",
    "sessionid": "21UaGDfst7",
    "timenow": 1361268824.64,
    "xivoversion": "<cti protocol version>"
}

Note

sessionid is used to calculate the hashed password in next step

Login password¶

Client -> Server

{
    "class": "login_pass",
    "password": "secret",
    "commandid": <commandid>
}

Server -> Client

{
    "capalist": [
        2
    ],
    "class": "login_pass",
    "replyid": 1646064863,
    "timenow": 1361268824.68
}

If no CTI profile is defined on XiVO for this user, the following message will be sent:

{
    "error_string": "capaid_undefined",
    "class": "login_pass",
    "replyid": 1646064863,
    "timenow": 1361268824.68
}

Note

the first element of the capalist is used in the next step login_capas

Login capas¶

Client -> Server

{
"capaid": 3,
"commandid": <commandid>,
"state": "available",
"class": "login_capas"
}

Server -> Client

First message, describes all the capabilities of the client, configured at the server level

presence : actual presence of the user
userid : the user id, can be used as a reference
capas
- userstatus : a list of available statuses
  
  status name
  
  color
  
  selectionnable status from this status
  
  default action to be done when this status is selected
  
  long name
- services : list of availble services
- phonestatus : list of available phonestatuses with default colors and descriptive names
- capaxlets : List of xlets configured for this profile
- appliname

{
   "class": "login_capas"
   "presence": "available",
   "userid": "3",
   "ipbxid": "xivo",
   "timenow": 1361440830.99,
   "replyid": 3,
   "capas": {
            "preferences": false,
            "userstatus": {
                        "available": { "color": "#08FD20",
                                       "allowed": ["available", "away", "outtolunch", "donotdisturb", "berightback"],
                                       "actions": {"enablednd": "false"}, "longname": "Disponible"
                                      },
                        "berightback": {  "color": "#FFB545",
                                          "allowed": ["available", "away", "outtolunch", "donotdisturb", "berightback"],
                                          "actions": {"enablednd": "false"}, "longname": "Bient\u00f4t de retour"
                                        },
                        "disconnected": { "color": "#202020",
                                          "actions": {"agentlogoff": ""}, "longname": "D\u00e9connect\u00e9"
                                        },
                       /* a list of other status depends on the cti server configuration */
            },
         "services": ["fwdrna", "fwdbusy", "fwdunc", "enablednd"],
         "phonestatus": {
                           "16": {"color": "#F7FF05", "longname": "En Attente"},
                           "1":  {"color": "#FF032D", "longname": "En ligne OU appelle"},
                           "0":  {"color": "#0DFF25", "longname": "Disponible"},
                           "2":  {"color": "#FF0008", "longname": "Occup\u00e9"},
                           "-1": {"color": "#000000", "longname": "D\u00e9sactiv\u00e9"},
                           "4":  {"color": "#FFFFFF", "longname": "Indisponible"},
                           "-2": {"color": "#030303", "longname": "Inexistant"},
                           "9":  {"color": "#FF0526", "longname": "(En Ligne OU Appelle) ET Sonne"},
                           "8":  {"color": "#1B0AFF", "longname": "Sonne"}
                        }
      },
   "capaxlets": [["identity", "grid"], ["search", "tab"], ["customerinfo", "tab", "1"], ["fax", "tab", "2"], ["dial", "grid", "2"], ["tabber", "grid", "3"], ["history", "tab", "3"], ["remotedirectory", "tab", "4"], ["features", "tab", "5"], ["people", "tab", "6"], ["conference", "tab", "7"]],
   "appliname": "Client",
}

Second message describes the current user configuration

{
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tipbxid": "xivo",
   "timenow": 1361440830.99,
   "tid": "3",
   "config": {"enablednd": false},
   "class": "getlist"
}

Third message describes the current user status

{
   "function": "updatestatus",
   "listname": "users",
   "status": {"availstate": "available"},
   "tipbxid": "xivo",
   "tid": "3",
   "class": "getlist",
   "timenow": 1361440830.99
}

Others¶

call_form_result¶

This message is received when a call form is submitted from a client to the Wazo.

Client -> Server

{
    "class": "call_form_result",
    "commandid": <commandid>,
    "infos": {"buttonname": "saveandclose",
              "variables": {"XIVOFORM_varname1": "value1",
                            "XIVOFORM_varname2": "value2"}}
}

History¶

size : Size of the list to be sent by the server

Client -> Server

{
   "class": "history",
   "commandid": <commandid>
   "size": "8",
   "xuserid": "<xivoid>/<userfeaturesid>",
}

Server > Client

Send back a table of calls :

duration in seconds
extension: caller/destination extension
fullname: caller ID name
mode
- 0 : sent calls
- 1 : received calls
- 2 : missed calls

{
   "class": "history",
   "history": [
      {"calldate": "2013-03-29T08:44:35.273998",
       "duration": 30.148765,
       "extension": "*844201",
       "fullname": "Alice Wonderland",
       "mode": 0},
      {"calldate": "2013-03-28T16:56:48.071213",
       "duration": 58.134744,
       "extension": "41400",
       "fullname": "41400"}
       "mode": 1},
   ],
   "replyid": 529422441,
   "timenow": 1364571477.33
}

Chitchat¶

Client > Server

{
   "class": "chitchat",
   "alias": "Alice",
   "text": "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Suspendisse venenatis velit nibh, ac condimentum felis rutrum id.",
   "to": [<xivo_uuid>, <user_uuid>],
   "commandid": <commandid>
}

Server > Client

The following message is received by the remote XiVO client

{
    "class": "chitchat",
    "from": [<xivo_uuid>, <user_uuid>],
    "to": [<xivo_uuid>, <user_uuid>]
    "alias": "Alice",
    "text": "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Suspendisse venenatis velit nibh, ac condimentum felis rutrum id.",
}

Directory¶

Request directory information, names matching pattern ignore case.

Client -> Server

{
   "class": "directory",
   "commandid": 1079140548,
   "pattern": "pau"
}

Server > Client

{
   "class": "directory",
   "headers": ["Nom", "Num\u00e9ro", "Mobile", "Autre num\u00e9ro", "E-mail", "Fonction", "Site", "Source"],
   "replyid": 1079140548,
   "resultlist": ["Claire Mapaurtal;;+33644558899;31256;cmapaurtal@societe.com;;;",
                  "Paul Salvadier;+33445236988;+33678521430;31406;psalvadier@societe.com;;;"],
   "status": "ok",
   "timenow": 1378798928.26
}

parking

keepalive

availstate

getipbxlist

{
    "class": "getipbxlist",
    "commandid": <commandid>
}

People¶

Get relations¶

This command will trigger a Relations message.

Client -> Server

{
    "class": "get_relations"
}

People headers¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_headers",
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_headers_result",
  "column_headers": ["Status", "Name", "Number"],
  "column_types": [null, null, "number"],
}

People Search¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_search",
  "pattern": <pattern>,
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_search_result",
  "term": "Bob",
  "column_headers": ["Firstname", "Lastname", "Phone number", "Mobile", "Fax", "Email", "Agent"],
  "column_types": [null, "name", "number_office", "number_mobile", "fax", "email", "relation_agent"],
  "results": [
    {
      "column_values": ["Bob", "Marley", "5555555", "5556666", "5553333", "mail@example.com", null],
      "relations": {
        "agent_id": null,
        "user_id": null,
        "endpoint_id": null,
        "source_entry_id": null
      },
      "source": "my_ldap_directory"
    }, {
      "column_values": ["Charlie", "Boblin", "5555556", "5554444", "5552222", "mail2@example.com", null],
      "relations": {
        "agent_id": 12,
        "user_id": 34,
        "endpoint_id": 56,
        "source_entry_id": "34"
      },
      "source": "internal"
    }
  ]
}

Relations¶

This message can currently only be received as a response to the Get relations command.

The xivo_uuid is the id of the server
The user_id is the id of the current user.
The endpoint_id is the id of the line of the current user or null.
The agent_id is the id of the agent of the current user or null.

Server -> Client

{
    "class": "relations",
    "data": {"xivo_uuid": <the xivo uuid>,
             "user_id": <the user id>,
             "endpoint_id": <the endpoint id>,
             "agent_id": <the agent id>}
}

Favorites list¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_favorites",
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_favorites_result",
  "column_headers": ["Firstname", "Lastname", "Phone number", "Mobile", "Fax", "Email", "Agent", "Favorites"],
  "column_types": [null, "name", "number_office", "number_mobile", "fax", "email", "relation_agent", "favorite"],
  "results": [
    {
      "column_values": ["Bob", "Marley", "5555555", "5556666", "5553333", "mail@example.com", null, true],
      "relations": {
        "agent_id": null,
        "user_id": null,
        "endpoint_id": null,
        "source_entry_id": "55"
      },
      "source": "my_ldap_directory"
    }, {
      "column_values": ["Charlie", "Boblin", "5555556", "5554444", "5552222", "mail2@example.com", null, true],
      "relations": {
        "agent_id": 12,
        "user_id": 34,
        "endpoint_id": 56,
        "source_entry_id": "34"
      },
      "source": "internal"
    }
  ]
}

Set favorite¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_set_favorite",
  "source": "my_ldap_directory"
  "source_entry_id": "55"
  "favorite": true
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_favorite_update",
  "source": "my_ldap_directory"
  "source_entry_id": "55"
  "favorite": true
}

STARTTLS¶

The STARTTLS command is used to upgrade a connection to use SSL. Once connected, the server send a starttls offer to the client which can reply with a starttls message including the status field. The server will then send a starttls message back to the client with the same status and start the handshake if the status is true.

Server -> Client

{
    "class": "starttls"
}

Client -> Server -> Client

{
    "class": "starttls",
    "status": true
}

Note

a client which does not reply to the starttls offer will keep it’s unencrypted connection.

Personal contacts list¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_personal_contacts"
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_personal_contacts_result",
  "column_headers": ["Firstname", "Lastname", "Phone number", "Mobile", "Fax", "Email", "Agent", "Favorites", "Personal"],
  "column_types": [null, "name", "number_office", "number_mobile", "fax", "email", "relation_agent", "favorite", "personal"],
  "results": [
    {
      "column_values": ["Bob", "Marley", "5555555", "5556666", "5553333", "mail@example.com", null, false, true],
      "relations": {
        "agent_id": null,
        "user_id": null,
        "endpoint_id": null,
        "source_entry_id": "abcd-12"
      },
      "source": "personal"
    }, {
      "column_values": ["Charlie", "Boblin", "5555556", "5554444", "5552222", "mail2@example.com", null, false, true],
      "relations": {
        "agent_id": null,
        "user_id": null,
        "endpoint_id": null,
        "source_entry_id": "efgh-34"
      },
      "source": "personal"
    }
  ]
}

Personal contact purge¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_purge_personal_contacts",
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_personal_contacts_purged",
}

Personal contact raw¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_personal_contact_raw",
  "source": "personal",
  "source_entry_id": "abcd-1234"
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_personal_contact_raw_result",
  "source": "personal",
  "source_entry_id": "abcd-1234",
  "contact_infos": {
      "firstname": "Bob",
      "lastname": "Wonderland"
      ...
  }
}

Create personal contact¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_create_personal_contact",
  "contact_infos": {
      "firstname": "Bob",
      "lastname": "Wonderland",
      ...
  }
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_personal_contact_created"
}

Delete personal contact¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_delete_personal_contact",
  "source": "personal",
  "source_entry_id": "abcd-1234"
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_personal_contact_deleted",
  "source": "personal",
  "source_entry_id": "abcd-1234"
}

Edit personal contact¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_edit_personal_contact",
  "source": "personal",
  "source_entry_id": "abcd-1234",
  "contact_infos": {
      "firstname": "Bob",
      "lastname": "Wonderland",
      ...
  }
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_personal_contact_raw_update",
  "source": "personal",
  "source_entry_id": "abcd-1234"
}

Import personal contacts¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_import_personal_contacts_csv",
  "csv_contacts": "firstname,lastname\r\nBob,the Builder\r\n,Alice,Wonderland\r\n,BobMissingFields\r\n"
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_import_personal_contacts_csv_result",
  "created_count": 2,
  "failed": [
      {
          "line": 3,
          "errors": [
              "missing fields"
              ]
      }

  ]
}

Export personal contacts¶

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "people_export_personal_contacts_csv",
}

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "people_export_personal_contacts_csv_result",
  "csv_contacts": "firstname,lastname\r\nBob,the Builder\r\n,Alice,Wonderland\r\n"
}

Service¶

class : featuresput

Call Filtering¶

function : incallfilter
value : true, false activate deactivate filtering

Client -> Server

{"class": "featuresput", "commandid": 1326845972, "function": "incallfilter", "value": true}

Server > Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "config": {"incallfilter": true},
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "2",
   "timenow": 1361456398.52, "tipbxid": "xivo"  }

DND¶

function : enablednd
value : true, false activate deactivate DND

Client -> Server

{"class": "featuresput", "commandid": 1088978942, "function": "enablednd", "value": true}

Server > Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "config": {"enablednd": true},
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "2",
   "timenow": 1361456614.55, "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Recording¶

function : enablerecording
value : true, false

Activate / deactivate recording for a user, extension call recording has to be activated : Services->IPBX->IPBX services->Extension

Client -> Server

{"class": "featuresput", "commandid": 1088978942, "function": "enablerecording", "value": true, "target" : "7" }

Server > Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "config": {"enablerecording": true},
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "7",
   "timenow": 1361456614.55, "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Unconditional Forward¶

Forward the call at any time, call does not reach the user

function : fwd

Client -> Server

{
   "class": "featuresput", "commandid": 2082138822, "function": "fwd",
   "value": {"destunc": "1002", "enableunc": true}
}

Server > Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "config": {"destunc": "1002", "enableunc": true},
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "2",
   "timenow": 1361456777.98, "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Forward On No Answer¶

Forward the call to another destination if the user does not answer

function : fwd

Client -> Server

{
   "class": "featuresput", "commandid": 1705419982, "function": "fwd",
   "value": {"destrna": "1003", "enablerna": true}
   }

Server > Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "config": {"destrna": "1003", "enablerna": true},
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "2",
   "timenow": 1361456966.89, "tipbxid": "xivo" }

Forward On Busy¶

Forward the call to another destination when the user is busy

function : fwd

Client -> Server

{
   "class": "featuresput", "commandid": 568274890, "function": "fwd",
   "value": {"destbusy": "1009", "enablebusy": true}
   }

Server > Client

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "config": {"destbusy": "1009", "enablebusy": true},
   "function": "updateconfig",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "2",
   "timenow": 1361457163.77, "tipbxid": "xivo"
   }

Statistics¶

Get queues stats¶

When statistic update is enable by sending message Subscribe to queues stats.

The first element of the message is the queue id

{"stats": {"10": {"Xivo-LoggedAgents": 0}},
   "class": "getqueuesstats", "timenow": 1384509582.88}
{"stats": {"1": {"Xivo-WaitingCalls": 0}},
   "class": "getqueuesstats", "timenow": 1384509582.89}
{"stats": {"1": {"Xivo-TalkingAgents": "0", "Xivo-AvailableAgents": "1", "Xivo-EWT": "6"}},
   "class": "getqueuesstats", "timenow": 1384512350.25}

Status¶

These messages can also be received without any request as unsolicited messages.

User status¶

User status is to manage user presence

Request user status update

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 107712156,
   "function": "updatestatus",
   "listname": "users",
   "tid": "14", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server > Client

{"class": "getlist",
   "function": "updatestatus",
   "listname": "users",
   "status": {"availstate": "outtolunch", "connection": "yes"},
         "tid": "1", "timenow": 1364994093.48, "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Change User status

Client -> Server

{"availstate": "away",
    "class": "availstate",
    "commandid": 1946092392,
    "ipbxid": "xivo",
        "userid": "1"}

Server > Client

{"class": "getlist",
    "function": "updatestatus",
    "listname": "users",
    "status": {"availstate": "away"},
    "tid": "1", "timenow": 1370523352.6, "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Phone status¶

tid is the line id, found in linelist from message User configuration

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist", "commandid": 107712156,
   "function": "updatestatus",
   "listname": "phones", "tid": "8", "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server > Client

{"class": "getlist",
 "function": "updatestatus",
 "listname": "phones",
 "status": {"hintstatus": "0"},
 "tid": "1",
 "timenow": 1364994093.48,
 "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Queue status¶

Client -> Server

{"commandid":17,"class":"getlist","tid":"8","tipbxid":"xivo","function":"updatestatus","listname":"queues"}

Server > Client

{"function": "updatestatus", "listname": "queues", "tipbxid": "xivo", "timenow": 1382710430.54,
   "status": {"agentmembers": ["1","5"], "phonemembers": ["8"]},
   "tid": "8", "class": "getlist"}

Agent status¶

tid is the agent id.

Client -> Server

{"class": "getlist",
 "commandid": <random_integer>,
 "function": "updatestatus",
 "listname": "agents",
 "tid": "635",
 "tipbxid": "xivo"}

Server > Client

{"class": "getlist",
 "listname": "agents",
 "function": "updatestatus",
 "tipbxid": "xivo",
 "tid": 635,
 "status": {
     "availability": "logged_out",
      "availability_since": 1370868774.74,
      "channel": null,
      "groups": [],
      "on_call_acd": false,
      "on_call_nonacd": false,
      "on_wrapup": false,
      "phonenumber": null,
      "queues": [
          "113"
      ]
  }}

availability can take the values:
- logged_out
- available
- unavailable
- on_call_nonacd_incoming_internal
- on_call_nonacd_incoming_external
- on_call_nonacd_outgoing_internal
- on_call_nonacd_outgoing_external
availability_since is the timestamp of the last availability change
queues is the list of queue ids from which the agent receives calls

Switchboard¶

Answer¶

This allows the switchboard operator to answer an incoming call or unhold a call on-hold.

{"class": "answer", "uniqueid": "12345667.89"}

Unsolicited Messages¶

These messages are received whenever one of the following corresponding event occurs: sheet message on incoming calls, or updatestatus when a phone status changes.

Sheet¶

This message is received to display customer information if configured at the server side

{
   "timenow": 1361444639.61,
   "class": "sheet",
   "compressed": true,
   "serial": "xml",
   "payload": "AAADnnicndPBToNAEAbgV1n3XgFN1AP...................",
   "channel": "SIP/e6fhff-00000007"
}

How to decode payload :

>>> b64content = base64.b64decode(<payload content>)
>>> # 4 first cars are the encoded lenght of the xml string (in Big Endian format)
>>> xmllen = struck.unpack('>I',b64content[0:4])
>>> # the rest is a compressed xml string
>>> xmlcontent = zlib.decompress(toto[4:])
>>> print xmlcontent

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
   <profile>
      <user>
         <internal name="ipbxid"><![CDATA[xivo]]></internal>
         <internal name="where"><![CDATA[dial]]></internal>
         <internal name="channel"><![CDATA[SIP/barometrix_jyldev-00000009]]></internal>
         <internal name="focus"><![CDATA[no]]></internal>
         <internal name="zip"><![CDATA[1]]></internal>
         <sheet_qtui order="0010" name="qtui" type="None"><![CDATA[]]></sheet_qtui>
         <sheet_info order="0010" name="Nom" type="title"><![CDATA[0230210083]]></sheet_info>
         <sheet_info order="0030" name="Origine" type="text"><![CDATA[extern]]></sheet_info>
         <sheet_info order="0020" name="Num\xc3\xa9ro" type="text"><![CDATA[0230210083]]></sheet_info>
         <systray_info order="0010" name="Nom" type="title"><![CDATA[Maric\xc3\xa9 Sapr\xc3\xaftch\xc3\xa0]]></systray_info>
         <systray_info order="0030" name="Origine" type="body"><![CDATA[extern]]></systray_info>
         <systray_info order="0020" name="Num\xc3\xa9ro" type="body"><![CDATA[0230210083]]></systray_info>
      </user>
   </profile>

The xml file content is defined by the following xsd file: xivo-javactilib/src/main/xsd/sheet.xsd (online version)

Phone status update¶

Received when a phone status change

class : getlist
function : updatestatus
listname : phones

{
   "class": "getlist",
   "function": "updatestatus",
   "listname": "phones",
   "tipbxid": "xivo",
   "timenow": 1361447017.29,
   .........
}

tid is the the object identification

Example of phone messages received when a phone is ringing :

{.... "status": {"hintstatus": "0"}, "tid": "3"}
{.... "status": {"hintstatus": "8"}, "tid": "3"}

Update notification¶

Register agent status update¶

The register_agent_status_update command is used to register to the status updates of a list of agent. Once registered to a agent’s status, the client will receive all Agent status update events for the registered agents.

This command should be sent when an agent is displayed in the people xlet to be able to update the agent status icon.

The Unregister agent status update command should be used to stop receiving updates.

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "register_agent_status_update",
  "agent_ids": [["<xivo-uuid>", "<agent-id1>"],
                ["<xivo-uuid>", "<agent-id2>"],
                ...,
                ["<xivo-uuid>", "<agent-idn>"]],
  "commandid": <commandid>
}

Unregister agent status update¶

The unregister_agent_status_update command is used to unregister from the status updates of a list of agent.

Once unregistered, the client will stop receiving the Agent status update events for the specified agents.

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "unregister_agent_status_update",
  "agent_ids": [["<xivo-uuid>", "<agent-id1>"],
                ["<xivo-uuid>", "<agent-id2>"],
                ...,
                ["<xivo-uuid>", "<agent-idn>"]],
  "commandid": <commandid>
}

Agent status update¶

The agent_status_update event is received when the presence of an agent changes.

To receive this event, the user must first register to the event for a specified agent using the Register agent status update command.

To stop receiving this event, the user must send the Unregister agent status update command.

data, a dictionary containing 3 fields:
- agent_id, is an integer containing the ID of the user affected by this status change
- xivo_uuid: a string containing the UUID of the Wazo that sent the status update
- status: a string containing the new status, “logged_in” or “logged_out”

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "agent_status_update",
  "data": {
    "agent_id": 42,
    "xivo_uuid": "<the-xivo-uuid>",
    "status": "<status-name>"
  }
}

The agent_status_update event contains the same data as the agent_status_update. The latter should be preferred to the former for uses that do not require a persistent connection to xivo-ctid.

Register endpoint status update¶

The register_endpoint_status_update command is used to register to the status updates of a list of lines. Once registered to a endpoint’s status, the client will receive all Endpoint status update events for the registered agents.

This command should be sent when a endpoint is displayed in the people xlet to be able to update the agent status icon.

The Unregister endpoint status update command should be used to stop receiving updates.

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "register_endpoint_status_update",
  "endpoint_ids": [["<xivo-uuid>", "<endpoint-id1>"],
                   ["<xivo-uuid>", "<endpoint-id2>"],
                   ...,
                   ["<xivo-uuid>", "<endpoint-idn>"]],
  "commandid": <commandid>
}

Unregister endpoint status update¶

The unregister_endpoint_status_update command is used to unregister from the status updates of a list of agent.

Once unregistered, the client will stop receiving the Endpoint status update events for the specified agents.

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "unregister_endpoint_status_update",
  "endpoint_ids": [["<xivo-uuid>", "<endpoint-id1>"],
                   ["<xivo-uuid>", "<endpoint-id2>"],
                   ...,
                   ["<xivo-uuid>", "<endpoint-idn>"]],
  "commandid": <commandid>
}

Endpoint status update¶

The endpoint_status_update event is received when the status of a line changes.

To receive this event, the user must first register to the event for a specified endpoint using the Register endpoint status update command.

To stop receiving this event, the user must send the Unregister endpoint status update command.

data, a dictionary containing 3 fields:
- endpoint_id, is an integer containing the ID of the line affected by this status change
- xivo_uuid: a string containing the UUID of the Wazo that sent the status update
- status: an integer matching an entry in the cti hint configuration

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "endpoint_status_update",
  "data": {
    "endpoint_id": 42,
    "xivo_uuid": "<the-xivo-uuid>",
    "status": <hint-status>
  }
}

The endpoint_status_update event contains the same data as the endpoint_status_update. The latter should be preferred to the former for uses that do not require a persistent connection to xivo-ctid.

Register user status update¶

The register_user_status_update command is used to register to the status updates of a list of user. Once registered to a user’s status, the client will receive all User status update events for the registered users.

This command should be sent when a user is displayed in the people xlet to be able to update the presence status icon.

The Unregister user status update command should be used to stop receiving updates.

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "register_user_status_update",
  "user_ids": [["<xivo-uuid>", "<user-uuid1>"],
               ["<xivo-uuid>", "<user-uuid2>"],
               ...,
               ["<xivo-uuid>", "<user-uuidn>"]],
  "commandid": <commandid>
}

Unregister user status update¶

The unregister_user_status_update command is used to unregister from the status updates of a list of user.

Once unregistered, the client will stop receiving the User status update events for the specified users.

Client -> Server

{
  "class": "unregister_user_status_update",
  "user_ids": [["<xivo-uuid>", "<user-uuid1>"],
               ["<xivo-uuid>", "<user-uuid2>"],
               ...,
               ["<xivo-uuid>", "<user-uuidn>"]],
  "commandid": <commandid>
}

User status update¶

The user_status_update event is received when the presence of a user changes.

To receive this event, the user must first register to the event for a specified user using the Register user status update command.

To stop receiving this event, the user must send the Unregister user status update command.

data, a dictionary containing the following fields:
- user_uuid, a string containing the UUID of the user.
- user_id, an integer containing the ID of the user.
- xivo_uuid: a string containing the UUID of the Wazo that sent the status update
- status: a string containing the new status of the user based on the cti profile configuration

Note

When multiple Wazo share user statuses, the cti profile configuration for presences and phone statuses should match on all Wazo to be displayed properly

Server -> Client

{
  "class": "user_status_update",
  "data": {
    "user_uuid": "<the-user-uuid>",
    "user_id": <the-user-id>,
    "xivo_uuid": "<the-xivo-uuid>",
    "status": "<status-name>"
  }
}

Warning

The user_id field is DEPRECATED and should not be used. Use the user_uuid field instead.

CTI server implementation¶

In the git repository git://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-ctid.git

cti_config handles the configuration coming from the WEBI
interfaces/interface_ami, together with asterisk_ami_definitions, amiinterpret and xivo_ami handle the AMI connections (asterisk)
interfaces/interface_info handles the CLI-like connections
interfaces/interface_webi handles the requests and signals coming from the WEBI
interfaces/interface_cti handles the clients’ connections, with the help of client_connection, and it often involves cti_command too
innerdata is meant to be the place where all statuses are computed and stored

The main loop uses select() syscall to dispatch the tasks according to miscellaneous incoming requests.

Requirements for innerdata:

the properties fetched from the WEBI configuration shall be stored in the relevant xod_config structure
the properties fetched from elsewhere shall be stored in the relevant xod_status structure
at least two kinds of objects are not “predefined” (as are the phones or the queues, for instance)
- the channels (in the asterisk SIP/345-0x12345678 meaning)
- the group and queue members shall be handled in a special way each

The purpose of the ‘relations’ field, in the various structures is to keep track of relations and cross-relations between different objects (a phone logged in as an agent, itself in a queue, itself called by some channels belonging to phones ...).

CTI server Message flow¶

Messages sent from the CTI clients to the server are received by the CTIServer class. The CTIServer then calls interface_cti.CTI class manage_connection method. The interface_cti uses his _cti_command_handler member to parse and run the command. The CTICommandHandler get a list of classes that handle this message from the CTICommandFactory. Then the the interface_cti.CTI calls run_commands on the handler, which returns a list of all commands replies.

To implement a new message in the protocol you have to create a new class that inherits the CTICommand class. Your new class should have a static member caller required_fields which is a list of required fields for this class. Your class should also have a conditions static member which is a list of tupples of conditions to detect that an incoming message matches this class. The __init__ of your class is responsible for the initialization of it’s fields and should call super(<ClassName>, self).__init__(msg). Your class should register itself to the CTICommandFactory.

from xivo_cti.cti.cti_command import CTICommand
from xivo_cti.cti.cti_command_factory import CTICommandFactory

class InviteConfroom(CTICommand):
    required_fields = ['class', 'invitee']
    conditions = [('class', 'invite_confroom')]
    def __init__(self):
        super(InviteConfroom, self).__init__(msg)
        self._invitee = msg['invitee']

CTICommandFactory.register_class(InviteConfroom)

Each CTI commands has a callback list that you can register to from anywhere. Each callback function will be called when this message is received with the command as parameter.

Refer to MeetmeList.__init__ for a callback registration example and to MeetmeList.invite for the implementation of a callback.

from xivo_cti.cti.commands.invite_confroom import InviteConfroom

class MySuperClass(object):
    def __init__(self):
        InviteConfroom.register_callback(self.invite_confroom_handler)

    def invite_confroom_handler(self, invite_confroom_command):
        # Do your stuff here.
        if ok:
            return invite_confroom_command.get_message('Everything is fine')
        else:
            return invite_confroom_command.get_warning('I don't know you, go away', True)

Note

The client’s connection is injected in the command instance before calling callbacks functions. The client’s connection is an interface_cti.CTI instance.

Database¶

Adding a Migration Script¶

Strating with XiVO 14.08, the database migration is handled by alembic.

The Wazo migration scripts can be found in the xivo-manage-db repository.

On a XiVO, they are located in the /usr/share/xivo-manage-db directory.

To add a new migration script from your developer machine, go into the root directory of the xivo-manage-db repository. There should be an alembic.ini file in this directory. You can then use the following command to create a new migration script:

alembic revision -m "<description>"

This will create a file in the alembic/versions directory, which you’ll have to edit.

When the migration scripts are executed, they use a connection to the database with the role/user asterisk. This means that new objects that are created in the migration scripts will be owned by the asterisk role and it is thus not necessary (nor recommended) to explicitly grant access to objects to the asterisk role (i.e. no “GRANT ALL” command after a “CREATE TABLE” command).

Diagrams¶

Agent states¶

Graphs representing states and transitions between agent states. Used in Agent status dashboard and agent list.

Download (DIA)

Architecture¶

Relationships between the components of Wazo. (source)

Provisioning¶

This section describes the informations and tools for xivo-provd.

Managing DHCP server configuration¶

This page considers the configuration files of the DHCP server in /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_update/.

Who modifies the files¶

The files are updated with the command dhcpd-update, which is also run when updating the provisioning plugins. This commands fetches configurations files from the provd.wazo.community server.

How to update the source files¶

Ensure your modifications are working¶

On a Wazo, edit manually the file /etc/dhcp/dhcpd_update/*.conf
service isc-dhcp-server restart
If errors are shown in /var/log/daemon.log, check your modifications

Edit the files¶

Edit the files in the Git repo xivo-provd-plugins, directory dhcp/
Push your modifications
Go in dhcp/
Run make upload to push your modifications to provd.wazo.community. There is no testing version of these files. Once the files are uploaded, they are available for all Wazo installations.

Managing Plugins¶

Git Repository¶

Most plugin-related files are available in the xivo-provd-plugins repository. Following examples are relative to the repository directory tree. Any modifications should be preceeded by a git pull.

Updating a Plugin¶

We will be using the xivo-cisco-spa plugins family as an example on this page

There is one directory per family. Here is the directory structure for xivo-cisco-spa:

plugins/xivo-cisco-spa/
+-- model_name_xxx
+-- model_name_xxx
+-- common
+-- build.py

Every plugin has a folder called common which regoups common ressources for each model. Every model has its own folder with its version number.

After modifying a plugin, you must increment the version number. You can modifiy the file plugin-info to change the version number:

plugins/xivo-cisco-spa/
+-- model_name_xxx
    +-- plugin-info

Important

If ever you modify the folder common, you must increment the version number of all the models.

Use Case: Update Firmwares for a given plugin¶

Let us suppose we want to update firmwares for xivo-snom from 8.7.3.25 to 8.7.3.25 5. Here are the steps to follow :

Copy folder plugins/xivo-snom/8.7.3.25 to plugins/xivo-snom/8.7.3.25.5
Update VERSION number in plugins/xivo-snom/8.7.3.25.5/entry.py
Update VERSION number in plugins/xivo-snom/8.7.3.25.5/plugin-info
Download new firmwares (.bin files from snom website)
Update VERSION number and URIs in plugins/xivo-snom/8.7.3.25.5/pkgs/pkgs.db (with uris of downloaded files from snom website)
Update sizes and sha1sums in plugins/xivo-snom/8.7.3.25.5/pkgs/pkgs.db (using helper script xivo-tools/dev-tools/check_fw)
Update plugins/xivo-snom/build.py (duplicate and update section 8.7.3.25 > 8.7.3.25.5)

Test your changes¶

You have three different methods to test your changes on your development machine.

Always increase plugin version (easiest)¶

If the production version is 0.4, change the plugin version to 0.4.01, make your changes and upload to testing (see below).

Next modification will change the plugin version to 0.4.02, etc. When you are finished making changes, change the version to 0.5 and upload one last time.

Edit directly on Wazo¶

Edit the files in /var/lib/xivo-provd/plugins.

To apply your changes, go in xivo-provd-cli and run:

plugins.reload('xivo-cisco-spa-7.5.4')

Disable plugin caching¶

Edit /etc/xivo/provd/provd.conf and add the line:

cache_plugin: True

Empty /var/cache/xivo-provd and restart provd.

Make your changes in provd-plugins, update the plugin version to the new one and upload to testing (see below). Now, every time you uninstall/install the plugin, the new plugin will be fetched from testing, instead of being cached, even without changing the version.

Uploading to testing¶

Before updating a plugin, it must be passed through the testing phase. Once it has been approved it can be uploaded to the production server

Important

Before uploading a plugin in the testing provd repository, make sure to git pull the xivo-provd-plugins git repository.

To upload the modified plugin in the testing repo on provd.wazo.community, you can execute the following command:

$ make upload

Afterwards, in the web-interface, you must modify the URL in section Configuration ‣ Provisioning ‣ General to:

`http://provd.wazo.community/plugins/1/testing/`

You can then update the list of plugins and check the version number for the plugin that you modified. Don’t forget to install the plugin to test it.

Uploading to stable¶

Once checked, you must synchronize the plugin from testing to stable. If applicable, you should also update the archive repo.

To download the stable and archive plugins:

$ make download-stable
$ make download-archive

Go to the plugins/_build directory and delete the plugins that are going to be updated. Note that if you are not updating a plugin but you are instead removing it “once and for all”, you should instead move it to the archive directory:

$ rm -fi stable/xivo-cisco-spa*

Copy the files from the directory testing to stable:

$ cp testing/xivo-cisco-spa* stable

Go back to the plugins directory and upload the files to the stable and archive repo:

$ make upload-stable
$ make upload-archive

The file are now up to date and you can test by putting back the stable url in the web-interface’s configuration:

`http://provd.wazo.community/plugins/1/stable/`

Testing a new SIP phone¶

Let’s suppose you have received a brand new SIP phone that is not supported by the provisioning system of Wazo. You would like to know if it’s possible to add auto-provisioning support for it. That said, you have never tested the phone before.

This guide will help you get through the different steps that are needed to add auto-provisioning support for a phone to Wazo.

Prerequisites¶

Before continuing, you’ll need the following:

a private LAN where only your phones and your test machines are connected to it, i.e. a LAN that you fully control.

Configuring a test environment¶

Although it’s possible to do all the testing directly on a Wazo, it’s more comfortable and usually easier to do on a separate, dedicated machine.

That said, you’ll still need a Wazo near, since we’ll be doing the call testing part on it and not on a separate asterisk.

So, for the rest of this guide, we’ll suppose you are doing your tests on a Debian jessie with the following configuration:

Installed packages:
```
isc-dhcp-server tftpd-hpa apache2
```

Example content of the /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf file (restart isc-dhcp-server after modification):

ddns-update-style none;

default-lease-time 7200;
max-lease-time 86400;

log-facility local7;

subnet 10.34.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
    authoritative;

    range 10.34.1.200 10.34.1.250;

    option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
    option broadcast-address 10.34.1.255;
    option routers 10.34.1.6;

    option ntp-servers 10.34.1.6;
    option domain-name "my-domain.example.org";
    option domain-name-servers 10.34.1.6;

    log(concat("[VCI: ", option vendor-class-identifier, "]"));
}

Example content of the /etc/default/tftpd-hpa file (restart tftpd-hpa after modifcation):

TFTP_USERNAME="tftp"
TFTP_DIRECTORY="/srv/tftp"
TFTP_ADDRESS="0.0.0.0:69"
TFTP_OPTIONS="--secure --verbose"

With this configuration, files served via TFTP will be in the /srv/tftp directory and those served via HTTP in the /var/www directory.

Testing¶

Adding auto-provisioning support for a phone is mostly a question of finding answers to the following questions.

Is it worth the time adding auto-provisioning support for the phone ?

Indeed. Adding quality auto-provisioning support for a phone to Wazo requires a non negligible amount of work, if you don’t meet any real problem and are comfortable with provisioning in Wazo. Not all phones are born equal. Some are cheap. Some are old and slow. Some are made to work on proprietary system and will only work in degraded mode on anything else.

That said, if you are uncertain, testing will help you clarifying your idea.
What is the vendor, model, MAC address and firmware version (if available) of your phone ?

Having the vendor and model name is essential when looking for documentation or other information. The MAC address will be needed later on for some tests, and it’s always good to know the firmware version of the phone if you are trying to upgrade to a newer firmware version and you’re having some troubles, and when reading the documentation.
Is the official administrator guide/documentation available publicly on the vendor web site ? Is it available only after registering and login to the vendor web site ?

Having access to the administrator guide/documentation of the phone is also essential. Once you’ve found it, download it and keep the link to the URL. If you can’t find it, it’s probably not worth going further.
Is the latest firmware of the phone available publicly on the vendor web site ? Is it available only after registering and login to the vendor web site ?

Good auto-provisioning support means you need to have an easy way to download the latest firmware of the phone. Ideally, this mean the firmware is downloadable from an URL, with no authentication whatsoever. In the worst case, you’ll need to login on some web portal before being able to download the firmware, which will be cumbersome to automatize and probably fragile. If this is the case, it’s probably not worth going further.
Does the phone need other files, like language files ? If so, are these files available publicly on the vendor web site ? After registering ?

Although you might not be able to answer to this question yet because you might not know if the phone needs such files to be either in English or in French (the two officially supported language in Wazo), you’ll need to have an easy access to these files if its the case.
Does the phone supports auto-provisioning via DHCP + HTTP (or TFTP) ?

The provisioning system in Wazo is based on the popular method of using a DHCP server to tell the phone where to download its configuration files, and a HTTP (or TFTP) server to serve these configuration files. Some phones support other methods of provisioning (like TR-069), but that’s of no use here. Also, if your phone is only configurable via its web interface, although it’s technically possible to configure it automatically by navigating its web interface, it’s an extremely bad idea since it’s impossible to guarantee that you’ll still be able to provision the phone on the next firmware release.

If the phone supports both HTTP and TFTP, pick HTTP, it usually works better with the provisioning server of Wazo.
What are the default usernames/passwords on the phone to access administrator menus (phone UI and web UI) ? How do you do a factory reset of the phone ?

Although this step is optional, it might be handy later to have these kind of information. Try to find them now, and note them somewhere.
What are the DHCP options and their values to send to the phones to tell it where its configuration files are located ?

Once you know that the phone supports DHCP + HTTP provisioning, the next question is what do you need to put in the DHCP response to tell the phone where its configuration files are located. Unless the admin documentation of the phone is really poor, this should not be too hard to find.

Once you have found this information, the easiest way to send it to the phone is to create a custom host declaration for the phone in the /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf file, like in this example:
```
host my-phone {
   hardware ethernet 00:11:22:33:44:55;
   option tftp-server-name "http://169.254.0.1/foobar.cfg";
}
```
What are the configuration files the phone needs (filename and content) and what do we need to put in it for the phone to minimally be able to make and receive calls on Wazo ?

Now that you are able to tell your phone where to look for its configuration files, you need to write these files with the right content in it. Again, at this step, you’ll need to look through the documentation or examples to answer this question.

Note that you only want to have the most basic configuration here, i.e. only configure 1 line, with the right SIP registrar and proxy, and the associated username and password.
Do basic telephony services, like transfer, works correctly when using the phone buttons ?

On most phones, it’s possible to do transfer (both attended and direct), three-way conferences or put someone on hold directly from the phone. Do some tests to see if it works correctly.

Also at this step, it’s a good idea to check how the phone handle non-ascii characters, either in the caller ID or in its configuration files.
Does other “standard” features work correctly on the phone ?

For quality auto-provisioning support, you must find how to configure and make the following features work:
- NTP server
- MWI
- function keys (speed dial, BLF, directed pickup / call interception)
- timezone and DST support
- multi language
- DTMF
- hard keys, like the voicemail hard key on some phone
- non-ASCII labels (line name, function key label)
- non-ASCII caller ID
- backup proxy/registrar
- paging

Once you have answered all these questions, you’ll have a good idea on how the phone works and how to configure it. Next step would be to start the development of a new provd plugin for your phone for a specific firmware version.

IOT Phones¶

FK = Funckey

HK = HardKey

Y = Supported

MN = Menu

N = Not supported

NT = Not tested

NYT = Not yet tested

SK = SoftKey

	model
Provisioning	Y
H-A	Y
Directory XIVO	Y
Funckeys	8
Supported programmable keys
User with supervision function	Y
Group	Y
Queue	Y
Conference Room with supervision function	Y
General Functions
Online call recording	N
Phone status	Y
Sound recording	Y
Call recording	Y
Incoming call filtering	Y
Do not disturb	Y
Group interception	Y
Listen to online calls	Y
Directory access	Y
Filtering Boss - Secretary	Y
Transfers Functions
Blind transfer	HK
Indirect transfer	HK
Forwards Functions
Disable all forwarding	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on no answer	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding on busy	Y
Enable/Disable forwarding unconditional	Y
Voicemail Functions
Enable voicemail with supervision function	Y
Reach the voicemail	Y
Delete messages from voicemail	Y
Agent Functions
Connect/Disconnect a static agent	Y
Connect a static agent	Y
Disconnect a static agent	Y
Parking Functions
Parking	Y
Parking position	Y
Paging Functions
Paging	Y

Configuring a NAT Environment¶

This is a configuration example to simulate the case of a hosted Wazo, i.e. an environment where:

the Wazo has a public IP address
the phones are behind a NAT

In this example, we’ll reproduce the following environment:

Phones behind a NAT

Where:

the Wazo is installed inside a virtual machine
the host machine is used as a router, a NAT and a DHCP server for the phones
the phones are in a separate VLAN than the Wazo, and when they want to interact with it, they must pass through the NAT

With this setup, we could also put some phones in the same VLAN as the Wazo. We would then have a mixed environment, where some phones are behind the NAT and some phones aren’t.

Also, it’s easy to go from a non-NAT environment to a NAT environment with this setup. What you usually have to do is only to switch your phone from the “Wazo” VLAN to the “phones” VLAN, and reconfiguring the lines on your Wazo.

The instruction in this page are written for Debian jessie and VirtualBox.

Prerequisite¶

On the host machine:

1 VLAN network interface for the Wazo. In our example, this will be eth0.341, with IP 10.34.1.254/24.
1 VLAN network interface for the phones. In our example, this will be eth0.342, with IP 10.34.2.254/24.

On the guest machine, i.e. on the Wazo:

1 network adapter attached to the “Wazo” VLAN network interface. In our example, this interface inside the virtual machine will have the IP 10.34.1.1/24.

Configuration¶

On the host, install the ISC DHCP server:
```
apt-get install isc-dhcp-server
```

If you do not want it to always be started:

systemctl disable isc-dhcp-server.service

Edit the DHCP server configuration file /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf. We need to configure the DHCP server to serve network configuration for the phones (Aastra and Snom in this case):

ddns-update-style none;

default-lease-time 3600;
max-lease-time 86400;

log-facility daemon;

option space Aastra6700;
option Aastra6700.cfg-server-name code 2 = text;
option Aastra6700.contact-rcs code 3 = boolean;

class "Aastra" {
    match if substring(option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 6) = "Aastra";

    vendor-option-space Aastra6700;
    option Aastra6700.cfg-server-name = "http://10.34.1.1:8667/Aastra";
    option Aastra6700.contact-rcs false;
}

class "Snom" {
    match if substring(option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 4) = "snom";

    option tftp-server-name = "http://10.34.1.1:8667";
    # the domain-name-servers option must be provided for the Snom 715 to work properly
    option domain-name-servers 10.34.1.1;
}

subnet 192.168.32.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
}

subnet 10.34.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
}

subnet 10.34.2.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
    authoritative;

    range 10.34.2.100 10.34.2.199;

    option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
    option broadcast-address 10.34.2.255;
    option routers 10.34.2.254;

    option ntp-servers 10.34.1.1;
}

If you have many network interfaces on your host machine, you might also want to edit /etc/default/isc-dhcp-server to only include the “phones” VLAN network interface in the “INTERFACES” variable.

Start the isc-dhcp-server:

systemctl start isc-dhcp-server.service

Add an iptables rules to do NAT:

iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o eth0.341 -j MASQUERADE

Make sure that IP forwarding is enabled:
```
sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
```
Put all the phones in the “phones” VLAN on your switch
Activate the NAT and Monitoring options on the Services ‣ IPBX ‣ General settings ‣ SIP Protocol page of your Wazo.

Note that the iptables rules and the IP forwarding setting are not persistent. If you don’t make them persistent (not documented here), don’t forget to reactivate them each time you want to recreate a NAT environment.

Developing Provisioning Plugins¶

Here is an example of how to develop a provisioning plugin for Digium phones. You can find all the code on Github.

Phone Analysis¶

Here’s a non-exhaustive list of what a phone may or may not support:

Language
Timezone
UTF-8
Reboot of the phone (SIP notify ?)
Simple call
Blind transfer
Attended transfer
Firmware upgrade
Multiple lines
DTMF (RTP ? SIP ?)
MWI (voicemail indication)
Voicemail button
Call on hold
Function keys
Call interception (with BLF)
NTP

DHCP Configuration¶

In xivo-provd-plugins/provisioning/dhcpd-update/dhcp/dhcpd_update:

group {
    option tftp-server-name = concat(config-option VOIP.http-server-uri, "/Digium");
    class "DigiumD40" {
        match if substring(option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 10) = "digium_D40";
        log(concat("[", binary-to-ascii(16, 8, ":", hardware), "] ", "BOOT Digium D40"));
    }
    class "DigiumD50" {
        match if substring(option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 10) = "digium_D50";
        log(concat("[", binary-to-ascii(16, 8, ":", hardware), "] ", "BOOT Digium D50"));
    }
    class "DigiumD70" {
        match if substring(option vendor-class-identifier, 0, 10) = "digium_D70";
        log(concat("[", binary-to-ascii(16, 8, ":", hardware), "] ", "BOOT Digium D70"));
    }
}

In xivo-provd-plugins/provisioning/dhcpd-update/dhcp/dhcpd_subnet.conf.middle:

# Digium
allow members of "DigiumD40";
allow members of "DigiumD50";
allow members of "DigiumD70";

You can check the logs in /var/log/syslog:

dhcpd: [1:0:f:d3:5:48:48] [VENDOR-CLASS-IDENTIFIER: digium_D40_1_1_0_0_48178]
dhcpd: [1:0:f:d3:5:48:48] POOL VoIP
dhcpd: [1:0:f:d3:5:48:48] BOOT Digium D40
dhcpd: DHCPDISCOVER from 00:0f:d3:05:48:48 via eth0
dhcpd: DHCPOFFER on 10.42.1.100 to 00:0f:d3:05:48:48 via eth0
dhcpd: [1:0:f:d3:5:48:48] [VENDOR-CLASS-IDENTIFIER: digium_D40_1_1_0_0_48178]
dhcpd: [1:0:f:d3:5:48:48] POOL VoIP
dhcpd: [1:0:f:d3:5:48:48] BOOT Digium D40
dhcpd: DHCPREQUEST for 10.42.1.100 (10.42.1.1) from 00:0f:d3:05:48:48 via eth0
dhcpd: DHCPACK on 10.42.1.100 to 00:0f:d3:05:48:48 via eth0

Update the DHCP configuration¶

To upload the new DHCP configuration on provd.wazo.community, in xivo-provd-plugins/dhcpd-update:

make upload

To download the DHCP configuration on the Wazo server, run:

dhcpcd-update -d

Plugin creation¶

In xivo-provd-plugins/plugins, create the directory tree:

xivo-digium/
    build.py
    1.1.0.0/
        plugin-info
        entry.py
        pkgs/
            pkgs.db
    common/
        common.py
        var/
            tftpboot/
                Digium/

In build.py:

# -*- coding: UTF-8 -*-

from subprocess import check_call

@target('1.1.0.0', 'xivo-digium-1.1.0.0')
def build_1_1_0_0(path):
    check_call(['rsync', '-rlp', '--exclude', '.*',
                'common/', path])
    check_call(['rsync', '-rlp', '--exclude', '.*',
                '1.1.0.0/', path])

In 1.1.0.0/plugin-info:

{
    "version": "0.3",
    "description": "Plugin for Digium D40, D50 and D70 in version 1.1.0.0.",
    "description_fr": "Greffon pour Digium D40, D50 et D70 en version 1.1.0.0.",
    "capabilities": {
        "Digium, D40, 1.1.0.0": {
            "sip.lines": 2
        },
        "Digium, D50, 1.1.0.0": {
            "sip.lines": 4
        },
        "Digium, D70, 1.1.0.0": {
            "sip.lines": 6
        }
    }
}

In 1.1.0.0/entry.py:

# -*- coding: UTF-8 -*-
common = {}
execfile_('common.py', common)
VERSION = u'1.1.0.0.48178'
class DigiumPlugin(common['BaseDigiumPlugin']):
    IS_PLUGIN = True
    pg_associator = common['DigiumPgAssociator'](VERSION)

In 1.1.0.0/pkgs/pkgs.db, put the informations needed to download the firmwares:

[pkg_firmware]
description: Firmware for all Digium phones
description_fr: Micrologiciel pour tous les téléphones Digium
version: 1.1.0.0
files: firmware
install: digium-fw

[install_digium-fw]
a-b: untar $FILE1
b-c: cp */*.eff firmware/

[file_firmware]
url: http://downloads.digium.com/pub/telephony/res_digium_phone/firmware/firmware_1_1_0_0_package.tar.gz
size: 100111361
sha1sum: 1d44148b996eaf270fd35995f3c5d69ff0438c5b

In common/common.py, put the code needed to extract informations about the phone:

class DigiumDHCPDeviceInfoExtractor(object):

    _VDI_REGEX = re.compile(r'^digium_(D\d\d)_([\d_]+)$')

    def extract(self, request, request_type):
        return defer.succeed(self._do_extract(request))

    def _do_extract(self, request):
        options = request['options']
        if 60 in options:
            return self._extract_from_vdi(options[60])

    def _extract_from_vdi(self, vdi):
        # Vendor Class Identifier:
        #   digium_D40_1_0_5_46476
        #   digium_D40_1_1_0_0_48178
        #   digium_D70_1_0_5_46476
        #   digium_D70_1_1_0_0_48178
        match = self._VDI_REGEX.match(vdi)
        if match:
            model = match.group(1).decode('ascii')
            fw_version = match.group(2).replace('_', '.').decode('ascii')
            dev_info = {u'vendor': u'Digium',
                        u'model': model,
                        u'version': fw_version}
            return dev_info


class DigiumHTTPDeviceInfoExtractor(object):

    _PATH_REGEX = re.compile(r'^/Digium/(?:([a-fA-F\d]{12})\.cfg)?')

    def extract(self, request, request_type):
        return defer.succeed(self._do_extract(request))

    def _do_extract(self, request):
        match = self._PATH_REGEX.match(request.path)
        if match:
            dev_info = {u'vendor': u'Digium'}
            raw_mac = match.group(1)
            if raw_mac and raw_mac != '000000000000':
                mac = norm_mac(raw_mac.decode('ascii'))
                dev_info[u'mac'] = mac
            return dev_info

You should see in the logs (/var/log/xivo-provd.log):

provd[1090]: Processing HTTP request: /Digium/000fd3054848.cfg
provd[1090]: <11> Extracted device info: {u'ip': u'10.42.1.100', u'mac': u'00:0f:d3:05:48:48', u'vendor': u'Digium'}
provd[1090]: <11> Retrieved device id: 254374beec8d40209ff70393326b0b13
provd[1090]: <11> Routing request to plugin xivo-digium-1.1.0.0

Still in common/common.py, put the code needed to associate the phone with the plugin:

class DigiumPgAssociator(BasePgAssociator):

    _MODELS = [u'D40', u'D50', u'D70']

    def __init__(self, version):
        BasePgAssociator.__init__(self)
        self._version = version

    def _do_associate(self, vendor, model, version):
        if vendor == u'Digium':
            if model in self._MODELS:
                if version == self._version:
                    return FULL_SUPPORT
                return COMPLETE_SUPPORT
            return PROBABLE_SUPPORT
        return IMPROBABLE_SUPPORT

Then, the last piece: the generation of the phone configuration:

class BaseDigiumPlugin(StandardPlugin):

    _ENCODING = 'UTF-8'
    _CONTACT_TEMPLATE = 'contact.tpl'

    def __init__(self, app, plugin_dir, gen_cfg, spec_cfg):
        StandardPlugin.__init__(self, app, plugin_dir, gen_cfg, spec_cfg)

        self._tpl_helper = TemplatePluginHelper(plugin_dir)
        self._digium_dir = os.path.join(self._tftpboot_dir, 'Digium')

        downloaders = FetchfwPluginHelper.new_downloaders(gen_cfg.get('proxies'))
        fetchfw_helper = FetchfwPluginHelper(plugin_dir, downloaders)

        self.services = fetchfw_helper.services()
        self.http_service = HTTPNoListingFileService(self._tftpboot_dir)

    dhcp_dev_info_extractor = DigiumDHCPDeviceInfoExtractor()

    http_dev_info_extractor = DigiumHTTPDeviceInfoExtractor()

    def configure(self, device, raw_config):
        self._check_device(device)

        filename = self._dev_specific_filename(device)
        contact_filename = self._dev_contact_filename(device)

        tpl = self._tpl_helper.get_dev_template(filename, device)
        contact_tpl = self._tpl_helper.get_template(self._CONTACT_TEMPLATE)

        raw_config['XX_mac'] = self._format_mac(device)
        raw_config['XX_main_proxy_ip'] = self._get_main_proxy_ip(raw_config)
        raw_config['XX_funckeys'] = self._transform_funckeys(raw_config)
        raw_config['XX_lang'] = raw_config.get(u'locale')

        path = os.path.join(self._digium_dir, filename)
        contact_path = os.path.join(self._digium_dir, contact_filename)
        self._tpl_helper.dump(tpl, raw_config, path, self._ENCODING)
        self._tpl_helper.dump(contact_tpl, raw_config, contact_path, self._ENCODING)

    def deconfigure(self, device):
        filenames = [
            self._dev_specific_filename(device),
            self._dev_contact_filename(device)
        ]

        for filename in filenames:
            path = os.path.join(self._digium_dir, filename)
            try:
                os.remove(path)
            except OSError as e:
                logger.info('error while removing file %s: %s', path, e)

    if hasattr(synchronize, 'standard_sip_synchronize'):
        def synchronize(self, device, raw_config):
            return synchronize.standard_sip_synchronize(device)

    else:
        # backward compatibility with older xivo-provd server
        def synchronize(self, device, raw_config):
            try:
                ip = device[u'ip'].encode('ascii')
            except KeyError:
                return defer.fail(Exception('IP address needed for device synchronization'))
            else:
                sync_service = synchronize.get_sync_service()
                if sync_service is None or sync_service.TYPE != 'AsteriskAMI':
                    return defer.fail(Exception('Incompatible sync service: %s' % sync_service))
                else:
                    return threads.deferToThread(sync_service.sip_notify, ip, 'check-sync')

    def get_remote_state_trigger_filename(self, device):
        if u'mac' not in device:
            return None

        return self._dev_specific_filename(device)

    def is_sensitive_filename(self, filename):
        return bool(self._SENSITIVE_FILENAME_REGEX.match(filename))

    def _check_device(self, device):
        if u'mac' not in device:
            raise Exception('MAC address needed to configure device')

    def _get_main_proxy_ip(self, raw_config):
        if raw_config[u'sip_lines']:
            line_no = min(int(x) for x in raw_config[u'sip_lines'].keys())
            line_no = str(line_no)
            return raw_config[u'sip_lines'][line_no][u'proxy_ip']
        else:
            return raw_config[u'ip']


    def _format_mac(self, device):
         return format_mac(device[u'mac'], separator='', uppercase=False)

    _SENSITIVE_FILENAME_REGEX = re.compile(r'^[0-9a-f]{12}\.cfg$')

    def _dev_specific_filename(self, device):
        filename = '%s.cfg' % self._format_mac(device)
        return filename

    def _dev_contact_filename(self, device):
        contact_filename = '%s-contacts.xml' % self._format_mac(device)
        return contact_filename

    def _transform_funckeys(self, raw_config):
        return dict(
            (int(k), v) for k, v in raw_config['funckeys'].iteritems()
        )

Then you can create the configuration templates with Jinja syntax. Here are some examples:

Upload the plugin on `provd.wazo.community`¶

First, change the source of your plugins in Configuration -> Provisioning -> General (cf. Alternative plugins repository)

For a development version:

cd xivo-skaro/provisioning/plugins
make upload

For a stable version:

cd xivo-skaro/provisioning/plugins
make download-stable
cd _build
cp dev/xivo-digium-1.1.0.0-0.3.tar.bz2 stable/
cd ..
make upload-stable

More details about this in Managing Plugins.

SCCP¶

xivo-libsccp is an alternative SCCP channel driver for Asterisk. It was originally based on chan_skinny.

This page is intended for developers and people interested in using xivo-libsccp on something other than Wazo.

Installation from the git repository¶

Warning

If you just want to use your SCCP phones with Wazo, refer to SCCP Configuration instead.

The following packages are required to compile xivo-libsccp on Debian.

build-essential
asterisk-dev

apt-get update && apt-get install build-essential asterisk-dev

git clone https://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-libsccp.git
cd xivo-libsccp
make
make install

Configuration¶

Warning

If you just want to use your SCCP phones with Wazo, refer to SCCP Configuration instead.

See sccp.conf.sample for a configuration file example.

FAQ¶

Q. When is this *feature X* will be available?
A. The order in which we implement features is based on our client needs. Write
   us an email that clearly explain your setup and what you would like to do and we
   will see what we can do. We don't provide any timeline.

Q. I want to use the Page() application to call many phones at the same time.
A. Here a Page() example for a one way call (half-duplex):

exten => 1000,1,Verbose(2, Paging to external cisco phone)
same => n,Page(sccp/100/autoanswer&sccp/101/autoanswer,i,120 )

...for a two-way call (full-duplex):

exten => 1000,1,Verbose(2, Paging to external cisco phone)
same => n,Page(sccp/100/autoanswer&sccp/101/autoanswer,di,120 )

Network Configuration for 7920/7921¶

Here’s how to to configure a hostapd based AP on a Debian host so that both a 7920 and 7921 Wi-Fi phone can connect to it.

The 7920 is older than the 7921 and is pretty limited in its Wi-Fi functionnality:

802.11b
WPA (no WPA2)
TKIP (no CCMP/AES)

Which means that the most secure WLAN you can set up if you want both phones to connect to it is not that secure.

Make sure you have a wireless NIC capable of master mode.
If needed, install the firmware-<vendor> package. For example, if you have a ralink card like I do:
```
apt-get install firmware-ralink
```

Install the other dependencies:

apt-get install wireless-tools hostapd bridge-utils

Create an hostapd configuration file in /etc/hostapd/hostapd.sccp.conf with content: hostapd.sccp.conf
Update the following parameters (if applicable) in the configuration file:
- interface
- ssid
- channel
- wpa_passphrase

Create a new stanza in /etc/network/interfaces:

iface wlan-sccp inet manual
     hostapd /etc/hostapd/hostapd.sccp.conf

Up the interface:
```
ifup wlan0=wlan-sccp
```
Configure your 7920/7921 to connect to the network.

To unlock the phone’s configuration menu on the 7921:
- Press the Navigation Button downwards to enter SETTINGS mode
- Navigate to and select Network Profiles
- Unlock the IP phone’s configuration menu by pressing **#. The padlock icon on the top-right of the screen will change from closed to open.
When asked for the authentication mode, select something like “Auto” or “AKM”.

You don’t have to enter anything for the username/password.
You’ll probably want to bridge your wlan0 interface with another interface, for example a VLAN interface:
```
brctl addbr br0
brctl addif br0 wlan0
brctl addif br0 eth0.341
ip link set br0 up
```
If you are using virtualbox and your guest interface is bridged to eth0.341, you’ll need to change its configuration and bridge it with br0 instead, else it won’t work properly.

Adding Support for a New Phone¶

This section describes the requirements to consider that a SCCP phone is working with Wazo libsccp.

Basic functionality¶

Register on Asterisk
SCCP reset [restart]
Call history
Date time display
HA

Telephony¶

These test should be done with and without direct media enabled

Emit a call
Receive a call
Receive and transfer a call
Emit a call and transfer the call
Hold and resume a call
Features (*0 and others)
Receive 2 calls simultaneously
Emit 2 calls simultaneously
DTMF on an external IVR

Function keys¶

Redial
DND
Hold
Resume
New call
End call
Call forward (Enable)
Call forward (Disable)
Try each button in each mode (on hook, in progress, etc)

Optional options to test and document¶

Phone book
Caller ID and other display i18n
MWI
Speeddial/BLF

Web Interface¶

Configuration for development¶

Default error level for Wazo web interface is E_ALL & ~E_DEPRECATED & ~E_USER_DEPRECATED & ~E_RECOVERABLE_ERROR & ~E_STRICT

If you want to display warning or other error in your browser, edit the /etc/xivo/web-interface/xivo.ini and replace report_type level to 3:

[error]
level = E_ALL
report_type = 3
report_mode = 1
report_func = 1
email = john.doe@example.com
file = /var/log/xivo-web-interface/error.log

You may also edit /etc/xivo/web-interface/php.ini and change the error level, but you will need to restart the cgi:

service spawn-fcgi restart

Interactive debugging in Eclipse¶

Instructions for Eclipse 4.5.

On your Wazo:

Install php5-xdebug:
```
apt-get install php5-xdebug
```
Edit the /etc/php5/cgi/conf.d/20-xdebug.ini (or /etc/php5/conf.d/20-xdebug.ini on wheezy) and add these lines at the end:
```
xdebug.remote_enable=1
xdebug.remote_host="<dev_host_ip>"
```
where <dev_host_ip> is the IP address of your machine where Eclipse is installed.
Restart spawn-fcgi:
```
service spawn-fcgi restart
```

On your machine where Eclipse is installed:

Make sure you have Eclipse PDT installed
Create a PHP project named xivo-web-interface:
- Choose “Create project at existing location”, using the xivo-web-interface directory
In the Window / Preferences / PHP menu:
- Add a new PHP server with the following information:
  - Name: anything you want
  - Base URL: https://<wazo_ip>
  - Path Mapping:
    
    Path on Server: /usr/share/xivo-web-interface
    
    Path in Workspace: /xivo-web-interface/src
Create a new PHP Web Application debug configuration:
- Choose the PHP server you created in last step
- Pick some file, which can be anything if you don’t “break at first line”
- Uncheck “Auto Generate”, and set the path you want your browser to open when you’ll launch this debug configuration.

Then, to start a debugging session, set some breakpoints in the code and launch your debug configuration. This will open the page in your browser, and when the code will hit your breakpoints, you’ll be able to go through the code step by step, etc.

XiVO Client¶

Building the XiVO Client¶

Building the XiVO Client on Windows platforms¶

This page explains how to build an executable of the XiVO Client from its sources for Windows.

Windows Prerequisites¶

Cygwin¶

Cygwin Web site

Click the “setup” link and execute.

During the installer, check the package:

Devel > git

Qt SDK¶

You need the development files of the Qt 5 library, available on the Qt website. The currently supported Qt version is 5.5.0.

NSIS (installer only)¶

You will only need NSIS installed if you want to create an installer for the XiVO Client.

NSIS download page

During the installer, choose the full installation.

The XiVO Client NSIS script file uses two plug-ins:

the NSIS Application Association Registration Plug-in (download page)
the NsProcess Plug-in (download page)

For each plug-in, download and extract the plug-in and place:

the DLL from /Plugins in the NSIS/Plugins directory
the .nsh from /Include in the NSIS/Include directory

Get sources¶

In a Cygwin shell:

git clone git://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-client-qt.git
cd xivo-client-qt
touch xivoclient/qt-solutions/qtsingleapplication/src/{QtSingleApplication,QtLockedFile}

Building¶

Path configuration¶

You must change the values in C:\Cygwin\home\user\xivo-client-qt\build-deps to match the paths of your installed programs. You must use an editor capable of understanding Unix end of lines, such as Notepad++.

Replace C:\ with /cygdrive/c and backslashes (\) with slashes (/). You must respect the case of the directory names. Paths containing spaces must be enclosed in double quotes (").

For example, if you installed NSIS in C:\Program Files (x86)\nsis, you should write:

WIN_NSIS_PATH="/cygdrive/c/Program files (x86)/nsis"

Build¶

In a Cygwin shell:

source build-deps
export PATH=$WIN_QT_PATH/bin:$WIN_MINGW_PATH/bin:$PATH

qmake
mingw32-make SHELL=

Binaries are available in the bin directory.

The version of the executable is taken from the git describe command.

Launch¶

You can launch the built executable with:

source build_deps
PATH=$WIN_QT_PATH/bin:$PATH bin/xivoclient

Package¶

To create the installer:

mingw32-make pack

This will result in a .exe file in the current directory.

Build options¶

To add a console:

qmake CONFIG+=console

To generate debug symbols:

mingw32-make SHELL= DEBUG=yes

Clean¶

mingw32-make distclean

Building the XiVO Client on GNU/Linux platforms¶

This page explains how to build an executable of the XiVO Client from its sources for GNU/Linux.

Prerequisites¶

Qt5 library development files: Qt website (Ubuntu packages qt5-default qt5-qmake qttools5-dev-tools qttools5-dev libqt5svg5-dev). The currently supported Qt version is 5.5.0.
openGL development library - libGL (Debian package libgl1-mesa-dev)
Git (Debian package git)
Generic software building tools : make, g++ ... (Debian package build-essential)

Get sources¶

In a bash shell:

$ git clone git://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-client-qt.git

Building¶

You need to have the Qt5 binaries (qmake, lrelease, ...) in your $PATH.

Launch qmake to generate the Makefile:

$ cd xivo-client-qt
$ /path/to/qt5/bin/qmake

This will also generate a file versions.mak that contains version informations about the code being compiled. It is necessary for compilation and packaging.

You can then launch make:

$ make

Binaries are available in the bin directory.

The version of the executable is taken from the git describe command.

Build options¶

To generate debug symbols:

$ make DEBUG=yes

To compile the unit tests of the XiVO Client:

$ qmake CONFIG+=tests

or, if you have a recent version of Google Mock:

$ qmake CONFIG+=tests CONFIG+=gmock

To compile the XiVO Client ready for functional tests:

$ make FUNCTESTS=yes

Cleaning¶

$ make distclean

Launch¶

You can launch the built executable with:

$ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=bin bin/xivoclient

Package¶

To create the Debian package, usable on Debian and Ubuntu, you first need to modify build-deps to locate the Qt 5 installation directory:

$ /path/to/qt5/bin/qmake -spec linux-g++
$ make
$ make pack

This will result in a .deb file in the current directory.

The version of the package is taken from the git describe command.

Building the XiVO Client on Mac OS¶

This page explains how to build an executable of the XiVO Client from its sources for Mac OS.

Mac OS Prerequisites¶

Developer tools¶

You will need an Apple developer account to get development tools, such as GCC. To log in or sign in, go to the Developer portal of Apple. In the Downloads section, get the Command line Tools for XCode and install them. You might want to get XCode too, but it is rather big.

Qt SDK¶

You need the development files of the Qt 5 library, available on the Qt website. The currently supported Qt version is 5.5.0.

Get sources¶

In a bash shell, enter:

$ git clone git://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-client-qt.git

Building¶

Launch qmake to generate the Makefile:

$ cd xivo-client-qt
$ /path/to/qt5/bin/qmake -spec macx-g++

This will also generate a file versions.mak that contains version informations about the code being compiled. It is necessary for compilation and packaging.

You can then launch make:

$ make

Binaries are available in the bin directory.

The version of the executable is taken from the git describe command.

Debug build¶

Add DEBUG=yes on the command line:

$ make DEBUG=yes

Cleaning¶

$ make distclean

Launch¶

You can launch the built executable with:

$ DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH=bin bin/xivoclient.app/Contents/MacOS/xivoclient

Package¶

You need to have the bin directory of Qt in your $PATH.

To create the app bundle:

$ make pack

This will result in a .dmg file in the current directory.

The version of the package is taken from the git describe command.

Coding the XiVO Client¶

Project folder map¶

baselib¶

The folder baselib contains all files necessary to build the baselib. It contains the necessary code and data structures to communicate with the Wazo CTI server.

This library is designed to be reusable by other Wazo CTI clients. If you want to build it without the rest of the XiVO Client, go in its folder and type:

$ qmake && make

The library will be available in the new bin folder.

xivoclient¶

The folder xivoclient contains all other source files included in the XiVO Client.

src contains the source code files, images contains the images, i18n contains the translation files and qtaddons contains some Qt addons used by the XiVO Client.

src¶

The source files are separated in three categories :

the XiVO Client itself, the source files are directly in src.
the XLet library (xletlib) contains the code common to multiple XLets (plugins), like the XLet base class and mainly GUI stuff.
the XLets themselves (xlets), each one is in a xlets/something subfolder.

Each XLet is compiled into a dynamic library, but some XLets are still compiled within the xivoclient executable instead of in a separated library. They are marked with a *-builtin subfolder name.

delivery¶

This folder contains all license informations necessary for the XiVO Client to be redistributed, i.e. the GNU GPLv3 and the additional requirements.

Configuration access¶

The settings of the application are stored in BaseEngine for runtime and in files when the client is closed :

~/.config/XiVO on GNU/Linux systems
(what about other platforms?)

There are now 3 sets of functions from BaseEngine that you can use to read/store settings :

getConfig() / setConfig()¶

They are proxy methods to use the BaseConfig object inside BaseEngine. They use QVariantMap to store the settings values. They are currently used to store/retrieve options used in the ConfigWidget.

You can find the available keys to access data in the detailed Doxygen documentation of BaseEngine,: or in baseengine.h.

Note that the settings stored in BaseConfig won’t be written in the configuration file if BaseEngine is not aware of their existence (loaded in loadSettings and saved in saveSettings).

getSettings()¶

Through this function, you can access the lowest level of configuration storage, QSettings. It also contains the options stored in BaseConfig, but is less easy to use.

This direct access is used for purely graphical settings, only used to remember the appearance of the GUI until the next launch. These settings don’t have to be shared with other widgets, and storing them directly in QSettings avoids writing code to import/export to/from BaseConfig.

getProfileSetting() / setProfileSetting()¶

This pair of methods allow you to read/write settings directly in QSettings, but specifically for the current configuration profile.

Configuration profiles¶

When starting XiVO Client with an argument, this argument is interpreted as a profile name. This profile name allows you to separate different profiles, with different configuration options.

For example, configuration profile “profileA” will auto-connect with user A and password B and “profileB” will not auto-connect, but is set to connect with user C, no password remembered. To invoke these profiles, use :

$ xivoclient profileA
$ xivoclient profileB

The default configuration profile is default-user.

Recognizing / extracting phone numbers¶

Of course, working on XiVO Client implies working with phone numbers. But how to interpret them easily, when we are not sure of the format they’re in?

You can use the PhoneNumber namespace (baselib/src/phonenumber.h) to do that, it contains routines for recognition/extraction of phone numbers, that way you don’t have to parse manually.

These subroutines are pretty basic for the moment, if you need/want to improve them, feel free to do it.

Retrieving CTI server infos¶

Informations are synchronized from the server to the BaseEngine when the client connects.

It is stored in BaseEngine in “lists”. It is stored in a format close to the one used to transmit it, so you can see the CTI protocol definition for further documentation.

Each list contains objects of different type. These types are :

channel
user
phone
trunk
agent
queue
group
meetme
voicemail
queuemember
parking

Each type corresponds to a class derived from XInfo, e.g. channel infos are stored in ChannelInfo objects.

The basic attributes of all objects are 3 strings: the IPBX ID, the XiVO object ID and the extended ID of the object, which is the two previous attributes linked with a “/”.

Listen to IPBX events¶

If you want your XLet to receive IPBX/CTI events, you can do so by inheriting the IPBXListener interface.

You must specify which type of events you want to listen. This depends of the implemented functions in the CTI server. You can register to listen these events by calling the IPBXListener method :

registerListener(xxx);

For now, xxx, the event type, can take take the values : * chitchat * history * records_campaign * queuestats

On reception of the specified type of event, BaseEngine will call the IPBXListener method parseCommand(QVariantMap).

You should then reimplement this method to make it process the event data, stored in the QVariantMap parameter.

The parking XLet¶

There are two concepts here : * Parked calls: These calls have been parked by a switchboard or an operator. They are waiting to be answered by a specific person, unlike a queue, where calls will be answered by one of the agents of the group associated to the queue. Each parked call is given a phone number so that the call can be answered by everyone.

Parking lots: They are containers for parked calls. Each parking lot has a phone number, used to identify where to send the call we want to park.

ParkingWidget represents a parking lot and contains a table that stores all parked calls.

Adding new XLets¶

When you want to add a new XLet, you can use the basic XLetNull, that only prints “Hello World”. Here is a little script to accelerate the copy from XLetNull.

#!/usr/bin/env sh

newname="newname" # Replaces xletnull
NewName="NewName" # Replaces XLetNull & XletNull
NEWNAME="NEWNAME" # Replaces XLETNULL

if [ ! -d xletnull ] ; then

    echo "Please execute this script in XIVO_CLIENT/plugins"
    echo $newname
    exit 1
fi

cp -r xletnull $newname
cd $newname
rm -f moc* *.o Makefile

for f in $(find . -type f -print) ; do
    mv $f `echo $f | sed s/xletnull/$newname/`
done

find . -type f -exec sed -i "s/xletnull/$newname/g;s/X[Ll]etNull/$NewName/g;s/XLETNULL/$NEWNAME/g" {} \;</nowiki>

Before executing the script, just replace the first three variables with the name of the new XLet.

Then, you must add a line in xivoclient/xlets.pro to add your new directory to the SUBDIRS variable.

Then you can start implementing your new class. The <xletname>Plugin class is only an interface between the main app and your XLet.

Translations¶

If you want to localize your XLet, there are four steps.

Modify the sources¶

In the <xletname>Plugin constructor, add the line :

b_engine->registerTranslation(”:/<xletname>_%1”);

before the return instruction.

Modify the project file¶

Add these lines in the .pro file in your XLet directory :

TRANSLATIONS = <xletname>_fr.ts TRANSLATIONS += <xletname>_nl.ts

RESOURCES = res.qrc

Replace fr and nl with the languages you want.

Create the resource file¶

In a file res.qrc in your XLet directory, put these lines :

<!DOCTYPE RCC><RCC version="1.0">
    <qresource>
        <file><xletname>_fr.qm</file>
        <file><xletname>_nl.qm</file>
    </qresource>
</RCC>

These files will be embedded in the Xlet library binary.

Create the translation files¶

In your XLet directory, run :

lupdate <xletname>.pro

This creates as much .ts translation files as specified in the .pro file. You can now translate strings in these file.

The XLet will now be compiled and translated.

Add a new XLet¶

For now, it is not possible to add easily an XLet without changing the CTI server configuration files.

If you just want to test your new XLet, you can add the following line in baseengine.cpp :

m_capaxlets.push_back(QVariantList() << QVariant(“<xletname>”) << QVariant(“tab”));

right after the line

m_capaxlets = datamap.value(“capaxlets”).toList();

You can replace “tab” with “grid” or “dock”.

Add a translation¶

This is definitely not something funny and not easy to automatize.

You have to add, in every .pro file of the project (except xlets.pro and all those that don’t need translations), a line

TRANSLATIONS += <project>_<lang>.ts

Replace <project> with the project name (xivoclient, baselib, xlet) and <lang> by the identifier of your language (en, fr, nl, ...) Then you have to add, in every .qrc file, the .qm files corresponding to the ones you added in the .pro files, such as :

<file><project>_<lang>.qm</file>

in the <qresource> section of these XML .qrc files.

After that, you have to run, in the XiVO Client root directory, something like :

find . -name *.pro -exec lupdate {} ;

This will create or update all .ts translation files registered in the .pro files.

You can then start translating the strings in these files, in the xivoclient/i18n folder.

Code modification¶

If you want to be able to select your new language from within the XiVO Client, you have to add it in the interface.

For that, you can add your new language in the m_locale_cbox QCombobox in ConfigWidget.

CTI debugging tool¶

If you have a problem and you want to see what is going on between the CTI server and client, you can use a specific script, designed specifically for Wazo, instead of using something like Wireshark to listen network communications.

Profiling¶

To get profiling informations on the XiVO Client:

Compile the XiVO Client with debugging symbols

Run the command:

LD_LIBRARY_PATH=bin valgrind --tool=callgrind bin/xivoclient

Quit the client
Open the generated file callgrind.out.<pid> with KCacheGrind

Automatic checking tools¶

We use two tools to check the source code of the XiVO Client: CppCheck et Valgrind.

CppCheck¶

Usage:

cppcheck -I baselib/src -I xivoclient/src .

Valgrind (Memcheck)¶

Usage:

LD_LIBRARY_PATH=bin valgrind --leak-check=full --suppressions=valgrind.supp --num-callers=30 --gen-suppressions=yes bin/xivoclient

You need to fill a file valgrind.supp with Valgrind suppressions, to avoid displaying errors in code you have no control over.

Here is a template valgrind.supp you can use. All memory in the XiVO Client is allocated using the new operator, so all calls to malloc and co. must come from libraries:

{
   malloc
   Memcheck:Leak
   fun:malloc
   ...
}

{
   calloc
   Memcheck:Leak
   fun:calloc
   ...
}

{
   realloc
   Memcheck:Leak
   fun:realloc
   ...
}

{
   memalign
   Memcheck:Leak
   fun:memalign
   ...
}

Figures¶

Here’s a call graph for the presence features. Not complete, but gives a good global view of the internal mechanism.

Xivo Client presence call graph

Here’s a call graph describing the chaining of calls when the XiVO Client connects to the server.

Xivo Client login call graph

Manage Translations of the XiVO Client¶

This sections describes how to manage XiVO Client translations from a developer point of view. If you want to help translate the XiVO Client, see Translating Wazo

You need to install these tools:

pip install transifex-client
apt-get install qt4-dev-tools

How to Add a New Translated String¶

String to be translated is marked using the tr macro in the source code.

Example:

tr("Number");

Updating translations on transifex¶

Run the following commands from the root of the xivo-client-qt project:

make pushtr

After this command, you can visit Transifex, and check that the xivo-client is 100% translated for your language. Once all the translations have been checked, run the 3 following commands:

make pulltr
git commit
git push

Warning

Under Arch Linux, you must have qt5 installed and prepend QT_PATH=/usr/bin before make {pull,push}tr.

Add a new XiVO Client locale¶

Localizing the XiVO Client goes through four steps :

Creating the new translation in Transifex
Generatint the translation files
Embedding the translation in the binaries
Displaying the new locale to be chosen

Creating the new translation in Transifex¶

Log into Transifex and click the Create language option.

Generate translation files¶

The translation files will be automatically generated from the source code.

For the command to create files for your locale, you need to ensure it is listed in the project file.

There are a few project files you should edit, each one will translate a module of the XiVO Client :

baselib/baselib.pro
xivoclient/xivoclient.pro
xivoclient/xletlib.pro
xivoclient/src/xlets/*/*.pro

In these files, you should add a line like this one:

TRANSLATIONS += $$ROOT_DIR/i18n/xivoclient_fr.ts

This line adds a translation file for french. Please replace fr by the code of your locale. The $$ROOT_DIR variable references either xivoclient or baselib.

You can use a command like the following to automate this ($LANG is the new language):

find . -name '*.pro' -exec sed -i -e 's|^TRANSLATIONS += $${\?ROOT_DIR}\?/i18n/\(.*\)_en.ts|\0\nTRANSLATIONS += $$ROOT_DIR/i18n/\1_$LANG.ts|' {} \;

To actually create the files, you will have to use the translation managing script. But first, you must tell the script about your new locale. Edit the utils/translations.sh file and add your locale to the LOCALES variable. Then, you can run the script:

$ make pulltr

Embed the translation files¶

For each project previously edited, you should have a corresponding .qrc file. These resource files list all files that will be embedded in the Wazo Client binaries. You should then add the corresponding translation files like below:

<file>obj/xivoclient_fr.qm</file>

This embeds the French translation of the xivoclient module, corresponding to the translation file above. The path is changed to obj/ because the .qm file will be generated from the .ts file.

You can use a command like the following to automate this ($LANG is the new language):

find . -name '*.qrc' -exec sed -i -e 's|^\( *\)<file>\(.*\)obj/\(.*\)_fr.qm</file>|\0\n\1<file>\2obj/\3_$LANG.qm</file>|' {} \;

Display the new locale¶

You have to edit the source file xivoclient/src/configwidget.cpp and add the entry corresponding to your locale in the locale-choosing combobox.

Quality assurance¶

Testing architecture¶

Testing architecture

Legend:

assu is our production Wazo, used to make calls in the company. We also use it as a source of “external” calls to the test servers.
dev-gateway is a simple gateway, to link all other servers.
xivo-daily is reinstalled every day and runs all the automatic tests in xivo-acceptance.
xivo-load handles a lot of calls all day long, and we monitor the system metrics while it does.
callgen makes the calls towards xivo-load
xivo-test and xivo-test-slave are used for manual tests we run before each release
xivo-premium (not yet installed) will allow us to test the new xivo-premium hardware

Troubleshooting¶

The list of current bugs can be found on the official Wazo issue tracker.

Transfers using DTMF¶

When transfering a call using DTMF (*1) you get an invalid extension error when dialing the extension.

The workaround to this problem is to create a preprocess subroutine and assign it to the destinations where you have the problem.

Under Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX configuration ‣ Configuration files add a new file containing the following dialplan:

[allow-transfer]
exten = s,1,NoOp(## Setting transfer context ##)
same = n,Set(__TRANSFER_CONTEXT=<internal-context>)
same = n,Return()

Do not forget to substitute <internal-context> with your internal context.

Some places where you might want to add this preprocess subroutine is on queues and outgoing calls to be able to transfer the called person to another extension.

Fax detection¶

Wazo does not currently support Fax detection. The following describe a workaround to use this feature. The behavior is to answer all incoming (external) call, wait for a number of seconds (4 in this example) : if a fax is detected, receive it otherwise route the call normally.

Note

This workaround works only :

on incoming calls towards an User (and an User only),
if the incoming trunk is a DAHDI or a SIP trunk,
if the user has a voicemail which is activated and with the email field filled
XiVO/Wazo >= 13.08 (needs asterisk 11)

Be aware that this workaround will probably not survive any upgrade.

In the Web Interface and under Services ‣ IPBX ‣ IPBX configuration ‣ Configuration files add a new file named fax-detection.conf containing the following dialplan:

;; Fax Detection
[pre-user-global-faxdetection]
exten = s,1,NoOp(Answer call to be able to detect fax if call is external AND user has an email configured)
same  =   n,GotoIf($["${XIVO_CALLORIGIN}" = "extern"]?:return)
same  =   n,GotoIf(${XIVO_USEREMAIL}?:return)
same  =   n,Set(FAXOPT(faxdetect)=yes) ; Activate dynamically fax detection
same  =   n,Answer()
same  =   n,Wait(4) ; You can change the number of seconds it will wait for fax (4 to 6 is good)
same  =   n,Set(FAXOPT(faxdetect)=no) ; If no fax was detected deactivate dyamically fax detection (needed if you want directmedia to work)
same  =   n(return),Return()

exten = fax,1,NoOp(Fax detected from ${CALLERID(num)} towards ${XIVO_DSTNUM} - will be sent upon reception to ${XIVO_USEREMAIL})
same  =     n,GotoIf($["${CHANNEL(channeltype)}" = "DAHDI"]?changeechocan:continue)
same  =     n(changeechocan),Set(CHANNEL(echocan_mode)=fax) ; if chan type is dahdi set echo canceller in fax mode
same  =     n(continue),Gosub(faxtomail,s,1(${XIVO_USEREMAIL}))

In the file /etc/xivo/asterisk/xivo_globals.conf set the global user subroutine to pre-user-global-faxdetection : this subroutine will be executed each time a user is called:
```
XIVO_PRESUBR_GLOBAL_USER = pre-user-global-faxdetection
```
Reload asterisk configuration (both for dialplan and dahdi):
```
asterisk -rx 'core reload'
```

Berofos Integration with PBX¶

You can use a Berofos failover switch to secure the ISDN provider lines when installing a Wazo in front of an existing PBX. The goal of this configuration is to mitigate the consequences of an outage of the Wazo : with this equipment the ISDN provider links could be switched to the PBX directly if the Wazo goes down.

Wazo does not offer natively the possibility to configure Berofos in this failover mode. This section describes a workaround.

Logical view:

                +------+                            +-----+
-- Provider ----| Wazo | -- ISDN Interconnection  --| PBX | -- Phones
                +------+                            +-----+

Connection:

  +-------------Bero*fos---------------+
  | A        B        C        D       |
  | o o o o  o o o o  o o o o  o o o o |
  +-+-+------+-+------+-+------+-+-----+
    | |      | |      | |      | |
   / /       | |      | |      | |
  / /    +--------+   / /   +---------+
2 T2     |  Wazo  |  / /    |   PBX   |
         +--------+ / /     +---------+
             | |   / /
             \ \__/ /
              \____/

The following describes how to configure your Wazo and your Berofos.

Follow the Berofos general configuration (firmware, IP, login/password) described in the the Berofos Installation and Configuration page.

When done, apply these specific parameters to the berofos:

bnfos --set scenario=1   -h 10.105.2.26 -u admin:berofos
bnfos --set mode=1       -h 10.105.2.26 -u admin:berofos
bnfos --set modedef=1    -h 10.105.2.26 -u admin:berofos
bnfos --set wdog=1       -h 10.105.2.26 -u admin:berofos
bnfos --set wdogdef=1    -h 10.105.2.26 -u admin:berofos
bnfos --set wdogitime=60 -h 10.105.2.26 -u admin:berofos

Add the following script /usr/local/sbin/berofos-workaround:

#!/bin/bash
# Script workaround for berofos integration with a Wazo in front of PABX

res=$(/usr/sbin/service asterisk status)
does_ast_run=$?
if [ $does_ast_run -eq 0 ]; then
    /usr/bin/logger "$0 - Asterisk is running"
    # If asterisk is running, we (re)enable wdog and (re)set the mode
    /usr/bin/bnfos --set mode=1 -f fos1 -s
    /usr/bin/bnfos --set modedef=1 -f fos1 -s
    /usr/bin/bnfos --set wdog=1 -f fos1 -s

    # Now 'kick' berofos ten times each 5 seconds
    for ((i == 1; i <= 10; i += 1)); do
        /usr/bin/bnfos --kick -f fos1 -s
        /bin/sleep 5
    done
else
    /usr/bin/logger "$0 - Asterisk is not running"
fi

Add execution rights to script:

chmod +x /usr/local/sbin/berofos-workaround

Create a cron to launch the script every minutes /etc/cron.d/berofos-cron-workaround:

# Workaround to berofos integration
MAILTO=""

*/1 * * * * root /usr/local/sbin/berofos-workaround

CTI server is unexpectedly terminating¶

If you observes that your CTI server is sometimes unexpectedly terminating with the following message in /var/log/xivo-ctid.log:

(WARNING) (main): AMI: CLOSING

Then you might be in the case where asterisk generates lots of data in a short period of time on the AMI while the CTI server is busy processing other thing and is not actively reading from its AMI connection. If the CTI server takes too much time before consuming some data from the AMI connection, asterisk will close the AMI connection. The CTI server will terminate itself once it detects the connection to the AMI has been lost.

There’s a workaround to this problem called the ami-proxy, which is a process which buffers the AMI connection between the CTI server and asterisk. This should only be used as a last resort solution, since this increases the latency between the processes and does not fix the root issue.

To enable the ami-proxy, you must:

Add a file /etc/systemd/system/xivo-ctid.service.d/ami-proxy.conf:

mkdir -p /etc/systemd/system/xivo-ctid.service.d
cat >/etc/systemd/system/xivo-ctid.service.d/ami-proxy.conf <<EOF
[Service]
Environment=XIVO_CTID_AMI_PROXY=1
EOF
systemctl daemon-reload

Restart the CTI server:
```
systemctl restart xivo-ctid.service
```

If you are on a Wazo cluster, you must do the same procedure on the slave if you want the ami-proxy to also be enabled on the slave.

To disable the ami-proxy:

rm /etc/systemd/system/xivo-ctid.service.d/ami-proxy.conf
systemctl daemon-reload
systemctl restart xivo-ctid.service

Agents receiving two ACD calls¶

An agent can sometimes receive more than 1 ACD call at the same time, even if the queues he’s in have the “ringinuse” parameter set to no (default).

This behaviour is caused by a bug in asterisk: https://issues.asterisk.org/jira/browse/ASTERISK-16115

It’s possible to workaround this bug in Wazo by adding an agent subroutine. The subroutine can be either set globally or per agent:

[pre-limit-agentcallback]
exten = s,1,NoOp()
same  =   n,Set(LOCKED=${LOCK(agentcallback-${XIVO_AGENT_ID})})
same  =   n,GotoIf(${LOCKED}?:not-locked,1)
same  =   n,Set(GROUP(agentcallback)=${XIVO_AGENT_ID})
same  =   n,Set(COUNT=${GROUP_COUNT(${XIVO_AGENT_ID}@agentcallback)})
same  =   n,NoOp(${UNLOCK(agentcallback-${XIVO_AGENT_ID})})
same  =   n,GotoIf($[ ${COUNT} <= 1 ]?:too-many-calls,1)
same  =   n,Return()

exten = not-locked,1,NoOp()
same  =   n,Log(ERROR,Could not obtain lock)
same  =   n,Wait(0.5)
same  =   n,Hangup()

exten = too-many-calls,1,NoOp()
same  =   n,Log(WARNING,Not calling agent ID/${XIVO_AGENT_ID} because already in use)
same  =   n,Wait(0.5)
same  =   n,Hangup()

This workaround only applies to queues with agent members; it won’t work for queues with user members.

Also, the subroutine prevent asterisk from calling an agent twice by hanguping the second call. In the agent statistics, this will be shown as a non-answered call by the agent.

PostgreSQL localization errors¶

The database and the underlying database cluster used by Wazo is sensitive to the system locale configuration. The locale used by the database and the database cluster is set when Wazo is installed. If you change your system locale without particular attention to PostgreSQL, you might make the database and database cluster temporarily unusable.

When working with locale and PostgreSQL, there’s a few useful commands and things to know:

locale -a to see the list of currently available locales on your system
locale to display information about the current locale of your shell
grep ^lc_ /etc/postgresql/9.4/main/postgresql.conf to see the locale configuration of your database cluster
sudo -u postgres psql -l to see the locale of your databases
the /etc/locale.gen file and the associated locale-gen command to configure the available system locales
systemctl restart postgresql.service to restart your database cluster
the PostgreSQL log file located at /var/log/postgresql/postgresql-9.4-main.log

Note

You can use any locale with Wazo as long as it uses an UTF-8 encoding.

Database cluster is not starting¶

If the database cluster doesn’t start and you have the following errors in your log file:

LOG:  invalid value for parameter "lc_messages": "en_US.UTF-8"
LOG:  invalid value for parameter "lc_monetary": "en_US.UTF-8"
LOG:  invalid value for parameter "lc_numeric": "en_US.UTF-8"
LOG:  invalid value for parameter "lc_time": "en_US.UTF-8"
FATAL:  configuration file "/etc/postgresql/9.4/main/postgresql.conf" contains errors

Then this usually means that the locale that is configured in postgresql.conf (here en_US.UTF-8) is not currently available on your system, i.e. does not show up the output of locale -a. You have two choices to fix this issue:

either make the locale available by uncommenting it in the /etc/locale.gen file and running locale-gen
or modify the /etc/postgresql/9.4/main/postgresql.conf file to set the various lc_* options to a locale that is available on your system

Once this is done, restart your database cluster.

Can’t connect to the database¶

If the database cluster is up but you get the following error when trying to connect to the asterisk database:

FATAL:  database locale is incompatible with operating system
DETAIL:  The database was initialized with LC_COLLATE "en_US.UTF-8",  which is not recognized by setlocale().
HINT:  Recreate the database with another locale or install the missing locale.

Then this usually means that the database locale is not currently available on your system. You have two choices to fix this issue:

either make the locale available by uncommenting it in the /etc/locale.gen file, running locale-gen and restarting your database cluster
or recreate the database using a different locale

Error during the upgrade¶

Then you are mostly in one of the cases described above. Check your log file.

Error while restoring a database backup¶

If during a database restore, you get the following error:

pg_restore: [archiver (db)] Error while PROCESSING TOC:
pg_restore: [archiver (db)] Error from TOC entry 4203; 1262 24745 DATABASE asterisk asterisk
pg_restore: [archiver (db)] could not execute query: ERROR:  invalid locale name: "en_US.UTF-8"
    Command was: CREATE DATABASE asterisk WITH TEMPLATE = template0 ENCODING = 'UTF8' LC_COLLATE = 'en_US.UTF-8' LC_CTYPE = 'en_US.UTF-8';

Then this usually means that your database backup has a locale that is not currently available on your system. You have two choices to fix this issue:

either make the locale available by uncommenting it in the /etc/locale.gen file, running locale-gen and restarting your database cluster

or if you want to restore your backup using a different locale (for example fr_FR.UTF-8), then restore your backup using the following commands instead:

sudo -u postgres dropdb asterisk
sudo -u postgres createdb -l fr_FR.UTF-8 -O asterisk -T template0 asterisk
sudo -u postgres pg_restore -d asterisk asterisk-*.dump

Error during master-slave replication¶

Then the slave database is most likely not using an UTF-8 encoding. You’ll need to recreate the database using a different locale

Changing the locale (LC_COLLATE and LC_CTYPE) of the database¶

If you have decided to change the locale of your database, you must:

make sure that you have enough space on your hard drive, more precisely in the file system holding the /var/lib/postgresql directory. You’ll have, for a moment, two copies of the asterisk database.
prepare for a service interruption. The procedure requires the services to be restarted twice, and the system performance will be degraded while the database with the new locale is being created, which can take a few hours if you have a really large database.
make sure the new locale is available on your system, i.e. shows up in the output of locale -a

Then use the following commands (replacing fr_FR.UTF-8 by your locale):

wazo-service restart all
sudo -u postgres createdb -l fr_FR.UTF-8 -O asterisk -T template0 asterisk_newlocale
sudo -u postgres pg_dump asterisk | sudo -u postgres psql -d asterisk_newlocale
wazo-service stop
sudo -u postgres psql <<'EOF'
DROP DATABASE asterisk;
ALTER DATABASE asterisk_newlocale RENAME TO asterisk;
EOF
wazo-service start

You should also modify the /etc/postgresql/9.4/main/postgresql.conf file to set the various lc_* options to the new locale value.

For more information, consult the official documentation on PostgreSQL localization support.

Originate a call from the Asterisk console¶

It is sometimes useful to ring a phone from the asterisk console. For example, if you want to call the 1234 extension in context default:

channel originate Local/1234@default extension 42@xivo-callme

Network packets capture¶

In some extreme cases, packet capture may be very useful to find out what is happening between Wazo and other equipment (phones, trunks, etc.)

Local capture, for later analysis:

# change interface eth0 and filter 'udp port 5060' as you wish
tcpdump -i eth0 -w /tmp/wazo.pcap udp port 5060

Remote packet capture, streamed to Wireshark via SSH:

# install dumpcap on the server wazo.example.com
ssh wazo.example.com apt-get install -y wireshark-common

# run the capture on interface eth0, for SIP packets only (UDP port 5060)
wireshark -k -i <(ssh wazo.example.com "dumpcap -P -i eth0 -w - -f 'udp port 5060'")

Getting help¶

Sometimes it’s just not possible to fix a problem by yourself. In that case, you will most likely need to get help from someone outside your network.

ngrok can be used to give access to someone outside your network to your Wazo server.

To make that possible, you will have to follow these 4 easy steps.

Create an account on ngrok
Install ngrok on your Wazo server:

On a 32 bit server:

wget https://bin.equinox.io/c/4VmDzA7iaHb/ngrok-stable-linux-386.zip
unzip ngrok-stable-linux-386.zip

On a 64 bit server:

wget https://bin.equinox.io/c/4VmDzA7iaHb/ngrok-stable-linux-amd64.zip
unzip ngrok-stable-linux-amd64.zip

Add your ngrok token (given when you signed up on ngrok)

./ngrok authtoken <YOUR AUTH TOKEN>

Add SSH and HTTPS access in your ngrok config

cat << EOF >> ~/.ngrok2/ngrok.yml
tunnels:
  webi:
    addr: 443
    proto: tcp
  ssh:
    addr: 22
    proto: tcp
EOF

Start ngrok

./ngrok start --all

The output will show the public URL and ports that are now available to access you server. For example:

tcp://0.tcp.ngrok.io:12345 -> localhost:22
tcp://0.tcp.ngrok.io:9876 -> localhost:443

means:

anyone can use this command to SSH into your machine: ssh root@0.tcp.ngrok.io -p 12345
anyone can access the web interface via: https://0.tcp.ngrok.io:12346.

To stop ngrok hit Ctrl-C.

Note

The ngrok tunnel will not survive a reboot of the server, you’ll have to set it up again after restart.

Warning

This setup is a typical scenario for a man-in-the-middle attack. If you don’t trust the Ngrok servers, you should ensure that:

the HTTPS certificate is the right one, i.e. it has the same fingerprint:
- on the server: openssl x509 -text -noout -in /usr/share/xivo-certs/server.crt -sha256 -fingerprint | grep Fingerprint
- in the browser, check the details of the certificate to see the fingerprint
the SSH key fingerprint of the server is correct, when SSH asks you upon the first connection (TOFU)

Community Documentation¶

This page provides links to resources on various topics around Wazo. They have been generously created by people from the community.

Tutorials¶

Please note that these resources are provided on an “as is basis”. They have not been reviewed by the Wazo team, therefore the information presented may be innaccurate. We also accept resources provided in other languages besides English.

Unless specified, the license is CC BY-SA.

Tutorial	Language	Level	Author	XiVO Version
What is XiVO and tutorial (video)	English	Beginner	XiVO	2015
Xivo pour les nuls	French	Beginner	Nicolas	2012
Installing XiVO (YouTube series)	English	Beginner	VoIP-Nuiz	14.20
Start: how to create a user with a SIP line (YouTube series)	French	Beginner	VoIP-Nuiz	2014
Start: how to popup an URL (Document)	French	Beginner
Start: how to create a context, users, voicemails, ring group, music on hold, conf.call	French	Beginner	Networklab	2014
Tips: post-installation of XiVO on Kimsufi	French	Intermediate	NyXD Systems	2015
Tips: username and password on XiVO	French	Intermediate	NyXD Systems	2015
Tips: self-hosting and telephony with XiVO	French	Intermediate	NyXD Systems	2015
XiVO provisioning + pfSense + siproxd + OVH	French	Intermediate	NyXD Systems	2015
SCCP provisioning, unsupported phones and no DHCP	French	Intermediate	NyXD Systems	2015
Date format on SCCP 7941	French	Intermediate	NyXD Systems	2015
Installing XiVO on Raspberry Pi (Raspivo)	French	Intermediate	Iris Network	2015
`How to popup an url with CTIClient`	French	Intermediate	Assonance	14.17
`How to backup XiVO to external FTP` with `backup-ftp.sh`	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu	2015
`How to create a XiVO Client`	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu	2015
`How to configure a C610P IP on XiVO`	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu	2015
`How to export the phonebook of XiVO` with phonebook_csv_export.py	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu	2015
`How to use openVPN on XiVO`	French	Expert	Yohan Vitu	2015
`How configure SNOM M700 DECT`	French	Intermediate	Jonathan Thomas	2015
`Scripted provisioning for SNOM M700 DECT` with specific scripts	French	Intermediate	Jonathan Thomas	2015
`How to configure XiVO with Untangle firewall`	English	Intermediate	Scott McCarthy (SMS IT Group)	16.04
`How to use Keepalived with XiVO (high availability)`	English	Expert	Eric Viel (Iper Telecom)	16.11
Getting Started with XiVO	English	Beginner	Nerd Vittles	16.07
`Function key redirects calls to a DID/user towards sound file`	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu & Vincent Bouvier	16.13
`Function key redirects calls to a DID/user towards extension`	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu	16.13
`Function key redirects calls to a DID/user towards voicemail`	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu	16.13
`Play music when user is called from DID`	French	Intermediate	Yohan Vitu	16.13
`Reverse lookup from a text file`	French	Intermediate	TiJof & Yohan Vitu	16.13
`Wazo star codes (en)`	English	Intermediate	Ward Mundy	2016
`Wazo star codes (fr)`	French	Intermediate	Thomas Faure	2017
`Configuring FOP2 with Wazo`	English	Intermediate	Richard Cantin	17.04

Contribute¶

We gladly accept new contributions. There are two ways to contribute:

The preferred way: open a pull request on Github and add a line to this page (see: Contributing to the Documentation).
You can also open a contribution ticket on the bug tracker.

Note that we only accept documents in open formats, such as PDF or ODF.

Documentation changelog¶

wazo-17.12

call-logd changelog: add from_id to query string by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-25 14:19:01
daemon debug: modify the consul output file and consul monitor section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-08-23 15:53:39
Merge branch ‘6830-webhookd-service-plugin’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-22 19:53:04
system: reorder sections by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-22 19:50:30
webhookd: how to add a service by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-22 19:30:01
update webhookd REST API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-22 18:25:12
update webhookd REST API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-22 13:49:42
Merge branch ‘6828-mongooseim-backup’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-21 21:02:48
add upgrade note for mongooseim database by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-21 20:52:42
backup: add precisions about databases by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-21 20:47:04
Merge branch ‘6826-url-template’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-21 18:35:54
backup mongooseim configuration files by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-21 17:59:14
backup: add restore procedure for mongooseim db by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-21 17:53:04
backup: wrap line to 100 char by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-21 17:52:50
improve webhook templates by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-21 17:24:43
Merge branch ‘6825-body-template’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-21 14:28:58
webhookd: make template doc a bit more visual by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-18 20:47:45
A better way would have been to set the color directly in RST, but I could not find how to do it.
document webhookd templates by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-18 20:36:55
Merge branch ‘6822-get-market’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-18 15:23:30
plugind: add GET /market/namespace/name by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-08-17 18:53:23
Merge branch ‘6817-market-spec-refactor’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-18 14:55:02
remove the url parameter from POST /plugins from the market by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-08-16 19:10:14
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6824-content-type’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-08-18 13:36:50
update webhookd changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-17 20:36:48
update webhookd changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-17 19:37:07
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6818-chat-history’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-08-17 13:31:48
Merge branch ‘6816-get-plugins’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-15 18:29:20
ctid-ng changlog: add GET /users/me/chats by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-15 17:22:57
plugind: add GET /plugins/namespace/name by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-08-14 12:42:46
bump version to 17.12 by Francois Blackburn at 2017-08-07 11:48:07

wazo-17.11

backup/restore: clarify restore finalization steps by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-04 13:42:33
custom prompts: clarify wording by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-08-01 19:30:50
Merge branch ‘6755-dependency’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-07-26 14:10:11
plugins: fix debian_depends example by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-07-26 14:09:49
reason: the docker debian package is not docker-engine, and docker-engine is not in the official Debian repositories
Merge branch ‘6804-move-url-to-options’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-07-21 18:52:53
fix plugind examples by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-07-21 18:26:08
Merge branch ‘6793-webhook-crud’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-21 14:47:34
rest api: sort services alphabetically by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-21 14:47:18
add wazo-webhookd API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-07-20 20:21:11
plugins: add dependencies doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-20 19:27:44
plugind: add changelog for the deprecation of v0.1 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-18 19:25:21
Merge branch ‘adelaby-6798_cdr_id_api_endpoint’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-07-17 17:31:10
bump version to 17.11 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-17 11:57:07

wazo-17.10

add upgrade notes for wazo 17.10 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-13 15:26:46
Add doc for `/cdr/<cdr_id>` endpoint in call-logd by Anthony Delaby at 2017-07-13 12:43:59
rest api: fix order call-logd by Francois Blackburn at 2017-07-10 13:20:51
Merge branch ‘6776-market-install’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-07-10 12:16:52
plugind changelog: add “market” install by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-07 11:36:35
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6789-user-lines’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-07-10 12:02:41
confd changelog: fix typo by Francois Blackburn at 2017-07-06 16:22:39
confd changelog: add /users/id/lines endpoint by Francois Blackburn at 2017-07-06 16:22:17
Merge branch ‘6775-market-plugin-list’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-07-03 17:18:21
plugind rest api: add /market GET by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-28 13:48:50
bump version to 17.10 by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-26 12:37:00

wazo-17.09

add upgrade note for wazo-webhookd + custom certs by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-22 18:47:08
17.09: more upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-22 15:53:52
upgrade: deprecate xivo-call-logs command by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-21 13:34:29
s/xivo-call-logs/wazo-call-logs by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-21 13:28:07
s/xivo-call-logd/wazo-call-logd by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-21 13:21:53
configuration folder and log file are not renamed: /etc/xivo-call-logd /var/log/xivo-call-logd.log
add an upgrade note about provd plugins move from addons to stable by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-21 12:43:12
devices: merge community and official devices into the new supported devices page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-21 12:37:47
Merge branch ‘6761-git-branch-tag’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-20 19:41:44
plugind POST /plugins now accepts the “options” body field by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-20 14:10:35
plugind api changelog: add async and branch to /plugins by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-19 14:45:18
plugind api changelog: fix typo by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-19 14:44:35
Merge branch ‘6766-backup-wazo’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-20 18:27:09
backup: add wazo-{admin-ui,plugind} by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-20 18:08:11
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6757-webhookd’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-20 15:50:38
add webhookd port by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-19 19:05:11
add webhookd by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-15 20:28:05
cdr: update default direction value by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-15 19:51:47
Merge branch ‘6747-postrm’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-15 19:32:50
plugins: update rules spec for the postrm by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-15 12:13:59
Merge branch ‘6740-plugind-plugin_format_version’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-15 18:44:16
contribs plugins: improve styling and references by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-15 18:39:47
plugin: fix typo by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-15 18:04:07
fix structure plugin to use rules instead Makefile by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-15 18:03:08
plugins: add doc for the plugin_format_version by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-13 11:17:44
plugins: update doc to current state by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-07 18:29:53
fix syntax errors by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-07 18:29:34
plugins: add the what can be done section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-01 15:25:11
plugins: start a page about plugins by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-01 13:43:08
confd changelog: add user_groups by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-12 19:25:08
rename xivo-service to wazo-service by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-09 20:40:40
update logo by Sylvain Boily at 2017-06-09 18:35:55
Merge branch ‘6738-cdr-csv’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-09 18:17:34
update xivo-call-logd changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-09 15:32:53
add an upgrade not for the codecs.d directory by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-06-09 14:50:23
upgrade notes: add note for custom X.509 certs by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-07 17:35:20
bump version to 17.09 by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-05 12:06:23

wazo-17.08

Merge branch ‘tags-call-log’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-01 17:52:19
call-logs: make intro less technical by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-01 17:52:11
improve call-logs tags by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-01 17:50:29
add use case of call log tags by Francois Blackburn at 2017-06-01 15:03:25
improve 17.08 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-06-01 13:43:38
mail: add note about verbatim \n by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-05-31 13:39:29
mail authentication: add missing step by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-05-31 12:58:59
Merge branch ‘clean-call-log-db’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-30 19:23:55
upgrade note: rephrase an upgrade note by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-30 18:53:02
Add upgrade notes to regenerate call-logs by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-30 12:51:38
add informations about xivo-call-logs regeneration by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-30 12:51:21
Merge pull request #1 from wazo-pbx/fix-custom-cert by Sylvain Boily at 2017-05-26 12:53:42
https_cert: add call_logd/plugind and wazo-*
https_cert: add call_logd/plugind and wazo-* by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-26 12:48:58
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6694-query-user-uuid’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-24 18:41:35
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6693-query-tags’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-24 18:26:09
Merge branch ‘6692-query-number’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-24 18:01:29
Merge branch ‘6691-query-call-direction’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-24 17:57:40
cdr changelog: add user_uuid attribute by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-24 11:41:50
cdr changelog: add tags query string by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-23 20:03:12
cdr changelog: add number query string by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-23 15:35:22
cdr chagenlog: add call_direction query string by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-23 15:34:55
cdr changelog: rename direction to call_direction by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-23 13:37:46
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/add-call-log-id’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-05-19 00:10:29
call log changelog: add id attribute by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-18 15:19:32
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6677-cdr-tags’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-17 18:07:41
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6646-plugin-uninstall-events’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-05-17 17:38:31
bus: add plugin uninstall events by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-17 15:14:58
call logd changelog: add tags attribute by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-17 13:59:17
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6676-direction’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-17 13:20:13
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6643-plugind-install-events’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-05-16 19:27:38
PluginInstallProgressEvent: add the required_acl field by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-16 19:05:03
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6672-date-answer’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-16 18:13:30
bus: add plugin_install_progress event by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-16 17:22:56
call log changelog: add direction attribute by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-16 14:27:16
cdr changelog: add answer attribute by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-16 12:04:33
bump version to 17.08 by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-15 11:58:31

wazo-17.07

upgrade notes: add 17.07 roadmap by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-11 15:30:25
call-logs: update API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-05-09 18:30:01
plugind changelog: add DELETE /plugind/namespace/name by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-09 15:33:45
Merge branch ‘6644-list-installed-plugins’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-05-09 15:26:19
update plugind rest api changelog by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-05-09 14:41:05
network: add the port for wazo-plugind by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-28 12:39:26
add a changelog for wazo-plugind rest api by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-12 15:01:28
Merge branch ‘6648-sip-nat’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-05-01 17:42:10
interconnections: add required configuration for NAT environment by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-28 14:47:49
add troubleshooting commands for x509 certificates by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-28 14:22:16
deprecate xivo < 13.01 by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-25 15:26:46
Merge branch ‘postfix-relay-auth’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-26 12:30:27
fix a typo in mail.rst by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-26 12:30:18
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/channel-variable’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-26 12:22:20
document XIVO_RINGSECONDS by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-25 18:15:18
sort channel variables description by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-25 18:11:24
and remove duplicates at the same time
bump version to 17.07 by Francois Blackburn at 2017-04-24 12:14:26
document how to configure authenticated SMTP relay by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-21 19:01:20

wazo-17.06

upgrade notes: add deprecated notice by Francois Blackburn at 2017-04-21 12:12:09
add upgrade notes 17.06 by Francois Blackburn at 2017-04-21 12:07:24
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6615-call-logs-pagination’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-19 16:52:41
update xivo-call-logd changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-19 16:20:10
update cisco firmware download information by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-19 15:18:14
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/provd-plugin-dev’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-19 12:18:05
add some infos about plugin development by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-14 18:37:23
source: https://github.com/wazo-pbx/xivo-presentations/tree/master/provd-2012-09-21
Merge branch ‘6615-call-logs-filters’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-04-14 14:59:26
xivo-call-logd changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-13 19:15:18
community: add FOP2 tutorial by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-13 13:35:50
source: https://projects.wazo.community/boards/1/topics/9982
snom: add instructions to provision without dhcp by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-12 20:00:09
Thanks to Speederyoyo: https://projects.wazo.community/boards/8/topics/9730?r=9886
call logs rest api changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-10 18:43:41
Merge branch ‘ngrok’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-10 17:27:57
improve ngrok doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-10 17:27:50
add a page on getting ngrok up and running on wazo by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-04-07 19:29:07
bump version to 17.06 by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-04-03 16:57:23

wazo-17.05

archive old upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-30 18:08:53
upgrade notes: reformat by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-30 18:07:33
fix wazo-current links by Francois Blackburn at 2017-03-28 11:31:53
Merge branch ‘6617-flask-cors-upgrade’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-03-27 15:13:59
flask-cors upgrade note by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-23 19:01:06
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6615-call-logs-rest-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-27 15:03:39
network: fix separator by Francois Blackburn at 2017-03-24 18:41:28
xivo-call-logd REST API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-23 20:36:19
fix whitespace by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-23 20:35:35
doc dialplan variable XIVO_CALLORIGIN by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-23 20:35:14
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6606-call-record-name’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-03-21 17:19:33
warnings: fix all parser warnings for http by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-21 12:56:23
config: fix deprecation warning about latex paper size by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-21 12:27:18
subroutines: fix a compilation warning by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-21 12:23:22
Merge branch ‘pause_reason’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-21 12:19:14
agentd changelog: reword the changelog entry for the pause reason by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-21 12:19:04
add changelog for reason by Sylvain Boily at 2017-03-19 02:18:22
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6596-call-direction’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-03-18 00:52:28
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/agent_acl’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-17 14:43:23
auth: agent.id and agent.number by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-17 14:34:12
add each fields to the list and add an example with an if in the template
add a call recording page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-17 14:19:26
ctid-ng rest api changelog: fix attribute name by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-17 13:22:02
add agent dict in template by Sylvain Boily at 2017-03-17 12:42:23
ctid-ng: update REST API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-16 18:18:44
add dialplan variable WAZO_CHANNEL_DIRECTION by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-16 18:18:23
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6605-user-agent’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-03-15 12:26:32
confd changelog; add user/agent relation by Francois Blackburn at 2017-03-14 18:56:11
customer info: show how to enable customer info by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-14 11:35:02
bump version to 17.05 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-13 13:08:33

wazo-17.04

fix line length by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-10 19:07:54
switchboard: update labels by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-10 19:07:31
They were renamed in the web interface but they weren’t renamed in the documentation.
switchboard: update labels by Etienne Lessard at 2017-03-10 18:59:59
They were renamed in the web interface but they weren’t renamed in the documentation.
update architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-10 14:44:42
changelog: add wazo 17.04 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-10 14:10:14
phonebook import: update screenshot by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-08 17:16:59
add missing image by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-08 16:55:38
Merge branch ‘6584-phonebook-import’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-08 16:55:09
phonebook import: small improvements by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-08 16:54:50
phonebook: fix the phonebook import documentation by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-03 19:49:39
Merge branch ‘6581-admin-policy’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-03-02 13:09:51
xivo_admin: add supported policy variables by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-03-02 13:07:51
fix merge by Sylvain Boily at 2017-03-02 01:00:14
add HTTP port for wazo-admin-ui by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-01 22:33:00
add xivo-call-logd REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-03-01 16:07:22
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/deprecated-versions’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-02-27 15:01:54
add section about deprecated versions of wazo by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-02-24 18:24:12
community: add star codes cheatsheets by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-02-24 14:48:57
bump version to 17.04 by Francois Blackburn at 2017-02-20 14:37:46

wazo-17.03

archi diagram: add http request from xivo-auth to xivo-confd by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-02-16 19:54:59
upgrade note: 17.03 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-02-16 19:30:45
policy: change the supplied data example to match the implementation by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-02-15 12:57:15
Merge branch ‘6567-backend-policy’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-02-14 20:50:08
policies: fix the loop example by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-02-14 19:59:31
policy: update supported variable list by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-02-13 20:01:40
xivo-auth: add policy and template documentation by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-01-23 16:42:22
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6582-switchboard-hold’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-02-14 17:36:49
ctid-ng rest api: update changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-02-14 15:22:05
phone directory configuration: add missing restart by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-02-09 17:03:33
document how to capture network packets by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-02-08 16:43:48
confd api: add moh endpoints by Etienne Lessard at 2017-01-30 20:03:51
bump version to 17.03 by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-01-30 17:14:24

wazo-17.02

REST API: add note about access through nginx by Etienne Lessard at 2017-01-26 19:48:29
confd changelog: add switchboards by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-01-26 19:44:12
add 17.02 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2017-01-26 19:24:44
fix markup error by Etienne Lessard at 2017-01-26 19:23:51
nginx: add xivo-confd to default configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2017-01-25 17:15:59
update the nginx page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-01-25 15:43:19
Merge branch ‘6565-switchboard-calls-api’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-01-25 14:16:27
ctid-ng api: add switchboard endpoints by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-01-25 13:53:49
Merge branch ‘6549-ACL-policy-API’ by Francois Blackburn at 2017-01-23 19:33:50
auth changelog: add new urls to associate and dissociate acl templates by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-01-17 20:55:29
auth changelog: add policies url by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-01-17 19:04:02
auth: api: add POST /policy changelog entry by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-01-11 16:53:03
confd changelog: add incall/schedule endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2017-01-17 20:10:17
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/wazo-reset’ by Sylvain Boily at 2017-01-17 02:33:39
confd changelog: add schedules endpoitns by Francois Blackburn at 2017-01-16 19:26:54
document wazo-reset tool by Etienne Lessard at 2017-01-11 21:23:17
bump version to 17.02 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2017-01-09 13:53:38

wazo-17.01

upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2017-01-05 21:19:25
confd changelog: add paging/user by Francois Blackburn at 2017-01-03 13:24:39
confd changelog: add pagings endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-29 16:38:14
Merge branch ‘6536-favorite-events’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-27 22:03:08
bus messages: add favorite_added and favorite_deleted by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-12-22 15:19:31
xivo-auth: update information related to consul by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-22 20:24:47
architecture diagram: remove KV and add DB to xivo-auth by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-12-21 18:47:07
confd changelog: add wazo_version parameter by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-22 16:11:28
confd changelog: add funckey relations by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-21 18:43:01
ctid-ng rest api: update changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-20 17:03:43
confd changelog: add parkinglots endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-19 18:08:32
confd changelog: fix copy/paste on previous changelog by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-19 18:08:09
community: add “fk-redirect-to-vm” tutorial by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-15 16:51:14
Ticket #6497.
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6524-conference-destination’ by Sylvain Boily at 2016-12-15 13:06:58
confd changelog: add conference destination by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-14 19:17:58
grammar fixes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-14 12:48:08
bump version to 17.01 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-12 17:48:44

wazo-16.16

upgrade: update asterisk version by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-12 16:57:03
dird changelog: merge 16.14 16.16 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-12 16:46:44
ctid-ng changelog: merge 16.14 16.15 16.16 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-12 16:45:48
confd changelog: merge 16.14 16.15 16.16 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-12 16:44:12
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/remove-conference-destination’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-12-09 13:24:52
wazo-upgrade is now the offical command to upgrade Wazo by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-08 13:34:19
upgrade notes: fix format list 16.16 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-08 13:23:52
API: rename conference destination type to meetme by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-08 12:10:56
improve introduction by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-07 20:45:30
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/confbridge’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-12-07 20:27:59
introduction: fix typo by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-07 20:25:47
introduction: update the history section to include the fork by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-12-07 14:51:53
upgrade: rename xivo to wazo by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-07 17:04:53
add note for wazo client 16.16 by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-07 17:04:33
Merge branch ‘wazo-upgrade’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-07 16:19:26
add details for wazo migration by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-07 16:19:06
install: add note for ISO install before 16.13 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:56:42
upgrade: reword sentence by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:14:24
upgrade: add Wazo version-specific upgrade procedure by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:14:23
update Wazo blog article link by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:14:22
upgrade: update XiVO to Wazo procedure by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:14:20
Now that a script is available for the “XiVO to Wazo” section.
upgrade: merge 16.14, 16.15 and 16.16 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:14:19
upgrade: fix link to roadmap by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:14:17
add XiVO to Wazo upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-06 21:14:15
This is most likely going to change at least a little.
rename xivo-prompt to wazo-prompt by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-06 19:33:55
rename css file by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-06 18:53:16
rename logo file by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-06 18:49:06
Merge branch ‘wazo’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-12-06 18:42:35
fix copy/paste wazo-five to phoenix by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-06 18:33:19
github: rename missing xivo-pbx to wazo-pbx by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-06 18:28:15
rename XiVO to Wazo by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-06 18:22:28
change logo to wazo by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-06 15:34:14
change authors to “Wazo Authors” by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-06 15:28:08
add dual license file by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-06 15:02:49
add attribution notice by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-06 13:30:10
replace most occurences of xivo.io by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-05 13:00:10
Some remains in the upgrade procedures, they will be reviewed later on.
confd changelog: add conference_extension endpoint by Francois Blackburn at 2016-12-01 16:40:10
confd changelog: add conference endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-28 20:34:51
replace references to provd.xivo.io by Etienne Lessard at 2016-12-01 18:40:33
installation: update for Wazo by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-29 16:04:53
This remove the section on installing previous version of XiVO, which remains to be seen how it’s going to be supported exactly.
requirements: xivo-pbx -> wazo-pbx by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-28 15:57:02
remove reference to undefined label by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-25 18:17:24
xivo-auth: changelog: the xivo_uuid field is now part of data by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-22 19:18:06
xivo-auth: add new fields in the changelog by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-21 20:15:58
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6510-add-user-fallback-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-23 20:03:52
confd changelog: add users/id/fallbacks endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-22 20:27:13
remove switchboard stats by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-22 16:55:42
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6509-add-group-fallback-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-22 15:23:55
confd changelog: add group_fallback api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-21 20:09:54
sheets: UI file must be readable by user xivo-ctid by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-21 16:49:38
Now that xivo-ctid runs as user xivo-ctid instead of root.
xivo-auth: add utc timestamp fields by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-21 19:25:19
Merge branch ‘configuration_auto_discovery’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-21 16:26:12
scalability: update ws user creation step by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-21 16:25:57
scalability: white spaces by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-21 16:08:33
scalability: remove the anonymous token config by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-21 16:07:29
the step is not required since its done in the init script of consul
rest api: fix a broken link by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-21 15:56:54
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/refactor-rest-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-21 15:50:41
REST API quickstart: more resources for the next step by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-18 21:44:28
REST API: replace outdated examples by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-18 21:29:47
REST API: add troubleshooting by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-18 19:25:28
REST API: add quickstart by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-18 19:05:18
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/remove-realtime-columns’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-18 18:06:32
reorganize REST API doc pages by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-18 15:43:52
bump version to 16.16 by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-18 15:16:15
remove usersip and useriax realtime columns by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-18 14:53:53
add restart command for ctid-ng by Sylvain Boily at 2016-11-17 02:52:13
add configuration with new auto discovery mechanism by Sylvain Boily at 2016-11-17 02:50:35

xivo-16.15

community: fix link on tutorial by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-16 14:25:30
Merge branch ‘voicemail-events’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-16 13:46:11
message_bus: add user_voicemail_message_xxx by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-15 18:05:58
translate french title of english content by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-11-15 15:13:37
confd changelog: add voicemail->users relation by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-14 20:21:20
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6501-add-group-user-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-11 12:40:47
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/ctid-ng-voicemails’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-10 18:34:39
Merge branch ‘service-discovery-no-token’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-10 18:33:13
confd changelog: add group-user endpoint by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-10 14:25:43
xivo-ctid-ng REST API changlog: remove voicemail listen by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-09 21:32:34
xivo-ctid-ng REST API changlog: add voicemails by Etienne Lessard at 2016-11-09 18:11:01
scalability: remove the service discovery token creation by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-09 12:56:54
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6494-add-group-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-08 15:37:48
scalability: fix some consul commands by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-08 14:52:31
Merge branch ‘scalability’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-07 20:13:59
shared contacts and presence: add token creation steps by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-04 17:49:20
scalability: use systemctl instead of service by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-04 17:42:14
confd changelog: add group-extension api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-07 18:59:41
confd changelog: add groups endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-07 13:56:12
Merge branch ‘6486-dird-service-discovery’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-07 18:19:29
dird: fix indent by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-07 17:54:04
dird service disco: fix indentation in template by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-07 16:39:22
dird: add service-discovery to create new sources by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-11-02 18:03:42
confd changelog: add incall/ivr/voicemail relation by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-02 17:47:30
add user/incall relation by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-02 15:07:53
confd changelog: add voicemail readonly parameter by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-02 12:37:29
confd changelog: add contexts endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-11-01 17:04:16
fix slightly wrong indentation by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-31 16:06:40
https certs: minor adjustments by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-31 16:03:33
* use stronger emphasis on the word “must” instead of writing in in uppercase * fix typo * use “getent ahosts” instead of “getent hosts”, to use getaddrinfo instead of gethostbyaddr (which is obsolete and gives less results)
https certs: add file permission requirements by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-31 15:40:29
update the doc for custom https certificate by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-31 13:54:40
add tutorials (tickets 6468 6469 6470 6471) by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-28 15:29:41

xivo-16.14

update architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-27 14:47:12
changes: - webi uses HTTP API from xivo-dird
Merge branch ‘ivr’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-26 12:56:39
xivo-ctid-ng rest api changelog: add line_id parameter by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-25 19:05:50
xivo-ctid-ng REST API changelog: fix missing url by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-25 19:04:00
ivr: add reference to xivo-confd REST API by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-25 17:55:11
confd changelog: add IVR endpoints by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-24 12:41:37
remove old code related to voicemenu by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-19 15:26:37
typos: s/accomodate/accommodate/ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-25 14:19:11
restapi: dird changelog: remove the exclude param by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-25 13:28:34
restapi: ctid-ng changelog: add timeout on /transfers by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-25 13:24:09
restapi: dird: add /config changelog entry by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-25 12:33:12
update architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-24 12:53:13
changes: - webi uses xivo-auth
confd changelog: add user_line_associated endpoint by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-21 14:30:35
Merge branch ‘remove-old-phonebook’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-21 13:10:14
remove old phonebook by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-18 17:38:30
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/deprecated-ctid-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-21 13:04:45
Merge branch ‘add-user-line-relations’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-20 20:03:03
ctid changelog: deprecate api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-20 12:58:44
confd changelog: add line relation by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-18 15:04:27
Merge branch ‘6451-exclude-source’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-17 19:17:43
dird changelog: add exclude query param by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-14 14:27:53
asterisk 14: refine upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-11 19:50:55
Custom dialplan is not affected by the upgrade from Asterisk 13 to Asterisk 14.
add asterisk 14 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-07 19:39:29
confd changelog: add outcall extension endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-12 13:24:52
Merge branch ‘phonebook-doc-update-rebased’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-10-14 13:27:50
upgrade notes: add info about the phonebook migration by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-13 15:41:16
phonebook: update configuration step for directories by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-04 12:59:22
confd changelog: fix grammar error by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-12 18:36:54
confd changelog: add outcall-trunk by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-11 15:59:46
confd changelog: add outcalls endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-29 16:22:55
bump version to 16.14 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-11 12:16:38

xivo-16.13

add regression (switchboard stats) in upgrade notes by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-06 18:22:44
Merge branch ‘nginx-proxy’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-05 19:00:42
update documentation related to nginx by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-05 18:31:02
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/remove-unused-incall-endpoints’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-04 14:04:02
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/5903-feature-extension-disabled’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-10-04 13:41:47
confd changelog: remove useless get incall/extension by Francois Blackburn at 2016-10-04 12:55:58
network: escape “-” markup character by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-03 17:58:27
i.e “-” should be rendered literaly, not as a bullet for the first item of a list.
directories: fix error by Etienne Lessard at 2016-10-03 12:47:34
upgrade: add note on DND behavior change by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-30 16:57:15
Merge branch ‘add-trunk-endpoint-relations’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-30 14:17:28
typo fix by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-30 14:17:04
subroutines: describe XIVO_GROUPNAME and XIVO_GROUPOPTIONS by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-30 12:45:32
confd changelog: add association parameter trunk/endpoint by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-29 18:50:37
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6342-patton’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-28 17:22:48
backup the /var/lib/consul directory by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-28 12:50:12
Previously, the /var/lib/consul directory was not backuped, but some files in the directory were. With this commit, the backuped files are still the same, but the directory is also backuped, so that if you do an “rm -r /var/lib/consul” and then restore your backup, the owner / permission on the /var/lib/consul directory are fine.
Merge branch ‘enable-xivo-auth-ha’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-27 19:45:20
remove some consul files from backups and xivo-sync by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-27 18:35:00
devices: add section on Patton by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-27 18:20:44
remove a link with no reference by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-22 18:46:45
phonebook plugin: prefer the phonebook_name field in the config by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-22 18:37:29
Merge branch ‘phonebook-configuration’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-22 12:52:02
dird_phonebook: add configuration instructions for the dird phonebook by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-20 18:05:00
dird config: add phonebook_name by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-20 15:17:16
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6421-incall-extension-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-21 13:15:34
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6420-incalls-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-20 19:14:05
Merge branch ‘no-mirror.xivo.fr’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-20 17:46:13
confd changelog: add incall_extension endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-20 17:26:14
upgrade: add procedure to handle mirror.xivo.fr by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-19 20:31:20
mirror.xivo.fr doesn’t resolve to mirror.xivo.io anymore, so add to workaround this.
confd changelog: add incalls endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-19 17:44:09
update history by Sylvain Boily at 2016-09-19 16:59:20
bump version to 16.13 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-19 12:43:13

xivo-16.12

upgrade note 16.12 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-19 12:12:51
replace references to xivo.fr by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-16 17:45:34
switchboard: add yealink configuration information by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-16 11:41:03
make it clearer that the first funckey of the phone should not be used as it is used to answer the call.
add keepalived support with xivo doc from community (thank to Eric Viel ipertelecom) by Sylvain Boily at 2016-09-14 18:54:39
subroutines: describe XIVO_QUEUENAME and XIVO_QUEUEOPTIONS by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-14 18:32:03
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6350-snom-D745’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-09-14 14:22:23
xivo-dird changelog: add phonebook import by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-31 18:17:20
confd changelog: add trunks associations by Francois Blackburn at 2016-09-01 19:29:39
confd changelog: remove trailing slash by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-07 13:26:58
The style was mixed.
devices: Snom D745: add fkey label limitation by Etienne Lessard at 2016-09-02 17:25:06
confd changelog: add trunks endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-31 17:41:56
confd changelog: add sip general endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-30 15:13:41
bump version to 16.12 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-29 11:29:10
devices: add Snom D745 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-08-26 14:54:33

xivo-16.11

confd changelog: fix conflict when merged by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-25 18:29:35
Merge branch ‘6384-user-agent’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-08-24 13:52:43
Conflicts: source/api_sdk/rest_api/confd/changelog.rst
Revert “confd changelog: add sip general endpoint” by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-24 13:32:33
This reverts commit f059a32a50dd698710451f8ad2ec8885835e2bdd. Interface of the endpoint asterisk/sip/general should be rework for a friendly usage. Until this rework, we do not officially document this api
Merge branch ‘6381-line-status-api’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-24 13:20:58
fix styling issues by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-24 13:20:46
update ctid-ng REST API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-08-23 17:55:40
Merge branch ‘dird-phonebook-backend’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-23 19:08:36
dird: add phonebook doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-23 15:14:48
confd changelog: add user-agent endpoints by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-23 14:00:25
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6373-api-sip-general’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-23 12:43:16
confd changelog: add sip general endpoint by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-19 18:58:37
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6367-add-extensions-id-lines’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-18 13:35:23
Revert “remove section on agents receiving 2 ACD calls” by Etienne Lessard at 2016-08-17 19:08:40
This reverts commit c87a73e35ca9e88e785ccbfd6dc328dbe71d6b42. We actually reverted the commit in the asterisk code since it’s causing a regression. More info in http://projects.xivo.io/issues/6363.
Merge branch ‘6354-remove-fax-log-backend’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-08-17 19:06:55
confd changelog: add /extensions/id/lines by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-17 17:51:43
fix typo, thanks to J.gardner http://projects.xivo.io/boards/1/topics/7262 by Sylvain Boily at 2016-08-16 00:29:40
fax: remove log backend by Etienne Lessard at 2016-08-15 20:11:54
Merge branch ‘user-id-in-status-updates’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-10 18:40:35
Merge branch ‘xivo-interface-dialplan-variable’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-09 18:36:36
subroutines: describe XIVO_INTERFACE by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-09 14:35:36
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/norm-system-users’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-09 14:43:39
protocol cti: highlight that the user_id field should not be used by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-09 13:46:36
update adduser usage by Etienne Lessard at 2016-08-09 13:39:37
user_status_update: add the `user_id` field back by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-08-08 19:27:22
bump version to 16.11 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-08-08 12:26:40

xivo-16.10

update changelog of xivo-ctid-ng REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-08-05 15:47:57
fix context-separation preconditions by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-08-05 14:16:00
add changelog about user multi lines by Francois Blackburn at 2016-08-04 11:38:42
Merge branch ‘confgend-no-root’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-08-03 21:07:20
debug: update how to run xivo-confgend in foreground by Etienne Lessard at 2016-08-03 18:00:45
confd changelog: add PUT users/id/lines/id by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-28 17:50:22
confd changelog: add PUT lines/id/extensions/id by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-28 15:56:52
confd changelog: pluralize voicemail api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-28 14:13:31
debug: update how to run xivo-provd in foreground by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-26 16:10:36
fix entrypoint name by Sylvain Boily at 2016-07-26 11:53:37
fix confgend driver developer doc by Sylvain Boily at 2016-07-26 11:48:41
xivo-confgend plugins: improve driver example by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-25 17:30:53
fix confgend plugin entry point by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-25 13:02:37
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/ast-13.10.0’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-22 18:13:05
Merge branch ‘driver-support’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-21 20:39:25
improve xivo-confgend plugins doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-21 20:36:43
confgend: add driver implementation details by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-20 14:22:06
Merge branch ‘confgend-yaml-config’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-19 16:03:16
add upgrade note for confgend config by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-19 15:16:34
Merge branch ‘originate-call-from-console’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-18 15:12:11
rephrase sentence by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-18 15:11:24
And add missing ‘::’.
add how to originate call from asterisk cli by Benoît Stahl at 2016-07-18 13:12:53
bump version to 16.10 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-18 12:07:21

xivo-16.09

fix broken link by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-15 18:06:32
subroutines: add more details by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-13 18:57:42
add diagram for subroutines by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-13 18:50:44
document a few dialplan variables by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-13 17:48:05
upgrade: replace “DTMF” with “DTMF sequence” by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-15 17:57:43
typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-15 17:49:56
update 16.09 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-15 14:11:06
debug asterisk: add precision on version by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-15 12:52:28
upgrade note: transfers from the xivo-client cannot be cancelled by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-15 12:23:04
upgrade note: add a link to the 16.09 road map by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-15 12:15:38
architecture: add relation between ctid/ctid-ng by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-15 11:35:38
add precision on SS7 support in asterisk 13 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-13 19:42:52
fix transifex URLs by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-11 14:56:18
community documentation: add the main XiVO article from nerdvittles by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-08 14:35:11
there are too many updates to keep up with individual articles so I linked the main XiVO article.
fix table border by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-08 14:34:33
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/sccp-fw-update’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-08 14:00:53
Merge branch ‘add_dtmf_hangup’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-07 19:08:50
Conflicts: source/api_sdk/rest_api/confd/changelog.rst
add links between CSV imports pages by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-07 18:24:26
add dtmf_hangup to user import by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-07 15:06:41
Merge branch ‘6233-create-call-to-invalid-exten’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-06 21:12:07
xivo-ctid-ng REST API changelog: update originates by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-06 20:00:29
Merge branch ‘6299-cancel-complete-user-transfer’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-06 19:18:45
xivo-ctid-ng REST API changelog: cancel/complete transfer of a user by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-06 15:44:47
Merge branch ‘6296-put-funckeys’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-06 19:13:02
remove ambiguous sentence by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-06 19:12:23
confd: add users/id/funckeys changelog by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-05 19:01:39
confd changelog: add dtmf_hangup_enabled by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-06 18:27:44
homogenize Cisco function keys table by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-06 17:30:46
You can only configure function keys for SCCP phones by creating “custom” function keys. This is a big limitation and that’s why I’ve put an “No” to most function keys type. There is some way to work around it but they do not work in all cases and are a bit convoluted.
fix function key support for Cisco 7906/7911/7912 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-06 17:15:43
These phones are all quite similar has far as UI and function keys support go, but the table was showing quite a few difference.
update SCCP firmware version by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-06 17:13:07
And add official support for the 7905G.
Merge pull request #46 from benasse/master by sduthil at 2016-07-06 13:53:31
/usr/local/sbin/berofos-workaround : set service full path
/usr/local/sbin/berofos-workaround : set service full path by Benasse at 2016-07-06 13:46:06
certainly needed since debian 8
confd: add entities endpoints changelog by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-04 18:43:00
Merge branch ‘6295-install-archive-version’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-05 18:23:43
update install script procedure by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-05 18:23:24
xivo-ctid-ng: add GET /users/me/transfers by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-04 19:48:24
add archive version installation instructions by Etienne Lessard at 2016-07-04 19:44:55
Rework a bit the section on installing “alternative version” (i.e. not stable) version of XiVO from the script.
Merge branch ‘6292-list-my-calls’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-07-04 19:24:35
ctid-ng REST API: add GET /users/me/calls by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-07-04 15:28:32
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6291-hangup-me’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-07-04 14:02:48
add DELETE /users/me/calls/id by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-30 20:42:34
Update csv_import.rst by Desbouche Christophe at 2016-06-16 14:29:01
Correction of typo bug for custom outgoing caller id
Merge branch ‘6256-english-presences’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-29 18:38:29
Merge branch ‘presence’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-28 15:50:27
update CTI protocol changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-28 15:22:07
xivo-ctid-ng REST API: update changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-28 14:59:18
bump version to 16.09 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-27 12:10:49
ast13: remove notice on memory leak by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-23 19:13:16
This is fixed in Asterisk 13.10.0
remove section on agents receiving 2 ACD calls by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-23 19:11:20
This is fixed in Asterisk 13.10.0. See https://issues.asterisk.org/jira/browse/ASTERISK-16115.

xivo-16.08

Merge branch ‘gesnaud-patch-1’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-23 15:18:56
spacing and wording by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-23 15:17:59
HA: add emphasis on the VoIP network interface by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-23 15:17:39
Merge branch ‘6279-queue-ignore-forward’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-21 17:39:25
add upgrade notes on “ignore forward” queue option by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-21 15:09:11
ctid-ng changelog: small improvement by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-21 14:11:32
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6237-create-my-transfer’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-21 13:32:46
moh: add note on audio channels and sample rates by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-21 12:03:28
sound_files: rework page by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-21 12:01:37
Fix a few misspelling, remove some unecessary context in commands, fix the sox command.
update ctid-ng changelog by Sylvain Boily at 2016-06-20 17:00:03
add changes to the cti protocol by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-20 15:57:14
typos by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-20 15:47:07
ctid-ng REST changelog: add variables on transfer creation by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-20 15:31:35
add a rest api changelog for xivo-ctid by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-20 15:01:22
bus user status update: use the user’s uuid instead of id by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-20 14:54:01
Merge branch ‘ctid-ng-chat’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-17 19:35:30
ctid-ng: update REST API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-17 15:06:24
Update high_availability.rst by Gregory ESNAUD at 2016-06-17 15:02:32
ctid-ng: update API changelog by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-16 19:29:09
add info about change the presence group for the cti server by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-16 16:06:05
fix typo by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-16 13:25:37
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6265-originate-me’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-15 15:16:06
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/provd-security’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-15 13:45:34
Merge branch ‘6264-call-on-hold’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-14 18:27:26
bus: fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-14 18:26:15
bus: add a changelog for bus messages by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-10 15:36:20
move entries from the upgrade notes to the bus changelog
bus: add call_held and call_resumed events by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-10 15:36:01
provd security: add system requirements section by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-14 15:47:27
Since, for the feature to work, you need both the right version of XiVO and the right version of the plugins.
Merge branch ‘vanilla-ast’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-14 14:25:48
add a header to the vanilla asterisk section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-14 14:25:21
debug: make instructions more copy & paste friendly by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-13 21:14:54
debug: add instruction on building vanilla asterisk by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-13 21:00:47
homogenize REST API section titles by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-13 19:45:21
add changelog for xivo-ctid-ng REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-13 19:45:05
renamed to be more general by Sylvain Boily at 2016-06-13 16:36:20
add provisioning security section by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-10 19:44:03
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/provd-no-root’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-09 18:05:17
debug daemon: update how xivo-provd is run by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-08 19:50:12
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/fix-upgrade-odbc’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-08 11:47:05
backup: add link to the finalizing procedure by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-07 13:46:58
upgrade archives: fix previous solution by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-07 12:09:05
Giving a negative priority to the xivo-dist distribution is not enough when upgrading from [1.2, 13.24], we also need to give a > 500 priority to xivo-XX.XX (e.g. xivo-14.16), because in these versions there’s other distributions that can conflict, i.e. squeeze-xivo-skaro and cie.
upgrade archives: don’t install package from xivo-five by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-06 20:01:49
For archives upgrade which are not using xivo-dist, when upgrading, the xivo-five source is always present, but we don’t want apt to use it, so force a negative pin value for it.
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/remove-registertrying’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-06 17:19:46
bump version to 16.08 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-06 12:42:11

xivo-16.07

update the architecture schema to add KV to xivo-auth by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-03 19:05:43
update architecture schema by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-03 12:31:30
remove consul KV from xivo-dird and add DB and bus
remove invalid SIP option “registertrying” by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-02 13:59:42
This option has been removed from Asterisk in 2011.
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/embedded-swagger’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-06-01 17:23:44
call completion: add precision on simultaneous call by Etienne Lessard at 2016-06-01 16:06:03
document how to use the embedded swagger doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-06-01 15:06:28
add a few examples of REST API usage by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-31 19:57:07
Merge branch ‘6227-dird-storage-cleanup’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-31 19:37:01
community add tutorials from nerd vittles by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-31 18:14:22
community: add all nerd vittles installation tutorials by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-31 17:51:55
README: add a link to the live version of the doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-31 14:37:58
Make the README a markdown file by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-31 14:34:54
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/what-is-xivo-client’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-31 14:32:05
Merge branch ‘favorite-pg-rebased’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-27 15:30:53
remove remaining references to consul kv by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-27 14:17:07
backup: remove consul kv by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-19 18:37:03
xivo-auth: consul acls are not used anymore by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-19 18:30:45
bus messages: add user config events by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-20 18:06:51
Merge branch ‘aloloic-master’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-25 16:55:59
reformat section by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-25 16:54:33
There was a few extra whitespaces and the lines were not wrapped.
updating on establish a trunk by Loïc Ahnee at 2016-05-25 15:06:52
wring explanation on monitoring
Update xivo_with_voip_provider.rst by Loïc Ahnee at 2016-05-25 15:02:58
valgrind: update comment on RAM by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-25 14:35:00
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6213-agent-login-time’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-24 15:38:27
Merge pull request #42 from xivo-pbx/net-static-route by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-20 15:09:14
add 16.07 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-20 14:26:02
Must contain the actual name of the interface by eallovon at 2016-05-20 11:54:05
Since Debian 8 the behavior seem to have changed and the script must contain the actual name of the interface (eth0.100 for VLAN 100). Previously you needed, on the contrary, to give the physical name of the interface (eth0) even though you wanted the route to be applied to a VLAN interface (eth0.100).
funckeys: fix field name for parking position by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-19 17:27:14
bump version to 16.07 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-16 12:08:55

xivo-16.06

update architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-13 17:10:26
update architecture diagram by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-13 11:51:25
xivo-dird uses DB
add 16.06 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-12 12:15:19
Merge branch ‘6215-user-entity’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-11 17:48:04
Merge branch ‘polycom-5.4.3-rebased’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-11 16:09:14
fix transfer funckeys on new Polycoms by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-11 16:08:42
Merge branch ‘custom-prompts’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-10 15:18:28
devices: add custom conf example for VVX101 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-10 14:52:01
rephrase sentence by Etienne Lessard at 2016-05-10 14:13:08
And fix spelling.
devices: add Polycom VVX101 and VVX201 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-22 18:59:01
confd changelog: add user-entity api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-10 12:21:06
add procedure to generate custom prompts by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-09 20:51:48
Merge branch ‘xlet-history’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-09 12:38:36
Update history.rst by eallovon at 2016-05-09 08:03:17
add a VoIP providers section with simonics at the moment by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-05-05 14:57:36
wizard: update screenshot by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-04 20:00:52
remove email list by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-04 19:46:20
they don’t exist anymore
wizard: wrap lines by Francois Blackburn at 2016-05-04 19:45:52
Merge branch ‘community-untangle-firewall’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-03 20:15:28
community: update attribution by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-05-03 20:15:20
add community tutorial by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-29 20:02:52
Merge branch ‘6185-wizard-api’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-28 20:55:01
upgrade: small update by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-28 14:41:43
upgrade: reword env variables by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-28 14:41:03
upgrade: add section about XIVO_CONFD_PORT by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-27 19:27:36
upgrade: move warning to troubleshooting section by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-27 19:10:33
confd changelog: add wizard api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-27 19:02:32
Merge branch ‘exclude-polycom-fw’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-26 15:43:47
explicitly exclude Polycom firmwares by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-26 15:20:07
“They take so much space on the drive that I believe this is a sane default not to backup them, even though that means that after a restore, you’ll need to reinstall the Polycom firmware to be completely restored (it doesn’t prevent the phone to boot).” - Etienne Lessard
Merge branch ‘kill-xivoclient-on-install-rebased’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-26 14:25:35
xivoclient: add NSIS plug-in by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-22 15:13:13
add description of the XiVO Client by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-25 13:31:45
bump version to 16.06 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-25 12:01:49

xivo-16.05

clarify upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-21 17:33:06
Merge branch ‘pg-locale-troubleshooting’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-20 18:26:49
fix code block warning by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-20 18:26:43
add links towards troubleshooting PG locale problems by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-20 18:26:14
typo and formatting by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-20 18:25:53
Merge branch ‘6167-line-app-confd’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-19 19:57:41
upgrade notes: webi lines web service by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-14 18:10:20
troubleshooting: add section on PostgreSQL and locales by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-19 14:56:40
Merge branch ‘add-missing-user-fields-to-import’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-18 19:46:49
import csv: add call_permission_password and enabled by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-13 11:36:16
wrap lines by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-12 19:42:07
Merge branch ‘ast-allow-disallow-options’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-18 16:00:34
confd: add SIP/SCCP allow/disallow options changelog by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-12 20:19:07
add 16.05 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-14 18:00:10
confd: add put forwards changelog by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-11 17:18:12
restapi changelog: fix grammar by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-04-12 12:33:06
confd changelog: add parameters by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-12 12:22:30
call_permission_password enabled
HTTPS certificate: add confd by Etienne Lessard at 2016-04-11 18:48:19
Merge branch ‘remove-cti-options’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-11 17:48:36
ctiserver: remove definition syntax by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-11 17:47:35
cti server: update general cti config page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-04-11 15:49:58
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6097-users-call-permissions’ by Lord Gregory Eric Sanderson Turcot Temlett MacDonnell of Glengary Forbes of Linden at 2016-04-07 19:31:13
Merge pull request #40 from TiJof/patch-1 by sduthil at 2016-04-06 19:53:01
Add directories to backup
confd changelog: add user-call permission api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-06 15:23:44
Add directories to backup by Rabouin Geoffroy at 2016-04-06 06:31:14
improve auth backends doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-04-05 13:06:42
bump version to 16.05 by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-04 11:37:01

xivo-16.04

add changelog for user summary view in REST API by Lord Gregory Eric Sanderson Turcot Temlett MacDonnell of Glengary Forbes of Linden at 2016-04-01 13:26:21
remove the copy contact’s number upgrade note by Francois Blackburn at 2016-04-01 12:24:27
This is a feature with no impact on the admin
fax: add port option for FTP backend by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-30 16:58:49
rework fax FTP documentation a little by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-30 16:42:56
Merge pull request #38 from docteurmicro50/patch-1 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-30 16:00:34
Merge pull request #39 from docteurmicro50/patch-3 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-30 16:00:18
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6155-call-permissions-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-29 14:52:17
Update upgrade.rst by Julien REVERT at 2016-03-25 19:59:26
Update fax.rst by Julien REVERT at 2016-03-25 18:43:53
update architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-24 14:51:24
confd changelog: add permissions rest api by Francois Blackburn at 2016-03-22 12:29:02
fix line wrapping by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-24 13:03:07
dird favorites: add detail for filename by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-24 13:02:56
xivo-confd users export: add HTTP header requirement by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-24 12:47:18
Merge branch ‘6126-user-forwards’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-23 19:20:40
forward/service bus events: s/uuid/user_uuid/ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-23 19:18:04
bus: add services and forwards messages by Francois Blackburn at 2016-03-17 15:16:04
confd changelog: fix user_uuid to user_id by Francois Blackburn at 2016-03-22 15:29:45
reason: To be coherent with the others confd API
confd changelog: fix styling issue by Francois Blackburn at 2016-03-15 14:47:40
rename service to service_name to be similar to forward_name
confd API: add forwards to changelog by François Blackburn at 2016-03-09 18:34:15
upgrade from <= 13.24: add restricion on /etc/apt/sources.list by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-23 15:45:49
Merge branch ‘yealink-update-201602’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-23 13:01:25
Merge branch ‘5977-people-copy’ by Francois Blackburn at 2016-03-22 19:17:19
People xlet: add right click to copy doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-22 14:33:55
add details for configuring favorite contacts by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-22 18:57:25
switchboard stats: transferred calls from the list of forwarded calls by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-22 16:53:10
sccp: update models table to reflect xivo-libsccp state by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-21 19:22:38
It was not totally in sync. Also list the models which are allowed to connect even if they are not yet fully supported.
Merge branch ‘stats-switchboard’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-18 14:29:34
switchboard stats report: typo/formatting by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-18 14:29:23
add ref to community Yealink models by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-18 12:50:29
yealink: add T40P to official devices by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-18 12:44:42
yealink: T20P and T26P are actually officially supported by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-18 12:43:26
They already show up in the “official_devices.rst” page.
yealink: add plugin info for community devices by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-18 12:41:54
Otherwise it can be a bit hard to know the device is supported by which plugin, since the official plugins do not list the community supported devices in their description.
switchboard stats: add a description of the fields in the CSV by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-17 19:20:55
cti server: remove the reference to the ami config by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-16 19:39:06
add upgrade note about rightcall code by Francois Blackburn at 2016-03-16 15:42:12
The rightcallcode was not implemented
fix line wrapping by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-16 17:43:30
add warning about Directory xlet by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-16 17:43:24
Merge branch ‘chat-by-uuid’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-15 15:41:33
fix line length by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-15 15:10:45
add precision in cti message by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-15 15:09:36
switchboard stats are purged by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-14 19:05:49
confd: add user’s services to changelog by François Blackburn at 2016-03-09 18:34:15
fix RTD versions menu by François Blackburn at 2016-03-14 13:15:38
ReadtheDocs now applies xivo.css on the versions menu
bump version to 16.04 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-14 12:32:11
increment the cti protocol version by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-11 19:56:01

xivo-16.03

add examples for xivo-auth ldap_user plugin by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-09 19:01:59
websocketd: fix styling issue by François Blackburn at 2016-03-09 18:49:20
bus: update the chat bus message by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-09 16:19:00
the to and from fields now contain the user’s uuid
Merge branch ‘websocketd-acl’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-09 16:21:58
typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-09 16:20:39
websocketd: link configuration files page by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-09 16:20:32
websocket: example client subscribes to all events by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-09 16:20:06
websocketd: update event name examples by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-08 15:20:07
add doc on “required_acl” key of bus events by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-07 20:36:15
Related to xivo-websocketd.
update websocketd ACL by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-07 17:19:19
update doc for new websocketd behaviour by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-07 13:33:40
I.e. no more “bind” message, and a new “subscribe” message. It’s still missing a bit of information about the ACLs in the events.
cti protocol: update the chat message to use user uuid by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-09 16:10:28
Merge branch ‘unique_user_email’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-09 16:00:55
add unique constraint to user’s email by François Blackburn at 2016-03-09 15:18:21
add an upgrade note remove ldap limitation
Merge branch ‘6072-enhance-auth-ldap’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-08 20:08:35
auth ldap: update workflow and configuration by François Blackburn at 2016-02-29 15:08:34
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/6064_line_device’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-08 12:46:58
Merge branch ‘6106-phonebook-sharing’ by François Blackburn at 2016-03-07 21:27:50
phonebook sharing: small improvements by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-07 21:25:26
phonebook sharing: fix error in URL by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-07 21:25:16
phonebook sharing by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-26 20:48:21
small formatting issues by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-26 20:47:53
Merge branch ‘5995-backup-uuid’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-07 20:33:24
backup: additional steps for XiVO UUID by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-29 19:58:24
Merge branch ‘6115-switchboard-stats-webi’ by François Blackburn at 2016-03-07 18:42:43
switchboard stats: improve doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-07 18:34:40
add upgrade notes for new webi section by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-07 15:58:44
switchboard stats: improve event consumption doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-07 15:38:17
switchboard stats: add screenshot by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-07 15:11:55
document the switchboad limitation on receiving attended transfers by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-07 16:11:15
update switchboard config for statistics by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-07 16:08:59
Merge branch ‘6119-squeeze-archive’ by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-04 20:56:44
also add an “upgrading from 13.24” section by Etienne Lessard at 2016-03-04 20:55:45
In the upgrade page, where there’s other special operation to do when upgrading from a certain version.
upgrade: fix upgrade archive sections by François Blackburn at 2016-03-03 20:37:14
The interval 13.25-14.16 should be only for debian wheezy and 13.24 is debian squeeze
upgrade: add squeeze archive when upgrading by François Blackburn at 2016-03-03 20:34:04
Since squeeze support reach its end-of-life, archive distribution need to be added to download the packages for the migration from postgresql 9.0 to postgresql 9.1
Merge branch ‘6111-popc-stats-confd’ by François Blackburn at 2016-03-04 18:57:56
switchboard: add maxdepth 2 by François Blackburn at 2016-03-04 18:56:29
confd changelog: add switchboard stats by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-04 18:38:20
update switchboard stats by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-02 19:00:30
split switchboard documentation by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-03-02 19:00:03
Merge pull request #37 from eallovon/restore-backup-path by sduthil at 2016-03-04 13:34:05
consul restore - error in backup path
consul restore - error in backup path by eallovon at 2016-03-04 10:26:38
Merge branch ‘6095-statistic-switchboard’ by François Blackburn at 2016-03-03 15:38:35
switchboard state: sed transfered transferred by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-02 17:13:36
stats switchboard: add 2 notes about stats generation by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-01 14:57:04
stats switchboard: add a description of the events by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-03-01 14:50:58
add changelog for line-device API in confd by Lord Gregory Eric Sanderson Turcot Temlett MacDonnell of Glengary Forbes of Linden at 2016-02-26 16:55:14
update backup procedure by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-26 15:14:37
link ACL doc in swagger by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-25 16:02:04
Merge branch ‘add-required-acl-on-resources’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-25 15:44:29
auth plugins: remove enabled ldap_user plugin by François Blackburn at 2016-02-24 19:41:08
ldap_user are enabled by default
bus: xivo-service stop doesn’t stop rabbitmq by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-23 16:44:13
Merge branch ‘system-xivo-confd’ by François Blackburn at 2016-02-23 16:34:05
xivo-confd: fix styling issues by François Blackburn at 2016-02-23 16:33:08
add more details on the implementation of confd plugins by Lord Gregory Eric Sanderson Turcot Temlett MacDonnell of Glengary Forbes of Linden at 2016-02-22 20:13:10
add xivo-confd section in system by François Blackburn at 2016-02-22 14:40:43
bump version to 16.03 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-22 14:03:37
acl: remove list of implemented required acl by François Blackburn at 2016-02-19 19:19:25
Required acl are now documented in swagger

xivo-16.02

Merge branch ‘16.01.2’ by Lord Gregory Eric Sanderson Turcot Temlett MacDonnell of Glengary Forbes of Linden at 2016-02-19 16:43:52
use latest version of gitpython by Lord Gregory Eric Sanderson Turcot Temlett MacDonnell of Glengary Forbes of Linden at 2016-02-19 16:43:04
Merge tag ‘xivo-16.01.1’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-19 16:05:36
xivo-16.01.1

xivo-16.01.1

quick-fix backup-restore doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-19 16:02:44
reason: see bug #5995
Merge branch ‘refactoring-random-sections’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-18 20:50:05
typos by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-18 20:49:43
sccp: move content of hostapd.sccp.conf in file by François Blackburn at 2016-02-18 19:57:12
remove xivo daemon skeleton by François Blackburn at 2016-02-18 19:39:45
translations: fix broken link by François Blackburn at 2016-02-18 19:34:59
debugging daemons: rewrite section by François Blackburn at 2016-02-18 19:24:26
Merge branch ‘service-authentication-worflow’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-18 20:15:30
improve service authentication call flow by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-18 20:15:10
add links to service authentication call flow by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-18 20:14:57
xivo-sync: add synced directory by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-18 19:18:33
system: reorder XiVO services by François Blackburn at 2016-02-17 19:27:00
Add workflow for service-authentication by François Blackburn at 2016-02-16 20:04:18
Merge branch ‘6079-user-line-endpoints-sip’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-16 15:35:22
add link from xlet list to cti profiles by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-16 15:31:53
Merge branch ‘websocket-doc’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-15 19:07:01
rest_api confd: update changelog by François Blackburn at 2016-02-15 16:07:59
Merge branch ‘6067-enable-starttls’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-15 16:39:34
improve CTI encryptin upgrade note by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-15 16:36:58
upgrade notes: ctid encryption is now enabled by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-09 15:41:46
fix indentation by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-15 15:58:22
add documentation on the “WebSocket event service” by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-15 15:42:01
i.e. the service provided by xivo-websocketd, that allow receiving messages from the bus over a WebSocket connection.
Merge branch ‘rest-api-acl-rebased’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-15 15:01:54
add xivo-ctid-ng call events by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-12 15:59:15
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/websocketd’ by Sylvain Boily at 2016-02-12 01:13:10
add references to websocketd by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-11 19:56:52
add xivo-websocketd to diagrams by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-11 19:45:09
log_files: add xivo-websocketd by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-11 18:57:07
add acl documentation by François Blackburn at 2016-02-10 19:35:33
authentication: add deprecated warning by François Blackburn at 2016-02-10 16:38:22
All non token methods are deprecated
start documenting REST API ACLs by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-10 14:48:37
bus messages: the content-type for bus messages is now application/json by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-11 15:18:03
Merge branch ‘5981_csv_call_perm’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-10 19:10:28
Merge branch ‘build-xivoclient’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-10 18:32:08
build client ubuntu: add missing libqt5svg5 package by François Blackburn at 2016-02-10 16:02:54
Merge branch ‘6062-ldap-user-email’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-08 19:14:26
auth: ldap_voicemail plugin now use user’s email by François Blackburn at 2016-02-08 18:26:38
Rename of xivo_ldap_voicemail to xivo_ldap Remove experimental warning Update optional ‘domain’ configuration
add documentation on call permissions to CSV import by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-02-08 16:29:14
“multiple of 5” was defined on the wrong field by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-02-08 16:19:43
Merge branch ‘doc_improvements’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-08 14:46:43
Merge branch ‘6041-disallow-multiple-number-type’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-02-08 13:09:57
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/5920-user-email’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-02-04 19:15:09
update pre-limit-agentcallback to limit contention by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-04 16:57:50
Use a lock per agent, instead of a global lock.
distributed CTI: add comment in config by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-04 15:57:09
directory: add email field to xivo dir by François Blackburn at 2016-02-04 13:56:47
user import: add user’s email by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 18:20:54
xlet people: show how to bookmark a contact by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-03 21:29:40
xlet people: reformat legend by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-03 21:28:32
log files: add missing XiVO services by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 16:47:05
log files: reorder section by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 16:31:46
config files: add prefix xivo on name by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 16:27:53
network: update caption on figures by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 14:04:00
network: fix title to physical instead of new by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 14:03:31
xivo-auth: make HTTP API reference more visible by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-03 14:01:05
xivo-auth: update HTTP API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-03 14:00:45
network: fix typo by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 13:21:09
fix styling issues by François Blackburn at 2016-02-03 13:08:19
dird integration: allow only on type: ‘number’ by François Blackburn at 2016-02-02 19:37:14
xivoclient doesn’t support multiple type: ‘number’
remove redundancy in configuration file documentation by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-02-02 19:25:38
fix grammar and styling issues for network documentation by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-02-02 19:11:27
fix grammar errors and styling issues for DHCP documentation by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-02-02 19:10:30
iupdate license example by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-01 16:21:24
update title for latex document by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-01 16:05:45
Use “XiVO Documentation” instead of “XiVO-doc Documentation”.
bump version to 16.02 by Etienne Lessard at 2016-02-01 15:57:08

xivo-16.01

improve 16.01 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-02-01 15:17:43
upgrade archive: purge all xivo-fai* by François Blackburn at 2016-02-01 15:00:54
example: From 13.24 ,when we install xivo-fai, it delete (but not purge) xivo-fai-skaro. So configuration files (/etc/apt/sources.list.d) are not removed.
add details in xivo-auth doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-29 21:18:24
network: merge ctid port 5013 with 5003 by François Blackburn at 2016-01-29 17:11:56
add changelog entry for REST API /endpoints/custom by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-26 17:58:23
directory: add “missing” xivo fields by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-27 13:13:37
network: use WSS abbreviation by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-26 19:25:36
Instead of “WebSocket Secure”.
network: reformat table by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-26 19:23:17
Add one more space in “Service” column.
network: add xivo-websocketd by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-26 19:22:07
xivo-websocketd is not installed by default.
network: add xivo-ctid-ng by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-26 19:17:12
network: add xivo-provd REST API port by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-26 14:27:17
Merge branch ‘service-discovery’ by François Blackburn at 2016-01-26 14:01:38
upgrade: fix styling issue by François Blackburn at 2016-01-26 14:00:38
upgrade note: add a note about the change in xivo-ctid service_discovery by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-22 19:20:31
Merge branch ‘sip_changelog’ by François Blackburn at 2016-01-21 20:42:48
confd changelog: fix styling issues by François Blackburn at 2016-01-21 20:41:45
add changelog for SIP API in confd by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-21 17:13:45
Merge branch ‘csv_doc’ by François Blackburn at 2016-01-21 19:40:30
csv_import: fix csv example by François Blackburn at 2016-01-21 19:37:55
csv_import: fix styling issues by François Blackburn at 2016-01-21 19:37:25
add missing file by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-20 16:07:01
rewrite documentation on CSV import and export by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-20 15:02:29
add missing file by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-21 19:11:09
Merge branch ‘6035-cti-protocol-version’ by François Blackburn at 2016-01-21 18:59:55
cti protocol: bump version to 2.0 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-21 14:48:39
add tutorial from #6008 by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-21 14:07:13
Merge branch ‘5875-xivo-auth-login’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-20 19:35:34
Conflicts: source/upgrade/upgrade.rst
add comment in config example by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-20 19:33:28
s/authentification/authentication/ by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-20 16:39:48
typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-20 16:36:14
fix incomplete changelog by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-20 16:30:59
Merge branch ‘6024-ca-certs’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-19 16:16:16
upgrade: add notes on CA certificates by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-19 17:12:21
upgrade notes: more precision on ws access rights by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-18 20:34:49
xivo-ctid: add configuration for the auth-backend by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-18 16:07:05
protocol cti: update the login_pass command by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-18 15:44:08
the hashedpassword has been replaced by the password field
cti_protocol: remove some fields from login_capas by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-15 19:37:37
remove the ipbxcommands and regcommands from the login_capas reply message.
cti_protocol: remove loginkind from login_capas by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-15 19:04:30
cti_protocol: remove lastconnswins from login_capas by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-15 18:47:55
upgrade notes: remove web services access rights by François Blackburn at 2016-01-14 18:04:09
add 16.01 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-14 17:23:55
fix 15.20 roadmap link by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-14 17:22:31
Was pointing to 16.01.
Merge pull request #36 from xivo-pbx/systemd-hangs-on-shutdown by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-13 20:08:01
jessie: add note on “systemd hang on shutdown” problem
jessie: add note on “systemd hang on shutdown” problem by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-13 19:54:23
Merge branch ‘5975-csv-ws-verify-certificate’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-13 19:21:55
csv_ws: minor rephrasing by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-13 19:21:16
clean checks directory by Sylvain Boily at 2016-01-13 13:37:30
csv_ws: add verify_certificate in plugin options by François Blackburn at 2016-01-12 20:20:22
csv_ws: fix example on reverse lookup by François Blackburn at 2016-01-12 20:18:03
Also speficy that “Match reverse directories” need to be a column from the result.
bump version to 16.01 by Sebastien Duthil at 2016-01-11 15:26:31

xivo-15.20

jessie: remove a dot as a safety precaution by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-08 19:11:33
Don’t put a dot at the end of two sentences, since if someone copy and paste the command AND ALSO COPY THE DOT (which is not a part of the command), then it might uninstall its whole system if he answers Yes to the question.
jessie: add notes on .dpkg-dist files by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-08 18:23:12
add changelog for confd REST API in 15.20 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-08 16:30:33
jessie: add a bit more info on systemd by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-08 16:20:34
jessie: add notes on auto /etc/default migration by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-06 20:21:15
fix links towards blog by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-06 18:46:28
Merge branch ‘5916-starttls’ by François Blackburn at 2016-01-05 18:36:56
rename StartTLS to STARTTLS by François Blackburn at 2016-01-05 18:36:06
starttls: add starttls to xivo-ctid by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2016-01-04 19:44:53
move context separation to upgrade notes by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-05 15:57:55
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/5952-context-separation’ into review_5952 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2016-01-05 15:47:32
upgrade: fix csv.rst isn’t included in any toctree by François Blackburn at 2016-01-05 13:40:43
Merge branch ‘jessie’ by François Blackburn at 2016-01-05 13:36:46
jessie: add more notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-05 13:34:09
* more about postgresql upgrade * systemctl vs /etc/init.d * add a missing dot
add jessie upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-04 20:18:28
fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-04 20:18:27
update for Debian jessie by Etienne Lessard at 2016-01-04 20:18:23
Merge branch ‘webi_upgrade_notes’ by François Blackburn at 2016-01-04 15:00:02
upgrade notes: fix tag import csv by François Blackburn at 2016-01-04 14:57:34
split CSV import notes into 2 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-12-31 18:11:35
- notes for migration - notes on uploading files
remove warning on func keys REST API (no longer valid) by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-12-31 18:11:06
rewrite doc on API migration to make it more clear by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-12-31 18:10:44
add upgrade notes for CSV import by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-12-31 16:08:41
Merge branch ‘jessie-systemd’ by François Blackburn at 2015-12-24 16:46:09
fix wrong file name by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-24 16:34:46
fix error/typo in consul documentation by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-24 16:34:32
replace /etc/init.d with service or systemctl by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-24 16:32:24
Both service and systemctl works (service will call systemctl if systemd is used at the init system).
jessie: update custom consul configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-21 19:58:58
jessie: update remote xivo-confd for voicemail by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-21 16:38:28
jessie: update how ami-proxy is enabled by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-21 15:34:00
remove outdated section by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-21 14:40:04
Now that xivo-ctid interacts with xivo-agentd through HTTP requests, the described behaviour can’t happens (or at least the symptoms are not the same).
dird: remove the context separation doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-23 19:18:26
this configuration is now generated by xivo-confgend
build xivoclient win: add missing step by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-23 14:27:24
reason: the windows qmake will consider QtSingleApplication as a make dependency, so if its creation date is anterior to qtsingleapplication.cpp, it will try to recreate QtSingleApplication from qtsingleappliction.cpp because of implicit make rules. See http://projects.xivo.io/boards/1/topics/4640
purge-db: change version postgresql 9.1 to 9.4 by François Blackburn at 2015-12-22 13:03:33
add contribution from community Jonathan Thomas #5993, how to configure snom m700 DECT gateway by Sylvain Boily at 2015-12-21 22:12:48
dird/ldap: network timemout has been incremented to 0.3 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-21 14:45:33
Merge branch ‘multi-cti-chat’ by François Blackburn at 2015-12-16 20:59:16
chitchat: the from id is an int by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-16 20:55:22
add the chat_message_event bus message by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-09 18:06:49
cti_protocol: add alias field to chitchat by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-08 15:38:38
cti_protocol: update chitchat message by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-08 15:34:40
add the message received by the other XiVO client
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/migrate-i386-to-amd64’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-12-16 15:57:25
how to migrate from i386 to amd64 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-16 15:12:52
update debug web interface page by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-15 16:00:25
update webi xdebug instructions for jessie by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-09 14:15:22
bump version to 15.20 by François Blackburn at 2015-12-07 14:39:02

xivo-15.19

Merge branch ‘people-migration’ by François Blackburn at 2015-12-07 14:20:20
dird integration: add ref to people upgrade notes by François Blackburn at 2015-12-07 14:19:02
dird integration: merge duplicated sections by François Blackburn at 2015-12-07 14:10:52
Merge branch ‘user_import_csv’ by François Blackburn at 2015-12-07 13:45:06
user import: revise doc by François Blackburn at 2015-12-07 13:43:03
upgrade notes: add details about xlet people and directories by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-04 21:01:24
HTTP interface of Asterisk is enabled by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-04 21:01:01
add documentation for mass user import API by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-12-04 18:44:03
add upgrade notes by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-04 15:08:26
* add email support in xlet people * add a note about operations that have been removed with the contact xlet
Merge branch ‘enable-ctid-ng’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-03 16:56:10
make xivo-ctid-ng a full-fledged daemon by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-03 16:54:32
remove unwanted characters by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-03 14:04:19
upgrade notes: fix undefined label warnings by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-03 13:45:56
confd changelog: fix undefined label warnings by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-03 13:38:33
call logs: fix undefined label warnings by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-03 13:33:25
add “Contact and Presence Sharing” page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-02 19:48:27
upgrade notes: context separation requires manual intervention by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-02 19:21:38
Merge branch ‘5887-agentd-token-auth’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-02 19:04:18
xivo-agentd mandatory token authentication by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-01 13:50:56
debug_daemon: update consul command by Etienne Lessard at 2015-12-02 13:19:14
i.e. when launched from the initscript, the -server flag is not passed, since the “server” option is defined in its configuration file.
improve xivo-dird context separation by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-01 21:46:12
dird: add context separation example by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-12-01 19:49:22
Merge branch ‘remote-consul-configuration’ by François Blackburn at 2015-12-01 19:42:21
Conflicts: source/system/consul.rst
consul agent: improve and fix doc by François Blackburn at 2015-12-01 19:39:08
Merge branch ‘remove-api-confd-doc-rebased’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-12-01 17:13:24
add reference to api.xivo.io by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-30 15:01:56
merge api confd with swagger by François Blackburn at 2015-11-25 14:58:48
Only function keys are not yet finished to merge
remove double step by Sylvain Boily at 2015-12-01 13:56:34
Merge branch ‘5915-remove-contact-xlet’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-30 20:00:47
upgrade notes: add a few details about directories by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-30 16:23:34
update cti_protocol changelog by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-27 16:57:10
add the removed messages and commonds following the removal of the contact xlet
remove the contact xlet by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-27 16:37:39
profiling: add special command for xivo-confgend by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-30 16:09:42
Merge branch ‘5900-user_uuid-phoned’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-26 17:15:00
only mention about backend_args in xivo-auth changelog by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-26 16:58:02
remove backend_args from xivo-auth by François Blackburn at 2015-11-24 15:57:04
Merge branch ‘xivo-directory-add-fields’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-26 17:02:36
xivo directory: update screenshot by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-24 17:56:08
add upgrade notes on transfer to voicemail feature by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-26 14:07:02
Merge branch ‘5889-reverse-lookup-integration’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-26 13:14:14
update documentation on reverse lookup by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-26 13:13:25
No need to restart xivo-agid. Reverse field not restrained to contain only one column.
diagram: add link agid->dird by François Blackburn at 2015-11-20 21:09:39
Also, exclude xivo-auth from all links and puts tag on the deamon if it uses
Merge branch ‘5905-txfer-to-vm’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-25 20:00:06
xivo directory: add voicemail_number by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-25 19:59:47
People: update description and screenshot by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-24 19:36:41
cti_protocol: add vm transfers by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-23 19:04:14
xivo-dird: add the voicemail type to displays by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-23 16:28:43
Merge pull request #35 from xivo-pbx/rm-same_subnet-requirement by Sylvain Boily at 2015-11-25 18:17:39
Remove the ‘same subnet’ pre-requisite
Phone must be able to reach master and slave by eallovon at 2015-11-25 17:02:01
Add this pre-requisite following our discussion in the PR
Remove the ‘same subnet’ pre-requisite by eallovon at 2015-11-25 16:21:23
This requirement is unnecessary. There is no need for xivo-1 and xivo-2 to be in the same subnet with the current High Availability implementation. Historically, this requirement was kept in the documentation solely because we were targeting, at the beginning of XiVO Skaro (XiVO >= 1.2), to return to a Virtual IP High Availability implementation. As of writing, this is not a target anymore neither in short nor mid term.
remove tag experimental from xivo 64 bit by François Blackburn at 2015-11-25 16:21:10
dird changelog: remove reverse alias me by François Blackburn at 2015-11-24 17:04:25
update config by Sylvain Boily at 2015-11-24 20:23:36
update download link by Sylvain Boily at 2015-11-24 19:29:27
remove references to xivo-manage-tokens by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-24 19:04:44
Merge pull request #34 from xivo-pbx/correct-path-xivo_version by Sylvain Boily at 2015-11-24 10:53:20
Correct path in command
Correct path in command by eallovon at 2015-11-24 10:32:00
The path is incorrect. It is always pf-xivo for XIVO < 13.25
Merge branch ‘5906-people-chat’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-23 21:28:58
directories in people xlet are configurable through the webi by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-23 15:37:40
small readability fix by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-23 15:33:35
cti_protocol: remove a reference to filetransfer by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-23 14:47:24
the filetrasnfer command was remove in 15.18, that changelog has already been updated.
queues: use same wording in both sections by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-23 14:29:57
Merge pull request #33 from xivo-pbx/queue-ewt-definition by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-23 14:22:31
custom certificate: fix consul config by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-03 15:31:53
Update queues.rst by eallovon at 2015-11-23 13:41:07
Replace average by estimated, Move the explanation for ‘no waiting calls’ case over the note.
Add a short explanation on EWT by eallovon at 2015-11-20 16:53:14
Add a short explanation on how the EWT is actually computed
fix asterisk default HTTPS listen address by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-19 19:20:54
Merge branch ‘4970-gender-sound’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-19 18:12:13
Merge branch ‘5907-email-action’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-19 15:21:07
people: update the screenshots by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-19 13:28:05
cti_protocol: update the chitchat message by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-18 20:22:30
fix misspelling by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-18 19:03:12
upgrade notes: move une.wav to digits/1F.wav by François Blackburn at 2015-11-18 13:48:17
dird integration: add email type by François Blackburn at 2015-11-17 14:46:23
webi debug: update procedure to Eclipse 4.5 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-16 16:29:17
sccp contributors: put warning in each section instead by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-16 14:25:51
update the “SCCP contributor” page by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-16 13:52:18
Try to make it more explicit that if you just want to use your SCCP phones, this is not the right page
bump version to 15.19 by François Blackburn at 2015-11-16 13:16:04

xivo-15.18

update api changelog dird/confd by François Blackburn at 2015-11-13 15:38:53
xivo-agentd API: add note on HTTPS by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-13 15:28:33
remove limitation about fax and NAT by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-12 19:05:50
add consul start variables by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-12 15:33:55
Merge branch ‘http_upgrade_notes’ by François Blackburn at 2015-11-12 15:16:05
add upgrade notes for HTTP/S config files by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-11-12 15:10:22
Merge branch ‘persistent-tokens’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-11-11 18:43:40
add references to xivo-manage-tokens by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-10 19:08:02
XiVO 64-bit version is not beta anymore by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-11 16:26:25
dird: merge sources configuration by François Blackburn at 2015-10-30 15:56:43
dird: fix styling issues by François Blackburn at 2015-10-30 15:18:06
dird: remove unimplemented configuration by François Blackburn at 2015-10-30 15:16:44
reverse lookup use lookup_url
dird: fix typo (searched_columns) by François Blackburn at 2015-10-30 14:36:08
dird: add reverse lookup plugin by François Blackburn at 2015-10-26 16:53:30
Merge branch ‘5164-fax-ctis’ by François Blackburn at 2015-11-10 16:54:38
Merge branch ‘5281_remove_old_ports’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-09 20:41:28
old ports for xivo-confd have been removed by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-11-09 17:07:06
Merge branch ‘agentd-https’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-09 16:04:07
add upgrade notes on HTTPS in xivo-agentd by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-04 18:48:54
network: update information on xivo-agentd by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-29 14:08:05
xivo-agentd now uses HTTPS
cti_protocol: remove “hide” from faxsend by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-06 18:56:21
cti_protocol: update fax commands by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-11-06 18:26:52
add “data” and “size” to the sendfax command remove the filetransfer command
Merge pull request #32 from xivo-pbx/upgrade-notes_wrong-param by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-06 17:21:03
Update upgrade.rst by eallovon at 2015-11-06 16:37:29
don’t say that PXE installation is unofficial by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-06 15:48:33
Just say that it’s “another installation method”.
fix english grammar by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-04 21:11:19
Merge branch ‘3889-unlimited-pickupgroup’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-04 21:09:56
custom certificate: key is agentd, not agent by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-04 17:01:47
pickupgroup: remove limit of 64 groups by François Blackburn at 2015-11-03 21:15:02
Also fix some menuselection
fix english spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-03 16:49:04
Merge branch ‘5873-custom-certificate’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-03 16:47:27
Merge branch ‘consul-https-2’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-03 16:43:19
consul still listen on 127.0.0.1 by default by Etienne Lessard at 2015-11-03 16:43:03
daemon service discovery by Sylvain Boily at 2015-11-03 12:33:15
consul: fix styling issues by François Blackburn at 2015-11-02 16:44:34
custom certificate: how to make /etc/hosts change persistent by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-30 17:12:37
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/5471-remove-agentctl’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-10-30 13:51:25
Merge branch ‘5470-remove-provd-pycli’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-10-30 13:41:24
upgrade notes: remove deprecated xivo-agentctl by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-29 20:49:44
custom certificate: add name resolution step by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-29 20:48:16
x509 certificates: detail the procedure to use a custom certificate by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-29 20:25:06
Merge branch ‘snom-8.7.5.28’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-29 18:18:21
upgrade notes: remove deprecated provd_pycli by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-29 14:58:48
consul listens in HTTPS on 0.0.0.0 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-28 18:14:23
make xivo-dird-phoned authentication more accurate by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-28 18:06:18
Snom D765 is now officially supported by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-28 15:13:42
dird-stock_plugins: remove wrong informations by François Blackburn at 2015-10-26 17:25:20
add limitation on restoring backup by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-10-23 20:23:57
consul does not like changing hostname/IP address
minor style update by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-22 18:44:10
Merge pull request #31 from alafarcinade/doc_ha_directory_limitation_feature5874 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-22 18:42:43
Update - add directory limitation on failover by alafarcinade at 2015-10-22 18:00:41
add info about networking, firewall, port by Sylvain Boily at 2015-10-20 00:13:36
fix a small typo by Sylvain Boily at 2015-10-20 00:00:22
bump version to 15.18 by François Blackburn at 2015-10-19 19:00:09
add a doc to use consul in agent mode by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-10-19 14:43:03

xivo-15.17

add upgrade notes for confd by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-10-15 20:34:34
fix grammar and style by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-10-14 19:54:34
auth: add stock plugins page by François Blackburn at 2015-10-13 17:14:16
Merge pull request #30 from xivo-pbx/sccp_funckeys by fblackburn1 at 2015-10-14 13:32:12
sccp: fix styling issues by François Blackburn at 2015-10-14 13:29:27
sccp: reword function keys by François Blackburn at 2015-10-14 13:28:52
Correct sphinx syntax by eallovon at 2015-10-13 15:25:57
Add a info for function keys (and add some titles) by eallovon at 2015-10-13 15:24:40
Add a ref for DHCP page by eallovon at 2015-10-13 15:09:05
Merge branch ‘consul-registration’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-09 14:57:37
be more explicit about consul template and XiVO by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-09 14:56:18
I.e. consul template is not integrated in XiVO and it *may* be used.
fix typos by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-09 14:53:31
add new bus message events by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-10-05 20:25:41
added service_registered_event added service_deregistered_event
start documenting service discovery by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-04-29 14:41:06
ldap filter: add legend on image by François Blackburn at 2015-10-08 18:05:39
fix warning duplicate label directory-definition by François Blackburn at 2015-10-08 15:28:27
Merge branch ‘webi-to-dird-migration2’ by François Blackburn at 2015-10-08 15:22:37
Switchboard: document the enable supervision restriction by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-10-08 14:56:02
dird_stock_plugin: remove wrong informations by François Blackburn at 2015-10-07 19:52:58
fix syntax by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-07 19:26:24
Merge branch ‘5663-wrapup-dialing’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-07 19:24:23
update LDAP page by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-07 15:02:14
To reflect the change in XiVO.
add phone remote directory upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-07 12:22:14
directories: update phonebook reverse image by François Blackburn at 2015-10-07 13:56:23
Values are now between {}
upgrade: new required fields for directories by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-30 13:03:23
Merge branch ‘doc-directories’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-07 13:35:07
directories: fix a few syntax errors by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-07 13:33:55
Mostly.
directories: add notice to configure phone access by François Blackburn at 2015-10-06 14:30:19
Merge branch ‘add-phone-plugins’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-10-02 19:50:59
directories: refactor directories by François Blackburn at 2015-10-02 19:47:51
Each type of source are now in its own page. A part of Phonebook page are now merged with directories and phonebook directory.
add a note about the agent status dashboard status priority change by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-10-02 18:27:34
dird-phoned: add parameters needed to search by François Blackburn at 2015-09-30 14:11:16
dird-phoned: rework launching xivo-dird-phoned by François Blackburn at 2015-09-30 14:06:29
reason: A copy/paste of xivo-dird-phoned -h output is useless, just write to type the command to see informations. Also, it removes the risk of desync with documentation
dird-phoned: remove configuration example by François Blackburn at 2015-09-30 14:03:04
reason: No more configuration needed by default and config.yml described non standard options
dird changelog: fix styling issue by François Blackburn at 2015-09-30 13:02:23
dird: add phone plugins by François Blackburn at 2015-09-30 13:01:56
add link to one-touch features by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-29 13:40:43
add upgrade notes related to online call recording by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-28 20:45:30
remove references to ppcticonf by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-28 20:41:10
Has been removed from XiVO since a while.
add documentation on backporting a package by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-30 14:15:17
bump version to 15.17 by François Blackburn at 2015-09-28 13:35:59

xivo-15.16

dird changelog: add input endpoint in rest api by François Blackburn at 2015-09-28 13:26:25
typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-25 20:24:25
upgrade notes: deletion of voicemail with user by François Blackburn at 2015-09-25 19:30:42
upgrade notes: fix typo by François Blackburn at 2015-09-25 19:26:06
HA: add prerequisite: no provd plugins by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-25 16:24:48
remove an old changelog entry about db- by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-25 13:14:49
devices: HA works on Thomson ST2030 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-25 12:47:32
Merge branch ‘5834-confd-token-auth-rebased’ by François Blackburn at 2015-09-24 14:40:22
rest_api: fix a few small errors by François Blackburn at 2015-09-24 13:35:21
Merge branch ‘5798-dird-config-phone-v2’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-24 13:32:18
document token authentication for REST APIs by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-16 21:17:29
Merge branch ‘acl’ by François Blackburn at 2015-09-23 18:24:01
add changelog info for xivo-auth by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-23 15:49:50
xivo-auth: add doc about acls by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-23 15:41:06
Merge branch ‘rest-client-init’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-23 15:09:51
dird: describe name_format configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-23 12:00:11
Merge branch ‘5710-get-users-uuid’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-22 20:55:16
confd changelog: typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-22 20:21:41
confd add uuid to /users by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-21 17:33:04
xivo-dird-phoned: fix a few small errors by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-22 19:22:30
dird: document displays_phone configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-22 19:20:46
dird: remove offset/limit from default json view by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-22 18:43:19
This never reached production.
doc for /etc/xivo-dao/config.yml by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-17 18:50:13
remove DHCP limitation from HA by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-17 18:49:56
formatting/typos in HA by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-17 18:49:19
remove confd-auth-method from confd-client by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-21 18:19:03
Merge branch ‘refresh-voicemail-doc’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-21 18:17:01
small improvements on voicemail by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-21 18:15:39
refresh the voicemail page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-18 18:01:25
Merge branch ‘5797-lookup-pagination’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-21 15:44:40
confd: deprecate skip and use offset by François Blackburn at 2015-09-18 18:32:19
To follow the dird paging with offset
add doc for backup/restore consul kv by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-20 13:46:46
Merge branch ‘5826-people-blind-transfer’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-17 17:20:23
improve doc for cti message by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-17 17:19:16
cti_protocol: add “relations” and “get_relations” by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-15 15:28:25
people: add a mention about transfering by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-15 15:08:00
Merge branch ‘display-field-name’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-16 15:54:35
Merge branch ‘5830-generate-authorized-subnets’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-16 15:15:14
phoned: typo fix by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-16 15:10:04
voicemail password change with remote confd by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-16 14:16:13
use values passed in CSV as default value by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-16 13:51:44
fix alignment in RST table by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-16 13:50:20
add more details to upgrade notes on voicemail by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-16 13:41:13
fix default value in documentation by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-16 13:41:00
dird-phoned: update note about authorized_subnets by François Blackburn at 2015-09-16 12:31:17
authorized_subnets can now be configured through the web-interface
dird: add changelog for lookup new arguments by François Blackburn at 2015-09-14 15:01:38
limit and offset have been added to allowing paging
fix sphinx warning by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-14 20:23:24
fix english grammar and expressions by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-14 20:23:13
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/5817-ldap-custom-filter’ into review_5817 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-14 20:09:12
directory display: fix doc about the “Field name” by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-14 15:27:50
add ignore rules for configuration files by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-11 16:08:50
Merge branch ‘5808-dird-callable’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-11 15:53:03
fix typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-11 15:04:21
slightly improve upgrade note by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-09-11 15:04:15
add an upgrade note about mobile to callable by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-11 14:39:19
dird: add sort configuration by François Blackburn at 2015-09-11 14:33:59
Merge branch ‘5816-xivo-user-add-columns’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-09-11 14:31:07
ldap-backend: change the custom filter description by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-11 13:31:07
the ldap_custom_filter is now added to the generated filter made from the searched_columns
ldap filter: explain how the filter is built by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-11 13:18:22
add some details about the construction of the ldap filter in dird for a given configuration.
directories: add fields to xivo-user by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-10 20:55:36
the xivo-user backend in xivo-dird now exposes the userfield and the description. add a screenshot of a configuration using the userfield and the description.
directories: add callable column type in displays by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-09 15:48:16
replace the mobile column with a new callable column add a display configuration screenshot
Merge branch ‘voicemail_csv_import’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-09 15:09:16

xivo-15.15.1

update examples for importing voicemails in a CSV by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-09 15:08:47
bump version to 15.16 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-08 20:52:23

xivo-15.15

add xlet remote directory removal to upgrade notes by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-08 17:38:45
dird-integration: personal and favorite config by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-08 17:34:35
directory: add links from source to dird backend by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-08 16:08:39
add a link from the directory configuration page in the web-interface to the matching xivo-dird backend configuration page.
fix a compilation warning by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-08 16:02:08
Directory: update dir types and available fields by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-08 15:58:48
remove remote_directory_xlet reference
directories: add doc for the xivo type directory by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-16 18:32:16
add some release notes about the directory changes by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-03 19:12:40
add upgrade notes for voicemail by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-09-03 18:49:09
Merge branch ‘5787-cisco-phone-lookup’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-03 16:14:25
Conflicts: source/contributors/network.rst
fix the config example for xivo-dird-phoned by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-03 14:32:37
Merge branch ‘5782-amid-http’ by François Blackburn at 2015-09-03 12:58:25
configuration file: add xivo-amid by François Blackburn at 2015-09-03 12:43:26
network: fix asterisk port 5039 disable by François Blackburn at 2015-09-03 12:40:02
Merge branch ‘5772-auth-services’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-02 18:19:28
Merge branch ‘5780-cisco-view’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-09-02 17:05:48
dird: add configuration to cisco_view by François Blackburn at 2015-09-02 16:24:01
dird-changelog: add cisco endpoints by François Blackburn at 2015-09-02 15:08:30
auth: add changelog by François Blackburn at 2015-09-02 15:02:43
backup: add dird-phoned by François Blackburn at 2015-09-02 14:21:55
add dird-phoned to architecture diagram by François Blackburn at 2015-09-02 13:54:52
dird-phoned: add configuration example by François Blackburn at 2015-09-02 13:29:54
add xivo-dird-phoned section by François Blackburn at 2015-08-31 19:09:48
conference room: fix styling issue by François Blackburn at 2015-09-01 14:28:03
add port information for Asterisk and xivo-amid by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-31 20:05:58
xivo-auth: fix typo port number by François Blackburn at 2015-08-31 17:58:49
dired: add cisco_view by François Blackburn at 2015-08-26 18:41:05
Merge branch ‘5759-fix-csv_ws-backend’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-20 19:21:10
remove useless comment by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-20 19:00:21
Merge branch ‘5760-agentd-state-interface’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-20 18:27:11
Merge branch ‘5654-binary-id’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-20 18:00:56
add details for xivo-dird LDAP plugin configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-20 17:59:11
dird ldap_plugin document “unique_column_format” by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-18 13:45:38
Merge branch ‘5708-aastra-6800’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-20 14:41:06
update Yealink table by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-19 19:44:59
Add T19P E2, T21P E2 and T48G. Fix a few out of date/incorrect information.
add changelog for xivo-agentd REST API by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-19 18:28:30
add Aastra/Mitel 6800 series by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-19 17:24:39
fix typo by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-19 17:24:18
dird csv_ws update doc to match the old behavior by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-19 13:03:59
The csv_ws back-end does not work with a working “webservices” directory. I updated the doc to have the same behavior for both systems to allow the migration to xivo-dird.
dird plugins remove source_to_display_columns by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-19 12:50:35
this configuration option was removed in favor of format_columns
Merge branch ‘qt5-5-0’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-18 15:28:30
change supported Qt version 5.4.1 to 5.5.0 by François Blackburn at 2015-08-17 17:21:10
bump version to 15.15 by François Blackburn at 2015-08-17 12:26:32

xivo-15.14

xivoclient build windows: fix mingw32-make command by François Blackburn at 2015-08-14 18:45:58
fix people-xlet reference in upgrade notes by François Blackburn at 2015-08-14 17:03:51
upgrade notes: add detail for contacts import via CSV by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-13 21:06:44
add upgrade note for local directory xlet -> people by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-13 15:05:02
fax xlet: remove tiff supported by François Blackburn at 2015-08-12 16:22:54
review: XiVO client section by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-12 15:23:32
Merge branch ‘5740-delete-clipboard-config’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-12 18:25:00
identity xlet: delete clipboard configuration by François Blackburn at 2015-08-12 17:26:38
Merge branch ‘5461_user_null_fields’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-12 14:39:49
Merge branch ‘5730-migrate-personal-contacts’ by François Blackburn at 2015-08-12 13:42:26
Conflicts: source/cti_client/cti_client.rst
Merge branch ‘5727-delete-all-personal-contacts’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-11 20:25:13
Merge branch ‘5733-delete-all-personal-contacts’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-11 19:13:17
people xlet: add delete all contacts by François Blackburn at 2015-08-11 19:08:38
cti_protocol: add purge personal contacts messages by François Blackburn at 2015-08-11 18:56:58
add upgrade notes for caller id and null fields by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-08-11 18:40:58
xivo-dird: update changelog by François Blackburn at 2015-08-11 17:48:10
Merge branch ‘5732-people-xlet-doc’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-11 17:11:37
People xlet: more small doc fixes by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-11 16:19:30
People xlet: small doc fixes by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-11 15:30:51
People xlet: add more details for CSV import/export by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-11 15:30:29
remove mylocaldir xlet by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-11 15:19:20
Merge branch ‘homogenize-people-messages’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-11 14:41:54
people xlet: add screenshots and description by François Blackburn at 2015-08-11 14:09:00
remove duplicat tutorial by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-10 18:31:16
Merge branch 5728-import-export-personal-contacts’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-08-10 17:38:14
cti protocol: remove ‘data’ sub-key from some people messages by François Blackburn at 2015-08-10 17:07:47
asterisk 13: update list of bugs/limitations by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-10 13:19:58
Two bugs have been fixed in XiVO 15.14, with the update from Asterisk 13.4.0 to Asterisk 13.5.0.
update links to Transifex by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-10 12:43:41
Merge branch ‘5724-personal-export’ by François Blackburn at 2015-08-10 12:27:52
Merge branch ‘5722-edit-personal-contacts’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-07 20:17:02
Conflicts: source/contributors/cti_server/cti_protocol.rst
cti protocol: add people import/export messages by François Blackburn at 2015-08-07 19:07:21
xivo-dird: update changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-06 20:57:06
Merge branch ‘5725-personal-import’ by François Blackburn at 2015-08-06 12:11:44
fix styling issues in cti protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-08-05 19:45:38
add get/edit personal contact to cti protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-08-05 19:40:26
xivo-dird: update changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-05 19:02:57
table name is call_log, not call_logs by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-05 17:51:04
Merge pull request #23 from eallovon/net-static_route by sduthil at 2015-08-05 14:15:12
Fix interface names in network scripts
Merge branch ‘pbx-interconnection-isdn’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-05 14:00:44
fix whitespaces by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-05 13:59:15
Fix this page, stage #1 by eallovon at 2015-05-19 11:05:12
First attempt to fix this page. Mainly english correction and presentation issues. Also some configuration errors. But we should entirely re-organize this page (and there is still a step missing).
Merge branch ‘5719-edit-personal’ by François Blackburn at 2015-08-03 19:34:37
Merge branch ‘service-call’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-03 18:32:38
xivo-dird: remove references to BaseService by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-03 18:30:23
remove __call__ from service interface by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-28 18:57:56
Merge branch ‘5651-change-default-pwd-polycom’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-08-03 18:15:07
Conflicts: source/upgrade/upgrade.rst Also add a precision about the meaning of 9486.
add command to run consul in foreground by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-08-03 15:08:52
xivo-dird: REST API changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-30 20:16:07
xivo-dird: remove invalid configuration for ldap source by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-31 19:21:43
add 15.14 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-31 12:44:02
change default password polycom to xivo (9486) by François Blackburn at 2015-07-29 14:36:16
Merge branch ‘vdagrain-tutorials’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-29 13:39:16
small adjustments for tutorials table by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-29 13:39:02
remove commandid errors in cti protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-07-28 19:39:45
The CTI server never reply “commandid” key and for the people messages, the “commandid” key from client is useless,
Update tutorial tables by vdagrain at 2015-07-28 18:36:11
New tutorials come from Wikipedia XiVO page.
Cisco SPA100: special installation procedure not needed anymore by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-27 13:50:38
Not needed since the “xivo-cisco-spa100-1.3.5p” plugin.
bump version to 15.14 by François Blackburn at 2015-07-27 12:12:16

xivo-15.13

add 15.13 upgrade notes roadmap by François Blackburn at 2015-07-24 17:50:26
CTI protocol: talkingto_id has not been removed by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-24 12:35:20
Merge pull request #28 from xivo-pbx/api-fix-curl-example by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-23 17:01:26
Update rest_api.rst by eallovon at 2015-07-23 15:15:50
You need to set the header otherwise it doesn’t work.
Merge branch ‘rename-private-to-personal’ by François Blackburn at 2015-07-23 14:10:06
Merge branch ‘review_5686’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-07-23 14:06:05
consul: fix the master token file path by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-23 13:39:13
missing s/privates?/personal/ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-23 13:36:21
Merge branch ‘5686-create-remove-personal-contact’ into rename-private-to-personal by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-23 13:34:37
s/privates?/personal/ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-22 22:10:25
add private configuration and attributes to xivo-dird by François Blackburn at 2015-07-22 18:51:10
fix changelog 15.12 to add people_favorites_result and people_favorite_update by François Blackburn at 2015-07-22 17:20:35
Merge branch ‘5686-create-remove-personal-contact’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc into 5686-create-remove-personal-contact by François Blackburn at 2015-07-22 16:24:08
fix source_entry_id to string in cti protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-07-22 16:24:02
xivo-dird: add documentation for new plugins by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-21 18:18:15
add personal contact messages to cti protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-07-22 15:27:04
add upgrade note about new user in ari.conf by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-22 14:28:22
asterisk 13: update links to known issues by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-22 14:27:49
proof read some sections of documentation by xivodev at 2015-07-21 18:31:30
Part 2. To be continued.
Merge branch 5685-3-privates-backend’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-21 15:23:35
backup: sort filenames alphabetically by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-21 13:53:57
So that it’s similar to what can be seen in the code.
backup: add trailing slash to directories by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-21 13:53:03
So that it’s similar that what can be seen in the code.
Merge pull request #26 from xivo-pbx/eallovon-new-backuped-dirs by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-21 13:47:11
xivo-dird: endpoint for privates with profile by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-20 20:41:19
move xivo-dird 15.13 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-20 17:17:01
remove CEL page in API and SDK section by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-20 17:12:14
Information would need to be updated to reflect the changes from Asterisk 13. Instead, just remove the page. It might be added back if there’s really a need.
Update backup doc by eallovon at 2015-07-20 16:43:36
Add new backup dirs and missing XIVO-VERSION file
ast13: update list of known bugs and limitations by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-20 15:28:52
xivo-dird: add whole config to sources by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-20 15:00:13
xivo-dird: make changelog more precise by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-20 15:08:59
fix sources_configuration link issue by François Blackburn at 2015-07-20 13:36:59
fix upgrade notes version by François Blackburn at 2015-07-20 13:33:09
Merge branch ‘5658-csv-ws-dird-backend’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-07-20 13:28:02
xivo-dird: changes to sources python API by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-17 18:58:19
Merge branch 5662-private-contacts-api’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-17 19:37:15
archive upgrade: add missing step for 14.05 to 15.11 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-17 19:00:16
Merge branch ‘5673-multiple-fields-one-column’ by François Blackburn at 2015-07-17 18:32:35
remove “source_to_display_columns” the doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-17 18:24:09
fix line_id value in User Line Assocation API by François Blackburn at 2015-07-17 16:12:07
xivo-dird: add changelog by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-17 16:06:41
typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-16 17:00:21
fix comma issues in api_sdk/confd/devices by François Blackburn at 2015-07-16 15:32:30
add more details about the dird migration by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-15 19:28:32
Merge branch ‘5670-alternate-source-configuration’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-15 17:06:51
add an upgrade note about xivo-dird config change by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-15 16:02:07
xivo-dird: improve sources configuration by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-15 14:58:21
xivo-dird change column formating by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-14 17:12:00
Add a format_columns field in the source configuration. Remove the source_to_display_columns field from the source configuration. The same result can be obtained with the format_columns field.
add cti protocol changelog for ast13 15.13 by François Blackburn at 2015-07-14 14:33:14
xivo-dird/configuration add alternate source conf by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-14 12:20:50
add a section about the alternate source configuration in the main config file.
add raspivo link by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-13 16:10:31
add missing dot by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-13 13:56:12
ast13: dialplan variables are case-sensitive by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-13 13:55:33
upgrade to archive: document missing case by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-10 14:58:35
upgrade to archive: rename different cases by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-10 14:58:12
ast13: rewrite asterisk as Asterisk by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-10 14:27:38
In the upgrade notes, there was some inconsistencies.
Merge branch ast13’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-08 20:12:30
xivo-dird csv_ws backend configuration doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-07 13:47:10
add warning for xivo-dird source names by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-08 15:54:15
bump version to 15.13 by François Blackburn at 2015-07-06 13:26:26

xivo-15.12

add HTTPS for auth and dird to the upgrade notes by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-07-03 12:59:59
confd: remove “destination example” section by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-02 18:13:21
There’s already a similar example earlier in the same page (and there’s is an error in the section).
Merge branch ‘func_key_doc’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-02 17:46:17
added amd64 infos by Sylvain Boily at 2015-07-02 17:00:48
add key-value db in architecture diagram by François Blackburn at 2015-07-02 15:44:39
update documentation on function keys by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-07-02 15:41:13
add note about version for restoring backup by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-07-02 14:58:54
add missing modification in architecture.odg by François Blackburn at 2015-07-02 13:47:22
update diagrams, add interaction with xivo-auth by François Blackburn at 2015-07-02 13:46:09
ha: reorder “configuration replication” section by Etienne Lessard at 2015-07-02 12:24:20
dird backend ldap: improve example config by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-30 17:06:39
dird backend xivo: improve example config by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-30 16:04:52
Merge branch ‘5579-favorite-contacts’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-30 15:57:12
small rename for favorite messages by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-30 15:41:44
add favorite to dird configuration values by François Blackburn at 2015-06-29 20:20:59
add favorite to cti protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-06-29 20:20:36
add upgrade notes about SS7 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-29 18:32:12
Merge branch 5641-favorites-storage’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-29 15:25:39
Merge branch ‘5078-5079-xivo-sync-rebased’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-29 14:51:59
add notice about xivo-sync in upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-29 14:50:48
HA: add more information about xivo-sync by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-29 14:50:16
reviewed doc by Sylvain Boily at 2015-06-26 15:35:49
added documentation for the new xivo-sync by Sylvain Boily at 2015-06-26 13:17:33
added another info on network by Sylvain Boily at 2015-06-26 23:36:14
add xivo-sysconfd port in port list by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-26 20:35:38
add consul ports by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-26 20:28:30
update xivo-dird service interface by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-26 20:07:37
change the sample xivo-auth call by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-19 16:56:09
the uuid field is now called auth_id
Merge branch ‘5646-dird-source-id’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-26 17:57:36
CTI protocol: add source_entry_id in relations by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-26 17:55:31
backup_restore: use only 1 style of file path by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-26 15:15:29
I.e. never puts a trailing slash character at the end of file path. Previously, for directory files, it was a mix of both.
Merge branch ‘5622-backup-consul-data’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-26 15:13:54
Merge branch 5600-favorites-auth’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-25 13:10:26
Merge pull request #25 from benasse/master by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-25 11:54:22
uptate EXCLUDE_FILES from https://github.com/xivo-pbx/xivo-backup/pull/3 by Benoit Stahl at 2015-06-24 07:13:16
apt-get source requires build-essential by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-23 17:08:13
ast13: pause time requires agent to be member of 1 queue by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-23 14:39:50
Merge pull request #24 from eallovon/switchboard-phone_and_xivo_version by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-23 12:32:11
Update switchboard.rst
ast13: move sections around by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-23 12:00:44
list common changes between ast11 and ast13 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-23 11:59:28
update xivo-dird protocol by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-18 17:28:17
ast13: upgrade known bugs section by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-22 14:12:19
Remove that the bugs will eventually be fixed – they will be, no need to specify it vaguely.
Merge branch ‘5611-xivo-auth-https’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-19 17:49:57
Update network.rst by eallovon at 2015-06-19 15:54:56
The check should be made against the physical interface name (i.e. eth0) even if the route is to be applied via a VLAN interface (i.e. eth0.100). Otherwise the route won’t be applied in case you issue : ifdown eth0 ifup eth0
add xivo-auth in the list of services by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-19 15:51:06
rename certificate files by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-19 13:18:10
cross-reference certificate docs by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-19 13:03:31
Merge branch ‘5619-linear-strategy-translation’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-18 18:46:17
Merge branch 5636-generate-certificate’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-18 18:43:27
add reference to certificates in upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-18 18:34:50
proof read certificate documentation by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-06-18 18:30:36
add doc for certificates by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-18 18:18:17
add references to asterisk 11 upgrade by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-18 13:43:12
restructure asterisk 13 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-18 13:41:07
update the backed up file list and add consul by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-18 12:32:54
add asterisk 13 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-17 20:20:51
Merge branch ‘proof_read’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-17 18:41:57
minor style issues by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-17 18:41:05
add configuration information for xivo-auth by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-17 14:51:40
xivo-auth works in HTTPS by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-16 15:40:22
proof read beginning of documentation by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-06-16 17:55:37
fix grammar by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-16 17:21:01
Merge branch ‘5628-purge-logs-vacuum’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-16 15:30:39
reword the vacuum full doc in purge_logs by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-16 15:27:27
I tried to make it clearer that a vacuum full is not useful if disk space is not an issue.
queues: disambiguation of the linear strategy by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-16 13:51:36
add specifications about vacuum in purge logs section by François Blackburn at 2015-06-16 13:22:18
revert line wrapping in SCCP Configuration by François Blackburn at 2015-06-15 16:22:12
put emphasis on provisioning page to install cisco firmware by François Blackburn at 2015-06-15 16:15:20
fix broken external link for sccp.conf.sample by François Blackburn at 2015-06-15 15:46:10
Update switchboard.rst by eallovon at 2015-06-15 15:42:48
Add the XiVO and plugin version for supported models
bump version to 15.12 by François Blackburn at 2015-06-15 12:18:17

xivo-15.11

update architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-12 18:23:27
Merge branch ‘purge-db-plugin-interface’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-10 18:24:40
add xivo-purge-db-plugin-specific configuration doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-10 17:40:42
update interface for xivo-purge-db plugins by François Blackburn at 2015-06-10 15:15:04
add detail on xivo-purge-db for 15.11 upgrade by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-10 14:56:25
fix typo in xivo-purge-db doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-10 14:17:17
Merge branch ‘xivo-purge-db’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-10 12:56:20
Conflicts: source/api_sdk/rest_api/rest_api.rst source/system/system.rst
small phrasing fix by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-10 12:54:29
add upgrade note for 15.11 and purge-db by François Blackburn at 2015-06-10 12:30:07
improve xivo-purge-db doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-09 20:43:13
make API reference easier to find by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-09 20:02:02
add archive plugin to Purge Logs by François Blackburn at 2015-06-09 20:00:21
fix indentation by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-09 18:19:00
Merge branch ‘5594-double-number’ by François Blackburn at 2015-06-09 18:10:43
improve xivo-purge-db doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-09 18:09:53
Merge branch ‘xivo-auth’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-09 15:31:37
small typo/grammar fixes by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-09 15:29:52
sed authentification authentication by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-08 14:35:09
xivo-auth: add a link to the developer section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-05 15:52:32
xivo-auth: add the architecture section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-05 15:43:45
xivo-auth: fix text formatting by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-05 14:57:37
xivo-auth: fix the links in the doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-05 14:56:20
xivo-auth: add some data to the examples by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-05 14:51:15
xivo-auth: some backend implementation doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-05 12:36:12
xivo-auth: add some general usage doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-05 11:58:27
remove reference to xivo-dird API moved to api.xivo.io by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-09 14:44:53
fix spelling issue for note about xivo-purge-db by François Blackburn at 2015-06-09 13:57:35
add documentation for xivo-purge-db by François Blackburn at 2015-06-09 13:52:59
add restriction for xivo-dird `number` field type by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-08 20:51:37
fix warning missing dird/api by François Blackburn at 2015-06-08 18:16:55
Merge branch ‘5580-favorites’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-08 13:21:42
Merge branch consul’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-06-08 13:16:37
small formatting fix by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-04 16:24:30
Merge branch ‘5208-polycom-switchboard’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-04 16:15:50
add note for custom template in switchboard polycom by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-04 15:56:21
document Polycom switchboard particularities by Etienne Lessard at 2015-05-28 14:41:51
And refactor Snom section too.
add Polycom VVX 400/410 to switchboard by Etienne Lessard at 2015-05-27 14:09:31
move xivo-dird API doc to api.xivo.io by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-03 18:13:12
update xivo-dird documentation by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-03 17:53:32
main changes : - unique_columns becomes unique_column - no more “http_namespace” config key
remove LISTEN_ADDRESS by Sylvain Boily at 2015-06-03 15:15:21
rephrase introduction to dird by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-02 17:37:00
update example configuration for dird xivo backend by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-06-02 17:36:16
replace reference to encrypt connection option by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-01 19:45:36
document XiVO client encryption by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-01 19:39:10
fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-01 18:18:34
Merge branch ‘update-screenshot-xivoclient’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-01 18:14:42
rename faxprogress to fax_progress by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-01 15:45:19
Merge branch ‘4302-fax-status’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-06-01 15:40:36
update fax xlet screenshot for administration->fax by François Blackburn at 2015-06-01 13:53:19
update screenshot for Fax Xlet by François Blackburn at 2015-06-01 13:45:36
update screenshot for XiVO Client login by François Blackburn at 2015-06-01 13:38:58
change Dial Xlet to Identity Xlet section by François Blackburn at 2015-06-01 13:37:52
update screenshot for xlet history by François Blackburn at 2015-06-01 12:44:51
update screenshot for xlet->services by François Blackburn at 2015-06-01 12:33:16
update screenshot for connection configuration by François Blackburn at 2015-05-29 20:06:01
update screenshot for xlet Conference by François Blackburn at 2015-05-29 20:03:30
assign unassigned command to a category by François Blackburn at 2015-05-29 19:04:13
reorder subsection in CTI protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-05-29 18:56:23
add uppercase to sub section for CTI protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-05-29 18:42:09
remove Messages in each subsection for CTI protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-05-29 18:05:18
add Fax messages to cti_protocol by François Blackburn at 2015-05-29 17:44:31
update notes on Polycom by Etienne Lessard at 2015-05-26 18:31:22
bump version to 15.11 by François Blackburn at 2015-05-25 12:14:45

xivo-15.10

add 15.10 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-05-25 12:04:52
update download link for Wheezy by Etienne Lessard at 2015-05-22 14:01:28
The link wasn’t right since Jessie has been move to stable and wheezy moved to oldstable.
bump version to 15.10 by François Blackburn at 2015-05-11 14:33:24

xivo-15.09

cti protocol changelog 15.09 by François Blackburn at 2015-05-11 14:20:34
15.09 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-05-11 14:01:59
add documentation about consul by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-05-08 17:44:58
add page on xivo-sysconfd by Etienne Lessard at 2015-05-07 15:14:43
To document the synchronous option, mostly.
Revert “change theme to default” by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-04-30 15:00:46
This reverts commit 1a05c5c4e5cc5e85be2e1bf0d76ba11a30bda6b6.
bump version to 15.09 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-04-27 14:08:56

xivo-15.08

Merge branch ‘cross-reference-contact-sources’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-04-24 15:30:48
add 15.08 upgrade notes by François Blackburn at 2015-04-24 13:11:55
Merge branch ‘swagger_doc’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-04-22 19:31:11
fix warnings by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-04-22 18:20:17
Merge branch ‘5001_document_sip_lines’ by François Blackburn at 2015-04-22 18:05:51
reorder parameters alphabetically and rephrase defaults by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-04-22 18:02:14
add a link towards xivo swagger doc by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-04-22 17:56:19
change theme to default by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-04-22 17:50:37
Goal is to have a mobile-friendly responsive design.
add documentation on creation of SIP lines by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-04-22 16:12:07
Merge branch ‘qt541-doc’ by François Blackburn at 2015-04-22 14:25:11
Merge branch snom-8.7.5.17’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-04-21 18:47:38
building xivo-client: currently supported Qt version is 5.4.1 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-04-21 13:21:59
update translation-related commands by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-04-16 14:00:44
add Snom D725 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-04-14 19:58:28
bump version to 15.08 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-04-13 14:14:58

xivo-15.07

add 15.07 upgrade notes by François Blackburn at 2015-04-10 17:06:54
reorder dird field types by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-04-08 14:00:20
add mobile field in dird config by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-04-08 13:57:49
cross-reference different forms of contact sources by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-31 15:56:57
reason: it is currently confusing which page describes which contact sources
5488: add two new community tutorials by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-31 13:27:09
bump version to 15.07 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-30 14:35:32

xivo-15.06

new community tutorial: not a feature, it is a contribution by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-27 15:40:57
Merge branch ‘extract-provd-client’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-25 15:27:35
remove sheet picture by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-19 17:36:55
Merge branch ‘4909_voicemail_pager’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-19 13:22:18
add pager field to voicemail in confd REST API by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-03-18 18:10:09
typo agentctl by François Blackburn at 2015-03-18 18:09:15
add upgrade notes about xivo-agentdctl by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-18 17:41:32
add upgrade notes about provd client and provd_pycli by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-18 17:21:29
rename provd_pycli to xivo-provd-cli by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-18 15:51:13
bump version to 15.06 by François Blackburn at 2015-03-16 14:36:18

xivo-15.05

add 15.05 upgrade notes by Francois Blackburn at 2015-03-16 14:19:03
update architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-12 14:12:56
remove crossings, no meaningful change
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/agentd-http’ into review_agentd by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-03-10 14:06:55
Merge branch ‘dird-type’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-06 20:35:07
xivo-dird backends: add empty value restriction by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-06 19:07:52
xivo-dird: list field types used in xivo by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-06 18:32:01
fix indentation by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-06 18:30:51
update architecture schema by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-04 19:07:42
xivo-agid and xivo-ctid now interact with xivo-agentd via HTTP.
Merge branch ‘master’ into agentd-http by Etienne Lessard at 2015-03-04 18:58:16
bump version to 15.05 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-03-02 16:38:50

xivo-15.04

Add 15.04 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-03-02 16:19:25
add missing link in architecture diagram by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-03-02 14:08:47
remove previous xivo-agentd REST API doc by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-20 20:03:23
fix architecture diagram by Francois Blackburn at 2015-02-26 16:09:50
The image was cropped
update architecture diagram by Francois Blackburn at 2015-02-26 15:53:58
update download link for MacOS tools by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-02-25 14:09:19
update XiVO directory support for Yealink by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-24 17:14:21
network: add xivo-agentd and xivo-ctid HTTP info by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-20 17:01:17
remove wiki.xivo.io external link by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-02-19 19:47:23
wiki.xivo.io now redirects to documentation.xivo.io. Neither external, nor accessible.
removed old limitations for xivo dird plugin by Sylvain Boily at 2015-02-17 00:21:47
bump version to 15.04 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-02-16 16:38:18

xivo-15.03

upgrade notes for 15.03 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-02-16 16:32:49
add documentation about the facetime restriction in osx 10.10 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-02-12 21:47:20
Merge branch ‘blocking-rest-client’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-02-11 19:55:43
Merge branch ‘readthedocs’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-11 19:20:12
Merge branch ‘dird-pbook-backend’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-02-11 17:39:36
remove ‘versions’ menu in sphinx layout by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-02-11 16:07:39
Merge branch ‘xivo-uuid’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-11 15:37:50
xivo-dird: configuration of phonebook backend by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-11 13:47:13
phone book: fix incomplete field name by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-11 13:45:45
add the timeout value to the xivo backend example configuration by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-02-10 21:56:27
add some missing origin_uuid documentation in the bus api page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-02-10 16:54:45
all messages now have a origin_uuid by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-01-22 18:45:40
make example compliant with python3 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2015-02-05 19:42:35
update the bus listening example to use kombu by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-02-05 18:38:15
update pdf/epub download links by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-02-03 22:05:02
bump version to 15.03 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-02 15:04:36
update symlinks for 15.02 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-02 15:04:34

xivo-15.02

add 15.02 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2015-02-02 14:22:14
community: use link to phonebook_csv_export by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-29 18:47:07
change author of community tutorial by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-29 14:14:09
add community tutorial by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-28 21:37:31
fix build warnings by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-28 16:55:33
And some spelling error too.
Merge branch ‘origin/status-cti-messages’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-28 16:52:11
enable graphviz plugin by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-01-28 16:22:17
update copyright notice by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2015-01-28 16:18:20
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/dird-ldap-backend’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-01-27 18:04:39
Merge branch ‘5027-uuid-unrelated’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-01-27 17:04:33
update the lookup results in the dird api section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-01-27 16:26:03
add cti protocol specs for the status updates by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-01-27 16:02:07
xivo-dird LDAP backend configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-22 15:30:24
update broken URL by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-21 13:30:17
bump version to 15.02 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-19 16:25:48
update symlinks for 15.01 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-19 16:25:45

xivo-15.01

upgrade notes 15.01 by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-19 16:21:34
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/5312-yealink-popc’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-01-13 16:51:03
Merge branch ‘agent_status_update’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-12 19:37:31
fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-12 18:19:18
fix “title level inconsistent” by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-12 18:16:40
fix malformed hyperlink target by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-12 18:16:11
xivo exchange everywhere by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2015-01-12 13:42:24
update ubuntu dependencies for building xivoclient by Cedric Abunar at 2015-01-07 15:48:46
update screenshot by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-09 16:11:24
Merge pull request #20 from reduxionist/patch-1 by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-09 16:04:41
Update queues.rst
Update queues.rst by Jonathan Barratt at 2015-01-09 03:29:53
Fix some minor typos and improve grammatical consistency as per formal English.
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/endpoint_status_update’ by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-06 19:41:43
Conflicts: source/api_sdk/message_bus.rst
fix bad indentation by Cedric Abunar at 2015-01-06 14:29:32
add details on provisioning limitation by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-05 19:15:55
switchboard: add Yealink T46G by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-05 19:13:40
add provisioning limitation to HA by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-05 17:17:57
add YouTube tutorial in Community by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-05 16:35:18
fix wrong title level by Sebastien Duthil at 2015-01-02 17:40:31
add manual configuration section for Yealink by Etienne Lessard at 2015-01-02 17:14:12
clarify a little the archive upgrade page by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-30 15:16:46
add missing dependency for building XiVO Client by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-29 17:57:28
ring strategy must be “ring all” for switchboard queues by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-22 16:35:16
bump version to 15.01 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-22 15:11:02
next version is 15.01, not 14.25 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-22 15:07:18
update symlinks for 14.24 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-22 15:02:35
bump version to 14.25 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-22 15:01:08
update symlinks for 14.24 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-22 15:01:05

xivo-14.24

Merge branch ‘xivo-2014-01’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-22 14:51:22
Merge branch ‘user_status_update’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-17 20:15:11
minor typo corrections by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-17 20:11:04
add link to XIVO-2014-01 security advisory by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-17 19:49:49
add 14.24 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-17 19:39:47
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/cti-protocol-remove-unused’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-17 17:47:35
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/dird-backend-xivo’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-16 12:32:24
update agent_status_update specifications by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-15 20:12:54
add configuration for backend “xivo” for dird by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-15 19:55:17
add google analytics code by Cedric Abunar at 2014-12-15 19:31:27
BUS API move the status update section out of xivo-cti by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-15 14:24:03
fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-12 20:44:41
add ctid config file infos by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-12 18:49:44
Merge branch ‘agentd-config-file’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-11 16:27:36
update CTI protocol for removed commands by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-11 15:42:52
Merge pull request #19 from xivo-pbx/snom-d7 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-11 15:43:31
Snom d7
use same style everywhere for list of expansion modules by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-11 15:15:30
add Snom D7 to the list of supported expansion modules by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-11 15:11:56
Currently, since there seems to be a bug in the latest Snom firmware, the expansion module must be restarted twice for the function key label to show up properly.
small improvements for agentd config by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-10 18:33:17
add UserStatusUpdate bus event by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-10 14:10:17
remove the unimplemented warning add the xivo_id field remove the color and display field
add documentation for the xivo-agentd config file by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-09 20:10:48
remove trailing white spaces by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-12-09 19:59:48
update xivo-ctid command line options examples by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-09 18:56:12
bump version to 14.24 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-12-08 14:54:13
update symlinks for 14.23 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-12-08 14:54:08

xivo-14.23

add community documentation to 14.23 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-12-08 14:28:16
Merge branch ‘5182-Nsi-App-Assoc’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-04 16:55:45
minor fixes for client compilation on windows by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-04 16:55:38
add procedure to associate xivo client with tel and callto protocols by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-12-04 16:29:59
in windows (vista and up) default programs
Document NSIS Application Association Registration Plug-in download and installation by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-12-04 15:06:37
remove logfromclient CTI message by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-03 21:36:29
fix bad link by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-03 21:27:23
Merge branch ‘5330-tutorials’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-03 20:45:57
Merge branch ‘supported-devices’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-03 19:12:13
add a few tutorials in community section by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-12-03 18:49:32
Associated tickets:
document that the SPA122 firmware need to be manually downloaded by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-03 16:11:04
split into subsections when there’s multiple series by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-03 15:58:17
try to make the Cisco section more readable by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-03 15:57:48
split official/community devices into two separate pages by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-03 15:42:06
Try to regroup common information in the top level devices page.
update xivo-dird config file path by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-01 19:26:16
Merge branch ‘xpfs’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-01 19:24:08
put all xivo-dird REST API documentation at the same place by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-01 16:53:02
Merge pull request #18 from xivo-pbx/diversion-ratio by Cédric Abunar at 2014-12-01 15:54:14
Diversion ratio
add some more precision by Etienne Lessard at 2014-12-01 13:26:54
add 14.23 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-28 20:28:06
Add a note about the queue diversion change.
change default path for dird config files by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-28 20:22:38
fix typos in naming conventions by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-28 20:14:21
update queue diversions documentation by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-28 20:14:44
add some naming conventions by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-28 20:12:35
add package file structure by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-27 20:43:52
fix the xivo-dird configuration example to be consistent with the implementation by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-27 16:33:03
some of the examples and developer doc already used the “new” value
update the infos web service to include the links by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-26 13:39:47
update instructions to debug asterisk by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-25 19:56:02
Merge branch ‘tdm400-no-echo-canceler-hard’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-25 15:20:16
create limitations section in analog cards config by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-25 15:19:58
update community devices list by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-25 14:28:46
fix whitespace by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-25 14:28:30
Revert “move Compatible device (Community support) to https://wiki.xivo.io/index.php/Devices” by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-25 14:18:51
This reverts commit 50ebbdc3791d550a15eb07eefb1b65601bc90fd7. Conflicts: source/ecosystem/devices.rst reason: this list was on the wiki, and the wiki is dead
remove references to the defunct wiki.xivo.io by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-24 21:51:32
TDM400 : no hardware echo canceler by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-11-24 16:45:09
bump version to 14.23 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-24 15:49:34
update symlinks for 14.22 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-24 15:49:29

xivo-14.22

14.22 upgrade notes by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-24 15:32:14
fix screenshot legend by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-20 13:16:46
Merge branch ‘5288-queue-diversion’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-11-19 21:39:55
update documentation on queue diversion by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-19 15:15:07
Merge branch ‘5268-sheet-on-dial-event’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-18 19:02:13
reformulate de dial event description in call form config by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-18 19:01:32
the description did not cover the case when a user receives a call
move community documentation up one level by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-11-18 16:40:30
fix grammar and styling by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-11-18 16:36:59
fix community doc author by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-18 13:22:35
add Yealink to the list of phones that work behind NAT by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-18 13:12:47
Using recent firmware, all supported Yealink phones send their MAC address in every HTTP request.
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/blocking-operation’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-17 18:14:32
improve community documentation page by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-17 16:41:27
add xivopourlesnuls.wordpress.com in communtity documentation section by Cedric Abunar at 2014-11-17 16:01:41
add Community Documentation page by Cedric Abunar at 2014-11-17 15:58:56
remove Unknown directive type “highlight”. by Cedric Abunar at 2014-11-14 16:46:08
remove dubious proxy configuration section by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-14 13:41:10
update CTI protocol about “faxsend” messages by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-13 16:04:04
“Agent Link” event is now simply “Link” by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-11-11 19:20:34
update doc on dial sheet event by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-11-11 19:19:51
only ringing agent receives a sheet.
limit lines lengh (at most 100 characters long) by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-11-11 19:18:36
add upgrade note on ami-proxy in 14.21 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-11-10 17:06:40
bump version to 14.22 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-10 16:54:47
update symlinks for 14.21 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-10 16:54:41

xivo-14.21

Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/aastra-http-remote-directory’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-07 16:19:09
add upgrade notes on Aastra remote directory by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-07 15:59:54
update plugin name used in examples by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-07 15:58:46
updated network flow by Sylvain Boily at 2014-11-07 15:24:51
fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-06 14:22:49
Merge branch ‘5027-dird-view-plugins’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-11-06 14:08:05
Merge pull request #17 from xivo-pbx/user_directory by Cédric Abunar at 2014-11-06 04:38:49
add user doc for directory view
fill section View in dird developer’s guide by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-11-04 21:15:51
fix get /infos doc by Sylvain Boily at 2014-11-04 13:40:37
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/5027-get-infos’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-04 12:58:32
reorder the confd api toc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-04 12:58:17
style fix in confd api info page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-11-04 12:57:58
Merge pull request #16 from xivo-pbx/5027-dird-daemon by Cédric Abunar at 2014-11-03 23:25:06
5027 dird daemon
Restore: add a warning in the DB restore procedure by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-31 16:45:03
Fax and SPA ATA: trying to be more precise in the note by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-31 16:33:02
remove example configuration file by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-30 19:25:59
reason: configuration file is already available in configuration section
add diagrams to xivo-dird developers guide by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-30 19:17:39
add an architecture diagram for xivo-dird by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-30 18:49:08
add default timeout for lookup service by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-29 19:49:52
add missing “type” key in view config by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-29 19:48:40
small clarifications to back-end doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-29 19:08:01
Move backend plugins to the documentation the the xivo-dird developer’s guide by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-28 14:40:19
Conflicts: source/system/xivo-dird/xivo-dird.rst
add /infos route for confd by Cedric Abunar at 2014-10-29 13:47:35
add uuid route for confd by Cedric Abunar at 2014-10-29 13:44:31
GET /1.1/uuid
add 14.21 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-28 19:43:25
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/ami-proxy’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-28 19:38:50
add xivo-dird and xivo-amid in network page by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-28 19:27:21
update xivo-confd “network” configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-28 19:20:54
Port 9486 is only accessible via HTTPS and port 9487 only via HTTP.
Merge branch ‘upgrade-archive-after-cancelled-upgrade’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-28 18:21:42
Merge branch ‘5027-dird-daemon-configuration-doc-rebased’ into 5027-dird-daemon-with-plugins by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-28 18:13:29
add stock plugins doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-28 17:23:07
improve sources configuration directory by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-28 15:50:44
dird: improve documentation of configuration by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-28 15:36:58
typos by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-28 17:35:35
describe ami-proxy workaround in troubleshooting section by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-28 17:38:57
add missing blank line by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-28 17:27:08
Start a developer’s guide for xivo-dird by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-28 12:57:10
I moved the service plugin implementation information to the developer’s page.
archive upgrade: simplify procedures by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-27 18:47:41
reason: apt-pinning is a better way to circumvent the bug #5087
archive upgrade: use apt-pinning for 13.25+ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-24 20:11:51
archive upgrade: make sure xivo-upgrade is in the right version by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-24 19:42:30
reason: the admin may have run xivo-upgrade before, and cancelled the upgrade when he saw the prompt to upgrade to the latest version.
bump version to 14.21 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-27 17:39:11
update symlinks for 14.20 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-27 17:39:06
fix some typos by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-27 13:10:06

xivo-14.20

add note on POODLE attack by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-27 13:00:53
fix some typos by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-24 17:20:12
Revert “BRI configuration : add the 3 recommended configurations” by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 16:07:24
This reverts commit 0a988c458b63ddad625ae4c06cabf1328f2c73cc. Remove commit which add a note to the Queues configuration : it has nothing to do with this branch Conflicts: source/administration/hardware/bri_configuration.rst
Correct typo on signalling by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 12:40:59
Rewrite Voice compressionc card section by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 12:39:25
Rewrite analog card configuration page by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 11:02:11
Reformat the head page section by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 10:29:34
Reformat Apply configuration section by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 10:29:11
Remove spaces in empty lines by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 08:07:26
Remove spaces in empty lines by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 08:04:00
BRI configuration : add the 3 recommended configurations by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 08:01:51
Rewrite PRI card configuration page. by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-15 08:35:53
Correct a mistake. Add a ‘you may’ in the specific paragraph by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-15 08:12:39
Change typo by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-15 08:08:15
Rewrite BRI card configuration section. by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-09 16:14:42
The specific configuration paragraph is not written yet.
Interconnection : add configuration details for custom interconnection. by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-09 16:06:15
Specifically, add details for DAHDI interco. This commit include a short description of dahdi-channels.conf file.
Add introduction before the toctree by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-07 12:50:55
HWEC configuration re-reading by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-07 12:43:24
Typo in next step by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-06 13:34:26
Corrections following a re-reading of the pages by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-06 13:32:38
Fix a typo by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-03 14:07:54
Harmonize structure with echo_canceller page by Etienne Allovon at 2014-09-22 10:47:20
Cards EC : page rewritten with new organization by Etienne Allovon at 2014-09-22 10:41:27
Add ref by Etienne Allovon at 2014-09-22 10:37:28
Typo by Etienne Allovon at 2014-09-22 10:07:18
Cards : page rewritten. This page explain how to create the by Etienne Allovon at 2014-09-22 09:56:41
dahdi/modules file and how to select the line mode between E1 and T1.
Cards : new toctree by Etienne Allovon at 2014-09-22 08:49:46
link section example by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-17 15:34:21
split hardware page into multiple page by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-17 15:21:09
This is an example.
Add warning about the ‘ring all’ queue strategy and statistics. by Etienne Allovon at 2014-10-24 17:05:27
add some colors to code-blocks by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-24 15:45:44
move the api documentation to the dird page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-24 13:58:46
this might not be the final organisation for the dird documentation I think regrouping all xivo-dird related stuff under system/xivo-dird and making links in other sections would be a good way to organise this documentation.
Merge branch ‘5221-spa122’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-22 19:52:33
add a plugin section in the xivo-dird page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-22 19:36:51
add a quick overview of the plugin architecture in the top of the docuemntation with links to each section for an in depth description of each extension point.
add 14.20 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-22 17:43:14
parameters for using fax on analog gateways have changed. by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-22 15:47:44
add support for Cisco SPA122 ATA by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-22 14:09:50
add some doc for view plugins by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-21 17:33:58
rename the columns_maps to source_to_display_columns option by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-21 12:10:00
dird: add return value from service.load by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-20 19:10:22
dird: split enabled_plugins section by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-20 18:06:07
some configuration file refactoring for xivo-dird by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-20 17:19:09
dird: update CLI arguments (add -d and -l) by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-17 21:46:11
remove the name field from the service plugin example by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-17 19:27:23
the name field will be injected by the plugin_manager based on the name in setup.py
dird: add unload() in service plugin by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-17 19:22:06
remove http from service plugin by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-17 18:47:08
reason: http will be only available to view plugins
dird: improve rest_api config by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-17 18:06:25
- remove static_folder config - move wsgi_socket to rest_api config
start documentation for xivo-dird by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-17 15:08:07
add user doc for directory view by Cedric Abunar at 2014-10-16 17:18:25
add network infos for xivo daemons by Cedric Abunar at 2014-10-16 15:21:23
Merge pull request #14 from xivo-pbx/confd-http-conf by Cédric Abunar at 2014-10-16 15:08:05
update xivo-confd HTTP ports
bump version to 14.20 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-14 14:28:30
update symlinks for 14.19 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-14 14:27:04

xivo-14.19

add 14.19 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-14 14:08:32
update xivo-confd HTTP ports by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-10 17:33:28
Port 50050 and 50051 are being deprecated, although it will still be possible to connect to xivo-confd via these ports.
Call center statistics are not applicable to the switchboard queues by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-10 15:10:38
Merge branch ‘5222-polycom-pickup’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-10-08 12:16:26
switchboard supports 6735i and 6737i by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-07 16:08:42
Polycom BLF function keys and directed call pickup by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-07 14:47:04
Function key “activate voicemail” has been removed by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-06 14:14:13
XiVO directory is not working with some Yealink by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-06 14:11:12
I.e. all Yealink using the more recent firmware, i.e. V71 or later.
update information on Yealink W52P by Etienne Lessard at 2014-10-06 14:04:21
Merge branch ‘archive-upgrade-hotfix’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-01 17:52:54
archive upgrade: use apt pinning by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-01 17:44:56
reason: since we backport xivo-upgrade on squeeze-xivo-skaro, xivo-upgrade is upgraded to the latest version, which installs xivo-dist, which reinstalls xivo-five dist source, resulting in the installation of the latest version instead of the archive version
Merge branch ‘ivr-explained’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-01 17:15:36
ivr: minor fixes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-10-01 17:11:21
fix dialplan to correspond to flowchart by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-01 12:36:49
timeout goes to invalid extension
reference variable : GV_DIRECTORY_SOUNDS by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-01 12:35:04
ivr : associate schedule to incall by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-10-01 12:34:28
ivr: fix applications case by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-30 20:12:40
ivr: minor typo fixes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-30 20:10:53
readable ivr documentation that works! by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-30 14:06:12
sed ‘s/exemple/example/’, sed ‘s/svi/ivr/’, minor tweaks by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-18 15:14:59
use lowercase by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-16 13:13:21
fix spelling in dialplan examples by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-16 13:12:29
update procedure for incall creation by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-16 12:39:51
fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-16 12:17:44
add IVR documentation by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-15 19:59:48
fix package name by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-30 19:30:28
Also, remove reference to libc6-dbg. If you try to install it on a non fully updated XiVO (Debian), it might pull a newer version of libc6 at the same time, which is probably something we don’t want.
improve installation of debug packages for Asterisk by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-30 14:15:05
fix “Unexpected indentation” error by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-29 20:05:32
update web-interface interactive debugging section by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-29 20:04:25
bump version to 14.19 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-29 12:56:07
update symlinks for 14.18 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-29 12:55:57

xivo-14.18

fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-29 12:19:15
upgrade archive: merge 1.2-13.02 and 13.03-13.24 procedure by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-26 18:06:22
reason: jenkins showed the procedures are identical, because the xivo-upgrade we install needs pre-stop.d, not pre-upgrade.d
sed ‘s/uppon/upon/’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-25 14:42:18
add cli tools section to document xivo-dist and reference in upgrade by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-25 13:20:07
notes
archive upgrade: update prod to archive procedure by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 20:35:57
archive upgrade: fix procedure for versions <= 13.02 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 20:34:45
use the code-block:: http for http samples by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-24 19:31:08
document xivo-provd REST API by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-24 14:34:33
Work in progress.
archive upgrade: add versions 13.03-13.24 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 19:21:09
archive upgrade: update install from >=13.25 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 18:48:03
sed ‘s/developers/contributors/’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-24 18:26:43
contributors is a better section name as some tools are not only for developers
Merge branch ‘5087-xivo-dist’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 18:08:42
upgrade archive: clarify identification of versions by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 18:05:43
remove useless comments by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 18:03:16
add usage of xivo-dist for upgrades involving archives by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-24 17:54:28
fix some xivo-agentd request examples by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-24 14:30:49
Merge branch ‘agentd_rest_api’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-19 17:53:06
add warning telling that agentd REST API is not implemented by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-19 17:52:17
add an example of an unlogged agent by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-19 17:43:54
move sections around by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-19 17:43:16
update errors returned by the API by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-19 17:20:57
update “get all agent statuses” URL by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-19 17:19:37
fix capitalization in title by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-19 17:18:54
normalize agentd rest api interface by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-10 15:46:01
update the description at the begining of the page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 14:31:29
coding style by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 14:29:52
add a second empty lines before a new section in sections that are not empty
remove trailling white spaces by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 14:25:05
make all versions 0.1 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 14:24:04
fix PUT to POST by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 14:21:32
fix json data for agentd rest api by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 14:18:33
test api v1 by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 13:26:55
document call distribution order between multiple queues by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-17 14:22:31
fix lines length by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-15 17:39:19
explicit browser-compatibility for xivo client URIs by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-15 17:38:23
bump version to 14.18 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-15 14:23:00
update symlinks for 14.17 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-15 14:22:51

xivo-14.17

add upgrade note for ccss by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-15 14:13:55
add section on running asterisk under valgrind by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-10 19:03:15
fix spelling by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-10 18:28:29
reformat source by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-10 18:14:11
remove reference to xivo open hardware by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-10 18:12:20
move skeleton directory to github by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-10 18:47:44
Merge branch ‘modules-not-conf’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-10 18:29:17
move “adding support for a new sccp phone” into SCCP page by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-10 18:01:55
Merge branch ‘daemon_skeleton’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 15:17:44
add a link in the guidelines to the daemon section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 15:16:50
add license to daemon skeleton files by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-10 15:00:53
avoid global variables in the config module to avoid breaking unittests by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 14:41:54
remove some ConfigXivoAMId in the skeleton example by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-10 14:37:52
typo by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-09 20:23:21
fix line length by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-09 20:04:42
explicit creation of /etc/dahdi/modules by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-09 20:04:27
add missing rest_api module by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 20:19:45
REST API Changelog is now xivo-confd REST API Changelog by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-09 14:50:00
fix socket filename for daemon part2 by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 17:00:57
fix socket filename for daemon by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 17:00:00
minor fix by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 16:41:01
daemon skeleton by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-09 16:26:45
Merge branch ‘5141-ccss-rebased’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-09 15:48:37
REST API Changelog is now xivo-confd REST API Changelog by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-09 14:50:00
fix path to sample dahdi/modules file by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-09 14:42:30
add upgrade notes scaffhold for 14.17 and upgrade note on dahdi/modules by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-09 14:40:22
minor modifications to call completion by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-09 14:35:06
create /etc/dahdi/modules instead of commenting unneeded lines by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-09-09 14:27:42
explicit special scenarios for ccss by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-08 18:19:25
remove obsolete ccss doc by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-03 18:36:44
begin CCSS documentation by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-28 12:55:44
Work in progress.
fix doc for replace_virtual_eth_ipv4 by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-09 13:29:31
fix error in ethernet doc by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-09 12:55:01
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-09 12:50:48
fix error in ethernet doc by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-09 12:50:42
option for modify_physical_eth_ipv4 by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-08 19:41:29
option for modify_physical_eth_ipv4 by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-08 19:35:09
Merge pull request #12 from xivo-pbx/create_agent_queue_association by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-09-08 19:27:45
Create agent queue association
We dont need src and dst_addresses by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-08 16:52:26
API is REST need to be REST compliant by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-08 12:30:17
fix example status_check by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 17:52:13
fix typo by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 17:50:27
missing state by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 17:49:58
missing arg for delete_eth_ipv4 by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 17:48:44
added status_check info by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 17:47:40
continue sysconfd doc in netiface by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 17:42:55
continue sysconfd doc in netiface by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 17:31:17
continue sysconfd doc in netiface by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 12:47:09
missing netiface in sysconfd api by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-06 00:35:24
added sysconfd documentation HTTP by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-05 18:57:15
Merge branch ‘5146_func_key_dest_args’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-09-05 15:17:20
add forward destinations to RESTAPI documentation by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-08-27 14:34:07
fix grammar error by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-08-27 14:33:57
Merge branch ‘master’ into create_agent_queue_association by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2014-09-05 14:11:10
Fix error on already associated by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2014-09-05 08:42:31
Fix error code text by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2014-09-04 14:18:09
rename restapi to confd by Cedric Abunar at 2014-09-04 14:10:15
Config file need to be in YAML format by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-04 13:05:32
Describe position on associate an agent to a queue by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2014-09-03 14:50:49
Merge pull request #11 from xivo-pbx/sccp-7906 by jpg at 2014-09-03 13:19:31
Sccp 7906
Change agent queue member association to members by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2014-09-03 07:48:14
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc into create_agent_queue_association by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2014-09-03 06:25:09
added missing directories by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-02 16:00:23
Moved documentation to have only one REST API directory. Every daemon will get a rest api in the futur, not only confd. Old REST API in now xivo-confd with a REST API. by Sylvain Boily at 2014-09-02 14:52:27
bump version to 14.17 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-02 14:43:41
update symlinks for 14.16 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-09-02 14:40:37
Add create and remove agent queue association by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2014-09-02 08:19:29

xivo-14.16

add some upgrade notes for 14.16 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-08-29 20:04:31
remove useless section by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-29 14:54:39
There’s already a similar section on the “Developers / SCCP” page.
clarify Cisco 7900 timezone awareness by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-29 14:54:18
update “group interception” documentation for Cisco 7900 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-29 14:52:01
update documentation on Cisco 7906G/7911G by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-29 14:51:12
capitalize REST in REST API by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-27 15:33:17
fix grammar by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-27 15:31:45
Merge branch ‘5156-odbc’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-08-27 14:37:35
Merge branch ‘5118-filter-backup’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-08-26 20:06:18
add upgrades notes around asterisk ODBC modules by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-26 18:27:11
fix unexpected unindent warning by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-26 18:17:41
reordre excluded folders in xivo-backup by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-08-26 14:31:46
backups : exclude plugins cache folders by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-08-25 20:26:37
group pickup is now supported by sccp by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-08-25 14:30:44
Merge pull request #10 from reduxionist/patch-2 by Cédric Abunar at 2014-08-20 12:19:51
typo
Merge pull request #9 from reduxionist/patch-1 by Cédric Abunar at 2014-08-20 12:18:51
Update devices.rst
Update backup_restore.rst by Jonathan Barratt at 2014-08-20 07:54:42
Just grammatical corrections, no changes made to the actual procedures described.
Update devices.rst by Jonathan Barratt at 2014-08-20 07:18:18
Correct grammar and phrasing while making as little change to existing wording as possible.
bump version to 14.16 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-08-18 14:19:17
update symlinks for 14.15 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-08-18 14:19:12

xivo-14.15

update 14.15 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-08-18 14:10:02
update developer doc on profiling by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-11 18:31:15
Fix REST-API GET /users/34/cti response example by Jirka Hlavacek at 2014-08-08 09:34:40
detail DAHDI 2.9.2 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-06 18:09:07
add link to the roadmap in upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-06 18:08:55
add upgrade notes for dahdi 2.9.2 by Cedric Abunar at 2014-08-06 15:43:52
update documentation around autopause by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-06 15:35:00
Merge branch ‘5161-tzoffset’ by Cedric Abunar at 2014-08-06 15:01:45
* 5161-tzoffset: add “timezone tag” column on SCCP page remove direct media column on SCCP page
add “timezone tag” column on SCCP page by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-05 15:33:29
remove direct media column on SCCP page by Etienne Lessard at 2014-08-05 15:03:24
All phones support direct media.
bump version to 14.15 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-08-04 13:33:11
update symlinks for 14.14 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-08-04 13:33:05

xivo-14.14

dird: allow relations to be on different machines by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-08-01 19:47:58
add expected behavior of daemons by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-08-01 14:39:24
add upgrade notes for 14.14 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-31 20:35:38
update queues xlet to remove header background color by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-30 15:48:19
add new flag to curl for REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-29 20:29:33
Merge branch ‘agent_penalties’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-29 20:22:28
documented the GET method for Agent-Queue association by Jean Aunis at 2014-07-22 14:55:46
PUT must return 204 by Jean Aunis at 2014-07-22 14:47:54
modified URL for queue members retrieval by Jean Aunis at 2014-07-22 07:03:24
documentation for editing agent-queue association by Jean Aunis at 2014-07-21 07:38:38
update asterisk debug procedure by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-07-25 20:06:58
Merge branch ‘4976-switchboard-answer’ by Cedric Abunar at 2014-07-24 15:52:38
* 4976-switchboard-answer: SNOM switchboard add SNOM_SB_ANSWER_DELAY doc
fix formatting by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-23 13:08:19
update log file information by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-23 13:05:14
SNOM switchboard add SNOM_SB_ANSWER_DELAY doc by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-07-22 17:42:08
modify modules for phones Aastra, Polycom, Snom and Yealink by Philippe Richard at 2014-07-22 11:22:00
Merge branch ‘remove-skill-printscreen’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-21 20:16:04
update screenshot by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-21 19:54:21
bump version to 14.14 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-07-21 14:08:02
update symlinks for 14.13 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-07-21 14:07:36

xivo-14.13

minor clarification in 14.12 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-18 19:57:22
add user case for Choice and add CTI profile with association in rest api example by Philippe Richard at 2014-07-16 18:35:04
Merge branch ‘5093-undefined-skill’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-16 18:03:51
fix little typos by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-16 16:03:18
fix cti client download link by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-16 17:15:48
try to clairify skills-based routing scenario by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-16 17:01:02
add user case for Multiple users for a line association in rest api example by Philippe Richard at 2014-07-16 16:59:02
add reference to EWT by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-16 14:22:55
add upgrade notes about skills-based routing by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-15 17:57:20
give more details on how skill based routing works by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-15 17:42:06
Remove the reference to EWT, which is broken in many scenarios.
improve entities page by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-15 15:26:49
device filtering by entity by Cedric Abunar at 2014-07-15 15:12:30
add user case for user - voicemail in rest api example by Philippe Richard at 2014-07-15 13:47:52
update User_case_ULE for rest api 1.1 by Philippe Richard at 2014-07-15 11:59:48
add warning on unimplemented bus messages by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-07-14 14:30:51
Merge branch ‘5027-people’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-07-14 14:18:37
add locale restriction for installation by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-14 14:10:41
the installed debian must have a locale with charset utf-8, or the postgres database will not work properly
improve installation steps by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-14 12:47:39
Merge branch ‘5095-arithmetic’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-14 11:59:19
Merge branch ‘4918_provisioning_extension’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-10 18:47:28
add REST API changelog and reference it from upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-10 18:38:40
convert provisioning_extension from int to string in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-07-09 17:53:01
move Compatible device (Community support) to https://wiki.xivo.io/index.php/Devices by Philippe Richard at 2014-07-10 13:14:28
remove references to arithmetic operators not supported by Skills-based by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-07-09 19:08:11
routing
add requirement for XiVO daemon by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-09 14:44:02
add IOT Phone in developers/provisioning/testing_new_sip_phone.rst by Philippe Richard at 2014-07-09 11:33:15
bump version to 14.13 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-07 13:49:57
update symlinks for 14.13 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-07 13:49:51

xivo-14.12

update upgrade notes for 14.12 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-07-04 20:42:44
add precision in developers/NAT documentation by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-03 15:51:18
add limitation to provisioning in NAT environment by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-07-03 15:49:48
add section on NAT and provisioning by Etienne Lessard at 2014-07-02 18:57:42
Merge branch ‘5077_func_key_service’ by Cedric Abunar at 2014-07-02 17:37:13
* 5077_func_key_service: list all service func keys available in REST API 1.1
Merge branch ‘4974-sync-behind-nat’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-07-02 16:36:39
Merge branch ‘5022-func-dest-extension’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-06-30 18:29:20
add NAT environment configuration for developers by Etienne Lessard at 2014-06-30 17:44:18
Merge branch ‘sed-xivo-io’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-06-30 14:30:20
remove obsolete information about the cti server by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-06-30 14:28:02
add definition of daemon by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-27 18:28:09
list all service func keys available in REST API 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-06-27 18:20:41
replace references to deprecated line-extension-association with correct version by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-27 18:02:06
more precision on the BOM by Etienne Lessard at 2014-06-27 14:58:52
add precision on BOM in phonebook import file by Etienne Lessard at 2014-06-27 14:56:21
Add user case Association ULE for rest api by Philippe Richard at 2014-06-27 13:15:43
Add Relationships between the components of Xivo
sed -i ‘s/xivo.fr/xivo.io/g’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-06-26 18:08:42
add logfile changes in upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-25 15:02:46
Merge branch ‘regroup-logging’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-06-23 17:42:48
bump version to 14.12 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-06-23 14:04:43
update symlinks for 14.12 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-06-23 14:04:33

xivo-14.11

add 14.11 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-23 13:44:31
Merge branch ‘line_extension_fixes’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-06-20 14:43:03
add deprecation notices to old line-extension association service in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-06-20 14:31:46
an extension can only be associated to one line in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-06-20 14:31:17
fix grammar by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-06-18 15:36:16
Merge branch ‘5089-calimer0’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-18 19:55:27
add precision on pre-filled values (ip, mask, gw) in wizard by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-06-12 18:56:27
only interface with default gateway will be used to pre-fill
update dxtora log file by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-18 17:24:08
update sysconfd log file by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-18 17:23:56
update provd log file by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-18 17:23:46
update ctid options by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-18 15:29:51
update agid log file by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-18 15:05:49
document duplicate function key limitation by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-06-17 20:51:31
document function key destinations of type service by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-05-20 17:32:25
currently exclusively for voicemail services
fix minor error in dird api by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-17 20:29:02
fix underline by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-17 19:50:44
build old version of XiVO Client by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-17 14:39:46
ajust key names for dird API by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-13 20:20:52
add cti protocol for people lookup by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-13 17:33:31
improve lookup results for dird by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-13 17:33:15
add url for headers in dird by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-13 14:49:20
add dird api to toc by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-13 14:44:25
add number in dird reverse lookup by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-13 14:43:45
remove scope from dird lookup by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-13 14:43:31
add a note about the music on hold by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-06-13 13:10:49
bump version to 14.11 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-06-09 14:12:33
update symlinks for 14.11 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-06-09 13:59:45

xivo-14.10

add link for upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-06 17:00:07
add filename extension to music on hold format by Etienne Lessard at 2014-06-06 15:57:54
improve music on hold section by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-06 14:38:48
Add supported Polycom VVX Expansion by Philippe Richard at 2014-06-06 11:24:53
add example for fetching incall extensions in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-06-04 18:37:08
add upgrade notes for moh and moh section by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-04 18:32:10
Merge branch ‘5065_extension_type’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-04 17:48:29
add documentation on searching for an extension type in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-30 18:00:41
Merge branch ‘search_user’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-04 17:17:33
fix skip allowed value by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-04 15:11:38
add documentation for search api to users in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-30 18:00:06
Merge branch ‘user_entity’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-06-04 15:28:04
add limitation about REST API and entities by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-03 19:32:21
update sphinx-git dependency by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-03 12:49:55
improve entity section by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-06-03 12:46:45
add spec for lookup in dird REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-30 17:40:50
add silent installation for XiVO Client on Windows by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-26 13:05:59
bump doc to 14.10 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-26 17:40:01

xivo-14.09

add 14.09 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-05-26 17:35:06
Fix typo in DHCP page by Etienne Allovon at 2014-05-22 08:49:16
Merge branch ‘5048_search_resources’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-21 15:17:03
typo by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-21 15:16:35
update sphinx-git source to xivo-pbx organisation by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-20 19:41:45
Merge branch ‘entity_filter’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-20 19:02:16
improve section about entities limitations by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-20 19:01:52
remove mention of ‘beta version’ relative to rest api 1.1 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-05-20 18:14:29
add support for entity_filter unique fields by Cedric Abunar at 2014-05-20 18:05:21
add quality assurance chapter by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-16 13:29:33
Merge pull request #8 from duthils/interconnection_with_provider by Cédric Abunar at 2014-05-20 14:34:02
how to setup calls to/from a VoIP provider
add trunk qualify notice by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-18 18:37:28
add documentation on searching extensions in REST API by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-14 13:20:10
bump version to 14.09 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-05-12 19:41:09
update symlinks by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-05-12 19:32:13

xivo-14.08

add precision in database migration script by Etienne Lessard at 2014-05-12 17:55:58
add a developers/database page by Etienne Lessard at 2014-05-12 17:44:59
Merge branch ‘upgrade_db’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-12 16:46:36
add upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-05-12 15:50:39
update HA documentation following the DB merge by Etienne Lessard at 2014-05-12 15:49:18
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/refactor_db’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-08 19:22:12
send the color and display string instead of sending ids to the bus and cti protocols by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-07 18:55:29
Merge branch ‘5003_restapi_incalls’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-05-07 18:20:06
update func key destinations : sed ‘s/meetme/conference’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-05-07 17:41:13
start documenting the dird public api by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-06 19:10:55
add user_status_update cti protocol event and commands by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-06 17:03:45
add the commands - register_user_status_update - unregister_user_status_update add the event - user_status_update
add the agent_status_update bus event by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-06 16:47:11
change the field description in the user_status_update event by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-06 14:20:15
include the expected type of data in the field descriptions
add the endpoint_status_update bus event by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-06 14:19:17
add the user_status_update bus event by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-05-06 14:12:13
fix wrong port number by Etienne Lessard at 2014-05-06 14:03:50
update database backup and restore procedure by Etienne Lessard at 2014-05-05 15:52:09
add small explanation about different context types by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-02 15:10:49
fix error messages for line-extension service in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-02 15:10:10
fix resource links in examples by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-05-02 15:09:19
update snom 7XX devices by Philippe Richard at 2014-05-01 13:59:34
start documenting entities by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-05-01 13:28:59
Add Snom devices 715 by Philippe Richard at 2014-04-30 17:06:15
add request for fetching line associated to an extension in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-09 19:23:51
add missing error message to line_extension in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-09 19:23:31
increase version to 14.08 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-29 13:07:46
bump version 14.07 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-29 13:05:53

xivo-14.07.1

explicit version requirements before upgrading switchboard by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-29 12:59:06

xivo-14.07

add link to unofficial migration script by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-28 15:44:36
Revert “entity table is now into asterisk db” by Cedric Abunar at 2014-04-25 14:37:47
This reverts commit ebd649c0336cc2b53a508fe28cd88c51d94158c8.
Merge branch ‘entity_filter’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-24 15:15:10
entity table is now into asterisk db by Cedric Abunar at 2014-04-22 15:09:42
Merge branch ‘5002-switchboard-opt’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-04-23 17:18:17
add note about old switchboard plugins by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-22 19:35:32
add archive provisioning plugins repository by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-22 19:27:38
upgrade notes for switchboard phone configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-22 19:20:51
move detailed upgrade notes into their own directories by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-22 18:40:49
remove reference to Aastra 6751i by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-18 17:49:54
The only plugin supporting it was the xivo-aastra-2.6 plugin, which has been removed earlier this year.
update developers documentation around provisioning plugins by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-18 17:47:18
update switchboard configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-18 17:18:34
add options parameter to device REST API by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-18 15:56:58
add missing fields in REST API devices doc by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-18 12:29:25
Add Yealink devices T26P by Philippe Richard at 2014-04-18 12:10:46
Add Yealink devices T20P by Philippe Richard at 2014-04-17 18:25:37
building XiVO Client on GNU/Linux requires Qt in $PATH by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-17 14:16:59
write small description of extension resource in REST API by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-16 19:28:31
rewrite REST API warning as a list of unstable services by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-16 19:09:50
write documentation for new line_extension association service in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-16 19:09:02
fix flag for xivo-restapid by Etienne Lessard at 2014-04-16 18:48:10
Merge branch ‘get_extension_line’ into 5003_restapi_incalls by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-16 18:03:24
add requirements.txt by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-16 16:55:40
Merge branch ‘guidelines’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-04-14 19:05:23
add request for fetching line associated to an extension in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-09 19:23:51
add missing error message to line_extension in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-04-09 19:23:31
corrected availability values in agent status messages (cti protocol) by Jean Aunis at 2014-04-09 09:59:23
Remove not relevant dahdi warning for fax detection by Benoit Stahl at 2014-04-07 19:55:48
add missing file... by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-07 19:19:27
add general guidelines by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-07 19:05:12
device synchronisation does not work from behind a NAPT by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-07 18:29:40
sending fax does not support NAT by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-07 17:57:31
minor fixes in fax page by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-04-07 17:49:31
update dev version by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-31 15:25:04
bump version 14.06 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-31 15:23:38

xivo-14.06

add 14.06 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-31 12:51:59
adjust line lengths by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-26 15:14:49
update build instructions with Qt5 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-26 15:12:31
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/func_key_generation’ by Cedric Abunar at 2014-03-26 14:50:00
* origin/func_key_generation: func keys other than speeddial are also manually created rename section in RESTAPI func keys add more details on how func keys are generated in RESTAPI
Merge branch ‘4441-switchboard-hang-up-when-calling’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-25 19:19:09
hanging up a call with the switchboard by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-25 19:04:40
minor formatting fix by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-25 14:28:33
only one IPBX commands section in CTI protocol by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-25 14:20:21
document ipbxcommand hangup in CTI protocol by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-25 14:15:03
func keys other than speeddial are also manually created by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-24 15:33:28
rename section in RESTAPI func keys by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-24 15:32:36
Destinations only apply to speed dials for the moment.
add more details on how func keys are generated in RESTAPI by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-24 15:17:41
add dial_success in CTI protocol by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-21 19:58:20
Updating Digium D40 and D70 devices by Philippe Richard at 2014-03-19 12:02:13
update license by Cedric Abunar at 2014-03-18 13:00:51
Merge branch ‘14.05-hotfix’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-17 18:42:15
add release note for 14.05 about package versions by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-17 18:36:04
update dev version by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-17 18:12:54
bump version 14.05 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-17 18:11:30

xivo-14.05

add 14.05 upgrade notes by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-03-17 12:32:54
how to setup calls to/from a VoIP provider by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-16 01:28:58
phonebook.fullname is an autogenerated field by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-14 19:57:18
Updating Yealink devices T28P by Philippe Richard at 2014-03-14 16:39:40
improve administration/graphics section by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-13 13:59:42
Updating Yealink devices T21P and T22P by Philippe Richard at 2014-03-12 18:42:15
Merge branch ‘func_key_doc’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-12 17:14:05
minor fixes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-12 17:01:49
update documentation on function key service in RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-11 18:36:14
fix minor grammar mistakes by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-12 15:19:54
document services/graphics section by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-12 13:58:18
Add links to sections in the monitoring page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-03-12 11:52:53
Merge branch ‘4965-doc-monitoring’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-03-12 11:35:23
add administration/monitoring section by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-11 21:11:45
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/4916-stats-sub-closed’ by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-11 20:15:39
update ‘answered rate’-related doc by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-11 17:23:14
feature #4916
rename squeeze to Wheezy by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-11 16:58:12
Merge branch ‘xivo-fai-iso’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-10 17:37:50
add specific upgrade procedure for ISO 14.0[1234] by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-10 14:25:18
Merge branch ‘sccp-next2’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-03-10 15:00:51
add upgrade notes for SCCP by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-10 13:57:05
remove notes about module reload chan_sccp and sccp resync by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-10 12:23:00
No more needed with the latest version of xivo-libsccp.
update info on building xivo-libsccp by Etienne Lessard at 2014-01-06 20:36:02
Update Polycom devices by Philippe Richard at 2014-03-10 11:12:55
Merge branch ‘4218-switchboard-choose-incoming-call’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-07 19:16:09
fix “Pressing F6 to select the incomming call frame” by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-07 15:03:44
Merge branch ‘4951_user_func_key’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-03-06 20:06:20
simplify upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-06 15:19:45
merge the two 14.05 section by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-06 15:14:25
Merge branch ‘4898-resume’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-06 15:13:24
do nothing when a talking switchboard answers another by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-03-05 18:57:28
switchboard can choose which incoming call to answer by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-02-20 19:11:05
Fix fax-detection subroutine. by Etienne Allovon at 2014-03-05 17:46:00
Firstly : enable faxdetection only if it is really needed (athat is, after the test ...). Secondly : disable faxdetection when no fax were detected. It is very important if you want directmedia to work (if faxdetect=yes asterisk doesn’t remotely bridge peers).
add ‘not implemented yet’ warning to func key creation in RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-05 16:21:34
YAGNI. will be implemented later, when neeeded
remove documentation on func key modification in RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-03-05 16:20:51
YAGNI. Editing a func key is too complex. Better to delete and recreate it afterwards.
tweak DAHDI 2.9.0 upgrade note by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-05 16:21:16
unhold_switchboard cti command renamed to resume_switchboard by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-03-04 19:58:08
add upgrade notes for DAHDI 2.9.0 by Etienne Lessard at 2014-03-04 17:10:55
change version in conf.py from 14.04 to 14.05 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-03-03 13:15:33
bump version by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-03-03 13:12:56

xivo-14.04

add 14.04 upgrade notes by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-28 13:32:43
Merge branch ‘4933_func_key_create’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-26 16:21:28
remove warnings and update error messages in RESTAPI func keys by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-25 20:52:04
Merge branch ‘line_device_id’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-26 14:05:26
Merge branch ‘update-manage-plugins’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-26 13:54:30
fix white spaces by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-26 13:54:12
move device_id from lines_sip resource to lines in RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-25 17:08:35
Merge branch ‘4797_live_reload’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-25 15:55:43
changed the name of configuration section in Rest API by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-24 16:05:22
modified Rest API specification for the XiVO configuration by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-24 10:14:55
corrected ‘live_reolad’ to ‘live_reload’ by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-23 13:05:20
created a new section ‘XiVO Main Configuration’ for Rest API by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-22 13:48:09
update provisioning/manage plugins by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-25 14:28:16
add howto update firmwares, add info on git repository, add howto mass-install firmwares for a given plugin
Merge branch ‘dissociation_error_message’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-21 15:18:29
rectify 404 error messasges for users, lines_sip and voicemails by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-21 15:17:33
fix typo by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-20 22:10:40
Merge branch ‘add_device_id_to_line’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-20 18:51:37
add field device_id to SIP lines in REST API by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-19 16:42:19
fix grammar in error message by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-19 16:29:00
fix list of fields and error messages in REST API line by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-19 16:35:22
fix/standardize warnings about dissociations in REST API by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-19 16:35:03
Update the procedure to generate a .deb for the xivoclient on linux by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-19 15:55:10

xivo-14.03

bump version to 14.04 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-18 15:43:21
update symlinks by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-18 15:42:04
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Etienne Allovon at 2014-02-17 18:35:11
Add warning for TE13XP configuration. These cards need the correct echo-canceller firwmare to work properly by Etienne Allovon at 2014-02-17 18:34:28
update upgrade notes for xivo 14.03 concerning index on cel.linkedid by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-17 16:32:00
add upgrade notes for 14.03 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-17 15:00:32
add warnings on methods not yet implemented in REST API 1.1 func keys by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-17 14:52:39
Fix syntax of modprobe.d/xivo-hwec-dtmf.conf by Etienne Allovon at 2014-02-17 10:39:49
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘remotes/origin/4205-xivo-call-logs-cron’ by Cedric Abunar at 2014-02-13 15:36:50
* remotes/origin/4205-xivo-call-logs-cron: change the description of call-logs generation
Merge branch ‘call-logd-3’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-02-13 14:55:13
Merge branch ‘4903_func_keys’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-13 14:21:50
document xivo-call-logd options and log file by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-12 19:59:32
Merge branch ‘4907_plus’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-02-11 19:09:15
add did configuration for incall by Cedric Abunar at 2014-02-10 18:20:21
fix spelling error by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-10 20:00:13
Write documentation for func key service in RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-10 19:59:53
change the description of call-logs generation by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-02-10 13:20:09
fixed warnings by Jean Aunis at 2014-02-10 09:16:03
corrected the Rest API documentation for SIP lines management by Jean Aunis at 2014-02-10 08:52:33
dhpcd instead of dhcpd by Benoit Stahl at 2014-02-05 22:15:29
Merge branch ‘4860_registry_timers’ by Etienne Lessard at 2014-02-04 20:33:28
update HA registry timers to new defaults (3min - 5min) by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-02-04 19:40:28
bump version to 14.03 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-03 20:35:29
update symlink for 14.02/14.03 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-03 20:30:05

xivo-14.02

add upgrade notes for xivo 14.02 and archive 2012-2013 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-02-03 15:42:00
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/4890_avtivate_cti_client’ by Cedric Abunar at 2014-02-03 13:18:50
* origin/4890_avtivate_cti_client: corrected error message in user CTI config edition changed the User-CTI profile association to a CTI configuration for a user; added the ‘enabled’ parameter to this CTI configuration added enable_client field in the resource user of Rest API
Added more documentation on email_from by Sylvain Boily at 2014-01-31 13:36:22
Added email_from into the doc by sylvain boily at 2014-01-31 00:47:48
rest API 1.1 + old php web services documentation get sacked by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-01-29 19:18:12
normalize general rest api documentation and push references to 1.1 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-29 16:20:31
REST API 1.1 is now official by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-29 16:20:16
remove REST API 1.0 documentation by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-29 16:08:04
Merge branch ‘4749_remote_directory_sorted’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-01-28 17:55:48
add line extension references where needed by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-01-28 14:59:50
missing ULE ref in other file by Sylvain Boily at 2014-01-28 13:46:46
Remove ULE documentation by Sylvain Boily at 2014-01-28 13:43:36
add details about default sorting in remote directory xlet by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-01-27 16:48:08
document AMI bus messages by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-01-27 15:36:22
corrected error message in user CTI config edition by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-27 10:18:00
changed the User-CTI profile association to a CTI configuration for a user; added the ‘enabled’ parameter to this CTI configuration by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-27 08:13:09
Merge branch ‘master’ into 4890_avtivate_cti_client by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-27 07:40:42
Rename skaro to XiVO by sylvain boily at 2014-01-26 14:57:09
Merge branch ‘4848_restapi_cti_profile’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-24 16:13:55
deleted the description of the PUT behaviours for CTI profiles : DELETE/POST must be used instead by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-14 14:42:41
add resource to get single CTI profile by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-14 14:16:32
reason: the URI is referenced when getting a user-cti_profile association
minor fixes for API 1.1 /cti_profiles by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-14 14:15:55
reorder 1.1 API subsections by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-14 13:50:52
added the page dedicated to the User - CTI profile association in Rest API by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-14 10:08:47
added the page dedicated to the CTI profiles in Rest API by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-14 09:37:17
added enable_client field in the resource user of Rest API by Jean Aunis at 2014-01-24 10:37:49
add example of remote directory results sorted by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2014-01-23 16:34:45
Update Yealink devices by Philippe Richard at 2014-01-23 16:15:37
update symlinks for 14.02 by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-21 14:04:54
bump version to 14.02 dev by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-21 14:06:20

xivo-14.01

warn about dialplan and configuration file that could be using pf-xivo by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-01-21 13:00:58
14.01 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-20 19:01:24
add xivo-amid debug informations by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2014-01-15 16:56:57
rename pf-xivo to xivo by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-16 15:17:19
update copyright years by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-01-08 15:10:14
add instructions for upgrades from 12.13 and before by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-07 16:10:45
update instructions for archive -> prod by Sebastien Duthil at 2014-01-07 16:10:29
update the install script name by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-01-06 20:04:49
remove some skaros from the examples by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-01-06 19:06:36
change the tag regex by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2014-01-06 18:59:35
bump version to 14.01 by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-27 15:48:45
update symlink by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-27 15:43:49

xivo-13.25

add wheezy-specific upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-23 15:43:53
update LDAP SSL/TLS configuration by Etienne Lessard at 2013-12-23 15:21:00
improve commands for archive related operations by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-18 22:30:22
add commands to switch to/from archive distributions by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-18 22:01:41
Merge branch ‘line_extension’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-12-16 17:40:48
add error message when a device is associated to a line by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-12-13 20:26:05
fix typo in REST API URL by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-03 15:13:39
write documentation for RESTAPI 1.1 line-extension association by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-14 21:03:19
Revert “remove user_line documentation” by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-04 15:48:37
This reverts commit 3239b3fbf3db70174a246da6eaf63c39f1d95dc6.
Add documentation for wcte13xp module. Clarify doc for sync-cable by Etienne Allovon at 2013-12-12 16:04:24
Change network route documentaion - add a check on the IFACE name by Etienne Allovon at 2013-12-12 13:17:28
bump to new dev version by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-12-09 14:42:44
bump version by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-12-09 14:41:08

squeeze-xivo-skaro-13.24

add 13.24 upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2013-12-09 13:31:22
restart all services on ha enable/disable by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-12-05 20:51:20
add more information about the unlink event by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-12-05 13:07:15
I’m not sure if this should be considered a bug or not. The unlink event only works on call to queues. This reflects the current implementation but I’m not sure if it was meant to be that way. To be specified when someone needs it
Merge branch ‘user_line_13.24’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-04 18:40:38
update information on Yealink phones by Philippe Richard at 2013-12-04 16:26:25
remove user_line documentation by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-12-04 15:45:19
not exposed yet
change the TOS feature from Yes to Manual by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-12-03 14:02:48
remove the warning about 7911 and 7906 not having BLFs by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-12-03 14:01:49
update the list of supported SCCP features to add tos_audio by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-12-03 13:59:09
rename user fields in RESTAPI 1.1. Add underscores by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-12-02 18:42:42
update sccp configuration page by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-28 20:37:20
Codec selection is now fully supported Remove direct media warning
remove parameters not used on RESTAPI POST /users/id/lines by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-28 16:08:27
fix example on RESTAPI GET /users/id/lines by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-28 16:08:05
fix error messages in RESTAPI users/id/lines by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-28 16:07:41
update user_line_specifications by Cedric Abunar at 2013-11-20 14:23:27
update user_line specs by Cedric Abunar at 2013-11-19 19:35:28
update user_line deassociate specifications by Cedric Abunar at 2013-11-14 15:41:05
add user_line specifications by Cedric Abunar at 2013-11-14 15:10:14
add user_line specifications for RESTAPI 1.1 by Cedric Abunar at 2013-11-13 14:06:17
minor fixes on backup page by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-26 19:18:41
add /etc/ntp.conf as backuped file by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-26 19:18:27
reorder file list by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-26 19:10:37
bump version by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-25 15:03:57
update symlinks by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-25 14:58:11

squeeze-xivo-skaro-13.23

add link to 13.23 roadmap by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-25 14:52:31
Merge pull request #6 from benasse/master by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-21 18:11:12
mistake in interface dahdi/g1 dahdi/g2
mistake in interface by Benoit Stahl at 2013-11-21 17:16:11
Merge pull request #5 from benasse/master by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-21 15:59:20
change /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-timingcable /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-timingcable.conf
change /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-timingcable /etc/modprobe.d/xivo-timingcable.conf by Benoit Stahl at 2013-11-21 15:14:29
update upgrade notes by Etienne Lessard at 2013-11-20 20:17:59
start the upgrade note for 13.23 by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-20 19:53:05
Merge branch ‘4778-variable-substitution-in-custom-sheets’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-19 19:11:27
document the xivo-time call form variable by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-19 19:11:04
make it less ambiguous about which time it contains
Merge branch ‘4767_preprocess_subroutine’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-18 21:57:48
how to implement “hidden” fields in custom sheets by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-18 21:22:28
rename user fields to use old style naming convention by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-18 18:44:36
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Etienne Allovon at 2013-11-18 16:06:23
Merge branch ‘4767_user_fields’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-18 15:37:27
Merge pull request #3 from xivo-pbx/4747-new-widgets-in-sheets by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-18 14:10:40
4747 new widgets in sheets
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Etienne Allovon at 2013-11-18 08:19:54
update information on Yealink T42G device by Philippe Richard at 2013-11-15 16:15:10
update information on Yealink T46G device by Philippe Richard at 2013-11-15 14:08:59
[cti protocol] added stat messages by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2013-11-15 10:54:03
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Etienne Allovon at 2013-11-15 08:45:46
use /var/tmp in the examples instead of /tmp since, on a default XiVO installation, 90% of the disk is assigned /var. Add also warning to check the disk free space. by Etienne Allovon at 2013-11-15 08:45:26
remove reference to 1.2 version by Etienne Allovon at 2013-11-15 08:18:25
add variables to custom sheets by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-14 20:22:38
add qlabel and qplaintextedit to sheets by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-14 20:19:57
Merge pull request #2 from xivo-pbx/4741-ipbxini by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-14 19:02:24
document readonly-idpwd in ipbx.ini
fix grammar style by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-14 19:01:40
add new widgets supported in sheets by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-14 18:56:35
add missing files by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-13 21:24:16
update sheet documentation by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-13 21:22:34
fix minor style issues in RESTAPI 1.1 users by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-13 20:03:28
document missing fields in REST API 1.1 users by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-13 20:00:42
document readonly-idpwd in ipbx.ini by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-13 16:11:11
update information on Yealink T46G device by Philippe Richard at 2013-11-13 16:07:47
suppressed warning for unimplemented user-voicemail disassociation by Jean Aunis at 2013-11-08 15:18:19
update information on Digium D70 device by Philippe Richard at 2013-11-11 19:49:01
bump version to 13.23 by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-11 15:26:28
update symlink by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-11 15:21:36
update 13.22 upgrade note related to PostgreSQL 9.1 migration by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-11 15:19:55

squeeze-xivo-skaro-13.22

update information on Polycom devices by Philippe Richard at 2013-11-11 13:44:01
13.22 upgrade notes by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-11-08 14:05:49
remove old documentation on voicemail association from users page by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-07 15:14:44
add warning for voicemail unassociation not implemented by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-06 19:37:10
update error messages in RESTAPI voicemail link service by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-06 19:33:54
fix “enable” parameter name in RESTAPI user voicemail links by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-11-06 19:33:06
add enable parameter to voicemail_link by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-06 18:25:58
rewrite voicemail_link REST API doc after team discussion by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-31 18:17:29
fix missing list end in REST API response by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-04 14:29:36
fix restapi-1.1 voicemail links association by Cedric Abunar at 2013-10-03 14:53:00
normalize restapi-1.1 - voicemail links association by Cedric Abunar at 2013-10-03 14:46:42
restapi-1.1 - voicemail links association by Cedric Abunar at 2013-10-03 14:26:07
Merge branch ‘4539-ui-sheets-results’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-04 20:15:47
remove a XXX not by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-04 20:07:10
document call_form_result bus event by Etienne Lessard at 2013-11-04 19:26:29
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Etienne Allovon at 2013-11-04 15:57:00
Add a clearer warning about in the restore section regarding the wizard by Etienne Allovon at 2013-11-04 15:56:47
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/blue-deprecate-ule’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-04 14:54:47
deprecate user-line-extension association by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-11-01 18:02:45
actionfiche cti protocol message rename by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-01 15:58:49
The procotol message actionfiche is now named call_form_result
add call_form_result by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-01 15:56:37
add a new page to document the xivo-bus API by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-11-01 14:36:11
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/extension_association_validation’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-31 12:57:51
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/4743_daemon_logs’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-29 17:03:42
document how to start RESTAPI in debug mode by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-29 15:40:58
add logfile locations and examples for xivo daemons by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-29 15:40:26
update information on Snom 821 devices by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-29 12:10:44
update information on Snom devices by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-28 19:09:31
fix symlink by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-28 13:43:11
bump version to 13.22 by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-28 13:19:08
update symlink by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-28 13:14:49

squeeze-xivo-skaro-13.21

add links from devices page to provisioning page by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-28 13:00:52
typography by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-28 12:54:39
add “alternative plugins repository” section by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-28 12:28:57
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2013-10-25 16:08:41
cti protocol queuemembers response by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2013-10-25 16:08:20
add 13.21 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-10-25 14:26:26
procotol cti queue status by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2013-10-25 14:16:21
cti protocol queue config messages and answer by Jean-Yves LEBLEU at 2013-10-25 12:50:44
Merge branch ‘voicemail_edit_no_association’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-24 17:16:50
remove “not yet implemented” from voicemail by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-24 17:16:39
A voicemail associated to a user cannot be edited via RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-24 16:02:33
Update mail.rst by Sylvain Boily at 2013-10-23 23:33:32
fix typo
add error codes to user links in RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-23 15:35:24
Merge branch ‘extension_validation’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-10-23 15:30:39
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/4710-connected-line’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-23 13:05:22
Merge branch ‘missing-restapi-tests’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-10-23 13:00:45
Merge branch ‘4716-snom-switchboard’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-10-22 19:48:34
add restriction on extension creation/update in REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-22 18:43:16
add restriction to device deletion in REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-22 17:24:11
add “{caller,connected line} ID” to SCCP feature list by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-22 15:37:46
update supported SCCP telephone list by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-22 15:37:06
* 7920 and 7921 supports direct media * add CIPC in version 2.1.2
minor update on SCCP developers page by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-22 15:25:58
document the funckey 1 restriction of the snom switchboard by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-22 12:16:01
minor fixes on voicemail REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-21 19:58:57
tag unimplemented sections in REST API voicemail by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-21 19:58:16
Merge branch ‘4683_voicemail_creation’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-21 15:58:37
Conflicts: source/api_sdk/rest_api/1.1/voicemails.rst
Merge branch ‘4684_delete_voicemail’ by Cedric Abunar at 2013-10-21 13:23:17
* 4684_delete_voicemail: a user must be unassociated before deleting a voicemail in RESTAPI 1.1
add configuration and prerequisit information for the snom switchboard by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-21 12:54:57
correct third point : distinguish the two labels by Etienne Allovon at 2013-10-21 11:14:54
use :menuselection: and :guilabel: presentation mark by Etienne Allovon at 2013-10-21 10:40:19
a user must be unassociated before deleting a voicemail in RESTAPI 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-18 18:04:16
update information on Snom devices by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-18 16:50:14
update voicemail errors during creation by Cedric Abunar at 2013-10-18 15:36:23
typography by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-17 12:44:47
Merge branch ‘master’ of github.com:xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Etienne Allovon at 2013-10-17 12:38:51
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/bug-4725’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-17 12:24:50
Merge branch ‘master’ of ssh://github.com/xivo-pbx/xivo-doc by Etienne Allovon at 2013-10-17 12:18:54
updated git info git.xivo.fr to github.com by Sylvain Boily at 2013-10-17 00:39:40
add mail configuration documentation by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-10-16 19:54:52
clarify documentation around file/web service directories by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-16 18:00:44
typography by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-16 17:59:04
[fix] don’t create a cron which may send a mail each minute ... by Etienne Allovon at 2013-10-16 17:54:07
remove misleading image about translation process by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-16 12:51:51
bump version to 13.20 production by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-10-15 20:26:43
bump version to 13.20 prod by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-10-15 20:23:28

squeeze-xivo-skaro-13.20

source code is now hosted on GitHub by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-15 17:51:51
remove section on rolling back to dahdi 2.6.0 by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-15 17:44:02
Adding information to access the updated firmware CISCO by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-11 13:33:40
add an upgrade note section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-11 10:52:45
Update test funckey phone Polycom vvx300 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-09 18:47:10
missing voicemails toctree by Cedric Abunar at 2013-10-09 18:18:26
Merge branch ‘4684_voicemail_list’ by Cedric Abunar at 2013-10-09 18:11:25
* 4684_voicemail_list: Update test funckey phone Snom 720 Update test funckey Business Media Phones polycom vvx500 Update test funckey Business Media Phones polycom vvx400 add details about parameters used in REST API /1.1/voicemails list allowed sorting fields in REST API voicemails add “ask_password” option to REST API /1.1/voicemails write documentation for REST API /1.1/voicemails Conflicts: source/ecosystem/devices.rst
Update test funckey phone Snom 720 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-03 18:16:36
Update test funckey Business Media Phones polycom vvx500 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-03 12:43:04
Update test funckey Business Media Phones polycom vvx400 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-03 11:34:05
add details about parameters used in REST API /1.1/voicemails by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-09 17:34:20
add SPA512G and SPA514G to list of compatible devices by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-09 16:55:37
document “agents receiving two ACD calls” workaround by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-09 15:05:10
add allowed sorting fields in REST API device by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-09 14:35:15
list allowed sorting fields in REST API voicemails by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-09 14:33:25
Update test funckey phone Snom 710 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-09 11:58:25
remove Programmable Keys page by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-09 11:54:56
update how xivo-provd is launched in debug mode by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-08 17:42:54
Update test funckey phone Snom 710 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-08 11:29:56
Merge remote-tracking branch ‘origin/feature-4251-db-variables-2’ by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-10-07 16:55:39
Update test funckey phone Polycom IP550SIP by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-07 12:59:56
make main_line and main_user read-only in REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-04 19:47:19
Update test funckey phone Yealink T28P by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-04 15:15:51
Update test funckey phone Yealink T22P by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-04 14:45:38
remove reference to not yet existing page by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-04 14:23:29
add documentation for db-* variables by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-04 14:14:39
adjust indentation of bullet list by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-04 14:14:24
Update test funckey phone Yealink T38G by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-04 13:43:42
Update test funckey phone Snom 720 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-03 18:16:36
Merge branch ‘clean_doc_restapi’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-03 13:36:44
add “ask_password” option to REST API /1.1/voicemails by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-03 12:49:48
write documentation for REST API /1.1/voicemails by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:41:32
Reorder REST API 1.1 TOC in alphabetically by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-03 12:58:48
Conflicts: source/api_sdk/rest_api/1.1/api-1.1.rst
Update test funckey Business Media Phones polycom vvx500 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-03 12:43:04
Update test funckey Business Media Phones polycom vvx400 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-03 11:34:05
normalize doc style in REST API /1.1/users by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:33:38
normalize doc style in REST API /1.1/user_links by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:33:28
normalize doc style in REST API /1.1/lines and /1.1/lines_sip by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:32:59
remove warning about extension and context in REST API /1.1/extensions by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:35:19
normalize doc style in REST API /1.1/extensions by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:35:13
normalize doc style in REST API /1.1/devices by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:31:30
normalize doc style in REST API /1.1/call_logs by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 20:31:07
add search and pagination examples to device REST API 1.1 by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-10-02 19:09:50
update information on Polycom VVX phones by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-02 17:56:11
Digium phones support other languages than english by Etienne Lessard at 2013-10-02 17:40:14
Update test funckey snom phone 760 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-02 17:36:42
restrict changelog to the html version by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-02 16:14:09
Merge branch ‘changelog’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-02 14:23:45
clean index page by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-02 14:17:08
- 100 char lines - spaces - remove mention of Open Hardware
move documentation changelog to its own page by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-02 14:12:09
update README for new dependencies (sphinx-git) by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-10-02 14:11:12
add changelog to index page by Gregory Eric Sanderson at 2013-09-30 19:15:09
Update test funckey Cisco phone Cisco SCCP Phone by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-02 12:50:54
Update test funckey Cisco phone 7961 by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-02 10:58:17
Add you test function keys for Cisco 7962 phones by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-01 21:46:15
remove old Supported device tables by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-01 19:16:08
Change you test function keys for Cisco 7912 and 7961G phones by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-01 18:40:44
Merge table Supported device and Supported programmable keys by Philippe Richard at 2013-10-01 15:57:38
bump version to 13.20 by Etienne Lessard at 2013-09-30 20:09:14
update symlink by Etienne Lessard at 2013-09-30 20:08:26
remove references to recording campaigns by Etienne Lessard at 2013-09-30 20:01:12
Merge branch ‘upgrade_notes_13.19’ by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-09-30 19:53:39
update 13.19 upgrade notes by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-09-30 19:52:30

squeeze-xivo-skaro-13.19

fix typo in new ecosystem section by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-27 16:37:22
correct introductory phrase by Etienne Allovon at 2013-09-27 14:24:24
[add] add documentation about the xivo_ring.conf file by Etienne Allovon at 2013-09-27 14:22:55
mark (de)association of line-device as not accessible by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-26 19:57:17
Revert “remove doc related to line-device (dis)association” by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-26 19:31:10
This reverts commit 693fd08d6f68a30d29d1ad5d50492521550a89c7.
update documentation by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-26 16:15:41
fix daemon name by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-26 15:12:20
remove unused field in device REST API by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-25 18:38:05
update documentation by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-25 16:51:14
update documentation by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-25 16:43:03
Add a link to sccp.conf.sample in the sccp configuration section by Pascal Cadotte Michaud at 2013-09-25 15:43:56
upgrade documentation by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-25 15:30:01
update documentation by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-25 13:49:40
update documentation by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-25 13:35:05
update documentation by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-25 13:29:36
Merge branch ‘feature-limit-localhost’ by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-24 20:30:05
remove doc related to line-device (dis)association by Jean-Philippe Gelinas at 2013-09-23 20:04:36
Feature not exposed to public yet thus documentation is useless and missleading.
bump version by Philippe Richard at 2013-09-24 14:48:30
update REST API guidelines: by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-24 15:24:33
upgrade notes for 13.19 by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-24 15:12:56
bump version by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-19 14:58:08
update symlink by Sebastien Duthil at 2013-09-19 14:57:29

Attribution Notice¶

The major part of this documentation has been copied (2016-11-25) from the XiVO documentation. That documentation was licensed under the Create Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License and was copyrighted 2012-2016 Avencall.

Changelog¶

The Documentation changelog is available.

Field	Description
q	A selector, encoded in JSON, describing which device should be returned. All devices are returned if not specified. Example: `q={"ip":"10.34.1.119"}`
fields	A list of fields, separated by comma. Example: `fields=mac,ip`
skip	An integer specifing the number of devices to skip. Example: `skip=10`
sort	The key on which to sort the results. Example: `sort=id`
sort_ord	The order of sort; either `ASC` or `DESC`.

Old name	New name
entityid	entity_id
firstname	firstname
lastname	lastname
language	language
outcallerid	outgoing_caller_id
mobilephonenumber	mobile_phone_number
agentnumber	N/A
bosssecretary	N/A
callerid	N/A
enablehint	supervision_enabled
enablexfer	call_transfer_enabled
enableclient	cti_profile_enabled
profileclient	cti_profile_name
username	username
password	password
phonenumber	exten
context	context
protocol	line_protocol
linename	sip_username
linesecret	sip_secret
incallexten	incall_exten
incallcontext	incall_context
incallringseconds	incall_ring_seconds
voicemailname	voicemail_name
voicemailnumber	voicemail_number
voicemailcontext	voicemail_context
voicemailpassword	voicemail_password
voicemailemail	voicemail_email
voicemailattach	voicemail_attach_audio
voicemaildelete	voicemail_delete_messages
voicemailaskpassword	voicemail_ask_password

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
300	No	6	Yes
320	Yes	12	Yes
360	No	—	Yes
820	Yes	4	Yes
MP	No	—	Yes
PA1	No	0	Yes

Name	Replaced by	Editable ?	Required ?
id		no
device_id		no
name		no
protocol		no
device_slot	position	no
provisioning_extension	provisioning_code	no
context		yes	yes
provisioning_code		yes
position		yes
caller_id_name		yes
caller_id_num		yes

Field	Type	Required	Description
name	string	No	A name for the template.
keys	Function Key	No	A collection of function keys under the form `{"position": "funckey"}`. See the example for more details.

Field	Type	Required	Description
blf	boolean	No	Turn on BLF when there is activity on the destination
label	string	No	Label to display next to the function key
destination	Destination	Yes	Destination to call

Field	Type	Value
forward	string	Type of forward. Possible values: busy, noanswer, unconditional
exten	string	Number to dial (optional)

Field	Values	Description
iface	string	Interface name like eth0
method	list	static or dhcp
address	string
netmask	string
broadcast	string
gateway	string
mtu	int
auto	boolean
up	boolean
options	list	dns-search and dns-nameservers

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
300	No	6	Yes
320	Yes	12	Yes
360	No	—	Yes
820	Yes	4	Yes
MP	No	—	Yes
PA1	No	0	Yes

Wazo 17.12 Documentation¶

Table of Contents¶

Introduction¶

Wazo History¶

Installation¶

Installing the System¶

Installing from the ISO image¶

Installing from a minimal Debian installation¶

Requirements¶

Installation¶

Alternatives versions¶

Other installation methods¶

Running the Wizard¶

Language¶

License¶

Configuration¶

Entities and Contexts¶

Validation¶

Post Installation¶

Display called name on internal calls¶

Incoming caller number display¶

Time and date¶

Codecs¶

Getting Started¶

Upgrading¶

Upgrade procedure¶

Version-specific upgrade procedures¶

Upgrading from XiVO 16.13 and before¶

Upgrading from XiVO 14.01, 14.02, 14.03, 14.04 installed from the ISO¶

Upgrading from XiVO 13.24 and before¶

Upgrading from XiVO 13.03 and before¶

Upgrading a cluster¶

Upgrading to/from an archive version¶

Upgrade involving archive version of XiVO¶

Introduction¶

Prerequisites¶

Archive package names¶

Upgrade from an archive to the latest version¶

Upgrade from an older non-archive version to a newer archive version¶

Upgrade from an older archive version to a newer archive version¶

Upgrading from i386 (32 bits) to amd64 (64 bits)¶

Migrate Wazo from i386 (32 bits) to amd64 (64 bits)¶

Unsupported versions¶

Deprecated Wazo versions¶

General policy¶

What does it mean to be in a deprecated version?¶

Why are versions being deprecated?¶

I have a deprecated version. What are my options?¶

Troubleshooting¶

Postgresql¶

wazo-upgrade¶

Upgrade Notes¶

17.12¶

17.11¶

17.10¶

17.09¶

17.08¶

17.07¶

17.06¶

17.05¶

17.04¶

17.03¶

17.02¶

17.01¶

16.16¶

XiVO to Wazo Upgrade Notes¶

Asterisk 13 to 14 Upgrade Notes¶

16.13¶

16.12¶

16.11¶

16.10¶

16.09¶

16.08¶

16.07¶

16.06¶

16.05¶

16.04¶

16.03¶

16.02¶

16.01¶

Migrate Wazo from `i386` (32 bits) to `amd64` (64 bits)¶

Model	Tested [1]	Fkeys [2]	Wazo HA [3]
300	No	6	Yes
320	Yes	12	Yes
360	No	—	Yes
820	Yes	4	Yes
MP	No	—	Yes
PA1	No	0	Yes